Title Level Categories Software Description Date Added
Title Level Categories Software Description Date Added
100 Courses and Counting: David Rivers on ElearningBeginnerEducation + Elearning(Length: 8 minutes) David Rivers has been recording elearning courses for lynda.com for over a decade. He's one of our star authors! In this interview (conducted from his home recording studio in Canada), he offers lessons from his 100-course journey with lynda.com. David shares his process for creating and recording course content, and provides inspiration for other authors who want to turn their knowledge into tutorials for the emerging elearning market.04/26/2016
11 Things Every Beginner Needs to Learn to Love IllustratorBeginnerDesign, video2brainIllustrator(Length: 229 minutes) In this workshop Adobe Certified Instructor Russell Viers distills his vast knowledge of Adobe Illustrator into 11 simple things that open up a whole world of possibilities. Before you know it you'll be playing around with art and logos and creating intricate designs by combining paths with the Pathfinder.04/26/2016
11 Things Every Newspaper Should Know About PDFsIntermediateDesign, video2brainAcrobat(Length: 222 minutes) After years of watching colleagues and clients struggle with PDFs, Russell Viers was inspired to create this course, which takes a practical, nuts-and-bolts look at working with PDFs in a production environment. In a series of quick lessons, Russell shows how to look at a PDF and understand what's going on, diagnose potential problems, and fix those problems. Along the way, get valuable tips for preflighting, converting colors, editing PDFs in Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator, and much more.04/26/2016
11 Tricks for Faster Photo Processing with Bridge and PhotoshopBeginnerPhotography, video2brainBridge, Photoshop(Length: 169 minutes) Taking pictures is easy; managing images is a different story. In this workshop, Adobe Certified Instructor Russell Viers shares his techniques for sorting through your photo libraries. See how to breeze through images using Bridge and full-screen preview, how to quickly mark the ones you like and open them all for synchronized image adjustment, how to go from Bridge to InDesign and Photoshop for page layout and image optimization, and more. These 11 techniques show how to process your digital photos faster, and save precious time for shooting.04/26/2016
12 Principles of Animation for CG AnimatorsBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max, Blender, Maya(Length: 83 minutes) The 12 principles of animation underlie everything animators do, frommaking movies to video games. These principles are the same regardless of the software you use—2D or 3D, open source or advanced suite. In this course, award-winning animator David Andrade takes traditional student assignments (a bouncing ball and a lowly flour sack) and translates them into digital animations that illustrate each of these principles in detail. He uses Maya and Blender, but the focus in not on software mastery; it's about the techniques, not the tools. Follow along as he introduces the history of character animation and explores each of the 12 principles, from squash and stretch and anticipation to timing and follow-through. Take the challenge exercises to practice what you've learned along the way. Animation has evolved tremendously in the last century, but some principles always stay the same. This foundation will serve you for a lifelong career.11/01/2016
1Password Essential TrainingBeginnerBusiness1Password(Length: 44 minutes) With data breaches, leaks, bugs, and viruses on the rise, it's a good time to ditch personal passwords for more secure, randomized ones. 1Password helps you keep track of these hard-to-remember passwords and access them from one convenient, secure place. In this course, Abby Bok shows you how to get the most from 1Password, even on the go. Learn how to enter login and credit card info and add secure notes for multiple users and identities. See how to generate better passwords quickly Abby also shows you how to sync and back up passwords so you don't lose information, and demonstrates how the 1Password app works on iPads and iPhones.06/18/2017
20 Unofficial Rules of SongwritingBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 35 minutes) While there are technically no limits when it comes to songwriting, here are 20 "unofficial" rules that songwriters employ to make songs more engaging and memorable. And it's not just commercial songwriters. These rules are used in many of the popular and GRAMMY-winning songs you hear today. In this course, Cliff Goldmacher reveals tips from the professional songwriter's rulebook, starting with 10 rules about lyrics: staying conversational, using concrete details, and keeping your rhyme schemes the same in similar sections. He then discusses five rules for melodies, including why you should keep melodies simple, unique, and accessible, and how to make them more memorable with repetition. The last five rules tackle familiar song structures and tips for shortening sections of songs.04/27/2016
2011 SBIFF Directors' Panel: Directors On DirectingBeginnerVideo(Length: 72 minutes) As a presenting sponsor of the 26th annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com puts you in the front row of four fascinating panel discussions with some of Hollywood's top filmmakers, including a number of Golden Globe, Emmy, Grammy, and Academy Award winners and nominees.Moderated by the vice president and editorial director of Variety Peter Bart, these six directors speak to the pressures of being on the Oscar circuit and the need to get back to work as soon as possible. Unusual for a group of nominated films—with the exception of Toy Story 3 at an estimated $200 million—these are all relatively low-budget films, ranging from $1 million to a high of $14 million. The directors discussed how not having a big budget to work with forced them to be more creative and focused on the story.This panel includes Darren Aronofsky (Black Swan), Charles Ferguson (Inside Job), Debra Granik (Winter's Bone), Tom Hooper (The King's Speech), David O. Russell (The Fighter), and Lee Unkrich (Toy Story 3).04/28/2016
2011 SBIFF Producers' Panel: Movers and ShakersBeginnerVideo(Length: 73 minutes) As a presenting sponsor of the 26th annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com puts you in the front row of four fascinating panel discussions with some of Hollywood's top filmmakers, including a number of Golden Globe, Emmy, Grammy, and Academy Award winners and nominees.Moderated by Patrick Goldstein from the Los Angeles Times, these six producers cover many topics not often discussed in the entertainment press. The struggle to get a picture funded, ratings battles with Motion Picture Association of America, where the lines are drawn making a dramatic film based on a real life event, and working with a difficult director. They offer amazing stories of perseverance and triumph.This panel includes Darla K. Anderson (Toy Story 3), Iain Canning (The King’s Speech), Alix Madigan (Winter’s Bone), Todd Lieberman (The Fighter), Mike Deluca (The Social Network), and Jamie Patricof (Blue Valentine).04/28/2016
2011 SBIFF Women's Panel: Creative Forces: Women in the BusinessBeginnerVideo(Length: 59 minutes) As a presenting sponsor of the 26th annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com puts you in the front row of four fascinating panel discussions with some of Hollywood's top filmmakers, including a number of Golden Globe, Emmy, Grammy, and Academy Award winners and nominees.Moderated by Madelyn Hammond from Madelyn Hammond & Associates, the Creative Forces: Women in the Business panel features five talented women filmmakers whose talents range from visual effects and animation to documentary films. The women speak eloquently about how they each got their start, their mentors and inspirations, and the positive effect that they feel women have on the creative arts. We hear stories from the making of Toy Story 3, doing costume design with director Tim Burton on Alice in Wonderland, and working with George Lucas at Skywalker Sound.This panel includes Darla K. Anderson (Producer, Toy Story 3), Colleen Atwood (Costume Designer, Alice in Wonderland), Gloria Borders (Executive Visual Effects Producer at Digital Domain on TRON: Legacy), Lesley Chilcott (Producer, Waiting for Superman), and Alix Madigan (Producer, Winter's Bone).04/28/2016
2011 SBIFF Writers' Panel: It Starts with the ScriptBeginnerVideo(Length: 69 minutes) As a sponsor of the 26th annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is delighted to put you in the front row of four fascinating panel discussions with some of Hollywood's top filmmakers, including a number of Golden Globe, Emmy, Grammy, and Academy Award winners and nominees.Moderated by Anne Thompson from indieWIRE, the It Starts with the Script panelists talk about the development of their films, their research before sitting down at the keyboard, the evolution of the script, and finally, getting it to the screen. What's clear is that there's no formula, no easy path, and no shortcuts. The writers candidly reveal the obstacles each overcame on the way to seeing their vision realized. The anecdotes range from stories of triumph over adversity to remarkable collaborative efforts to just plain luck. Panelists are Aaron Sorkin (The Social Network), Scott Silver (The Fighter), David Seidler (The King's Speech), Charlie Mitchell (Get Low), Lisa Cholodenko (The Kids Are All Right) and Michael Arndt (Toy Story 3).04/28/2016
2012 SBIFF Directors' Panel: Directors on DirectingBeginnerVideo(Length: 54 minutes) As the presenting sponsor of the 27th Annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is once again pleased to open the door to four entertainment industry panels that feature some of Hollywood's top talent from the world of producers, directors, and screenwriters. Panelists are carefully chosen during the awards season and include many you'll see on the Golden Globes® and the Oscars®.Moderated by Peter Bart (vice president and editorial director from Variety) the Directors on Directing panel features a who's who of Oscar®-nominated directors on their way to the Kodak Theatre on February 26, 2012. With a dynamic range of films, from feature animation to comedy to silent films, this panel offers a diverse group of opinions and stories from the set. Gore Verbinski (Rango) was shocked that voice actors were recorded one at time, so he arranged for his ensemble cast to be recorded at the same time to take full advantage of the actors' comedic interactions. Michel Hazanavicius (The Artist) talks about the challenge of getting a black-and-white silent film made in the 21st century. Terry George (The Shore) tells how he found humor in the serious subject of the conflict in Northern Ireland. Chris Miller (Puss in Boots) leaves room for improvisation in his script with his three main characters, two cats and an egg. Jennifer Yuh Nelson (Kung Fu Panda 2) shares her darker moments during production, assuring a nervous studio (a year into production) that everything will work out—despite having nothing to show them. Paul Feig (Bridesmaids), discovering the brilliant performance of actress Melissa McCarthy in rehearsals, rewrote parts of the script to take better advantage of her comedic genius.All of the directors speak candidly about the importance of great casting, a strong story, and the ability to listen to their audience through prerelease testing.04/28/2016
2012 SBIFF Producers' Panel: Movers & ShakersBeginnerVideo(Length: 50 minutes) As the presenting sponsor of the 27th Annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is once again pleased to open the door to four entertainment industry panels that feature some of Hollywood's top talent from the world of producers, directors, and screenwriters. Panelists are carefully chosen during the awards season and include many you'll see on the Golden Globes® and the Oscars®.Moderated by Patrick Goldstein (Los Angeles Times columnist for "The Big Picture"), the festival lit up the marquee with a panel of Oscar®-nominated producers you'll certainly see on the red carpet on February 26, 2012. These professionals cover a wide range of films, from huge-budget effects movies to smaller, ensemble-casted dramas. Graham King (Hugo), who marks his fourth film with director Martin Scorsese, tells how they worked together to shoot their first 3D film—and their first with kids and animals. Mike De Luca (Moneyball) needed to develop a working relationship with Major League Baseball, who had final cut on his film. Bill Pohlad (The Tree of Life) talks about the 10 years it took to green light his film and the obstacles along the way. Jim Burke (The Descendants) worked with director Alexander Payne to put every dollar on the screen while shooting in Hawaii, known to be an expensive location. Letty Aronson (Midnight in Paris) shares the unique working relationship she has with director (and brother) Woody Allen.Despite the impressive resumes of all of these producers, getting every one of these feature films to the screen presented new challenges.04/28/2016
2012 SBIFF Screenwriters' Panel: It Starts with the ScriptBeginnerVideo(Length: 59 minutes) As the presenting sponsor of the 27th Annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is once again pleased to open the door to four entertainment industry panels that feature some of Hollywood's top talent. Panelists are carefully chosen during the awards season and include many you'll see on the Golden Globes® and Oscars®.Moderated by Anne Thompson from indieWIRE, the It Starts with the Script panelists share their stories of script development, writer's block, book adaptation, and, most of all, tenacity, on the way to getting their movies to the screen. Mike Mills (Beginners) tells us about turning his own story about his father into a screenplay. Will Reiser (50/50) also turned a life experience, his personal battle with cancer, into a comedy starring his best friend Seth Rogen. Jim Rash (The Descendants) walks us through his process as he turned the book by Kaui Hart Hemmings into a film nominated for five Academy Awards®. Tate Taylor (The Help) was roommates with author Kathryn Stockett, who wrote the best-selling book; he finished the screenplay (and owned the rights) before the book was even published. Writer J. C. Chandor (Margin Call) wrote about the financial markets, having grown up with his father immersed in that world.With all of these brilliant writers, "write what you know" became their life's mantra while they worked on their screenplays. They share funny and poignant anecdotes about their experiences and processes on the way to the big screen.04/28/2016
2012 SBIFF Women's Panel: Women in the BizBeginnerVideo(Length: 32 minutes) As the presenting sponsor of the 27th Annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is once again pleased to open the door to four entertainment industry panels that feature some of Hollywood's top talent. Panelists are carefully chosen during the awards season and include many you'll see on the Golden Globes® and Oscars®.Moderated by Madelyn Hammond from Madelyn Hammond & Associates, the Creative Forces: Women in the Business panel features five talented producers whose films have been nominated for multiple awards—from drama and comedy to animation and independent short film. Julia Louis-Dreyfus (Picture Paris) talks about her short film written by husband/writer Brad Hall. A multi-award winning actress, Louis-Dreyfus describes her journey to the other side of the camera as producer. Dede Gardner (Tree of Life) tells us why Fox Searchlight Pictures chose not to include images of star Brad Pitt while promoting the film. Melissa Cobb (Kung Fu Panda 2) talks to the organic process of producing an animated feature that allows an ongoing evolution of the story during production. Denise Ream (Cars 2) also shares her journey in feature animation though the creative juggernaut that is Pixar Animation. And Leslie Urdang (Beginners) talks about the experiences of working with legendary actor Christopher Plummer, who was presented with the Modern Master Award at this year's festival.These powerful forces in feature filmmaking offer an inside look at why women are no longer excluded from any role in production they choose. All it takes is desire and a lot of hard work.04/28/2016
21-Day Drawing ChallengeBeginnerDesign(Length: 116 minutes) Drawing and creativity are critical parts of human communication and personal expression, and are essential for success in every profession. Drawing is especially valuable because it improves hand-eye coordination, as well as your understanding of form and shape. It also lets you quickly communicate ideas that may be difficult to put into words. To help you hone your skills, Von Glitschka has developed the 21-Day Drawing Challenge. The goal isn't to turn you into a professional illustrator or fine artist—it's about improving your drawing skills and creative thinking, no matter if you're an expert or have never drawn more than a doodle on a notepad. Von will assign you a drawing challenge for each day. Take the time you need to finish each challenge, and then watch the video where Von shares his own hand-drawn solution. There are no right answers here; his solutions should serve as inspiration! For more encouragement, look no further than the chapter on inspiring drawers. Each movie profiles a different artist, including people like Kate Bingaman Burt and Mattias Adolfsson. So, step up to the plate. You're just 21 days from a new creative habit. And don't forget to share your drawings via Twitter and Facebook! Use the hashtag #draw21days.04/26/2016
27 Practical Tips for SongwritersIntermediateAudio + Music(Length: 69 minutes) Songwriting can be a thrilling and rewarding profession, but it's not without its challenges. In this course, join professional songwriter Cliff Goldmacher as he explores the craft—and business—of songwriting through a series of short, self-contained lessons that offer practical solutions to common problems. Cliff shares creative workarounds for songwriting issues, explaining what to do when you're stuck finding the perfect line or you can't tell if a song is finished. He also goes over problems—and offers solutions—for songwriters that are working in the recording studio or trying to pursue a career in music.07/06/2018
2D Animation: Animal Walk CyclesBeginner3D + Animation, Design(Length: 42 minutes) Capturing the movements of a horse, dog, or other such creature in 2D animation requires an understanding of certain principles and techniques. In this course, Dermot O'Connor explains how to animate four-legged animals as they walk, trot, and run. Dermot compares the anatomy of animals and humans, showing the analogous parts. He also demonstrates the basics of a quadruped walk, explaining how to create the leg positions for the front and the back, as well as how to offset them to create a realistic walk. Plus, learn how to add individual quirks to a run and create cartoony run cycles.04/20/2017
2D Animation: Animate Flying CreaturesIntermediate3D + Animation, Design(Length: 33 minutes) The varying sizes and anatomies of flying animals results in different flying styles and patterns. For example, imagine a hummingbird's wings and flight path as compared to a crow's. This course demonstrates how to animate the motions of different flying creatures, from a tiny butterfly to an enormous dragon.04/20/2017
2D Animation: Animate Monsters & AliensBeginner3D + Animation, Design(Length: 73 minutes) Animating a convincing Dracula or zombie involves many of the classic principles of animation; however, in order to properly spook your audience, you'll often want to make your creatures move in creepy or unnatural ways. In this course, Dermot O'Connor shares 2D animation techniques for making monsters, aliens, and other supernatural subjects come to life. Dermot explains how to deal with muscular creatures, animate jerky creatures, and make eerily smooth movements. He illustrates how to apply each technique by drawing familiar monsters like ghosts, werewolves, vampires, and more.02/07/2017
2D Animation: Character & Attitude Walk CyclesBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 57 minutes) Once you've completed a basic walk cycle, it's time to add character. Animator Dermot O' Connor shows how to take a basic walk and go beyond, building in personality, exaggeration, and attitude. Learn how to animate bipedal motion, stomps, sneaks, and goofy walks, and turn walks into full-on runs. Dermot also shows how to avoid common pitfalls such as jagged arcs. These techniques are 2D animation classics, and must-have skills for any animator, regardless of software.04/27/2016
2D Animation: Walk Cycles BasicsBeginner3D + Animation, Design(Length: 57 minutes) There are four primary poses of a walk cycle, and the sequence in which they are animated is very important. In this 2D animation tutorial, Dermot O' Connor provides an introduction to the basics of all walk cycles. The principles apply to any animation student, regardless of software.First, he reviews the poses—contact, down, passing, and high point—and the creative decisions you have to make about timing, frame rates, and placement. (Traditionally, walk cycles can be animated in place or across the screen.) In the following chapters, Dermot animates a character walking in profile and also from a front view. These two projects give you opportunities to see animation techniques, such as creating poses and in-betweens and troubleshooting arcing and timing issues, in action.04/27/2016
2D Game Design and Development Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperHTML, Unity, GameMaker(Length: 69 minutes) With today's wide range of game development tools and engines, it's easy to get started making 2D games with very little effort. But for your game to succeed, you need to plan it right from the start. Jesse Freeman walks you through everything you need to know to design and develop your first 2D game, from picking an engine, building artwork, and incorporating sound, to publishing and marketing the finished game. Along with high-level strategies, Jesse reviews the tools that you need to make development easier and faster—because the last thing you want to do is reinvent the wheel. Learn the fundamentals to designing 2D games from scratch and spend your energy on making great games.12/13/2016
2-Minute Tips for MarketingBeginnerMarketing(Length: 28 minutes) Learn great tactics and techniques from top marketing experts with these short, engaging, stand-alone tips. Get useful advice and instruction that you can apply to your work today, including quick tools and platform advice—everything from what Instagram filters are best for business to custom reports for YouTube advertising—as well as important skills like how to keep large and small marketing presentations on track, perform content audits, and marketing with visual storytelling.07/06/2018
2-Minute Tips for Senior LeadersBeginnerBusiness(Length: 27 minutes) Learn great tactics and techniques from top business leaders with these short, engaging, stand-alone tips. Get useful advice and ideas that you can apply to your work today, everything from becoming better at networking, handling interruptions, correcting a bad first impression, and getting to "yes" on an initiative you've proposed. You'll also learn how best to prepare when coaching poor performers, how to set a good foundation for conflict resolution, and other techniques for effective communication within an organization.07/06/2018
360 Video Production and PostIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Premiere Pro(Length: 235 minutes) 360 video technology offers creative professionals interesting new ways to create immersive content. If you're interested in creating 360 videos, then this course can help you get up to speed with the 360 video process. Instructor Nick Harauz goes over which tools you can use, and how to leverage those tools to create, edit, and export high-quality videos. Nick dives into the differences between AR, VR, and 360; reviews 360 camera solutions; and shares production and post-production considerations. He also shows how to stitch together 360 footage, edit VR clips, add transitions and effects, export your final projects, and more.03/31/2018
360 Video WorkflowBeginnerVideoFinal Cut Pro(Length: 129 minutes) 360° video is the next step in video production. Thanks to standards adopted by such major players as YouTube, Samsung, and Kodak, the technology has become good enough and cheap enough that both professionals and hobbyists alike can now produce immersive 360° content. However, it's one thing to shoot a raw 360° picture or video and share it, but it takes another level of understanding to be able to work with these files, and edit them into finished content. This course explores some of the current camera options available to the 360° filmmaker, their relative strengths and weaknesses, possible applications of the 360° format, in-depth workflows to get you from shooting to finished project, and the best methods for sharing and viewing your 360° videos. Mark W. Gray helps you assemble and edit a final, polished 360° video using Final Cut Pro, but once you have mastered the basics, you can apply the lessons to your own preferred tools and workflows.11/01/2016
360-Degree FeedbackIntermediateBusiness(Length: 31 minutes) An organization's talent is vital to its success. As a result, it's crucial that companies provide their employees with the support they need to grow professionally. When managers and HR professionals ensure that their employees receive meaningful feedback from a variety of sources, they can help to spark positive change within their organization. In this course, learn the value of 360-degree feedback, and how to select and use a reliable 360-degree instrument in order to get reliable information on the behaviors and performance of your employees. Leadership expert Sara Canaday explains how to implement a feedback program, shares best practices in feedback delivery, shows how to help your team members make the most of the feedback they receive, and more.02/08/2018
3D and Animation Careers: First StepsBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 15 minutes) Take your first step into the 3D animation pipeline. Animator and educator George Maestri reviews the software and processes involved in bringing 3D characters and scenes to life, including modeling, texturing, rigging, animation, and rendering with lights and cameras. He also explores visual effects and compositing. This course is a simple, concise overview that will help new artists and animators understand the full scope of the creative and technical challenges involved in 3D.04/27/2016
3D Content Creation for Virtual RealityBeginner3D + AnimationMaya(Length: 117 minutes) Virtual reality is a booming industry. The technology for consumers and designers just keeps getting better. Learn how to take advantage of the newest advances in VR modeling, texturing, and rendering in this course with 3D artist and expert Craig Barr. Using Maya and Unity, you'll look at how to create assets that are efficient and effective, contributing to an overall more compelling virtual reality experience. If you're new to VR, watch the introductory chapter to get an overview of the terminology, technical considerations for designers (like refresh rate), and the most popular VR hardware, including the Oculus Rift. Craig then dives into modeling, texturing, and rendering, and offers some tips for making more sophisticated content with ambient lighting and effects. Plus, get insights on cutting-edge VR techniques, such as creating content in VR projects with Unreal Engine 4, Tilt Brush, SculptrVR, MakeVR, and more.07/26/2016
3D Graphics in JavaFXAdvancedDeveloperJava(Length: 47 minutes) Part of virtual reality is generating real-time 3D graphics. This can be done with JavaFX. This course discusses the benefits of JavaFX and then gets you started using it to create graphics. First, learn how to create charts and UI elements. Then, discover how 3D shapes can be defined and generated. Once you have your 3D graphics, you're ready for controlling the camera and lighting. Last, find out how to apply shape materials and then interact with 3D scenes.06/03/2017
3D Print Small Objects with PhotoshopIntermediateDesignPhotoshop(Length: 22 minutes) Missing a knob, button, or drawer pull, or a piece from your favorite game? Learn how to reproduce missing pieces for 3D printing with Photoshop. Steve Caplin walks through two sample projects covering the major steps: producing the outline of the piece with a photograph or existing copy, extruding it in 3D space, and preparing it for print. Using an at-home 3D printer or a 3D printing service like Shapeways, you can reproduce a variety of buttons, game pieces, knobs, keys, and other small parts.04/27/2016
3D Printing & Modeling Household PartsIntermediateCADSketchUp(Length: 31 minutes) Missing a knob, bracket, latch, or other household part? Replacement parts are hard to come by, and can be difficult to find. Discover how easy and rewarding it is to 3D print your own parts. In this course, Tanya Staples and Greg Pickard show how to put today's 3D printing technology to work in the home. Together, they'll show you how to measure a part, model it in SketchUp, print a prototype on a desktop 3D printer, and make sure the part fits. Plus, learn how to use third-party services such as Shapeways to print the part in metal or another industrial-grade material.04/27/2016
3D Printing a Scale Model with AutoCADIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 77 minutes) By 3D printing scale models, architects can save time, troubleshoot problems, and fully illustrate their ideas in three dimensions. In this course, Kacie Hultgren takes you through the steps of transforming your 2D architectural drawings into a 3D model printed on a MakerBot 3D printer. The course reviews AutoCAD's 3D modeling tools and commands, and pays special attention to necessary adaptations and settings for successful 3D prints.04/26/2016
3D Scanning a PersonIntermediateCADMeshmixer(Length: 43 minutes) New consumer-grade 3D sensors in products like the Microsoft Kinect make scanning people easy! And with 3D printers, you can turn those scans into "Mini-Mes" that can be used as cake toppers, game tokens, or action figures. In this course, Kacie Hultgren will guide you through the process of creating a "3D selfie" that's ready for printing. Kacie uses the free software Meshmixer to repair and enhance the scan, before printing it with a MakerBot. Don't own a 3D printer? Kacie also shows how to export your model and send it to Shapeways, where you can order a 3D print.04/26/2016
3D Scanning with a CameraBeginnerCADReCap Pro(Length: 57 minutes) New consumer-grade 3D sensors make scanning objects easy. And with 3D printers, you can turn those scans into miniature replicas. In this course, Kacie Hultgren guides you through the process of creating a 3D scan that's ready for printing. Kacie shows you how to take photos of your subject and process those images using ReCap and ReMake. She uses the free software Meshmixer to demonstrate how to repair and enhance scans. Then, she takes you through the steps of 3D printing, whether you are using MakerBot to print or ordering from 3D-printing service like Shapeways. Kacie also walks through using Photoshop for full color processing of scans.07/08/2017
3D Tracking and After Effects CompositingAdvancedVideoAfter Effects, SynthEyes(Length: 78 minutes) Whether you're working with a team or on your own, understanding how to efficiently use 3D tracking information in compositing can help you speed up your workflow. In this course, learn how to use 3D tracking data to add 3D objects to a 2D shot in Adobe After Effects. Brian Morse shows how to export your cameras to Maya and After Effects from SynthEyes, and explains how to set up your 3D scene once and use it for all of your shots. He also demonstrates how to render your final project so that all of the composites work fluidly.06/18/2017
3D Tracking and Fusion CompositingAdvancedVideoSynthEyes, Blackmagic Design Fusion(Length: 78 minutes) Whether you're working with a team or on your own, understanding how to efficiently use 3D tracking information in compositing can help you speed up your workflow. In this course, learn how to use 3D tracking data to add 3D objects to a 2D shot in Fusion. Brian Morse shows how to export your cameras to Maya and Fusion from SynthEyes, and explains how to set up your 3D scene once and use it for all of your shots. He also demonstrates how to render your final project so that all of the composites work fluidly.06/18/2017
3D Tracking and Nuke CompositingAdvancedVideoNuke, SynthEyes(Length: 79 minutes) Whether you're working with a team or on your own, understanding how to efficiently use 3D tracking information in compositing can help you speed up your workflow. In this course, learn how to use 3D tracking data to add 3D objects to a 2D shot in Nuke. Brian Morse shows how to export your cameras to Maya and Nuke from SynthEyes, and explains how to set up your 3D scene once and use it for all of your shots. He also demonstrates how to render your final project so that all of the composites work fluidly.06/18/2017
3ds Max 2010 New FeaturesIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 98 minutes) 3ds Max is the industry leader for 3D modeling and animation, and the 2010 version of this application offers a load of new tools and features. In 3ds Max 2010 New Features, Steve Nelle explores many of the cutting-edge features in this major release. Steve introduces users to the redesigned interface, the brand-new Modeling Ribbon, and many other advancements designed to improve scene interactivity and production workflow. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2011 New FeaturesIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 163 minutes) In 3ds Max 2011 New Features, author Steve Nelle introduces the new features and productivity enhancements in 3ds Max 2011, with a special emphasis on the Slate Material Editor and CAT character animation system. The course examines enhancements to existing features, customization options to the modeling ribbon, scene management improvements, as well as creating scene objects using the Object Paint tool. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2013 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 429 minutes) The course covers Autodesk 3DS Max from the ground up, providing a thorough overview of this advanced 3D graphics and modeling package. Author Aaron F. Ross covers the 3ds Max interface and walks through common tasks such as modeling, texturing, lighting, animating, and rendering. The course is centered around real-world projects that provide designers practical examples to use with the lessons.04/28/2016
3ds Max 2014 New FeaturesBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 35 minutes) 3ds Max 2014 is here, and it comes with an impressive set of new and improved features. Join Adam Crespi in this course, as he walks you through the new functionality and utilities that make creating 3D models and animations easier and faster than ever. Learn how to create particle systems and simulations; add people to your scenes with Populate; place and align 3D objects in still images with Perspective Match; generate light from still images with the Skylight mode; and speed up rendering with the Unified Sampling mode in mental ray.04/26/2016
3ds Max 2015 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 643 minutes) In this course, Aaron F. Ross covers all the features you'll need to start creating advanced 3D models and animation with 3ds Max 2015. Learn the most suitable techniques for modeling different types of objects, from splines and NURBS to polygonal and subdivision surface modeling. Then learn how to design 3D motion graphics, set up cameras, animate with keyframes, and assign constraints. Aaron also provides an overview of lighting scenes within a simple studio setup, and construction of materials with the Slate Material Editor. Finally, learn about your hardware and software rendering options, and make your projects more realistic with motion blur, indirect illumination, and depth of field.04/26/2016
3ds Max 2016 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 644 minutes) Start creating advanced 3D models and animation with 3ds Max 2016. Learn the most suitable techniques for modeling prop, character, and environment objects, from splines and NURBS to polygonal and subdivision surface modeling. Then find out how to construct hierarchies, animate with keyframes, shape function curves, and assign constraints. Author Aaron F. Ross also provides an overview of setting up cameras, lighting scenes within a simple studio setup, and constructing materials with the Slate Material Editor. Finally, learn about your hardware and software rendering options, and make your projects more realistic with motion blur, indirect illumination, and depth of field.Note: This course updates our 3ds Max 2015 Essential Training to work with the 2016 interface and file formats.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2016 New FeaturesIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 93 minutes) 3ds Max 2016 has arrived. In this course, Aaron F. Ross covers the usability, interoperability, and cinematography improvements that make this an exciting release for 3D artists and animators alike. He'll cover working with start-up templates, importing and exporting Alembic data, and mesh smoothing with OpenSubdiv, but also the new camera features, such as the Physical Camera, which can mimic the exposure, depth of field, motion blur, and tilt-shift perspective corrections of a real-world camera, and the Camera Sequencer, which allows animators to cut between cameras and trim clips nondestructively. Watch to find out how to incorporate these enhancements into your 3D workflow.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2017 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 590 minutes) 3ds Max is best known for its modeling and rendering tools. These strengths come into play in architecture, manufacturing, game development, industrial design, and motion graphics. There are dozens of features and techniques to master, from sculpting and texturing to lighting and rendering. 3ds Max 2017 Essential Training covers "Max" from the ground up, providing an overview of the entire package as well as essential skills that 3D artists need to create professional models and animations.Learn how to get around the 3ds Max interface and customize it to suit your production pipeline. Discover how to model different objects using splines, NURBS, polygons, subdivision surfaces, and tools such as Paint Deform. Then find out how to construct hierarchies, add cameras and lights to a scene, and animate with keyframes. Author Aaron F. Ross also takes an-depth look at materials and texture mapping as well as the rendering options in 3ds Max 2017, including the new Autodesk Raytracer (ART) renderer.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2017 New FeaturesIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 139 minutes) What's new in 3ds Max 2017? The new user interface is key: flatter and faster than before. 3ds Max 2017 also introduces the Autodesk Raytracer (ART), a physically based renderer for photorealistic stills. Aaron F. Ross covers these features plus many others, explaining what to expect and how to use the new asset management, modeling, animation, materials, and rendering tools.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2018 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 610 minutes) 3ds Max is best known for its modeling and rendering tools. These strengths come into play in architecture, manufacturing, game development, industrial design, and motion graphics. There are dozens of features and techniques to master, from sculpting and texturing to lighting and rendering. This course covers 3ds Max from the ground up, providing an overview of the entire package as well as essential skills that 3D artists need to create professional models and animations.Learn how to get around the 3ds Max interface and customize it to suit your production pipeline. Discover how to model different objects using splines, NURBS, polygons, subdivision surfaces, and tools such as Paint Deform. Then, find out how to construct hierarchies, add cameras and lights to a scene, and animate with keyframes. Author Aaron F. Ross also takes an in-depth look at materials and texture mapping as well as the rendering options, including an introduction to Arnold, the new production renderer.04/20/2017
3ds Max 2018 New FeaturesIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 68 minutes) 3ds Max 2018 includes several new features for content creation and visualization. Notably, the Arnold renderer replaces mental ray as the high-end global illumination render engine. In this course, take a first look at materials, lighting, and rendering in Arnold. Examine the new features introduced in 3ds Max 2017 updates, such as the Data Channel Modifier and the Blended Box Map. Additionally, see how easy it is to customize the user interface. By the end of this course, you'll have received an overview of what's new in 3ds Max 2018.04/20/2017
3ds Max 2018: Mastering UVW MappingIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 151 minutes) UVW mapping is a coordinate mapping technique that enables artists to project 2D textures onto the surfaces of 3D objects. It's a key skill for all areas of the 3D industry, including film, gaming, and visualization. This course helps designers map geometry in preparation for texturing, using the powerful UVW mapping feature set in 3ds Max 2018, including the UVW Map modifier, UVW Editor, and Blended Box Map.Instructor Joel Bradley explains what UVWs are, how they affect textures, and why they are needed. He also reviews the different mapping spaces that are available and how procedural maps are used in texturing. Then he progresses to the hands-on portion of the course, starting with mapping simple shapes and models with the UVW modifier. He also reviews advanced topics, such as unwrapping and editing UVs with the UVW Editor. Finally, he introduces blended box mapping, for when you need to get a model ready for texturing quickly.01/22/2018
3ds Max 2019 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 639 minutes) 3ds Max is best known for its modeling and rendering tools. These strengths come into play in architecture, manufacturing, game development, industrial design, and motion graphics. There are dozens of features and techniques to master, from sculpting and texturing to lighting and rendering. This course covers 3ds Max from the ground up, providing an overview of the entire package as well as essential skills that 3D artists need to create professional models and animations. Learn how to get around the 3ds Max interface and customize it to suit your preferences. Discover how to model different objects using splines, polygons, subdivision surfaces, and freeform sculpting. Then, learn to construct hierarchies, add cameras and lights, and animate with keyframes. Author Aaron F. Ross also takes an in-depth look at materials and texture mapping, as well as options for rendering engines such as Arnold and ART.07/06/2018
3ds Max: Advanced LightingAdvanced3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 172 minutes) Realistic lighting is easier, faster, and better than ever in 3ds Max. Photometric lighting and a choice of rendering options gives you the power to create a convincing illusion. This course focuses on architectural visualization, but the techniques apply to other applications such as motion picture production. Author Aaron F. Ross provides a conceptual overview of advanced lighting and rendering, then demonstrates how to construct various lighting scenarios in 3ds Max. He shows how to render scenes with exterior and interior daylight, practical artificial lighting, and manufacturer photometric data. The course includes a chapter on special effects such as light exclusion and lens effects. By the end of the course, you'll have seen how to control the powerful lighting tools in 3ds Max to achieve photorealistic results.01/10/2017
3ds Max: Advanced MaterialsIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 154 minutes) Physically based rendering (PBR) simulates the way light works in the real world. It achieves greater realism with less effort than traditional 3D rendering. This course focuses on PBR shading techniques in 3ds Max, using the Physical Material to achieve photorealistic surfaces such as stone, glass, and metal. Author Aaron F. Ross also looks at building shading networks, and combining and adjusting maps in interesting ways. Procedural maps such as ambient occlusion and substance deserve special attention, and you'll also see how to bake them out to bitmap files for cross-application and renderer compatibility. By the end of the course, you'll have a firm foundation in advanced shading workflows in 3ds Max.10/11/2016
3ds Max: Character AnimationIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 356 minutes) Character Animation Fundamentals in 3ds Max demonstrates the basic principles of character animation that help bring simple 3D characters to life. Starting with an overview of the character rig, author George Maestri provides guidelines for creating strong poses and explains how to animate from pose to pose in an organized fashion. The course also covers locomotion—animating realistic gestures, walks, and runs; explores the basics of facial expressions and dialogue; and culminates with an animated scene built entirely from scratch.04/28/2016
3ds Max: Character RiggingIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 225 minutes) 3ds Max is a powerful 3D application with great rigging tools. This course covers the complete workflow for rigging characters for realistic motion and animation. Author George Maestri shows how to prep your model, draw a skeleton, and add controls: foot and leg controls, hip and spine controls, and controls that allow the animator to toggle between inverse and forward kinematics (IK/FK). Plus, learn to how to skin your character, and create hand and face rigs that allow for greater control over delicate hand movements and facial expressions.04/26/2016
3ds Max: Cinematography for VisualizationAdvanced3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 144 minutes) 3ds Max offers a full suite of powerful 3D camera features for design visualization, animation, and visual effects. This course covers core topics in camera rigging, animation, and special effects such as motion blur and depth of field. You'll apply the principles of live-action cinematography using the tools of 3D computer animation. Along the way, you'll learn best practices, both technical and aesthetic, in virtual cinematography. These techniques save time and effort by streamlining the camera animation process. The goal of this course is to help you more quickly and easily achieve professional results from the 3ds Max camera tools.01/17/2017
3ds Max: Design VisualizationBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 261 minutes) If you want to visualize and sell your product, architectural, engineering, or landscaping designs to your clients before they are built, then 3ds Max is the tool for you. Learn how to use this incredibly sophisticated 3D modeling and rendering program to visualize almost anything you can imagine.In this course, author Scott Onstott shows you how to build walls, doors, windows, stairs, railings, moldings, cloth, pottery, furniture, grass, trees, landscapes, and much more, using splines, modifiers, Booleans, and NURBS modeling. You'll also learn to texture-map objects, light them with both direct and indirect illumination, place virtual cameras, render, and animate scenes.04/27/2016
3ds Max: Game Prop CreationIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max, Mudbox, Unity(Length: 365 minutes) Explore the world of modeling and texturing game props and assets in Autodesk 3ds Max. Author Adam Crespi demonstrates how to create both small and large props, from tools to shipping containers. The course begins with cloning and instancing objects for ease of modeling and unwrapping, and segues into multiple methods of unwrapping and painting texture by hand in Adobe Photoshop. Adam looks at various plug-ins that assist with normal map generation as well as sculpting in Mudbox, a digital sculpting application that can add realism and detail to your models. Finally, the course shows how to add lights to a scene and preview the objects in-game. Note: A familiarity of basic modeling and unwrapping techniques in 3ds Max and a working knowledge of Photoshop will help you get the most out of this course.04/28/2016
3ds Max: Hard Surface ModelingIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 158 minutes) Hard surface modeling is all about designing man-made objects: machines, vehicles, tools, weapons, and so on. Because the edges and angles are distinct and the surfaces are typically smooth, there are many opportunities to use 3ds Max's built-in tools to make your modeling process more efficient. 3ds Max: Hard Surface Modeling Basics helps you learn the tools and techniques to model a high-poly mesh—in this case, an old deep sea diving helmet and shoulder guard—as quickly and efficiently as possible. The assets you produce as a result of this course can be used in games, product visualizations, and more. Join Joel Bradley as he shows how to set up your environment for maximum efficiency and use a variety of techniques to execute the final design, including spline modeling, welding, component modeling, extruding from primitive objects, cutting, and box modeling. Plus, learn how to use the power and flexibility of the modifier stack to refine your hard surface models.01/10/2017
3ds Max: Medical Product Visualization with ArnoldIntermediateCAD3ds Max(Length: 83 minutes) 3ds Max—combined with its rendering engine, Arnold—can help you create dynamic content for the presentation of product ideas and concepts. In this course, learn how to use 3ds Max and Arnold to create compelling product visualizations for medical devices. Instructor Duane Loose starts by showing how to set up 3ds Max 2018 for Arnold rendering, and how to import CAD assets. Duane then covers materials, how to build a material library, and how to light and render your scenes. To wrap up, Duane discusses compositing and output, including how to leverage Photoshop and After Effects to prepare your imagery for marketing and promotional materials.11/30/2017
3ds Max: Rendering ExteriorsIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 223 minutes) In this course, author Adam Crespi takes you through the full production pipeline for lighting, rendering, and compositing the exterior of a house in 3ds Max. First he'll show you how to create mental ray materials like wood, metal, and glass; customize the Daylight system for realistic daytime lighting; and adjust the lighting for dusk and nighttime shots with photometric lights. Then he'll render the scenes, optimizing and styling the bounced light with Global Illumination and Final Gather. Finally, Adam takes the image into post, adding the final polish required at the end of the pipeline with Nuke and After Effects.04/26/2016
3ds Max: Rendering for CompositesIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max, After Effects(Length: 110 minutes) Learn how to use the extensive range of tools in 3ds Max to render out elements for compositing. In this course, Joel Bradley shows how to break a project down into manageable pieces with 3ds Max's Render Elements feature and manage the render passes with the State Set tools. He explores this pipeline via three mini projects that take a shot from breakdown to final composite. First, he sets up and renders the elements in 3ds Max. Second, he "pre-composites" and outputs the files using the Compositor Link panel. Finally, Joel jumps into After Effects, where he adds post-production effects such as per-object color corrections, reflections and refractions, atmospheric haze, and motion blur.04/26/2016
3ds Max: Rendering InteriorsAdvanced3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 201 minutes) Learn how to replicate three unique lighting setups in interior scenes, starting with direct daylight, with 3ds Max. Adam Crespi shows how to create and apply materials such as paint sheens, metallic finishes, glass, and wood—textures you would find in any home. Then he shows how to create a daylight system, adding in photographic exposure to see light like you would through a camera. Then learn how to use interior lights and sky portals to light dusk and night shots. Finally, Adam shows how to add post effects and composite the rendering in After Effects and Nuke.04/26/2016
3ds Max: Rendering with ArnoldIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max, Maya(Length: 160 minutes) Arnold is a high-quality rendering engine in 3ds Max 2018. Realistic rendering is easier than ever with this brute force Monte Carlo ray tracer. The physically-based rendering of Arnold accurately simulates light in the real world, but allows the breaking of physical laws to achieve artistic styles. This course is an overview of the core features of Arnold for lighting, materials, and rendering in 3ds Max.06/10/2017
3ds Max: Revit IntegrationIntermediateCAD3ds Max, Revit(Length: 174 minutes) Discover how to efficiently take a model from Autodesk Revit into Autodesk 3ds Max. In this course, Adam Crespi goes beyond basic exporting and importing to show a streamlined workflow that optimizes Revit models for flexibility in rendering and design with 3ds Max. As part of this workflow, Adam covers optimizing a Revit model for export, breaking up large meshes, and best practices for export. In 3ds Max, he discusses importing a Revit model, applying smoothing groups, adjusting UV coordinates, integrating substances, fine-tuning materials, and creating test renderings.01/22/2018
3ds Max: Special Effects for Design VisualizationBeginner3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max, Stingray(Length: 265 minutes) Design visualizations can help you clearly communicate your ideas to your stakeholders, and get them excited about bringing your concepts to life. By adding tasteful special effects to your design visualization projects—such as billowing foliage and movie-style camera effects—you can make your designs even more compelling. In this course, discover how to use special effects and techniques for 3ds Max to enhance the production quality of your design visualization projects. Instructor Chris Murray demonstrates how to add wet looking materials and masks, unroll and unfold objects with Bend, create mood with atmospherics, use 3ds Max cameras like real-world cameras, and more.09/27/2017
3ds Max: Stylized Environment for AnimationIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 284 minutes) Stylized art is used for both games and films, and in both scenarios, the intricate, detailed final animation often starts with a reference image. That's where this course starts too—analyzing a reference image to kick off an animation workflow in 3ds Max that results in a fully stylized, animated environment. Join Zaheer Mukhtar as he takes you through each step. First, Zaheer explores artistic ways to block out the basic forms of your structure, such as using exaggerated proportions and irregular, tilted shapes. Next, he shows how to add details to the forms. Then he demonstrates how to add the more stylized elements including textures, imported materials, color refinements, and lighting. He wraps up the course by wrapping up the workflow, making final render passes and preparing the scene for export. Along the way, he covers art creation, modeling, compositing, and more.02/07/2017
3ds Max: Substance to ArnoldIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max, Substance Designer, Substance Painter(Length: 122 minutes) Substance tools are now an industry standard when it comes to texturing 3D geometry in all areas of 3D. As Autodesk now includes the Arnold renderer as part of the base 3ds Max package, understanding how to use these two toolsets together is a must. In this course, discover how to use the substance-based toolset from Allegorithmic in conjunction with the Arnold renderer in 3ds Max. Instructor Brian Bradley explores the various workflow requirements and options for using the Substance Bitmap2Material and Designer applications with 3ds Max and Arnold.03/13/2018
3ds Max: Substance to V-RayIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 116 minutes) Discover how to leverage the substance-based toolset from Allegorithmic with V-Ray in 3ds Max. In this course, explore the various workflow requirements and options that are available when using the Substance Designer, Substance Painter, and Bitmap2Material applications with 3ds Max and V-Ray. Brian Bradley explains what substance-based tools are, and how to use them with the 3ds Max application. He also demonstrates how to create materials from photographic assets, how to work with substances and maps from Substance Designer, and how to export maps from Substance Painter.06/10/2017
3ds Max: Tips, Tricks and TechniquesIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 464 minutes) 3ds Max is a powerful, deep, and multifaceted program, so there's always more to learn. This weekly series aims to keep you on top of the latest tools and techniques, and introduces fresh perspectives on traditional methods for architectural and product visualization, animation, visual effects, games and virtual worlds, and motion graphics. Instructor Aaron F. Ross presents a new topic every week, spanning the full range of 3D graphics tasks, including modeling, rigging and animation, shading and lighting, camera operation, and rendering. He gives special attention to streamlining workflows, such as automation of time-consuming tasks, so your productions run more smoothly and efficiently. Come back every Wednesday for a new tutorial to expand your 3ds Max knowledge and skills.02/08/2018
3ds Max: UVW MappingIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 152 minutes) UVW mapping allows you to take a mathematical, coordinate-based approach to mapping 2D textures to irregular 3D objects in 3ds Max. The tools might seem complex, but this course will help you master them and put UVW mapping to work in your own projects. Author Joel Bradley starts with the basics—defining UVW space and coordinates—and introduces the UVW Map modifier, the key to applying map coordinates and adjusting map placement. From there he looks at the source wrapping options in the bitmap and procedural map nodes, and at the differences when mapping to static and animated meshes. Chapter three covers the powerful Unwrap UVW modifier and its selection, peel-, and pelt-mapping tools. The course concludes with an overview of the options in the Edit UVW window.04/26/2016
5 Personal Finance TipsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 9 minutes) Struggling with your personal finances? Professors Jim and Kay Stice outline five basic tips to help you get a better handle on your money. This short course provides time-tested tips on managing your spending, managing your fixed costs (regular monthly expenses), creating a budget, investing, and saving money.04/27/2016
5 Tips for Building Your Financial LifeBeginnerBusiness(Length: 4 minutes) We all want our financial lives to be healthy and well organized. But where do you start? Get on the right track with these helpful tips and start building your financial future.04/27/2016
5 Ways to Control Your TimeBeginnerBusiness(Length: 95 minutes) Everybody wants more time. While you can't make more hours in the day, you can find more time for the most important things in your life. In this course, Chris Croft introduces 5 simple time management tips to reduce distractions and stay focused on what matters.The first—saying no—is simple in theory, but hard in practice. Chris explains how to reclaim the power of "no" to make room for true priority items. The second step, negotiation, allows you to spend less time on unimportant tasks. The third way is to delegate sometimes, and the fourth is improving systems and processes so that repetitive tasks are quickly and easily managed. Last but not least, Chris explains how to overcome perfectionism and nitpicking. He explains how to apply the five methods to all time-stealers, including meetings, interruptions, and more.In the initial chapters, he'll help you clarify your life and work goals, prioritize to-dos using Eisenhower's matrix of tasks, and answers questions like "Does working longer hours actually get more done?" The worksheets included with the exercise files will help you apply the lessons to your own work and life, and hone your time management skills—one step at a time.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.08/16/2016
5-Day Drawing Challenge: Communicating Through DrawingBeginnerDesign(Length: 29 minutes) Before written language, drawing was the primary means of communication. Today it's still an essential tool, for conveying not only messages but also emotions, subtext, and metaphor. This 5-day drawing challenge is designed for artists and nonartists alike, to improve their communication skills and flex their creative muscles. Von Glitschka has come up with a wide range of drawing challenges that will push members to explore new topics, tactics, and even materials for drawing.Remember to share your drawings with the rest of our community on Tumblr, Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram using the using the hashtag #5DayDraw.04/27/2016
5-Day Drawing Challenge: Different Ways to DrawBeginnerDesign(Length: 46 minutes) Drawing is for everyone. It just takes practice! Exercise your drawing skills and become better at seeing and capturing the world around you with Von Glitschka's 5-day drawing challenges. This installment asks you to consider different ways of drawing: from thinking "renewably" to getting surrealistic.Von will assign a drawing challenge for each day. Take the time you need to finish each challenge, and then watch the video where Von shares his own hand-drawn solution. There are no right answers here; his solutions should serve as inspiration. For more encouragement, check out the chapter on staying inspired, featuring artist Stephanie Smith. And don't forget to share your drawings via Twitter and Facebook! Use the hashtag #5daydraw.04/27/2016
5-Day Drawing Challenge: Diversify Your DrawingBeginnerDesign(Length: 30 minutes) Tired of drawing the same subjects day after day? Take five days to shake up your drawing habits and diversify your art. In this 5-Day Drawing Challenge, Von Glitschka provides five more opportunities to flex your creative muscle and challenge your preconceived notions about what tools and subjects are "appropriate" in art. Learn how to give people more character by distorting their features; make drawings not of rocks, but on them; imagine your own mythical creature; incorporate found objects into illustrations; and make your drawings "jump" with some cardboard and string.These challenges are designed so that they're suitable for artists of any level. Don't be afraid to share your work! Join the rest of our community on Tumblr, Facebook, and Instagram by posting your drawings with the hashtag #5DayDraw.04/27/2016
5-Day Drawing Challenge: Drawing Closer to NatureBeginnerDesign(Length: 43 minutes) Drawing is for everyone. It just takes practice! Exercise your drawing skills and become better at seeing and capturing the world around you with Von Glitschka's 5-day drawing challenges. This installment asks you to reconsider the fascinating subjects Mother Nature provides and reinterpret them using your own imagination and a pen, pencil, or stylus.Von will assign a drawing challenge for each day. Take the time you need to finish each challenge, and then watch the video where Von shares his own hand-drawn solution. There are no right answers here; his solutions should serve as inspiration. For more encouragement, check out the chapter on staying inspired, featuring artist Oguzhan Secir. And don't forget to share your drawings via Twitter and Facebook! Use the hashtag #5daydraw.04/27/2016
5-Day Drawing Challenge: Drawing InspirationBeginnerDesign(Length: 29 minutes) Von Glitschka is back with another 5-day drawing challenge. In this installment, he provides some drawing inspiration. These challenges ask you to put away your normal drawing tools and draw outside your comfort zone. For example, day one involves white pigment on dark paper, while day four is about drawing with shapes—and without lines. At the end of the five days, we hope you'll be inspired to stretch creatively and reach for new tools when you feel stuck in a routine.Remember: This series is designed for artists and nonartists alike. Don't be afraid to share your drawings with the rest of our community. Post them on Tumblr, Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram using the hashtag #5DayDraw.04/27/2016
5-Day Drawing Challenge: Drawing Your Own RealityBeginnerDesign(Length: 50 minutes) Drawing is for everyone. It just takes practice! Exercise your drawing skills and become better at seeing and capturing the world around you with Von Glitschka's 5-day drawing challenges. This installment asks you draw a few alternate takes on reality: the contents of someone else's mind, an animal/activity mash-up, a character cutout, an imaginary friend, and even a parallel universe.Von will assign a challenge for each day. Take the time you need to finish each assignment, and then watch the video where Von shares his own hand-drawn solution. There are no right answers here; his solutions should serve as inspiration. For more encouragement, check out the chapter on staying inspired, featuring artist Marty Cooper. And don't forget to share your drawings via Twitter and Facebook! Use the hashtag #5daydraw.04/27/2016
5-Day Mograph Challenge: Animated GIFsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, CINEMA 4D, Photoshop(Length: 35 minutes) Improve your mograph skills one day at a time with this 5-day motion graphics challenge. Author EJ Hassenfratz asks artists to create a different animated GIF each day for 5 days in a row. These challenges are designed to get your creative juices flowing and help you work out of any creative rut. Turn creating into a daily habit—for at least 5 days—and then post your work to Facebook and Twitter using the hashtag #5dayMograph. You can also submit your work to our Tumblr page at 5daymograph.tumblr.com.04/27/2016
5-Day Mograph Challenge: Animated IconsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, CINEMA 4D, Photoshop(Length: 26 minutes) Want to learn how to put client's branding in motion? Practice it one day at a time with this 5-day mograph challenge. Author EJ Hassenfratz asks artists to create a different animated icon each day, taking existing logos and putting them into motion. These challenges help you solve creative problems and round out your portfolio, while building on skills you've learned in previous 5-day mograph challenges.Get feedback by sharing your work on Facebook and Twitter using the hashtag #5dayMograph, and by posting it to our Tumblr page at 5daymograph.tumblr.com.04/27/2016
5-Day Mograph Challenge: Animating the ElementsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, CINEMA 4D, Photoshop(Length: 39 minutes) Daily practice is important to your growth as a motion graphics artist. In this 5-day challenge, EJ Hassenfratz asks you to animate five classic elements: earth, fire, water, wind, and light/dark. Each day will build on what you've learned in previous installments of 5-Day Mograph Challenge, and help you create some cool animated GIFs to add to your demo reel.Remember to show us your work on Facebook and Twitter using the hashtag #5dayMograph, and posting it to our Tumblr page at 5daymograph.tumblr.com.04/27/2016
5-Day Mograph Challenge: Animation FundamentalsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, CINEMA 4D, Photoshop(Length: 33 minutes) Even if you went to school for animation, the terminology can be confusing: follow through, anticipation, timing, and spacing. This fun, 5-day challenge concentrates on the basic principles of animation. Follow along with motion graphics veteran EJ Hassenfratz as he explains the concepts and asks you to put what you've learned into practice. In just 5 days, you'll have a broader understanding of just what makes certain animations successful and why!We encourage you to showcase your work online using the hashtag #5dayMograph, to get feedback on your work and stay inspired. You can also submit your projects to our Tumblr page at 5daymograph.tumblr.com.04/27/2016
5-Day Mograph Challenge: Typographic Logo AnimationIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, CINEMA 4D, Photoshop(Length: 26 minutes) You've learned how to put company logos in motion. Now, the challenge is to reflect that same energy and branding using only type. This 5-day mograph challenge builds your motion graphics skills one day at a time by asking you to create a different typographic animation each day. Along the way, author EJ Hassenfratz offers tips and techniques to guide you through the challenge.We'd love to see your solutions. Show us your work on Facebook and Twitter using the hashtag #5dayMograph, and by posting it to our Tumblr page at 5daymograph.tumblr.com.04/27/2016
5-Day Photo Challenge: CompositionIntermediatePhotography(Length: 21 minutes) How do you get better at photography? By challenging yourself every day. In this five-day photo challenge, Ben Long introduces five shooting techniques that, if you can master them, will lead to better compositions. Learn how to find good light, shoot with leading lines, frame a subject, "dirty up" your frame, and compose with black and white in mind—even when you're shooting in color. For each assignment, Ben offers his own solution, so you can see how a master photographer tackles the same challenge.Make sure to share your results with Ben and other fellow photographers on Twitter, Instagram, and Facebook using the hashtag #5DayPhoto.04/27/2016
5-Day Photo Challenge: LandscapesIntermediatePhotography(Length: 13 minutes) How do you get better at photography? By challenging yourself every day. Justin Reznick offers a variety of creative and technical challenges that encourage you to get out of your chair—and your comfort zone—and start taking better landscape photos. Learn to work the "golden hour," incorporate tools such as filters and medium-length lenses, shoot iconic landscapes in new, intimate ways, and find a different perspective by moving your feet. Justin offers his own solution for each challenge, so you can see how a master photographer tackles the same subject.Make sure to share your results with Justin and other fellow photographers on Twitter, Instagram, and Facebook using the hashtag #5DayPhoto.04/27/2016
5-Day Photo Challenge: PortraitureIntermediatePhotography(Length: 25 minutes) Improve your photography skills one day at a time. This 5-day photo challenge focuses on portraiture: "people photography." Whether you're a new photographer or a seasoned pro, these challenges will ask you to use composition, texture, light, and even your lenses to craft better portraits. After you complete a challenge, come back to watch author Chris Orwig's solution and get a new assignment.Remember to share your results on Tumblr, Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram using the hashtag #5DayPhoto.04/27/2016
5-Day Photo Challenge: Street PhotographyIntermediatePhotography(Length: 13 minutes) Take a five-day photo challenge that will help you look at your city and the people who live there in new ways. Author Steve Simon provides five challenges: working with light and reflections, isolating subjects, shooting at night, and overcoming nervousness by approaching strangers. He shares his own solutions as he works the streets of New York City, but you can follow along from anywhere. At the end of each day, remember to share your work with Lynda.com's community of photographers using the hashtag #5DayPhoto.04/27/2016
A Mix Engineer's Glossary of TechniquesBeginnerAudio + MusicPro Tools(Length: 248 minutes) Mix engineers know what it's like to put a lot of work into a mix, anticipate a review, and then receive feedback filled with descriptive notes from industry execs. Inside the remarks is an intent that needs to be deciphered so that the right adjustments can be made to achieve the intended sound. Likewise, industry execs—managers, agents, or interested parties—also want to make sure the comments conveyed to the mix engineer use the lingo commonly used across studios in industry. This course helps both: mix engineers can learn how to interpret the meaning of comments and then modify a mix accordingly, and executives can learn how to provide constructive notes using industry-standard terminology, resulting in simpatico communication that ultimately elevates the quality of music being mixed.Join multiplatinum producer, engineer, and mixer Brian Malouf as he covers the many terms that musicians and non-musicians use to describe music. Brian explains the meaning behind the comments and also demonstrates techniques that can be applied to a mix in response to the notes. He covers lo-fi mix techniques, EQ techniques, changes to levels, adapting the ambience, making vibe and energy adjustments, working with compression options, and revising the placement location of elements in the sonic sphere.04/06/2017
A Prolific Music Producer's Workflow for Finishing TracksIntermediateAudio + MusicLogic Pro(Length: 183 minutes) So many of us have rough recordings or bare bones song ideas just sitting on our hard drives, waiting to be finished... This course provides strategies for completing those tracks and releasing them to the world. It's based on industry pro Evan Sutton's own workflow for being a more productive, prolific music producer.Evan starts with the music production tools that can make it easier to see a song through to completion, such as templates, presets, and foolproof hardware setups. Next, he gets into the heavy lifting, mixing both songwriting and production techniques with tips for dealing with the psychological factors that may trip you up when completing a song. He wraps up the course with techniques that help to clear the final steps of song completion, including building transitions, adding ear candy, mixing strategies for increased efficiency, and simple mastering techniques, whether you choose to master your tracks yourself or hire a professional.04/27/2016
Aaron Draplin Takes On a Logo Design ChallengeBeginnerDesign(Length: 17 minutes) Most logos aren't designed in fifteen minutes, but most designers aren't Aaron Draplin. Aaron's a Portland fixture by way of the Midwest, the owner of Draplin Design Co., and an advocate of "blue collar" design: design that works. Here he takes our logo design challenge, creating a dozen iterations of a logo for a fictional construction company. Not inspired? Just wait. Watch as he sketches, brings his ideas into Illustrator, and tests and tunes the different iterations. The logos Aaron creates prove design can elevate any company or brand. Along the way, he provides tips for freelancing, finding inspiration, and providing clients context for logos that won't just live in PDFs.04/26/2016
Ableton Live 10 Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 793 minutes) Create music in real time, on stage, or while producing in the studio, with Ableton Live 10. In this course, music professor Rick Schmunk shows how to compose, record, remix, improvise, produce, and edit your musical ideas using this powerful software. Get familiar with the Live interface, learn how to set up your audio and MIDI hardware, and explore how to create a Live set. Plus, discover how to record and edit both MIDI and audio, shape the sound of your projects by applying effects to your tracks, warp audio, and much more. As you get acquainted with Live 10, you'll learn real-world production skills that can be applied to songwriting, studio production, and DJing.07/06/2018
Ableton Live 9 Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 544 minutes) Create music in real time, on stage, or while producing in the studio, with Ableton Live. In this course, music professor Rick Schmunk shows you how to compose, record, remix, improvise, produce, and edit your musical ideas. Along the way, get familiar with the Live interface, work with its views for recording and editing audio and MIDI, and explore its unique real-time recording and mixing capabilities. Plus, learn real-world production skills that can be applied to songwriting, studio production, and DJing. The final chapters offer an inside look at features added in Live 9, such as new Instrument Racks containing over 3,000 production-ready sounds, and Max for Live, a toolkit for building custom devices.04/26/2016
Ableton Live 9 for Live PerformanceIntermediateAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 140 minutes) In this course, Ableton Certified Trainer Yeuda Ben-Atar demonstrates how to use Ableton Live to its fullest potential in a live performance setting. First, learn how to choose the best MIDI controller to use with Ableton Live, and how to set it up properly to be used on stage. Then dive deeper into how to use MIDI mapping to get the most out of your controllers with Live. Next, Yeuda shares a number of techniques he employs as a live performer, like using cue points, looping, scratching, applying effects, and playing samples. He then shows how to create a live set, including organizing, exporting, and adding instruments and building custom effect racks. Along the way, Yeuda reveals many live performance tricks using control surfaces and custom MIDI controllers that he's built, plus tips for playing and syncing up with other musicians and recording your live performance.04/26/2016
Ableton Live 9 Tips and TricksIntermediateAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 67 minutes) Join Ableton Live expert Mike Kiraly as he dives deep into some of the advanced features that Live offers for unique and creative manipulation of sound. First, discover how to use clip envelopes to create constantly changing transitions between clips. Then Mike demonstrates how to create playable effects and effects transitions with dummy clips, build automated playlists and song arrangements with follow actions, and use dummy clips and follow actions together to generate complex effects.04/26/2016
Ableton Live 9: Programming BeatsBeginnerAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 147 minutes) The drum track is part of the hidden chemistry of a great song. This is your beat making lab. Yeuda Ben-Atar, educator and producer who performs as DJ Side Brain, shows you how to make beats in a variety of genres, from dubstep to hip-hop. Yeuda works with Ableton Live—but you can use these tutorials to make beats in whatever DAW you have accessible.First get some basic rhythmic theory, including counting music and note subdivisions, and learn how elements like cymbals, percussive instruments like congas, and even homemade sounds from cans, bottles, and counters contribute to your beats. The following chapters tackle the particulars of house, dubstep, drum and bass, trap, juke, and hip-hop. In each of these chapters, Yeuda discusses how to choose the appropriate tempo and drum sounds for the style and how to sequence the kick, snare, and cymbals. The course closes with some pro mixing techniques that balance punch and presence, so your drums will cut through the mix and sound their best.04/26/2016
Ableton Live: DJingIntermediateAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 103 minutes) DJing is a growing profession. Ableton Live takes your live performances beyond anything achievable with turntables or CD players, making your sets powerful and unique. In this course, author J. Scott Giaquinta demonstrates the techniques DJs around the world use with Ableton Live. He starts with setting up your software and hardware controllers, and importing, warping, and keying tracks in Ableton. Next he discusses cueing and playing tracks, and using fades and the crossfader to mix tracks. Then learn when you should use a DJ mixer as opposed to Ableton's internal mixer, and how to incorporate a microphone into the setup.Scott next introduces some performance tricks to wow your audience, by integrating loops, samples, and FX. He also provides a demo of alternative controllers that can make your performances more dynamic, including a Wiimote, joystick, MIDI keyboard, and live vocoder. Finally, he discusses methods to record your live DJ set and fine-tune it after the fact.04/27/2016
Ableton Live: Producing Electronic MusicIntermediateAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 180 minutes) Learn professional techniques for producing and mixing electronic music in Ableton Live. Producer Nate Mars starts with the basics of the Ableton interface and different approaches to making electronic music—some of which incorporate Ableton Push 2, the exciting new pad-based MIDI controller. He explains the important Ableton fundamentals for working with clips, warping, and effects. Next, Nate demonstrates various techniques for programming the foundation of a track—the drums—in a variety of EDM genres. He then moves into creating basslines via analog synthesis and creating lead synth sounds with Ableton Live's built-in Operator synth. He also goes into how to create and use samples and MIDI effects, and use Push 2 for production and mixing. He pulls it all together in the final few chapters, which demonstrate ways to arrange tracks, use creative effects, mix tracks together, and use automation to finalize the mix.09/06/2016
Ableton Push: Making MusicBeginnerAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 146 minutes) Imagine making digital music without having to touch or even look at your computer. The future is here with the Ableton Push, which allows you to compose melodies and basslines, make beats, arrange music, mix and master your tracks, and perform live—all from an intuitive, touch-sensitive interface. Join author and DJ Yeuda Ben-Atar, aka Side Brain, for an introduction to creating and performing music with Push and the brand new Push 2.First, Yeuda demystifies the many trigger pads, knobs, and buttons on the Push and shows how to map the device to Ableton Live. Next, learn to browse and load sounds and create drumbeats with the step sequencer. Humanize the sound of these beats by changing individual note velocity, length, and position and adding in quantization and swing. Then, learn to play Push like a pitched instrument, and use it to remotely control a Live set and Live devices. Along the way, Yeuda offers valuable lessons about basic music theory—concepts like notes, chords, scales, and time signature—that will make your experience with Push more rewarding.04/26/2016
ABSYNTH: Synthesis and SamplingIntermediateAudio + MusicAbsynth(Length: 162 minutes) ABSYNTH is an essential instrument in the KOMPLETE toolkit, doubling as a semi-modular synthesis tool and a powerful effects plugin. Join Evan Sutton in this course for a tour of ABSYNTH, covering everything from signal flow and patching to advanced signal processing. Along the way, Evan covers routing and modulation, ABSYNTH's built-in effects, and working with control surfaces and automation. Tune in to learn how to design your own intoxicating sounds with ABSYNTH.04/27/2016
Academic Research Foundations: QuantitativeBeginnerEducation + ElearningSPSS Statistics(Length: 101 minutes) Quantitative research is a crucial part of academic study and a fundamental scholarly research methodology. In this course, educator Rolin Moe explores the foundations of this methodology to help you confidently tackle your own quantitative research study. Rolin covers the characteristics of quantitative research, and explains how to approach different parts of the research process, such as creating a solid research question and developing a literature review. He goes over the elements of a study, explains how to collect and analyze data, and shows how to present your data in written and numeric form. Once you wrap up this course, you'll be familiar with the framework of a quantitative research study and prepared to start drafting your own.04/06/2017
Accelerated Design with Comp CC and InDesignIntermediateDesignInDesign, Comp(Length: 97 minutes) Comp CC allows you to quickly develop ideas on the go, from your iPad or iPhone, and then when it's time to refine those ideas, push your layout to the desktop. This course shows how to master all the features in Comp CC and import work into InDesign for fine-tuning. Author Tony Harmer helps designers who want to begin their creative process on a tablet seamlessly transition designs back to the full-fledged power of the Creative Cloud.04/27/2016
Access 2003 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAccess(Length: 295 minutes) Access 2003 Essential Training with Mark Swift is a movie-based tutorial that will enable new and existing database designers to develop an understanding of the latest version of Microsoft Access. This training begins with an introduction to database concepts and a design methodology that will help new designers organize the data being stored, and quickly advances to cover many of the features and tools needed to design exceptional database applications. This training also looks at features that are new or improved in Microsoft Access 2003. Exercise files are included, allowing you to follow along and learn at your own pace.04/28/2016
Access 2007 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAccess(Length: 327 minutes) From using predefined Access 2007 database applications to building them from scratch, Access 2007 Essential Training covers each step of understanding, creating, and modifying databases for custom business purposes. Instructor David Rivers shows even the most database-challenged how to utilize this powerful software for creating reports and charts, as well as for business record keeping and analysis. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
Access 2007: Forms and ReportsIntermediateBusinessAccess, Microsoft Office(Length: 217 minutes) Discover how to manage data entry and reporting tasks more efficiently with Access 2007. Author Adam Wilbert presents lessons designing forms, organizing and displaying data with form controls, creating flexible queries, and building a form-based navigation system. The course also shows how to build reports from wizards and queries, highlight important data with conditional formatting, and automate reporting processes with macros.04/28/2016
Access 2007: QueriesIntermediateBusinessAccess, Microsoft Office(Length: 128 minutes) In Access 2007: Queries in Depth, author Adam Wilbert illustrates how to create and leverage real-world queries and turn raw data into usable information. The course covers setting up queries, performing calculations, using the built-in Access functions to further refine query results, and identifying top performers or areas for improvement based on a range of criteria. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
Access 2007: ShortcutsIntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 205 minutes) In Access 2007 Power Shortcuts, Access expert Alicia Katz Pollock shares hundreds of tips and shortcuts to vastly increase efficiency and get the full power out of Access 2007. The course includes tips for working with the Ribbon and Quick Access toolbar, managing files, customizing and automating Access, rapid data entry and editing, working with tables, queries, forms, and reports, managing your database, and much more. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
Access 2010 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusiness, Education + ElearningAccess(Length: 210 minutes) In Access 2010 Essential Training, Alicia Katz Pollock gives a comprehensive overview of creating databases in Access 2010, whether using predefined database templates or building from scratch. This course covers each step of constructing and modifying databases for custom purposes, as well as working with tables, forms, queries, macros, and reports and charts for record keeping and analysis. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
Access 2010: Forms and ReportsIntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 187 minutes) Discover how to manage data entry and reporting tasks more efficiently using Access 2010. Author Adam Wilbert presents lessons on designing forms, organizing and displaying data with form controls, creating flexible queries, and building a form-based navigation system. The course also shows how to build reports from wizards and queries, highlight important data with conditional formatting, and automate reporting processes with macros.04/28/2016
Access 2010: QueriesIntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 182 minutes) In this course, author Adam Wilbert illustrates how to create and leverage real-world queries and turn raw data into usable information. The course covers setting up queries, performing calculations, using the built-in Access functions to further refine query results, and identifying top performers or areas for improvement based on a range of criteria.04/28/2016
Access 2010: Real-World ProjectsBeginnerBusinessAccess(Length: 28 minutes) In Access 2010: Real-World Projects, author Gini Courter uses real-world examples to explore Access's database creation and management features. Gini shows how to create professionally formatted forms and reports and make ugly databases a thing of the past using Office themes. Creating a database in Access is even easier with built-in navigation templates and reusable Application Parts. Gini also reviews how to save reports as PDFs for easy distribution and how to highlight important data. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
Access 2010: ShortcutsIntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 223 minutes) In Access 2010 Power Shortcuts, Access expert Alicia Katz Pollock shares hundreds of tips and shortcuts to vastly increase efficiency and get the full power out of Access 2010. The course includes tips for working with the Ribbon and Quick Access toolbar, managing files, customizing and automating Access, rapid data entry and editing, working with tables, queries, forms, and reports, managing your database, and much more. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
*Access 2013 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusiness, Education + ElearningAccess(Length: 304 minutes) Join author and database expert Adam Wilbert on a tour of the essential features of Microsoft Access 2013 and discover how to build a database and store your data more efficiently. First, Adam explains the concepts behind relational databases, before moving onto building tables—the foundation of any database. He then shows how to define the relationships between tables and use queries to find and filter data. The course also shows how to apply rules and validation to minimize data entry errors; build an interface for the database from forms, complete with interactive buttons and combo boxes; create reports for printing and sharing; and automate these tasks and many others with macros.04/26/2016
Access 2013: Forms and ReportsIntermediateDeveloper, ITAccess(Length: 298 minutes) Make the information in your Access database more transparent and easier to navigate with forms and reports. This course demonstrates how you can use forms and reports to control and organize the display of your data, as well as gather parameters for queries. Author Adam Wilbert starts with the basics of form design and leveraging controls such as buttons, links, and macros. He combines these ideas in a chapter that shows how to build an application-like framework for getting around the database.Then the course dives into reports: creating efficient and readable layouts, grouping data into categories, tying reports to queries, and using conditional formatting rules to highlight key takeaways from the data. Finally, Adam demonstrates how to link forms and reports together and print your results, and introduces unique ways to save time filling out paperwork and generating form letters.04/27/2016
Access 2013: QueriesIntermediateBusiness, ITAccess(Length: 263 minutes) Get more out of your Access database than just the data you put into it, using queries—tools that help you translate complex raw data into information you can use to make better decisions. Join Adam Wilbert, as he explains how to create real-world queries to filter and sort data, perform calculations, and refine query results with built-in functions, all while offering challenges that help you master the material. Find out how to identify top performers, automate repetitive analysis tasks, and increase accuracy and consistency in your database using program flow functions.04/26/2016
Access 2013: Tips & TricksIntermediateBusiness, ITAccess(Length: 170 minutes) Your tables are built, your relationships are defined, your queries and reports are ready to run. But is your Access database really ready for users? With these power tips, you can create a better user experience for your database and transform it into a fast, efficient, and even fun place to work. Adam Wilbert will show you how to remove typical Access interface elements (like the Welcome screen) for a better start-up experience, and borrow some tricks from web design to make your database more attractive and interactive. Plus, learn how to clean up a cluttered navigation pane, filter long lists with cascading combo boxes, and build in contextual help and keyboard shortcuts that your power users will thank you for. Adam also shows how to package the database for users who don't have Microsoft Access installed.04/26/2016
Access 2016 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusiness, Education + ElearningAccess, Microsoft Office(Length: 405 minutes) Learn how to build databases to store and retrieve your data more efficiently with Access 2016. Adam Wilbert shows how to use the powerful program to wrangle your data and create your first table, and highlights smart strategies to edit and modify fields and records.The course also shows you how to build queries and action queries, create and design forms, use macros, integrate Access with the rest of the Office 2016 suite, and maintain your databases over time.04/27/2016
Access 2016: Advanced Tips and TricksIntermediateBusinessAccess, Microsoft Office(Length: 160 minutes) These tips and techniques will help Access developers create a better user experience and transform a boring database into a fast, efficient, and even fun environment. Access expert Adam Wilbert shows how to remove typical Access interface elements (like the Welcome screen) for a better startup experience, and borrow some tricks from web design to make your database more attractive and interactive. Plus, learn how to clean up a cluttered navigation pane, leverage hidden system objects, filter long lists with cascading combo boxes, and build in contextual help and keyboard shortcuts that your power users will thank you for.07/26/2016
Access 2016: Building Dashboards for ExcelIntermediateITAccess, Excel, Microsoft Office(Length: 112 minutes) Using Excel, you can optimize reporting for Access databases. Learn how to build powerful dashboards to visualize your data, using tools such as slicers, timelines, charts, and PivotCharts. Instructor Robin Hunt shows how to analyze, query, and export Access data for use in Excel, and connect directly to Access from Excel, so that you always have a live view of your data. Then learn how to build dashboards with slicers, timelines, and charts, and create macros that make your dashboards more user friendly. By the end of the course, you should be able to extend your current reporting capabilities and create more engaging visualizations.07/06/2018
Access 2016: Forms and ReportsIntermediateBusinessAccess, Microsoft Office(Length: 299 minutes) Learn how to use Access forms and reports to control and organize the display of your data, as well as gather parameters for queries. Access expert Adam Wilbert starts with the basics of form design and leveraging controls such as buttons, links, and macros. He combines these ideas in a chapter that shows how to build an application-like framework for getting around an Access 2016 database.Then the course dives into reports: creating efficient and readable layouts, grouping data into categories, tying reports to queries, and using conditional formatting rules to highlight key takeaways from the data. Finally, Adam demonstrates how to link forms and reports and print your results, and introduces unique ways to save time filling out paperwork and generating form letters.07/12/2016
Access 2016: QueriesIntermediateBusiness, ITAccess, Microsoft Office(Length: 250 minutes) Learn how to find and translate complex raw data into information you can use to make better decisions, with Access queries. Access expert Adam Wilbert explains how to create real-world queries to filter and sort data and perform calculations, as well as refine query results with built-in functions, all while offering challenges that help you master the material. Find out how to identify top performers, automate repetitive analysis tasks, make queries more flexible with parameter requests, and increase accuracy and consistency in your database using program flow functions. Adam closes with an assortment of useful query tricks. Take the challenges posed along the way to test and practice your new Access skills.06/14/2016
Access 2016: Reporting to Web SystemsIntermediateITAccess, Microsoft Office(Length: 107 minutes) Access databases typically live on your desktop and are shared with a limitednumber of users over a local network. Microsoft SharePoint integration allows you to share data on the web, but this solution can be complicated for many users. There are several alternatives that you can consider. By leveraging web-friendly data formats—such as a basic HTML table or machine-readable XML, CSV, and JSON data files—or connecting to a hosted Microsoft Azure database, Access users can expand the reach of their data and reports.In this course, Adam Wilbert shows you how, by exploring options for getting your data out of Microsoft Access, making it easier to share with others. He covers Access data export options, and demonstrates how to modify exported files with a text editor. He also explains how to link Access to an Azure SQL database to provide a cloud storage solution for your Access tables.09/13/2017
Access: VBAAdvancedBusiness, Developer, ITAccess, Visual Basic(Length: 278 minutes) Enhance productivity by automating routine tasks and providing custom functionality not built into Access with a few basics in VBA code. Author Curt Frye introduces object-oriented programming and provides database designers with a foundation in the Access object model and the Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) programming language. The course covers automating tasks with macros, working in the Visual Basic Editor, writing functions, adding logic, reading data, controlling forms, and more.04/28/2016
Accessibility for Web DesignBeginnerWeb(Length: 124 minutes) Are you doing everything you can to make sure your sites are accessible and easy to use? Learn practical accessibility techniques to ensure your web designs can be viewed and used by everyone. Internationally recognized accessibility expert Derek Featherstone walks through examples of common web interaction flows, and then steps through considerations and tactical strategies for each component, to assure that people with disabilities can easily complete those tasks. Learn the proper use of color, contrast, and motion, and find out how to design keyboard interactions and touch interfaces; incorporate images, sound, and video; design accessible forms; structure content at the tag level; and balance responsive design with accessibility.07/06/2018
Accessing Existing Databases with Entity Framework CoreIntermediateDeveloper, WebSQL Server, LINQ, Entity Framework(Length: 74 minutes) Not every .NET development project starts from scratch. Often you're rewriting applications to take advantage of different data sources, or to make connections to legacy data in more efficient ways. Entity Framework (EF) plays extremely well with existing databases, and it can generate some of the data-access code for you automatically. Using the practical techniques shown in this course, you will be able to use EF Core with existing relational databases, and modify the generated code as necessary. Richard Goforth shows how to connect to a database, scaffold a model from it, and begin improving on that model. He uses shadow properties, backing fields, inheritance relationships, concurrency tokens, and other techniques to best map a database to an application. No matter how untidy your tables and fields, EF will help you write clean, cross-platform code that is easy to maintain in the long run.11/22/2016
Accounting FoundationsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 166 minutes) Learn about external financial statements, internal managerial accounting reports, income tax systems and how they interact in business decision-making. Brothers and professors of accounting at Brigham Young University Jim and Kay Stice review the accounting equation, the three primary financial statements, how to use accounting to aid decision making, and how income taxes figure into business and personal decisions. They use real-world example data from Walmart and other business so you can see how numbers drive everything from wages and product costs to home budgets.04/26/2016
Accounting Foundations: BookkeepingBeginnerBusiness(Length: 87 minutes) Accountants use the credits and debits recorded in ledgers or "books" prepared by bookkeepers to create a company's financial statements. In this course, accounting professors Jim and Kay Stice walk you through the four key steps in the bookkeeping process: analyzing, recording, summarizing transactions, and preparing financial reports. They explain the components of a journal entry (debits and credits) and the essential questions a bookkeeper/accountant asks in reviewing those transactions. They also explain how accountants translate ledger information into financial statements, and the role of computer programs such as Quicken in helping businesses manage their accounts.04/27/2016
Accounting Foundations: BudgetingBeginnerBusiness(Length: 92 minutes) Growing companies don't have a long history to guide management decisions. But they can't go on reacting to one crisis after another without a plan. Such companies need to harness the power of budgeting to identify and solve problems on paper before they arise in the real world.This course covers purchase budgets, production budgets, hiring budgets, overhead budgets, and cash budgets. Professors Jim and Kay Stice help you weigh the impact of strict versus more moderate budgeting on employee morale, and show how budgets pay off in the future, when you can use them to evaluate your business performance.04/27/2016
Accounting Foundations: Managerial AccountingBeginnerBusiness(Length: 156 minutes) Managerial accounting helps managers make decisions using an organization's financial data. An understanding of managerial accounting helps you figure out how much a product costs, analyze when your company breaks even, and budget for expenses and future growth. In this course, accounting professors Jim and Kay Stice cover all the fundamentals, including costs and cost behaviors, cost-volume-profit (CVP) relationships, cost flows, standard costing and activity-based costing, and budgeting.Want to hear more from Jim and Kay? Learn about all three types of accounting—financial, managerial, and income tax—in their Accounting Fundamentals course.04/27/2016
Achieving Your GoalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 25 minutes) Setting achievable goals is one of the first steps toward a successful career and meaningful personal development. In this business skills course for lynda.com, author Dave Crenshaw shows smart ways to create a vision, develop a quantifiable goal, turn that goal into actions, and share that commitment publicly to establish accountability.Along the way, discover the importance of celebrating successes and reviewing your progress in order to stay motivated and establish a pattern of successful goal setting.04/28/2016
Acing Your Interview (2013)BeginnerBusiness(Length: 38 minutes) Ace your interview and land the job you want. Join author Valerie Sutton as she explores the different types of interview questions and styles you might expect, and how to prepare for them by researching the company and practicing your answers. Uncover the best ways to create a good first impression and navigate the interview, as well as handle the tricky questions and identify the unlawful ones. Plus, learn how to assess your own performance, thank the company for their time, and follow up on a decision.04/26/2016
Acoustic Guitar Lessons: 1 Picking, Fretting, & ChordsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 188 minutes) The bluegrass style is one of the most rewarding and technically demanding ways to play guitar. Unlike acoustic guitar, it concentrates on rhythm, groove, and playing as part of an ensemble—the skills Grammy-winning flatpicker Bryan Sutton emphasizes in his series, Bluegrass Guitar Lessons. Part 1 concentrates on the fundamentals of bluegrass guitar: picking and fretting, posture, and flatpicking flow. Bryan covers everything from holding the guitar and pick to strumming, fingering the fretboard, and using downstrokes, upstrokes, and repetition to reproduce popular picking patterns. He also helps you develop a sense of rhythm, muscle memory, and consistent sound and tone, and breaks down a selection of popular bluegrass tunes that are important for the repertoire of any bluegrass guitarist.Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.08/30/2016
Acoustic Guitar Lessons: 2 Scales, Walking Bass, Hammer-Ons, and Pull-OffsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 187 minutes) The bluegrass style is one of the most rewarding and technically demanding ways to play guitar. Learn how to play bluegrass guitar or improve your current flatpicking and fretting skills in this course—part 2 of the Bluegrass Guitar Lessons series with Grammy-winning flatpicker Bryan Sutton. Learn how to build strength and fingerboard awareness, and expand what you can do with the rhythm guitar with "walking bass" movement and advanced scales. Find out how to create more expressive sounds and play more efficiently with hammer-ons and pull-offs, and how to use a capo and slide.Watch at your own pace; start and stop where and when you need. Everything that Bryan breaks down he puts back together in chapters 4 and 5, where he shows how to apply what you've learned to a selection of popular bluegrass tunes that are important for the repertoire of any bluegrass guitarist.Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.08/30/2016
Acoustic Guitar Lessons: 3 Rhythm & VoicingsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 173 minutes) Learn how to play bluegrass guitar—one of the most rewarding and technically demanding ways to play guitar. In part 3 of the Bluegrass Guitar Lessons series, Grammy-winning flatpicker Bryan Sutton concentrates on big-picture techniques that will help you develop your own personal sound. Learn intermediate techniques for fretting without tension and embellishing your sound with hammer-ons and pull-offs. Find out how to move beyond basic rhythms into more complex bass strum patterns, phrasing, and scale walking. Open up the fretboard with some exciting new scales and chord shapes. Bryan shows how to apply what you've learned to intermediate versions of popular bluegrass tunes, such as "Turkey in the Straw" and "Soldier's Joy." Watch at your own pace; start and stop where and when you need. Each lesson helps you add a challenging new dimension to your sound, and improve your overall musicality.Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.08/30/2016
Acoustic Guitar Lessons: 4 Feel & CrosspickingBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 164 minutes) The bluegrass style is one of the most rewarding and technically demanding ways to play guitar. Once you've mastered the basics, you can play most songs. But becoming a great bluegrass guitarist has a lot to do with feel and dexterity—skills you can only master with the help of a great teacher. Bryan Sutton is arguably the best flatpick guitarist since the late great Doc Watson. In this course, part 4 of Bluegrass Guitar Lessons, he shares his Grammy-winning techniques with you.Learn how to maintain flatpicking flow—consistent tone, groove, and musicality. Find out how to play along role-oriented lines, and find more musical opportunities. In chapters 3, 4, and 5, Bryan shows how to apply what you've learned to intermediate versions of popular bluegrass tunes. Each lesson helps you add a challenging new dimension to your sound, and improve your overall musicality.Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.08/30/2016
Acoustic Guitar Lessons: IntermediateIntermediateAudio + Music(Length: 129 minutes) Once you've mastered the basics of acoustic guitar, you're ready to expand your repertoire and tackle more challenging techniques. Join guitarist Jared Meeker as he guides you through intermediate concepts like soloing patterns and altered tunings in a relaxed, easy-to-follow instructional style. Learn about suspended chords, tuning with harmonics, and slides. Take on a variety of new styles, including acoustic funk, New Orleans grooves, modern Celtic rhythm guitar, bluegrass, and Delta blues. Jared also touches on harmony for writing and arranging, as well as Drop D, Double Drop D, Open G, and Open D tuning. Tune in and take your acoustic guitar skills to the next level.01/17/2017
Acrobat 9 Pro Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAcrobat(Length: 574 minutes) With Acrobat 9, Adobe continues to evolve the venerable PDF from a simple paperless document into a collaborative hub for many forms of digital communication. In Acrobat 9 Pro Essential Training, Brian Wood explores the many new and enhanced features in version 9 of Acrobat Standard, Acrobat Pro, and Acrobat Pro Extended. He demonstrates different ways to create and modify PDFs, including the enhanced OCR tool, and shows how to combine them with other files into a PDF Portfolio. Brian covers collaboration in detail, including the new Collaborate Live and Shared Review options. He also investigates redaction and other security features. Example files accompany the course.04/27/2016
Acrobat 9 Pro: Creating FormsIntermediateBusiness, WebAcrobat(Length: 517 minutes) PDF forms can be much more than something to print, fill out by hand, and fax back. Interactive fields allow for a web-like user experience, and submission via email or server can enable a truly paperless exchange of information. Acrobat 9 Pro makes interactive form creation and distribution more powerful and flexible than ever, but such a wealth of features and options can be daunting. Brian Wood focuses exclusively on the nuances of this process in Acrobat 9 Pro: Creating Forms. He discusses the fundamentals of Acrobat forms, fields, and distribution, and explores the built-in form creation tools available in Acrobat 9. Brian also demonstrates the XML-driven forms that can be created by the Windows-only LiveCycle Designer application, included with Acrobat 9 Pro and Pro Extended. Example files accompany the course.04/27/2016
Acrobat DC Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAcrobat(Length: 467 minutes) This foundational course teaches everything you need to know to create, edit, and manage PDFs in the Acrobat DC family of programs: Acrobat Pro, Acrobat Standard, and Acrobat Reader. Author Claudia McCue shows how to create PDFs using source material from Microsoft Office, Adobe CC, web pages, and scans, and edit and combine PDFs. She also demonstrates how to create fillable forms, gather comments and review PDFs, esign documents, and add audio, video, and links to PDFs.04/26/2016
Acrobat DC: Creating Accessible PDFs (2015)IntermediateBusiness, DesignAcrobat, InDesign, Microsoft Office, Word(Length: 301 minutes) Accessibility means making sure your content is available to as many people as possible. When you make your PDFs accessible, it means adding tags, bookmarks, alt text, and other information that makes the files readable to users who are visually or mobility impaired. Using Acrobat DC, and other tools such as Microsoft Word and Adobe InDesign, it's now much easier and faster to create valid, accessible PDF files. In this course, Chad Chelius explains why accessibility is important and what features an accessible PDF should include, and shows how to streamline the process of creating accessible PDFs using Word, Excel, PowerPoint, InDesign, and Acrobat DC.04/27/2016
Acrobat DC: Creating FormsIntermediateBusinessAcrobat(Length: 97 minutes) Learn how to take static PDF documents and turn them into interactive forms with Acrobat DC. Garrick Chow shows how to add interactive form fields—everything from text and check boxes to radio buttons and list boxes—and how to trigger actions with buttons. The course also explores how to automate form creation with the Form Wizard, perform calculations, work with signatures, distribute forms, and use the data gathered from forms.06/14/2016
Acrobat DC: Using the Document Cloud FeaturesIntermediateBusinessAcrobat(Length: 108 minutes) An Adobe Document Cloud subscription provides users with much more than Acrobat. Using Document Cloud, you can access documents from anywhere, anytime, using any device. You also have a variety of tools to create and edit PDFs, gather signatures, and convert PDFs to other file formats. In this course Chad Chelius shows how to access these features from the desktop version of Acrobat DC, a web browser, or the DC mobile apps: Acrobat Reader, Adobe Sign, and Adobe Scan. Follow along and learn how to organize files in the Document Cloud, share files with other users, obtain signatures quickly and easily, and more.07/06/2018
Acrobat X Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAcrobat(Length: 539 minutes) In Acrobat X Essential Training, author Anne-Marie Concepción demonstrates how to create, modify, review, and share PDFs in Adobe Acrobat X Standard or Pro. Starting with a tour of the new panels-based interface, the course covers the basics of the software, such as creating and customizing PDFs, searching, editing text and graphics, and extracting PDF content to use in other programs. Also included are tutorials on creating forms, inserting interactivity and rich media, using the prepress tools, combining PDFs with other types of files to create customized portfolios, and ensuring document security. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
Acrobat X Tips and TricksIntermediateBusinessAcrobat(Length: 273 minutes) Let Anne-Marie Concepción share her intimate knowledge of Acrobat with you, and reveal the application's hidden gems. This course goes beyond the manual to reveal the secret techniques of Acrobat power users: editing text and graphics directly within the PDF, adding the Typewriter tool to the toolbar, creating a better default preview for portfolios, outputting double-sided pages and printer spread booklets, and converting JavaScript into one-click actions. These tools can be put to use immediately on the PDFs that users receive and distribute every day.04/28/2016
Acrobat X: Creating FormsIntermediateBusinessAcrobat(Length: 147 minutes) This course demonstrates how to design a form from scratch in Word, Illustrator, or InDesign—or from an existing electronic document. author Claudia McCue teaches how to add interactive fields like check boxes, buttons, drop-down lists, and digital signature fields; how to add field calculations like sum or average; and how to use JavaScript for more advanced calculations. The course also covers how to enable forms for Acrobat Reader users, add security to a form, distribute it via email or the web, and collect data from recipients.04/28/2016
Acrobat XI: Creating FormsIntermediateBusinessAcrobat(Length: 222 minutes) PDF forms are easier to design, distribute, and capture data than either web or print forms. Let Claudia McCue show you just how effortless PDF forms can be, in this Adobe Acrobat course. First, learn how to design a basic form in Word, Illustrator, or InDesign. Then Claudia shows you how to add interactive fields like check boxes, buttons, dropdown lists, and digital signature fields; how to add calculations that can total or average your data; and how to write some simple JavaScript that will unlock more advanced form functionality. Plus, learn how distribute your forms via email and on the web.04/26/2016
Acrobat: Preflight and Print ProductionIntermediateDesignAcrobat(Length: 158 minutes) Before you send or submit a PDF, wouldn't you like to know that it's perfect for print? And if you work at a printer, a publication, or a newspaper, wouldn't you like to determine the health of a PDF before those presses roll?Fortunately, Acrobat Pro DC offers extensive tools for analyzing a PDF and determining its suitability for print. In this course, Claudia McCue helps you get the most from these tools, including preflight profiles, the Output Preview options, flattening, page boxes, and printer marks. She also explains the pros and cons of editing content in Acrobat vs. the original authoring applications, and shows how to manage color with the Ink Manager and the Convert Color function. After watching this course, you'll be able to use Acrobat Pro DC to find and fix many common problems before you go to print.04/26/2016
Acting DecisivelyBeginnerBusiness(Length: 39 minutes) Whatever your role—whether you're a manager or an individual contributor—acting decisively is a key skill. As a manager, your employees need clarity about your team's overall strategic direction, as well as what you want and expect from them. As an employee, what gets you noticed and recognized is your ability to act and produce results. In this course, career expert Dorie Clark helps you overcome the roadblocks to decisive action, get the information you need, and determine when it's appropriate to act—or conversely, when it's better to hold off until you know more. She also discusses how to find the courage to act decisively under challenging circumstances.01/22/2018
Adapting a Print Layout for Digital PublishingBeginnerDesignInDesign(Length: 122 minutes) Learn how to convert documents and files originally intended for print into optimized digital formats such as EPUB, interactive PDF, HTML, or a Digital Publishing Suite (DPS) file. In this course, author Mike Rankin shows you how to choose the best format for your project, make any necessary layout or content changes using Adobe InDesign, and ensure your images and other assets are licensed for digital use. Plus, learn best practices for scanning text, photos, and illustrations, and discover how to enrich your digital publications with video. This course provides a step-by-step workflow that will help you stay organized and get the best results from your conversion.04/26/2016
Adapting an English Layout into Spanish with InDesignIntermediateDesignInDesign(Length: 104 minutes) As more economies, communities, and businesses go "global," more designers are being asked to adapt their layouts to work with different languages. This course will help you adapt English language design to Spanish, covering everything from translation to copyfitting, even if you don't know "hola" from "hello." Diane Burns shows you how to take three examples (an existing sign, a flyer, and a catalog created in InDesign) and successfully convert them to Spanish. Along the way, she shares InDesign tips that will make you more productive in any language.Want to learn more? Check out Multilingual Publishing Strategies with InDesign.04/26/2016
Adaptive Project LeadershipIntermediateBusiness(Length: 47 minutes) The digital revolution has altered what it means to be a good leader. Today's leaders must be able to respond as quickly as technology changes—or risk being left behind. This course teaches adaptive project leadership techniques to help you keep up with the pace of change. It covers strategies and skills such as lean product management, adaptive thinking, and agile leadership. Instructor Kelley O'Connell shows how to better understand the customer journey, how to adopt an adaptive mindset, how to manage virtual teams, and how to create a culture of continuous learning and growth. These lessons will help you communicate and collaborate better across the entire organization, deliver products and projects that exceed changing expectations, and stand out as a leader in the digital age.07/06/2018
Adding a Person to a Group Photo in PhotoshopAdvancedPhotographyPhotoshop(Length: 102 minutes) Sometimes you have a group photo that doesn't include the entire group. Maybe someone couldn't make it. Maybe you needed to be in the shot—but also needed to take the shot.Whatever the reason, Photoshop offers the solution: You can simply composite the missing person into the group shot. In this course, photographer and educator Seán Duggan shows how. He uses Smart Objects to nondestructively resize the images, adds and refines a layer mask, and then inserts the missing person behind the group. With some simple tonal adjustments, the end result can look completely natural. In chapter 4, Seán tackles a fun bonus challenge: placing new figures in historical photos.04/27/2016
Adding Stripe Payments to Your Ruby on Rails ApplicationIntermediateWebRuby on Rails, Stripe API(Length: 124 minutes) Add Stripe to your Ruby on Rails application to collect payments from your users. Stripe allows developers to add Payment Card Industry-compliant ecommerce functionality without having to implement complicated security. The result is an efficient and secure app experience, with fully encrypted token-based transactions that allow you to charge for content on a monthly or annual basis. In this course, Chris Oliver teaches you how to build a Rails app with paid content, securely collect credit card numbers, charge your users for a subscription to your site, and give them access to the paid content, all with Stripe.js and the Stripe Ruby gem. You'll also learn how to allow customers to unsubscribe and resubscribe from the app, and create PDF receipts for charges.12/20/2016
Additive Manufacturing: Optimizing 3D PrintsIntermediateCADMatterControl, Cura(Length: 84 minutes) 3D printing is a complex additive process. Many things can go wrong, whether you're using a commercial or consumer-grade printer. This course reviews common 3D printer problems and highlights the settings that may help you get the best possible quality from your equipment, with a focus on printers that use filament. Learn how groups of settings interact with each other and reduce the trial and error often associated with learning how to "dial in" a 3D printer. Instructors Rich Cameron and Joan Horvath use the MatterControl slicing and control program as a baseline, but discuss other common programs that use these settings, including Cura and Slic3r.01/22/2018
Additive Manufacturing: Troubleshoot 3D PrintsIntermediateCAD(Length: 103 minutes) 3D printing is has come a long way, but there are still many things that can derail the printing process. This course helps you avoid problems in advance, and when they do come up, it helps you solve them. Rich Cameron and Joan Horvath of Nonscriptum LLC—the maker tech training company—review common 3D print problems, and show how to fix them by making changes to the model, orientation, or printer settings. Learn what to do when your print doesn't stick to the print bed; when you see pimples, dimples, or stringing; have cooling issues; or the walls of your print are too thin. Joan and Rich also help identify and fix software-related issues with your host and slicer programs, and keep track of changes as you debug, in case you need to roll back to a previous version of your design.07/06/2018
Administrative Human ResourcesBeginnerBusiness(Length: 85 minutes) HR administration is vital to the success of every business and every employee. Effective HR administrators make sure companies stay compliant with regulations, and keep their employees motivated and engaged. If you are a small business owner who wants a deeper understanding of HR, someone looking for a job in HR, or an administrative professional whose duties include HR, this training course is for you. It provides a general introduction to the role and duties of an HR administrative professional.HR consultant Catherine Mattice outlines some of the considerations of the human resources professional, such as balancing the needs of employees with the interests of the organization. She reveals how to conduct an HR audit to identify HR practices that need improvement. She then outlines core HR responsibilities: staffing, training, documentation, compensation and benefits, performance reviews, job descriptions, compliance with state and federal regulations, and more.04/27/2016
Administrative Professional FoundationsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 44 minutes) An administrative professional is often called "the role with no job description," because the responsibilities can vary so much. When you support an executive, you need to be prepared to expect the unexpected. However, there are basic job duties and skills that most administrative professionals share. In this course, Aimee Reese reveals the secrets of seasoned and successful admins, and describes what the path looks like as you advance toward C-level executive support. She describes the interpersonal skills required, from working with colleagues and supporting multiple executives simultaneously, to working on a team and managing other admins. Plus, learn job-specific skills such as handling mail and email, managing a calendar, setting up flawless meetings, and using the latest technology.01/22/2018
Adobe Acrobat DC: PDF Commenting for AECIntermediateCADAcrobat(Length: 123 minutes) Architects, engineers, and construction professionals use Acrobat DC in a unique way. They review and share more complex, large-scale CAD drawings than the typical Acrobat user. Luckily, there are some tips and tricks that can help AEC professionals navigate, review, and share PDF documents in Acrobat with ease. This course is specifically tailored for people in these industries who need to communicate more efficiently and effectively with their teams and clients.Learn how to locate the markup tools, choose the right tool for the job, get quick access with keyboard shortcuts, and customize your Acrobat workspace. These lessons can be applied to a variety of PDFs, from technical manuals to 3D models, floorplans to wiring diagrams. Instructor Kelly Vaughn—a technical documentation expert—also shows how to sort, track, share, and print comments, and introduces some scripts designed to temporarily enlarge comments and color code sticky notes.08/23/2017
Adobe Animate CC First LookBeginnerWebAdobe Animate(Length: 14 minutes) After 20 years, Flash is changing its name and focus to Adobe Animate—signaling an entirely new direction for the product. Animate presents animators' favorite Flash tools in a familiar interface, and adds features such as vector art brushes and taggable swatches. Get your first look at Adobe Animate and learn about the new tools and improved interface as well the integration of Creative Cloud Libraries and Adobe Stock, which allows animators to bring their own digital assets as well as high-quality stock imagery and artwork right into Adobe Animate. Plus, find out about onion skinning and stage improvements and the enhanced publishing workflow for HTML Canvas, Flash Player, and AIR.Start watching for your first look at the new era in Adobe animation: Adobe Animate CC.04/27/2016
Adobe Animate CC for Web DesignersBeginnerWebAdobe Animate(Length: 81 minutes) If you want to animate a header, build banner ads, or create an infographic, Paul Trani can show you how—and he does—in this course using Adobe Animate CC. He demonstrates how to create graphics and text, import designs and photos, and bring objects to life using animation and interactivity. He also shows the publishing process for outputting to multiple platforms like HTML, SWF, SVG, and WebGL. Since the principles of creating and animating go beyond the featured projects and can be used in a number of scenarios, this course can help any web designer explore the robust capabilities of Adobe Animate CC.07/19/2016
Adobe Animate CC New FeaturesIntermediateWebAdobe Animate(Length: 64 minutes) Adobe Animate CC is the focused animation software that takes all the best tools from Flash Professional and bundles them with Creative Cloud features. In this course, learn about the enhancements in the 2017 release of Adobe Animate CC with expert Joseph Labrecque. Explore the enhanced animation tooling included in this release, including Frame Picker enhancements and ease presets for classic and shape tweens. Plus, learn about interactivity enhancements, including global JavaScript declaration, the ability to include references to external JavaScript libraries, and two new properties for HTML5 Canvas video components: mute and poster.06/18/2017
Adobe Animate CC: Creating an HTML5 Banner AdBeginnerWebFlash Professional(Length: 81 minutes) Designing and producing animated ads that look great and work as expected in modern browsers can be a headache—unless you're using the new release of Adobe Animate CC. Animate CC allows you to export HTML5 and JavaScript files that are responsive and look great on any platform. This project takes you from a blank HTML Canvas project all the way to a finished banner ad, using Animate CC. Chris Converse shows how to assemble a composition using existing artwork and text, animate the different elements, add web fonts and a call to action, and make the ad clickable and controllable by the user. The course wraps up with a look at the different publishing options available in Animate CC.05/20/2016
Adobe Animate CC: Data-Driven AnimationIntermediateWebAdobe Animate(Length: 96 minutes) Learn to create data-driven animations, such as a data-driven image carousel and an interactive RSS feed, using Adobe Animate CC—the newly relaunched version of Flash Professional. Joseph Labrecque takes you through both projects step-by-step, providing easy-to-follow instructions for interacting with JSON and XML data sets and using jQuery to ingest and parse data in HTML5 Canvas-based projects. The complete carousel will display images, captions, and controls for customizing the transitions, while the RSS feed display will load news items in a "click to view more" animated interface. Find out how to set up each project, build the interfaces, ingest data, apply animation, and program user controls. Plus, learn advanced techniques for creating dynamic titles.09/13/2016
Adobe Animate CC: HTML5 Canvas and WebGLIntermediateWebFlash Professional, HTML(Length: 96 minutes) No longer restricted to only ActionScript and Flash Player, Flash Professional CC offers more publishing possibilities than ever before. Developers can now use Flash to build assets and animation that target platforms such as HTML5 Canvas and WebGL. And adding JavaScript allows for playback on just about any modern desktop or mobile device.This course focuses on using Flash Professional CC to create a shared pool of content for a set of related projects: an HTML5 video, an interactive ad, and a simple web-based game. Author Joseph Labrecque shows how to use Flash's familiar toolset to build and manage assets that fit into a modern web publishing workflow.04/27/2016
Adobe Animate CC: Interactive AnimationIntermediateWebAdobe Animate(Length: 104 minutes) Learn the most efficient way to create interactive animations for web, mobile, and desktop projects with Adobe Animate CC, the newly relaunched version of Flash Professional. This project-based course features two assignments: an animated web banner that responds to mouse movement, touch input, and clicks, and a three-state interactive animation that plays like a game. Joseph Labrecque shows how to set up the Animate workspace, prepare the stage, use both keyframe and procedural-based workflows, create titles, and program interactions. Plus, learn how to integrate both completed animations into a self-contained responsive webpage.09/13/2016
Adobe Animate: Designing Interactive ExperiencesIntermediateWebAdobe Animate(Length: 129 minutes) Interactivity is not a perk for modern web projects—it's a prerequisite. Learn what you need to go beyond the basics and create engaging, interactive apps and web experiences using the tools in Adobe Animate. Instructor Joseph Labrecque shows how to build out a library of UI elements, such as buttons, toggles, sliders, and lists. He shows how to use these building blocks to design application views within the Animate timeline and create a persistent navigation bar. Then he shows how to add interactivity—using event listeners and custom functions to respond to user input—and animate application views with keyframes, motion tweening, and camera transitions. Finally, learn how to export your prototypes for distribution on desktop, web, and mobile devices.07/06/2018
Adobe Audition: Mixing Music and DialogIntermediateVideoAudition(Length: 156 minutes) Do you find mixing music and dialog a frustrating process? Have you ever found yourself constantly turning up your dialog to compete with an overpowering music track? Have you ever struggled to find a music track that perfectly matches the duration of your edit? Adobe Audition: Mixing Music and Dialog is for video professionals who want to take their audio mixes to the next level. Video editor and teacher Paul Murphy demonstrates how to create a music and dialog mix that sounds clear, professional, and sonically pleasing. While demonstrated in Premiere Pro and Audition CC, the techniques shown can be applied to any video- or sound-editing application.07/06/2018
Adobe Bridge CC: Tips, Tricks, and TechniquesIntermediatePhotography, VideoBridge(Length: 162 minutes) Adobe Bridge CC is a hard-working component of Creative Cloud that can help you manage photos, preview video and audio files, automate repetitive tasks, and—true to its name—serve as a bridge between your Creative Cloud apps. In this course, Rich Harrington shares a cookbook of Bridge CC tips and techniques, from culling photos to developing raw files to previewing audio and video. Learn how to review photo sessions with rankings, use stacks to organize media from related sources or shoots, manage the Bridge cache for improved performance, use collections to organize content on multiple hard drives, monetize your work by publishing photos to Adobe Stock, process images with Adobe Camera Raw, save Develop settings for future use, set up HDR and panoramic workflows, preview time-lapse photography and motion graphics, automate PDF and website creation with the add-on Output module, and much more.08/30/2017
Adobe Camera Raw Essential TrainingBeginnerPhotographyCamera Raw(Length: 225 minutes) In this course, you'll discover how to use Adobe Camera Raw to quickly take your photographs from ordinary to extraordinary using nondestructive tools and techniques to help define the essence of your image and reinforce your personal style. You'll understand why capturing the image is only half of the photographic equation as Adobe evangelist Julieanne Kost takes you through all of Camera Raw's capabilities, from fixing common but vexing problems to finding more creative uses for the rich and nondestructive editing tools. Learn how to correct color, fix perspective problems, and enhance detail and contrast to make images come alive. Then find out how to make localized color corrections, custom black-and-white images, and even panoramas and HDR composites. If you're interested in becoming more efficient in Camera Raw, Julieanne also includes a chapter on saving and applying presets, synchronizing multiple images, and batch processing to automate your enhancements.07/06/2018
Adobe Camera Raw Essential Training (2015)BeginnerPhotographyCamera Raw(Length: 219 minutes) Camera Raw is more than a plugin. It's a powerful photo editing tool in its own right, capable of taking your photos from raw material to polished gems. In this course, Adobe evangelist Julieanne Kost takes you through all of Camera Raw's capabilities, from fixing common but vexing problems to finding more creative uses for the program's rich and nondestructive editing tools. Learn how to correct color, fix perspective problems, and enhance detail and contrast to make images come alive. Then find out how to make localized color corrections, custom black-and-white images, and even panoramas and HDR composites. If you're interested in becoming more efficient in Camera Raw, Julieanne also includes a chapter on using presets, synchronization, and batch processing to automate some of your corrections.04/27/2016
Adobe Camera Raw: Advanced Workflow TipsAdvancedPhotographyCamera Raw(Length: 65 minutes) Work faster and more efficiently in Adobe Camera Raw with this collection of power tips for batch processing, automation, and more. Imagine the time you can save by working faster with Bridge, leveraging in-box and third-party presets, and using Photoshop actions right in Camera Raw. Photographer Chris Orwig shows you his power shortcuts so you don't have to find them on your own.04/27/2016
Adobe Camera Raw: Color CorrectionIntermediatePhotographyCamera Raw(Length: 159 minutes) Learn the tools and best practices for measuring and correcting color in Adobe Camera Raw. Photographer and teacher Taz Tally shows how to evaluate the color, tone, brightness, and contrast of your photos—by the histogram and by the numbers. Taz shows you how to accurately evaluate and adjust critical highlights and shadows. Then he'll cover correcting skin tones, performing white-balance adjustments, and warming and cooling images. Interested in improving your product photography? Learn how to perform targeted adjustments and correct poor exposure. Taz also shows how to make creative color adjustments to change the mood or add artistic touches. Some challenge videos help you to practice what you've learned along the way.04/27/2016
Adobe Camera Raw: Making Selective AdjustmentsAdvancedPhotographyPhotoshop, Camera Raw(Length: 114 minutes) Explore the features in Adobe Camera Raw for making selective adjustments to photos, from improving the tonality of specific areas to retouching flaws. Chris Orwig covers painting in light, retouching portraits, making colors more vibrant, crafting new photographic looks, and removing blemishes and distractions. Selective adjustments are one of the fastest ways to get better at Camera Raw. Take the challenges Chris issues along the way to prove it to yourself.04/26/2016
Adobe Captivate 2017 Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 221 minutes) Captivate is a leading elearning authoring tool from Adobe that allows for the rapid creation of interactive learning content. In this course, David Rivers helps you get acquainted with the 2017 version of Adobe Captivate. David demonstrates how to create new projects, add assets and interaction, work with audio and video, set up quizzes, and publish your elearning content in HTML5. Plus, David highlights new features in Captivate 2017 that can help enhance the workflow of users who are familiar with Captivate, but have yet to work with this version of the software.07/08/2017
Adobe Captivate 2017: Animations and EffectsIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 78 minutes) Adding animations and effects to your elearning materials can help make your courses more engaging and interactive. Adobe Captivate 2017 boasts features that can help you create subtle animations and digital effects. In this intermediate-level course, learn how to leverage this functionality to make your elearning content stand out. Pooja Jaisingh covers a variety of topics, including how to include SWF, GIF, and HTML5 animations, work with transitions, and add emphasis with object and text effects. In addition, she demonstrates how to apply the concepts and techniques covered in the course to build several different animations.07/18/2017
Adobe Captivate 8 First LookBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 26 minutes) Adobe Captivate 8 is here, offering better support for mobile devices and new learning interactions. Aaron Quigley offers a first look at Captivate's responsive templates, which intelligently resize your elearning content to fit a variety of screen sizes, including iOS and Android phones, and other mobile-support features, like gestures and geo location data integration. He also covers the new set of learning interactions, like interactive timelines and drag-and-drop elements, which can enrich your courses instantly.04/26/2016
Adobe Captivate 9 First LookBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 29 minutes) Captivate 9 is packed with features and enhancements that make the new version of this elearning software even more valuable to authors and educators. Here Pooja Jaisingh provides a first look at the program, including storyboarding in Captivate Draft, multistate objects, the Assets store of prebuilt objects, and Captivate Prime, an LMS-style delivery system. Plus, learn about enhancements to already great features such as Captivate's motion effects and geolocation.04/27/2016
Adobe Captivate for Systems TrainingIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 176 minutes) Adobe Captivate—a leading elearning authoring tool—boasts capabilities that can help you create dynamic systems training. In this course, join Anastasia McCune as she explores how to use Captivate to record software simulations. Anastasia walks through the key features in Captivate that can best help you as you develop systems training. She shows how to incorporate formatting and slide interactions, add knowledge checks, and hold learners accountable through assessments. She demonstrates how to create a simple training by recording and editing a series of on-screen steps, as well as how to record a training for an offline process.07/18/2017
Adobe Captivate Prime 2016 Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate Prime(Length: 71 minutes) You can create great learning content and distribute it online by yourself using Adobe Captivate Prime—a self-help learning management system (LMS). Adobe Captivate Prime integrates seamlessly with Captivate to deliver responsive elearning courses. Join Adobe expert Pooja Jaisingh as she demonstrates the features and options available in Adobe Captivate Prime, while exploring best practices for creating a digital learning environment. The course covers getting started with most essential features, and a few more advanced topics, such as badges, skills, certifications, leading synchronous and asynchronous training, and gauging learning effectiveness. By the end of the course, you should be able to create and deliver your own online course or individual learning plan.03/09/2017
Adobe Captivate Prime Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate Prime(Length: 134 minutes) Adobe Captivate Prime is a new learning management system (LMS) that integrates seamlessly with Captivate to deliver online responsive elearning. Adobe elearning evangelist Pooja Jaisingh demonstrates the features and options available in Adobe Captivate Prime, while exploring best practices for creating a digital learning environment. The training covers the basics of getting started with Captivate Prime's most essential features, and a few more advanced topics, such as using badges, skills, and certifications for gamification and learning effectiveness. By the end of the course, you should be able to create your own online course, learning program, or individual learning plan with Captivate Prime.04/27/2016
Adobe Captivate Prime: First LookEducation + ElearningCaptivate Prime(Length: 16 minutes) Captivate Prime is a new kind of learning management system, designed to integrate seamlessly with Adobe Captivate and take advantage of all the flexibility of the cloud. Join Pooja Jaisingh for your first look at Captivate Prime, including adding users, creating courses, and developing learning and certification programs that allow you to track student progress and engagement at every step in the process. Plus, find out how to use Captivate Prime's mobile learning and gamification features to increase access to and interest in learning at your organization.04/27/2016
Adobe Captivate: Mobile Training LocalizationAdvancedEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 49 minutes) Localizing your elearning content allows it to be received by a broader audience. You can use Adobe Captivate to create multiple translations and adaptations of your courses to ensure the information is understood in varying contexts. Join Pooja Jaisingh as she demonstrates how to use the localization capabilities of Captivate. She covers the how to create courses with localization in mind, including how to modify metadata, work with variables, use multistate objects, and more. By the end of the course, you should be able to create single-branched courses that are location-aware with conditional behaviors and responses.03/09/2017
Adobe CC Libraries for DesignersBeginnerDesignIllustrator, InDesign, Photoshop(Length: 37 minutes) With Adobe Creative Cloud (CC) Libraries, you can manage and access design assets—like frequently used brushes and icons—from anywhere. In this brief, informative course, Justin Seeley shows graphic designers how to leverage the power of CC Libraries across key design applications. To begin, Justin explains what CC Libraries are, how to create them on both desktops and mobile devices, and how to share your libraries with colleagues. Next, he explains how to work with CC Libraries in Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign, as well as which objects you store in each one. Justin wraps up with recommendations for other courses that can help you grow your CC knowledge.01/17/2017
Adobe Color Essential TrainingBeginnerDesignAdobe Color(Length: 55 minutes) The world is full of inspiring color combinations. With Adobe Color, you can explore color in a whole new way, using new tools, an active online community, and even the camera on your iPhone, iPad, or Android device. The color themes you create are automatically saved to Creative Cloud Libraries: to use in your designs, layouts, and illustrations or to share with other designers.Join Justin Seeley as he explores the essential features of Adobe Color. He shows how to create themes using the online color wheel, edit themes with color rules, participate in the Adobe Color community, and use your themes in Illustrator and Photoshop. He also shows how to turn photos into color themes with the Adobe Capture mobile app.04/27/2016
Adobe Comp CC First LookBeginnerDesignComp(Length: 26 minutes) Adobe Comp CC enables designers to quickly sketch out ideas on their iPads. Imagine drawing a box with an X in it and the box instantly converts into a live image object for storing images from your gallery. You can also draw horizontal lines that convert to lorem ipsum—and that's just the beginning. Comp CC combines access to Typekit and Creative Cloud images with efficient scaling and drawing gestures, making it a productive "take anywhere" tool for developing designs. In this course, Justin Seeley gives you a first look at this incredible app, covering basics such as drawing with gestures, working with placeholder text and images, and sending your compositions (aka "comps") to other Adobe programs, like Photoshop and InDesign.04/27/2016
Adobe Connect Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAdobe Connect(Length: 146 minutes) Get started with Adobe Connect, the popular web conferencing software from Adobe. Join instructor Garrick Chow as he demonstrates how to use Adobe Connect to bridge real-world gaps and help anyone with an internet connection link up online. Garrick begins by showing how to set up meetings, establish audio connections, and create users and groups. Next, he covers managing attendees, including how to manage passwords and assign user roles. Garrick also explores all the features of running a presentation, from using the Share pod to providing downloadable content and managing participant questions.07/06/2018
Adobe Connect Essential Training (2014)BeginnerBusinessAdobe Connect(Length: 159 minutes) Learn how to use Adobe Connect to run meetings, connect with learners online, and record standalone presentations. Garrick Chow shows how Connect bridges real-world gaps and helps anyone with an Internet connection link up online. Watch this course and learn how to create new meetings; establish audio connections, whether over the computer or on the phone; open pods to chat, video conference, or share content; share your screen; and make content available for download over Connect. You don't need to have everyone in the same room to have a great meeting; you just need to Connect.04/26/2016
Adobe Digital Publishing Suite Essential TrainingIntermediateDesignInDesign, Digital Publishing Suite(Length: 153 minutes) Digital distribution is the wave of the future for magazines and other print publications. Get on board now, with Adobe Digital Publishing Suite (DPS). DPS tools are included with InDesign and can help you create rich interactive publications for mobile devices, such as the iPad, as well as Android and Windows 8.1 devices—with no code! Bob Levine shows you how to create DPS folios in InDesign with striking cover artwork, create and import articles, and add various interactive features, like buttons, audio and video, HTML content, links to outside sources, and even animation. He also shares his advice for publishers targeting more than just the iPad, as well as useful scripts and extensions for automating parts of your workflow.04/26/2016
Adobe Digital Publishing Suite: Interactive TechniquesIntermediateDesignDigital Publishing Suite(Length: 145 minutes) Migrated to digital publishing? Don't stop there. These techniques will help you add engaging, immersive interactions and media to your Adobe Digital Publishing Suite projects. Author Keith Gilbert covers buttons, nested multistate objects, interactive quizzes, video, animation, and embedded PDFs. Plus, learn to create vertical and horizontal scrolling frames and interactive panoramas. Each chapter begins with examples that show the effects in action, so you can see how these techniques are used in the real world.04/26/2016
Adobe Dimension CC First LookBeginnerDesignDimension(Length: 67 minutes) Adobe Dimension CC empowers graphic designers to achieve photorealistic 3D effects as never before. From advertising and product pitches to fine art and technical illustrations, Adobe Dimension promises to be a game changer. In this course, Mike Rankin helps you get started with Adobe Dimension by showing how to use it to create, edit, and render a photorealistic 3D product image. He demonstrates how to find and import 3D models, and then edit them by applying materials, lighting, and background images. After the complete image is rendered, he shows how to take it into Photoshop for post-processing, applying effects in order to perfect the final composition.01/22/2018
Adobe Dimension: Photo Shoot CompositeIntermediateDesign, PhotographyDimension(Length: 62 minutes) Adobe Dimension CC is an easy-to-use app that helps you create striking photo-realistic renders from 3D models. This course covers both basic and advanced techniques for working with 3D models in this powerful program. Instructor Steve Caplin shows how to combine a 3D model with a background, and adjust the lighting in a scene; how to build a box, size it to the proportions of your product, and map your own artwork onto it; and how to combine multiple objects in a scene, render them, and then access the individual objects in Photoshop for color and tone adjustment. Finally, Steve looks at advanced techniques such as adjusting the depth of field, using the Magic Wand tool to change the texture on part of an object, and speeding up your work with keyboard shortcuts.07/06/2018
Adobe Document Cloud First LookBusinessAdobe Document Cloud(Length: 26 minutes) This quick course explores the e-signature, continuity, and document administration and control features of Adobe Document Cloud, a new service for managing PDFs across multiple devices and platforms. Author Garrick Chow also shows how Document Cloud integrates with Acrobat DC, how to fill out forms, and how to use Mobile Link to keep PDFs in sync.Learn more about Document Cloud family of products in Up and Running with Acrobat Reader DC and the upcoming Acrobat DC Essential Training.04/27/2016
Adobe Draw for IllustrationBeginnerDesignAdobe Mobile Apps(Length: 129 minutes) Adobe Draw is made for illustration on the go—drawing anywhere inspiration strikes. Here Von Glitschka shares his favorite uses for this iOS and Android app. New and seasoned artists alike will benefit from watching over Von's shoulder to see how he transitions a hand-drawn sketch to the iPad and adds details and color with Adobe Draw.Follow along for a tour of Adobe Draw's best features and get techniques for refining line work, coloring a sketch, drawing, and adding shadows and highlights. At the end of the course, Von shows how to create new brushes and textures with Adobe Capture and then shifts his illustrations to the desktop to capitalize on the full-fledged power of Illustrator and Photoshop CC.04/27/2016
Adobe Edge Code and Brackets: First LookIntermediateDeveloper, WebEdge Code, Brackets(Length: 44 minutes) Get a first look at Edge Code, the impressive new code editor from Adobe, and its open-source cousin Brackets. Learn about the differences between the open-source and the commercial flavors of the software, and the exclusive features you get with Edge Code, such as Quick Edit, Live Previews, and integration with Creative Cloud features like Typekit and Edge Inspect.04/26/2016
Adobe Experience Manager for MarketersBeginnerMarketingExperience Design(Length: 28 minutes) Keep up with your digital marketing campaigns, engage with your customers, and maintain your brand using Adobe Experience Manager (AEM). In this course, Kevin Schmidt provides a tour of the AEM interface and shows you step-by-step how to create pages with text, add images, modify properties, manage assets, and publish. He also shares best practices for how to optimize your web content. He helps you quickly grasp the basics of content authoring and asset management so you can get started with AEM.11/15/2016
Adobe Green-Screen WorkflowIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Premiere Pro(Length: 167 minutes) Working with green-screen footage can be a daunting task. The Adobe suite of video tools provides a wide array of choices, but how do you know which to use? This course aims to answer that important question. Instructor Rich Harrington guides you through the keying process in Premiere Pro, After Effects, and popular third-party keying tools. Get an overview of the import process, and discover the strengths of each keyer. Learn how to use Ultra Keyer, KEYLIGHT, Red Giant Keying Suite (including the Primatte Keyer), and Light Wrap Fantastic, while discovering ways to work with transparency and create great backdrops in Photoshop.07/06/2018
Adobe Illustrator: Variable DataAdvancedDesignIllustrator(Length: 116 minutes) Have you ever changed data manually to make multiple copies of the same design? If so, you know it can be tedious and time consuming. Learn how to dynamically populate new information into a design and quickly generate multiple versions with Adobe Illustrator Variable Data.Designer John Garrett appreciates the many different types of variables and their practical uses, including generating business cards and direct mailers. In this course, he explains how to use variable data including managing linked images, graphics, tables of data, and graphs. He covers the entire workflow, from setup to exporting dynamic batches.05/20/2016
Adobe Mobile Apps First LookBeginnerDesignCapture One, Photoshop Mix, Photoshop Sketch, Premiere Clip, Comp, Adobe Mobile Apps(Length: 69 minutes) The Adobe mobile apps are here and better than ever, putting both new and familiar tools within easy reach on your iPad or Android tablet. And they're included with any subscription to Creative Cloud. In this short course, staff author Justin Seeley shows how to set up and sign in to Adobe's mobile platform and gives you a tour of each app:Capture CC, for creating color themes and brushesPhotoshop Mix, for image editing and compositingPhotoshop Fix, for retouchingPhotoshop Sketch, for hand-drawn projectsIllustrator Draw, for vector drawingComp CC, for creating layouts on the goFind out how these new tools can unlock your creativity—wherever it takes you.04/27/2016
Adobe Mobile Apps For DesignersBeginnerDesignAdobe Mobile Apps(Length: 191 minutes) Accelerate your design workflow by incorporating mobile apps from Adobe into the mix. In this course, Tony Harmer dives into the key features offered in six apps—Adobe Capture CC, Adobe Photoshop Fix, Adobe Photoshop Mix, Adobe Comp CC, Adobe Illustrator Draw, and Adobe Photoshop Sketch—and shows how to get up and running quickly with each one. Discover how to create Photoshop brushes with Adobe Capture CC, make skin smooth with Adobe Photoshop Fix, draw with Adobe Illustrator Draw, and more.03/16/2017
Adobe Pen Tool: MasteryAdvancedDesignIllustrator, Photoshop(Length: 412 minutes) Become more proficient with the Adobe Pen tool by learning advanced techniques, including the proper way to create Bezier curves. In this course, Deke McClelland takes a deep dive into the intricacies of this Adobe standby, and helps bolster your expertise by explaining its mechanics and features. Deke starts off by discussing Bezier curves in anatomical detail—all the way down to their anchor points, control handles, and segments. In addition, he explains the difference between constrained and unconstrained path dragging, and shows how to create smooth and cusp points. Next, he explains how curves really work, providing their mathematical underpinnings. He then gives you an advanced look at how pen functionality works across the three main graphic design programs in the Creative Cloud suite: Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign.12/27/2016
Adobe Portfolio First LookBeginnerDesignAdobe Portfolio(Length: 42 minutes) Adobe Portfolio comes free with any Creative Cloud subscription and enables designers to quickly and simply build a website to showcase their creative work. No coding knowledge required! In this course, Justin Seeley provides an overview of the functionality of Adobe Portfolio, and shows how to customize your new Portfolio website so it works best for your style and clientele. Learn how to use different templates, add images, create a custom domain, and publish your site in just a few easy steps.12/06/2016
Adobe Social Essential TrainingBeginnerMarketingAdobe Social(Length: 101 minutes) Learn how to use Adobe Social for your social media marketing. Adobe Social is a natural choice for teams that are already working with the Marketing Cloud. It's a single solution for managing and measuring all aspects of a company's social media presence (Facebook, Twitter, and more).This course will familiarize new users with the Adobe Social platform. Social media marketing expert Michelle Hernandez shows how to publish content, set up reports and publishing workflows, add campaigns, create tags, and track competitors. Plus, learn how to set up social listening rules to monitor conversations across the social web. You can also see how your campaigns are performing with Adobe Social's impressive analytics tools. Want to keep your online communities on track? Watch the chapters on unified moderation, which allows you to moderate comments across multiple platforms and implement auto-deletion and escalation rules. By the end of the course, you should be able to more effectively manage your brand, engage your audience, and measure ROI from all your social media marketing efforts.04/27/2016
Adobe XD CC Essential Training: DesignBeginnerWebXD(Length: 84 minutes) Adobe XD is a powerful platform for creating user experiences using an iterative design process. In this course, strategic development manager Demian Borba introduces the design tools and workflows in Adobe XD. Learn how to set up an XD project for UX design, use artboards and grids to keep your project organized, and start working with the vector design tools. Find out how to access the official UI kits from Apple, Google, and Microsoft. Then discover how to use power tools like Repeat Grid and symbols with the Assets panel, and leverage assets from other applications as well as Creative Cloud Libraries. By the end of the course, you should have everything you need to know to create your own web and mobile application designs with Adobe XD.07/06/2018
Adobe XD Essential Training: Prototype and ShareIntermediateWebXD(Length: 67 minutes) Adobe XD is an amazing platform for UX design, but it also has powerful features for capturing feedback and developer handoff. Demian Borba is a strategic development manager for Adobe XD. In this course, he shares insider tips on prototyping and sharing design and prototypes with XD. Learn how to build artboards into clickable prototypes with interactions and transitions; record prototypes in video format for offline sharing; preview iOS and Android prototypes; and load XD documents from Creative Cloud Files. Then it's time for sharing. Discover how to share prototypes via easily accessible web link and export assets in multiple file formats, including SVG and JPG. Last but not least, Demian shows how to integrate Adobe XD with tools like Zeplin for seamless developer handoff.07/06/2018
Adobe XD First LookBeginnerWebExperience Design(Length: 61 minutes) Experience Design (XD) is Adobe's new UX design tool, and we have a first look at its public debut. Experience Design CC can be used to design and prototype all sorts of digital experiences, but it's ideally suited for websites and mobile apps. Here, Tom Green shows how to use all of its main features, including artboards, drawing and text tools, links and interactions, Preview panel, and sharing features. He also explores Repeat Grid, an innovative feature for duplicating content in a layout.04/27/2016
Adobe XD New FeaturesIntermediateWebExperience Design(Length: 37 minutes) Paul Trani, senior evangelist at Adobe, provides a high-level overview of the new features in Adobe XD (Experience Design) releasing in November 2016. This update is part of the Creative Cloud 2017 overhaul, and offers exciting enhancements such as drawing and importing improvements, new ways to work with color and text, and prototype previewing on devices. This update also pulls your favorite features from other CC applications—layers and symbols—and puts them in this dedicated tool for UX design.11/08/2016
Adobe XD: Design a WebsiteBeginnerWebExperience Design(Length: 62 minutes) Learn how to design a website with all the tools and flexibility you need, and then prototype that website so your clients and collaborators can see exactly how it will work. It's all possible with Adobe XD.This course shows everything you need to know to design your first website with Adobe's new prototyping app. Learn how to lay out a design, import graphics, and add headers and body copy. See how to create complex screen designs with repeating lists and grids that are as easy to change as they are to create. Then find out how to add new pages and use screen elements from the iOS, Android, and Windows UI kits that are built right into Adobe XD. Once the design is done, author Paul Trani shows how to add interactions and transitions to demonstrate how the website will "work" from one screen to the next. Plus, learn how to share a fully interactive prototype with other designers and clients, and export artboards and other assets to use in site development.09/13/2016
Adonna Khare Large Scale ArtBeginnerDesign(Length: 14 minutes) As an introverted kid growing up in Iowa, artist and teacher Adonna Khare loved to disappear into nature. In her work as an artist, where elephants strain under the weight of dilapidated houses, and trees sprout from the heads of animals and onto museum walls, Adonna continues to find joy in vanishing into surreal worlds of her own making. Her drawings are so richly imagined, it's hard to believe that she'd ever abandon them—but, buckling under the weight of parental and professional responsibilities, she almost did exactly that. Watch as Adonna shares how she went from nearly giving up art to entering ArtPrize 2012, one of the largest art competitions in the world. Hear the backstory behind Elephants, the sprawling, intricate 36 x 8-foot piece that she submitted to the contest.12/20/2016
Advanced 3ds Max and Maya IntegrationAdvanced3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 128 minutes) Maya and 3ds Max are two of the most widely used commercial software packages for 3D graphics. Artists and studios commonly leverage the strengths of both toolsets, resulting in production pipelines that use more than one package. Whether you're switching to one of these programs, using both at the same time, or simply need to move assets back and forth, this course illustrates invaluable techniques and best practices for integrating these two powerful Autodesk applications. Aaron F. Ross shows how to manage assets, harmonize the interfaces and preferences, and transfer data, materials, and scenes, making the transition between Maya and 3ds Max as seamless as possible.04/26/2016
Advanced Accessible PDFsAdvancedBusiness, DesignAcrobat, InDesign(Length: 150 minutes) The process of remediating a PDF—making sure its structure and tags are compliant with accessibility guidelines—is far from straightforward. The techniques outlined in this course will help you manage complex layouts and add advanced features like security, form fields, and links, while keeping PDFs accessible to users with disabilities. Author Chad Chelius shows how to work with tables, create PDF forms, and add links and security, with Acrobat, Word, InDesign, and LiveCycle Designer, addressing the remediation issues that go beyond the everyday.04/27/2016
Advanced Android Espresso TestingAdvancedDeveloperAndroid(Length: 97 minutes) Take an in-depth look at using the Android Espresso library to write Android UI tests. In this course, Chiu-Ki Chan tackles advanced topics in Android Espresso testing, including intents, hermetic test environment, and IdlingResource. She covers incoming and outgoing intents, dependency injection, Mockito and Dagger, and more. If you're an Android developer interested in implementing automated testing as part of the development lifecycle, this course can help to equip you with the techniques you need to write repeatable UI tests.03/13/2018
Advanced Animations and Interactions with FramerAdvancedWebFramerJS(Length: 94 minutes) Stretch your interactive design skills by learning new techniques and features that can help you enhance your prototypes even further. In this course, learn how to create advanced animated states and interaction models in Framer, and improve your prototyping process for mobile apps. Emmanuel Henri walks through how to set up design files in Sketch and import files into Framer, and then demonstrates how to use advanced animation features. He also shows how to create complex interactions, and add sound, videos, and SVG animations to a Framer prototype.01/22/2018
Advanced BrandingAdvancedMarketing(Length: 70 minutes) How deeply have you thought about your brand? Is it intentional, or just an afterthought? What does each component—your logo, your website, your service, and even your culture—say to customers? Advanced branding means thinking about what distinguishes your company from the rest, and incorporating it into every single touchpoint of the business: design, messaging, marketing and PR, and company vision. Learn what branding really is, how it works, and how you can build and maintain a more competitive brand, in this course with marketing expert Brad Batesole.Explore best practices for researching, developing, visualizing, and managing your brand, and learn about incorporating your brand throughout various customer touchpoints and keeping tabs on your brand as your company grows.08/30/2016
Advanced C ProgrammingIntermediateDeveloperC(Length: 83 minutes) Once you've mastered the basics of programming in C, you can concentrate on writing more efficient, more functional code. In this course, Dan Gookin offers some tips to help you extend your C programming skills. Learn how to read and write main function arguments, build more useful variables, and work with arrays and structures. Plus, get tips on generating pointers, and take the practice challenges to test your learning along the way.04/27/2016
Advanced Capture One Pro: Library ManagementAdvancedPhotographyCapture One Pro(Length: 158 minutes) Capture One Pro is a powerful photo-management and raw-format conversion program. In this course, photographer Derrick Story—who uses Capture One Pro to manage his own photography business—zooms in on the photo management features of the program. He goes into the advantages of choosing a session or catalog, and helps you decide which option best suits your work. For those who go with the catalog option, he also helps you decide between a managed or referenced catalog. Learn about integrating sessions and travel catalogs into your master libraries, using the Folders panel to control how your images are organized on the hard drive, filtering your images using star ratings, color tags, and key words, and more.07/06/2018
Advanced Cinematic Video LightingAdvancedVideo(Length: 79 minutes) Once you have a firm grasp of lighting for different types of video production scenarios, it's time to start concentrating on creating the appropriate mood and atmosphere. While the location and production design play key roles in setting the cinematic mood, lighting—more than almost any other factor—can really create the ambiance called for in the script.In this project-based course, producer, DP, and educator Jem Schofield of theC47 guides you through three different production scenarios: a narrative scene, a commercial project, and a corporate project. As in his original course, Cinematic Video Lighting, Jem doesn't just talk at you about lighting concepts, he appears on set with a crew, taking you through each project scenario and breaking down the creative decisions that helped accomplish the look and feel of each production. He goes into the equipment, space, and of course, the lighting setups for each project.12/13/2016
Advanced Cisco Routing: RIPv2, EIGRP, and OSPFAdvancedIT(Length: 163 minutes) Routing dictates how your organization's information (and the rest of the world's) gets from point A to point B. And it's the responsibility of network professionals to get routing right. So join Lazaro Diaz, as he takes you through advanced topics and techniques in Cisco routing, from configuring RIPv2 routes for smaller networks, to EIGRP, advanced distance routing, and OSPF, a more complex protocol that brings many more features and greater flexibility to your network. You'll be able to practice configuring all of these protocols using the Packet Tracer demo environment and Lazaro's detailed tutorials.04/26/2016
Advanced Cloud Native GoAdvancedDeveloperGo(Length: 114 minutes) Learn how to implement advanced Go microservices. This course covers platform and framework anatomy, service discovery, microservice configuration, and communication options. First, learn about relevant frameworks and libraries, while also becoming familiar with the elements of a cloud native application. Next, see how Docker and Kubernetes can be used for containerization, composition, and orchestration. Then, find out how to use Consul or registration, lookup, central microservice configuration, and microservice discovery. Finally, watch as communication options are demonstrated—implementing synchronous RPC style communication using a binary protocol, and implementing two forms of asynchronous communication using RabbitMQ or Kafka.This course was created and produced by Packt Publishing. We are honored to host this training in our library.07/06/2018
Advanced Color Workflows for PhotographersIntermediatePhotographyPhotoshop(Length: 88 minutes) In photography, a color-managed workflow makes it easier to obtain consistent-looking color in every phase of the process: when you're editing photos on screen, printing them on an inkjet printer, or having them printed by a commercial lab.In this course, Joe Brady builds on his Color Management Fundamentals course, focusing on color-management issues of specific interest to photographers. After a review of digital-color concepts, the course explores creating color profiles for each device in the digital photography workflow, from monitor to printer, to camera. Joe demonstrates the tools and techniques behind color profiling, even covering tablets—ideal for photographers using iPads or Android tablets as wireless remote controls.04/26/2016
Advanced Consumer BehaviorIntermediateMarketing(Length: 94 minutes) A diverse and fascinating array of factors influence even the simplest buying decisions. Understanding the driving forces behind why your customers buy from you—or opt for a competitor's product—can empower you to reach key consumers. In this course, join thought leader Michael Solomon as he takes a deep dive into the internal and external forces that influence consumer behavior.First, learn the importance of consumer behavior in helping us understand when, why, and how purchasing decisions are made. Michael shares how factors such as color, shape, and sound influence our perception of brands and products. He discusses gender identity and products geared towards different genders, as well as how consumer lifestyles, values, and attitudes affect product preferences. Michael also goes into external influences on consumer behavior, covering how groups make decisions and how ideas spread. Finally, Michael explores the role emotion plays in purchase decisions, and how you can structure messages to maximize persuasion.07/06/2018
Advanced Craft PhotographyAdvancedPhotography, video2brain(Length: 153 minutes) The handmade nation is growing rapidly. Whether you are a blogger or a hobbyist, or thinking about taking the leap and becoming a professional crafter, you should know not only the basics of digital photography and product staging, but also the tips, tools, and tricks that professionals use to get the most compelling shots. In this workshop, Megan Andersen, aka Radmegan, shares advanced techniques for craft photography, diving deep into camera settings, composition, and staging. Learn how to use different lens options and effects, shoot outside or in low light, and work around common frustrations like greenish-yellow hues from fluorescent lighting and distracting reflections on shiny surfaces. The course doesn't just cover photography though—Megan also looks at image editing with Adobe Photoshop, discusses online portfolios and books, and shares lots of cool projects to help you have fun while you're learning.04/26/2016
Advanced Django: Web DevelopmentAdvancedWebPython, Django(Length: 59 minutes) Note: Mastering Django Web Development was created by Packt Publishing. It was originally released on 1/28/16. We are pleased to host this training in our library.Django is one of the world's leading web development platforms. This Python web framework makes your app building experience smoother, faster, and easier. It is a key feature behind the success of many start-ups across the world, including Instagram and Nextdoor. This course introduces next-level advanced concepts to help you build your own professional-grade Django applications. Author Kevin Veroneau starts off by explaining how class-based views—a powerful, but often poorly understood feature—work in Django. Then learn how to create custom middleware to help organize frequently used code. Have you ever wanted to build a complete RESTful API? Find out how to do just that, starting with a basic read-only API and then adding key-based authentication to allow the full range of CRUD functionality. Plus, discover how to use model managers and the Q method to make it easier to get the data we need to our views and clients. For the finishing touches, dive into the details of caching to improve application performance, and then add custom management commands to help automate routine tasks.09/13/2016
Advanced Drum Recording Session with Josh FreeseBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 87 minutes) In this course, GRAMMY-winning recording engineer, producer, and mixer Ryan Hewitt explains his techniques for capturing drum sounds in one of the best recording rooms in Los Angeles, EastWest Studio 2. Utilizing the talents of A-list session and touring drummer Josh Freese (interviewed in the first chapter of the course), Ryan will demonstrate his mic choice and placements on Josh's drums, spending time on the details of the kick, snare, toms, cymbals, overheads, and room mic setups. Ross Garfield, the Drum Doctor, assists in fine-tuning the drum sound. Watch for a one-of-a-kind look at the pros at work.Check out how Ryan prepared for Josh's session in the first course, Drum Setup and Mic'ing in the Studio.04/27/2016
Advanced Drupal 7IntermediateDeveloper, WebDrupal(Length: 470 minutes) This course teaches web site designers how to take their sites to the next level with a few advanced techniques and the free and open-source Drupal software. Author Tom Geller shows how to configure the most popular add-on modules; use *nix commands and an FTP program to manage a Drupal site on a web server; change its visual appearance using the latest graphical tools; automate and speed through common tasks with Drush; integrate with social media sites; and see how "supermodules" like Panels, Context, Rules, and Features open up new worlds of code-free development.Drupal 7 Advanced Training was designed as a follow-up to Drupal 7 Essential Training and it also dovetails nicely with our other Drupal courses, such as Drupal 7 Reporting and Visualizing Data and Create Your First Online Store with Drupal Commerce.04/28/2016
Advanced EDM MixingAdvancedAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 109 minutes) While genre does not affect many mixing techniques, EDM (electronic dance music) has unique challenges. Artists want their songs to sound loud, wide, and heavy, without suppressing their unique texture or competing with the underlying rhythm. In this course, Colin Fisher teaches advanced mixing techniques specifically suited to the EDM environment. He'll touch on loudness and dynamics, headroom and gain, and processing with compression, limiting, and clipping, as well as show how to manipulate stereo and frequency placement like the pros do. The end result is a fat, wide, and full sound that will help your tracks break through.04/27/2016
Advanced Express: Web Application DevelopmentIntermediateWebExpress.js(Length: 170 minutes) Note: Mastering Express Web Application Development was created by Packt Publishing. It was originally released on 6/30/2015. We are pleased to host this training in our library.Express.js is a fantastic JavaScript framework, but most people only scratch the surface. Express is perfect for developing APIs with performance in mind and, as a thin layer, it allows you to add any additional technology you want. Mastering Express Web Application Development introduces the tools and libraries you need to take your Express development career to the next level.To start, author Michael Heap creates a new Express application, showing how to configure it and increase application visibility with logs. Explore Express along with various libraries that will help improve your development experience. Then take a look at technologies such as SSL and nginx, and work through deploying your application to production in a secure and scalable way. Michael also introduces some existing open-source Express projects and reviews how they are structured, to help you organize your own applications in a systematic way. By the end of the course, you'll be familiar with a wide range of new Express tools and libraries, all of which will help you deliver the best value to your customers.10/11/2016
Advanced FileMaker Pro 12AdvancedBusinessFileMaker Pro(Length: 453 minutes) Learn advanced FileMaker Pro development techniques to help you take your databases to the next level. In this course, author and FileMaker database expert Cris Ippolite walks you through how to secure your databases; share your databases on the web or network; and create intermediate scripts, calculations, and reports. The course also discusses using the Web Viewer to extend your databases, and more.04/26/2016
Advanced Flash 5AdvancedWebFlash Professional(Length: 378 minutes) Advanced Flash 5: Introduction to ActionScripting with Josh Ulm and Garo Green is an instructional workshop presenting the radically new object-oriented scripting mode introduced by Macromedia Flash 5. This workshop offers completely new and original exercises developed specifically to teach the fundamentals of object-oriented programming inside of Flash. While traditional scripting methods are still accessible in Flash 5, adopting object-oriented methods will significantly change the way you develop Flash movies. Object-oriented programming will produce movies that are smaller, faster, more powerful and extensible. This workshop breaks ActionScripting down into easy-to-understand fundamental concepts, so Flash developers can harness the power and complexity of Flash without relying on complicated single-use tricks.04/26/2016
Advanced Google AdWords 2017AdvancedMarketingGoogle AdWords(Length: 116 minutes) Take your Google AdWords skills to the next level by learning advanced tips and tricks that can help you get more out of the popular pay-per-click (PPC) tool. In this course, Adriaan Brits shares advanced techniques for using Google Analytics in your online marketing efforts. He covers auction insights, the Display Planner, and the AdWords Editor, and provides tips for tackling reporting and auditing at an expert level. Plus, he goes into mobile marketing, using automation, and opportunities with app and video marketing.01/22/2018
Advanced Google AnalyticsAdvancedMarketingGoogle Analytics(Length: 225 minutes) Do you want better insights from Google Analytics? By customizing filters, tags, segments, and even the data that flows into Google Analytics, you can generate better reports about your web traffic and make more intelligent decisions about where to focus your marketing efforts. In this training course, Google Analytics expert Corey Koberg shows you advanced techniques for this popular and powerful analytics tool.Learn how to set your account up for multiple users, structure properties and views, and configure the back end of Google Analytics—including a popular WordPress CMS plugin for automating tracking code on WordPress pages. Corey shows how to apply advanced filters and segments (and customize them to fit your needs) and import custom data sets. He also covers debugging and troubleshooting techniques that allow you to fix Google Analytics issues from under the hood, and he reviews the major segmentation and analysis pitfalls to avoid. Note: This course picks up where Google Analytics Essential Training leaves off. If you have questions about how Google Analytics works straight out of the box, see those tutorials for more information.This course is part of a Learning Path approved by the American Marketing Association.Gain the skills you need to become an AMA Professional Certified Marketer (PCM) in Digital Marketing by using the industry-leading courses and resources in the Learning Path. Take the AMA certification exam to show that you have what it takes to lead the digital transformation.04/27/2016
Advanced Google Analytics 2017AdvancedMarketingGoogle Analytics(Length: 132 minutes) Do you want to generate better reports about your web traffic, and make more intelligent decisions about where to focus your marketing efforts? In this course, take an in-depth look at Google Analytics, and learn advanced techniques that can help you use this popular and powerful analytics tool to glean better insights. Instructor Adriaan Brits dives into SEO metrics, and explains how to conduct an SEO performance analysis. He also shows how to integrate Google Analytics with WordPress; use advanced features such as filters, views, and dimensions; build customized team reports; conduct a conversation rate analysis; and more.Note: This course picks up where Google Analytics Essential Training leaves off. If you have questions about how Google Analytics works straight out of the box, see that course for more information.This course is part of a Learning Path approved by the American Marketing Association.Gain the skills you need to become an AMA Professional Certified Marketer (PCM) in Digital Marketing  by using the industry-leading courses and resources in the Learning Path. Take the AMA certification exam to show that you have what it takes to lead the digital transformation.01/22/2018
Advanced GrammarBeginnerBusiness(Length: 128 minutes) Losing confidence in an idea—even a spectacular one—is easy if it's communicated in an email or letter riddled with grammatical errors. In this course, Judy Steiner-Williams helps you review basic grammar rules and then focuses on more advanced grammar principles such as using correct words, locating incorrect grammar in sentences and paragraphs, and reviewing parts of speech, punctuation, and proper sentence structure.01/17/2017
Advanced HTML5 Game DevelopmentAdvancedDeveloperHTML(Length: 139 minutes) Discover how to create interactive, dynamic, and colorful games using HTML5. In this course, learn how to take full advantage of all the HTML5 features to create advanced games. Join Daniel Albu as he takes you through how to build a breakout-style game using CreateJS—a suite of libraries and tools that can be leveraged to enable interactive web content via HTML5. He shows how to use CreateJS to control the visuals, input, and sounds, and basic JavaScript for the game logic itself. In addition, Daniel explains how to test and debug your game for Chrome, Firefox, Android, and iOS, and tackle common errors and troubleshooting. Note: This course was created by Packt Publishing. We are pleased to host this training in our library.06/18/2017
Advanced iOS App Development: Core MotionAdvancedDeveloperiOS(Length: 140 minutes) Want to add motion detection and reporting to your iOS apps? Core Motion is the framework you need to master. Core Motion allows you to access data generated by the accelerometers, gyroscopes, pedometers, magnetometers, and barometers on an iOS device—data that's integral to activity tracking, health and fitness monitoring, interactive gaming, IoT programming, UI gestures, and more. This course introduces Core Motion methods, data, measurements, and its basic underlying physics, before diving into creating a sample pedometer application and a simple game. Learn how to capture device motion such as acceleration, use the altimeter and magnetometer sensors, push and pull data, and access historical recorded data.07/08/2017
Advanced iOS App Development: MapKit & Core LocationIntermediateDeveloperiOS(Length: 225 minutes) Users expect apps to be "location aware"—to know where they are, suggest where they should go next, and tell them how to get there. This course provides developers with advanced techniques for adding add location awareness, directions, and interactive maps to iOS applications. Steven Lipton teaches the fundamentals of MapKit and Core Location, two iOS frameworks that work that hand in hand to provide location data and services. Learn how to build a map with 2D, 3D, satellite, and flyover views; add annotations and graphic overlays; and find and add a user's location to a map. Plus, discover how to search for a location using coordinates or keywords, and generate turn-by-turn directions with the MapKit MKDirections object.07/06/2018
Advanced iOS Development: Working with APIsIntermediateDeveloperiOS(Length: 119 minutes) Open up new sources of data and make your user's mobile experience amazing. Learn to download, parse, and integrate data from remote web APIs and leverage it in your iOS applications. Using this course, intermediate iOS developers can learn how to perform HTTP requests, parse incoming data with JSON or XML, and load the data (including images) in an iOS application interface. Along the way, instructor Saul Mora touches on related networking and asynchronous programming concepts, so you understand the theories and their practical uses. Plus, learn how to handle errors and validate server responses, to ensure your app won't crash during data retrieval.07/08/2017
Advanced Java ProgrammingAdvancedDeveloperJava(Length: 213 minutes) Java Advanced Training shows developers how to expand their programming skills and get more out of Java. This course offers platform- and framework-neutral tutorials that can be used to build web, mobile, and desktop applications. Starting with advanced methods of defining Java classes and programmatic flow, author David Gassner goes on to describe the Java Reflection API and the Collections Framework; management of files and directories; test-driven development with advanced exception handling and reporting; and how to work with multiple threads.04/26/2016
Advanced Lead GenerationAdvancedMarketing(Length: 239 minutes) Spark more interest in your products and services by developing a comprehensive lead generation strategy. In this course, Dayna Rothman goes in depth into generating leads with inbound and outbound marketing. Dayna explains how to create a strategy and execute against it. She discusses how to tie your efforts to the sales funnel to be successful. She also covers how to measure and test the effectiveness of your lead generation programs. Get ready to learn how to identify leads, define your sales funnel, and improve your approach to marketing.03/09/2017
Advanced Linux: The Linux KernelAdvancedITLinux(Length: 167 minutes) What lies at the heart of the Linux operating system? The Linux kernel. Every Linux professional—including those in system administration, operations, and software development—needs to be familiar with the functionality of the Linux kernel as well as the mechanics of configuring and troubleshooting it. Master the fundamentals in this training course with Dr. Kevin Dankwardt. We survey the Linux kernel specification, boot process, and loadable kernel modules. You will practice techniques such as downloading and searching Linux kernel source code and configuring a Linux kernel from scratch. Challenge and solution videos at the end of almost every chapter allow you to test your new Linux skills along the way.06/14/2016
Advanced Mechanics in CG AnimationAdvanced3D + AnimationBlender, Maya(Length: 144 minutes) Mechanics—one of the pillars of animation—combines biology, physics, and art into one fascinating discipline. In this course, instructor David Andrade challenges you to stretch your animation abilities and tackle two very fun—but challenging—scenes: a woman performing parkour to climb a wall, and a fight scene featuring two professional martial artists. David shows how to animate these scenes with a quick, agile superhero character: Hilary. Along with being easy-to-use, Hilary is built for both Maya and Blender, and you can export her as an FBX file just in case you want to take her for a spin in other programs. To help you confidently handle these scenes, David explains how to break down each action into beats and refine each movement.04/06/2017
Advanced Microsoft ProjectIntermediateBusinessProject(Length: 318 minutes) Building on the skills learned in the popular Project 2010 and Project 2013 Essential Training courses, author Bonnie Biafore teaches more advanced aspects of the popular project management software, first introducing powerful shortcuts for opening and saving files, and then moving into assigning resources, managing project costs, and setting up earned value tracking. She also provides handy tips for exchanging data with other projects as well as linking and embedding data.Viewers will then learn how to customize fields and generate cool graphical and visual reports. Finally, the course shows how to share various customizations and configurations as well as best practices for managing multiple projects.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
Advanced Moodle: Working with ThemesAdvancedEducation + ElearningMoodle(Length: 58 minutes) Learning management systems aren't known to be the best-looking pages on the Internet. In fact, they're somewhat notorious for appearing clunky and dated. In this course, instructor Chris Mattia explains how to leverage themes in Moodle, one of the world's leading LMSs, to polish your site's user interface, and in turn, enhance your students' user experience. To begin, Chris provides an overview of Moodle themes and explains how to tackle basic branding for your site. Next, he shows you how to install a custom theme that enhances the look and feel of your Moodle site. Finally, Chris goes over how to create your own custom theme.12/13/2016
Advanced MySQL and MariaDBAdvancedDeveloper, ITMySQL, MariaDB(Length: 99 minutes) MySQL and MariaDB are powerful database solutions that operate in slightly different ways. In this course Sheeri K. Cabral compares and contrasts MySQL and MariaDB, and shows you how to perform advanced tasks in each system. First, learn how to install and configure the Sphinx storage engine and HandlerSocket plugin. Then find out how to set up GTIDs (global transaction identifiers) and make replication even easier, especially for failover. Finally, discover how to install and use authentication and audit plugins, and learn how MySQL and MariaDB store geometric and geographical information. These tutorials will help you evaluate these database management systems and find useful new tools and techniques to add to your administrative arsenal.Want more information about MariaDB? Check out Understanding MariaDB for MySQL Users.04/26/2016
Advanced Node.jsIntermediateDeveloper, WebNode.js(Length: 123 minutes) Learn advanced techniques for asynchronous programming and data streaming in Node.js. In this course, instructor Alex Banks shows how to use asynchronous patterns such as callbacks, promises, and async/await to manage processes and enforce sequential, parallel, and concurrent execution. He then reviews streams, a critical feature for reading and writing data from Node applications. He introduces the four different types of streams—readable, writeable, duplex, and transform—and shows how to minimize backpressure, or buildup, in data transmission. In the final section, Alex shows how to combine the techniques and build an HTTP server for streaming video over the web. Learn how to ensure the stream is cross-browser compatible and collect multipart/form-data, such as text data and files, from the upload stream. By the end of the course, you'll have a powerful new toolset for building advanced, enterprise-scale applications with Node.js.07/06/2018
Advanced NoSQL for Data ScienceAdvancedITNoSQL(Length: 116 minutes) Many organizations are turning to NoSQL databases to store large volumes of complex data, sparking an increased need for data scientists and analysts to understand non-relational data stores. If you're a data scientist or business analyst who needs to work with NoSQL, then this course is for you. Learn about the differences between relational and NoSQL databases, review types of NoSQL databases, and see how to perform common data science tasks, including data preparation, exploration, and building and applying models.The course begins with an introduction to NoSQL, and then delves into the specifics of document, wide-column, and graph databases. Learn key details for performing data preparation, exploration, and extraction for each type of NoSQL database. Review case studies that show how to use various NoSQL databases with popular data science tools, including the document database MongoDB, the wide-column database Cassandra, and the graph database Neo4j.02/22/2017
Advanced Photography: Diptychs, Triptychs, and Aspect RatiosAdvancedPhotographyPhotoshop(Length: 92 minutes) What effect do different photo orientations and aspect ratios have on an image? How can you use multiple images, grouped into a diptych or triptych, to convey a more powerful message?In this course, photographer and educator Justin Reznick explores your options, covering both the aesthetic issues and Photoshop techniques used to make more interesting compositions. Learn how to combine images, split one image into multiple parts, prepare your work—including prints—for sale, and use the Shoot & Sell app to market your photography to clients.07/06/2018
Advanced Photography: Medium-Format Digital CamerasAdvancedPhotography(Length: 141 minutes) Over the last year or so, a new category of digital camera has appeared-the medium-format mirrorless camera. While medium format used to represent the pinnacle of digital image quality, over the years, technical breakthroughs have dramatically narrowed the quality gap between high-end SLRs and medium format. In this advanced photography course, Ben Long shares insights on what this new category is for, and discusses the advantages and disadvantages of this type of camera. He wraps up by analyzing who would benefit from making the switch to a medium-format camera. Throughout the course, Ben takes an agnostic approach to the subject, discussing the merits of the category rather than a particular model. Learn about medium-format lenses, noise and medium format, the medium-format look, and more.07/06/2018
Advanced Photoshop 6AdvancedDesign, PhotographyPhotoshop(Length: 499 minutes) Advanced Photoshop 6 with Bruce Heavin and Joe Maller is a self-paced study program that includes instructional movies you can watch at your own pace. Movie-based tutorials tour you through the deep recesses of Photoshop 6, with an emphasis on practical and usable techniques. If you know Photoshop well enough to get around, but aren't using many of its advanced features, this workshop will prove invaluable in raising your awareness and skill level to new heights. Special emphasis is placed on masking, shortcuts, and choosing a non-destructive workflow.04/27/2016
Advanced Photoshop Color CorrectionAdvancedPhotographyPhotoshop(Length: 302 minutes) Sit down and strap in for an extended deep dive into the mysterious world of advanced color correction in Adobe Photoshop. This special installment of Photoshop Color Correction shows you the workflow, toolset, settings, and techniques you'll need to address advanced color challenges. Taz Tally covers how to quickly evaluate and adjust color using nondestructive editing tools and techniques and how to improve your workflow speed using keyboard shortcuts, preferences, and tool settings, and explains how grayscale, neutrals, and skin tone values play into color correction. Then you'll learn how to evaluate, measure, and correct color in different photographs, from landscapes to portraits, using Curves, adjustment layers, grayscale targets, layer masks, and Smart Filters. The last chapter details how to proof, sharpen, and export your corrected files.04/26/2016
Advanced Photoshop: Adjustment Layer and Blend Modes (2015)AdvancedPhotographyPhotoshop(Length: 127 minutes) From powerful shortcuts to precise masking, this course will help you see Photoshop CC's adjustment layers and blend modes in a whole new light. Rich Harrington leads a workshop that unlocks some of the least used options for these powerful features. Learn how to use adjustment layers and blend modes to colorize images, convert photos to black and white, add style, and fix color and tone issues—all completely nondestructively. Rich also explores your "auto" options, lookup tables, gradient maps, and Smart Objects, and shows how to limit your adjustments when you want to achieve a more subtle effect.04/27/2016
Advanced Photoshop: Blending, Masking, and CompositingIntermediateDesignPhotoshop(Length: 243 minutes) Advanced Blending is the second installment in Deke McClelland's series on making photorealistic compositions in Photoshop. The course explores blending options and shows how to use them to create sophisticated effects and seamless compositions, often without masking. Beginning with the basics of blending layered images, the course sheds light on the formulas behind the Photoshop blend modes and shows how to comp scanned line art, create double-exposure effects, correct skin tones, and work with the luminance sliders.04/28/2016
Advanced Photoshop: CurvesAdvancedPhotographyPhotoshop(Length: 168 minutes) When it comes to adjusting tonality and color in Photoshop, most people start with Levels. And most people stay there. But the Curves tool is far more powerful than Levels for controlling color, highlights, shadows, brightness, and contrast. The Photoshop Curves panel offers broader, deeper, more precise controls than Levels for adjusting images. In this course, photographer and educator Taz Tally demystifies Curves, showing how to use the tool to adjust tonality, make color corrections, produce creative effects, and more. By the end of the course, you'll be a Curves convert.04/27/2016
Advanced Photoshop: Lookup Tables and Gradient MapsAdvancedPhotography, VideoPhotoshop(Length: 107 minutes) Have you used lookup tables or gradient maps with Photoshop lately? Probably not. Most photographers aren't aware of them. But they're powerful tools for performing all manner of color correction and photo styling tasks.In this course, Rich Harrington demystifies lookup tables (LUTs) and shows how to use them with Photoshop, Lightroom, and other Adobe CC applications. He also shows how to use gradient maps—where tints are based on the luminance values in the image—to add creative color and noise to images, and how to organize, store, and share these assets with other Creative Cloud programs and other photo and video professionals.07/26/2016
Advanced PHPAdvancedWebPHP(Length: 137 minutes) Implement namespaces, extend interfaces, create your first Trait, dive into object-oriented programming, and discover versatile scripting methods with this course. Web developer Justin Yost takes you into the advanced parts of the PHP server-side language, including abstract classes, iterators, generators, and password hashing. He provides an overview of each topic, takes you through how to code each item for the first time, and then shows you how to expand further.Learn how to establish consistency, solve problems, and prevent your applications from crashing by applying the techniques Justin shares in this course. Take your object-oriented programming beyond basic attributes and methods into using constructors, deconstructors, and singletons. Build nested exceptions, use type hints, and explore additional ways you can craft more flexible software using PHP.09/20/2016
Advanced PHP: Debugging TechniquesIntermediateDeveloperPHP, Xdebug(Length: 89 minutes) Debug your PHP code efficiently with a variety of client and server-side tools. In this concise course for experienced PHP developers, author Jon Peck demonstrates how to leverage PHP's built-in tools, as well as the Xdebug and Firebug extensions, and FirePHP libraries to improve the quality of your code and reduce troubleshooting overhead.This course covers installation of Xdebug on Apache as well as working with the NetBeans IDE (integrated development environment). Jon then introduces native web browser developer tools for Firefox and Chrome, and demonstrates browser independent web debugging tools. Best practices for debugging and profiling web application failures and performance issues are also covered.04/26/2016
Advanced Responsive Layouts with CSS FlexboxIntermediateWebCSS(Length: 108 minutes) The CSS Flexible Box Layout module (aka Flexbox) provides a simple solution to many of the design and layout problems web designers and developers have faced since the advent of CSS. Now that the module is becoming ready for the main stage, it's time to look at what we can do with it.This course shows how to use flexible boxes to create advanced responsive layouts. Morten Rand-Hendriksen takes the viewer on a tour of Flexbox and provides actionable code snippets that can be implemented safely in almost any website. He puts it all together in a holy grail site complete with card-based layout, mixed content menus, and interactive components that provide visitors with choices about what they see.04/27/2016
Advanced SAS Programming for R Users, Part 1AdvancedITSAS(Length: 104 minutes) SAS is one of the most used data analytics platforms in the world. Enhance your programming skillset by learning how to apply your understanding of R— the language of big data—in the SAS environment at an advanced level. Instructor Jordan Bakerman covers several different advanced techniques for analyzing data via inferential procedures. Learn about linear regression with PROC REG, estimating linear combinations with the general linear model procedure, mixed models and the MIXED procedure, and more.Note: You can visit the SAS site to obtain a copy of the software, and use the company's online data sets to do the course exercises.07/06/2018
Advanced SAS Programming for R Users, Part 2AdvancedITSAS(Length: 97 minutes) Advanced SAS Programming for R Users explores sophisticated techniques and concepts that can help you apply your understanding of R—the language of big data—in the SAS environment at an advanced level. In this course, Jordan Bakerman walks through several advanced SAS programming concepts. To begin, he covers the basics of the Interactive Matrix Language (IML), and discusses random number generation in IML, common IML modules, and how to pull a SAS dataset into an IML matrix. He then discusses how to call R from SAS, work with R from IML, and more. To get the most from this course, make sure to watch Advanced SAS Programming for R Users, Part 1. Note: You can visit the SAS site to obtain a copy of the software, and use the company's online data sets to do the course exercises.07/06/2018
Advanced Selenium: Testing ToolsIntermediateWebSelenium, Cucumber(Length: 201 minutes) Note: Mastering Selenium Testing Tools was created by Packt Publishing. It was originally released on 12/23/15. We are pleased to host this training in our library.Selenium gives developers the power to control web browsers and use them to automate web application testing. As an open-source toolset, Selenium makes it easier for testers to evaluate web applications without putting in any extra time and effort. Mastering Selenium Testing Tools is all about demystifying the Selenium suite. Learn to verify web applications, control browsers with code, and scale up the testing environment by distributing the execution of web applications on different browsers running on different operating systems. Author Ripon Al Wasim starts with the Selenium IDE, a Firefox plugin that performs a simple record-and-playback of interactions with the browser. A tester aiming for professional output can use WebDriver, an advanced scripting tool that allows you to locate the elements you need to interact with using their name: id, xPath, or CSS. Next, learn to express the desired behavior using a well-known framework for behavior-driven development (BDD) called Cucumber for Java, which uses a language called Gherkin. Last but not least, Ripon shows how to run tests on the Selenium Server, and walks through a complete working example of Selenium and Cucumber in action, for acceptance testing of a web application.09/20/2016
Advanced SEO: Developing an SEO-Friendly WebsiteAdvancedMarketingGoogle Analytics, Google AdWords, Bing Ads(Length: 158 minutes) Advanced SEO goes beyond keyword research and tagging. It goes to the very heart of your website: its architecture, code, and data. Learn advanced SEO techniques to build an SEO-friendly website from the ground up. Marketing expert Brad Batesole explains how to optimize your architecture to improve site indexing and crawling, understand the impact of canonical URLs and smart URL management strategies, build keywords into images and alt text, and use structured data to help search engines like Google understand your pages better. He introduces tools and resources to help you audit and improve the technical aspects of your site, such as the Screaming Frog SEO Spider, PageSpeed Insights, the Ryte TF*IDF analyzer, and Chrome Developer Tools extensions like Lighthouse. Plus, discover how to optimize site speed and rendering, and explore how the future of the web—technologies like HTTP/2 and progressive web apps—will impact SEO.09/27/2017
Advanced SEO: Search FactorsAdvancedMarketing(Length: 73 minutes) SEO search factors—the elements that contribute to how and where your site is displayed on Google's results page—impact how your content makes its way to your audience. In this course, Brad Batesole pulls back the curtain on the modern search engine, explaining how people search and how machine learning makes it all possible. Along the way, Brad points out how to capture Google featured snippets and reveals how results and programmatic site features work. He also delves into methodologies for mining results from Google to unlock new ideas and opportunities, and shows how to track your performance.12/13/2016
Advanced SQL for Data ScientistsAdvancedITSQL(Length: 84 minutes) There is an increasing need for data scientists and analysts to understand relational data stores. Organizations have long used SQL databases to store transactional data as well as business intelligence related data. If you need to work with SQL databases, this course is designed to help you learn how to perform common data science tasks, including finding, exploration, and extraction within relational databases.The course begins with a brief overview of SQL. Then the five major topics a data scientist should understand when working with relational databases: basic statistics in SQL, data preparation in SQL, advanced filtering and data aggregation, window functions, and preparing data for use with analytics tools.06/03/2017
Advanced SQL Server: Reporting ServicesAdvancedDeveloper, ITSQL Server(Length: 224 minutes) Discover how to create, manage, and deliver interactive reports—not just to print, but to dynamically explore enterprise-level data—with Reporting Services in SQL Server. In this course, author Simon Allardice concentrates on using Report Builder to build and format reports from a variety of data sources, but also shows how to perform basic administration tasks such as granting user access and organizing reports in the Report Manager. Plus, learn how to add interactive sorting and filtering functionality to your reports, and create column and pie charts to better express your data.Note: These tutorials are applicable to both the 2008 and 2012 versions of SQL Server.04/26/2016
Advanced SVG AnimationIntermediateWeb(Length: 175 minutes) Scalable vector graphics (SVGs) adapt smoothly to a wide variety of sizes, and are easy to manipulate with their navigable DOM. In this course, learn how to work with the powerful SVG graphic format, and create complex animations for multiple use cases across the web. Sarah Drasner begins the course by providing an introduction to SVG and outlining the SVG DOM (document object model). Next, she explains how to create SVG graphics with platonic shapes, and work with paths and groups. Sarah also discusses optimizing SVG files, working with responsive SVG animation sprites and the GreenSock animation library, animating text and relative color values, and more. Note: This course was created by Frontend Masters. It was originally released on 2/19/2016. We're pleased to host this training in our library.06/18/2017
Advanced Threading in C#IntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 128 minutes) Learn how to write C# applications that perform multiple tasks concurrently-aka multithreaded applications. Programs that use multithreading are more responsive to user input because the user interface stays active as processor-intensive tasks execute on separate threads. Multithreading is also useful when you create scalable applications because you can add threads as the workload increases. In this course, Microsoft MVP Chander Dhall reviews the basics of threading and signaling, and then shows how to use the popular .NET library for parallel execution, TPL; the query syntax PLINQ; and the recommended asynchronous programming pattern, TAP. By the end of the course, he shows how to turn sequential code into a multithreaded application that runs five times faster than before.07/06/2018
Advanced Typography: TransmediaAdvancedDesign(Length: 53 minutes) The future of typography is now. It's a future where type is conquering motion, space, and interaction to play across all media. Imagine type that is alive and dynamic, that adapts to the environment. This is transmedia typography, type that can be expressed in a variety of visual environments, including screen-based, print-based, and emerging media. This course adapts Brad Bartlett's acclaimed transmedia typography class taught at Art Center College of Design and introduces mediatecture (aka media architecture), a ground-breaking course developed by Nik Hafermaas. Bartlett and Hafermaas explore the new ecosystems that typography now resides in and the tools (such as sensors and projectors) that designers can use to develop their own transmedia typography projects. They also provide an outlook on the rich career opportunities in this exciting new and cutting-edge space.04/27/2016
Advanced Unity 2D: Platformer Player MovementAdvancedDeveloperUnity(Length: 199 minutes) Learn the foundation of player movement in 2d platformer games. This course offers a breakdown of common player behaviors as well as some advanced techniques to bring your 2D platformer to life. Jesse Freeman shows how to detect input from the keyboard and controller, make the player walk and run, and add in more advanced movement behaviors, such as ducks, double and long jumps, and sliding down walls. Plus, learn how to make your character pick up items and fire projectiles like fireballs.04/27/2016
Advanced Unity: 3D Game ProgrammingAdvanced3D + Animation, DeveloperUnity(Length: 225 minutes) Unity is the number one game engine, the favorite of game developers working on iOS apps and console games alike. This course picks up the programming side of Unity, continuing where our other Unity courses leave off. Michael House concentrates on scripting, custom GUI controls, prefab customization, multiplayer networking features like chat, and optimizations that will make your game play better on mobile devices and desktops alike. Take a deep dive into Unity's controls and learn how to build more interactive, high-performance 3D games.NOTE: This course requires Unity 4.5.5. The newer versions of Unity have done away with the GUI system used in this course, so the interfaces included for many of the scenes will not work with 4.6 and higher. You can download Unity 4.5.5 at http://unity3d.com/get-unity/download/archive.04/26/2016
Advanced Visio: Working with DataIntermediateBusinessMicrosoft Office, Visio(Length: 172 minutes) Build beautiful and effective visualizations driven by external data with Microsoft Visio 2016. Visio MVP Scott Helmers offers advanced techniques for working with data in Visio diagrams. First, learn how to apply data and display fields to shapes and run the many prebuilt reports offered in Visio 2016, as well as customize your own. Then find out how to visualize data with callouts, data bars, and icon sets; change the color of shapes as data values change; link diagrams to external data from Excel and Access; align data with flow charts, timelines, organization charts, and other Visio diagrams; and share your new data-driven diagrams with others—even if they don't have Visio. This course will help you accomplish more than you ever thought was possible with Visio, and communicate more effectively than you ever could with static data alone.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.11/08/2016
Advanced WordPress: Action and Filter HooksAdvancedWebWordPress(Length: 96 minutes) Hooks are key components of WordPress plugin development. There are two types: filters modify data and actions perform tasks. Gain a fundamental understanding of how these features work, and learn how to use the built-in action and filter hooks in WordPress to build your own plugins. In the first half of the course, instructor Carrie Dils reviews the plugin API and demonstrates the basics of actions and filters. Already familiar with these core concepts? Skip to chapter three, where she covers what you need to make your own hooks. Learn about load order and writing callback functions, and using third-party hooks. Last but not least, Carrie builds a demo plugin that shows practical real-world uses for actions and filters.08/03/2017
Advertising FoundationsBeginnerBusiness, Marketing(Length: 84 minutes) Learn the fundamentals of effective advertising and marketing communications. Former NYC ad executive Jane Barratt provides an overview of the current media landscape, and the building blocks and relative costs of a basic advertising plan. She outlines the basic process of getting your message to market and provides tools to help you refine your market focus, define your customer profiles, and establish your overall media strategy. Whether you want to do it yourself, partner with ad agencies, or work in a corporate marketing department, this course will help you understand what the ad footprint of any company, regardless of size, needs to succeed.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
Advertising on InstagramIntermediateBusiness, MarketingInstagram(Length: 57 minutes) In this course, marketing expert Anson Alexander explains how advertising works on Instagram and how Facebook Ads Manager works. Anson goes over the types of content you can use to advertise on Instagram and then shows how to create, upload, and format ads. He demonstrates how to target specific audiences, implement a budget, and run scheduled campaigns. He also covers analytics so you can discover how to adjust your advertising efforts based on performance information you find in analytics reports.07/08/2017
Advertising on PinterestIntermediateBusinessPinterest(Length: 43 minutes) It's already home to a sought-after and active target audience. But with the introduction of promoted pins, Pinterest is becoming a digital advertising platform to reckon with. Promoted pins look almost identical to regular pins—and because they are perpetual, they continue to engage long after your campaign has ended. In this course, Anson Alexander provides tips and tricks for creating effective, engaging pins and winning campaigns on Pinterest. Learn, he shows how to create a business account on Pinterest and post your first promoted pin. Then Anson demonstrates how to create campaigns, set goals, and specify your target, schedule, and budget. Using the tools in Pinterest, you can target by interest, demographics, or keywords. Finally Anson reviews the analytics tools in Pinterest for tracking your metrics and conversions—and optimizing future performance.07/18/2017
Advertising on YouTubeIntermediateBusinessYouTube, Google AdWords(Length: 77 minutes) In this course, marketing expert Anson Alexander shows you how advertising works on YouTube. Anson demonstrates how to upload videos, create campaigns, set a budget, and target the right audience using Google AdWords. He explains how to create ad groups and target users by demographics. He also shows you how to measure the performance of your video content and then make adjustments based on the analytics.07/08/2017
AdWords and Analytics: RemarketingIntermediateMarketingGoogle Analytics, Google AdWords(Length: 86 minutes) People who have visited your website have already demonstrated an interest in your product or service—even if they haven't made a purchase. By retargeting these visitors with carefully positioned ads, you can exponentially increase your conversion rates. Google refers to this process as remarketing. In this course, marketing consultant Adriaan Brits shows you how to set up an effective remarketing campaign with Google AdWords and Analytics. Discover how to build remarketing lists, link accounts, use remarketing tags, and target custom audiences. Plus, learn about more advanced solutions such as dynamic remarketing and remarketing lists for search ads (RLSA). Along the way, Adriaan introduces you to best practices and tips for optimizing your efforts, increasing ROI, and creating more efficient campaigns.01/22/2018
Aerial Landscape Photography: New ZealandIntermediatePhotography(Length: 46 minutes) Beautiful places are beautiful from the air, too. At many great landscape photography destinations, you can take helicopter tours or rent air time in a small plane. In this course, photographer Justin Reznick takes to the skies above New Zealand. Watch and learn with Justin as he plans and packs his gear, meets with the pilot, establishes a route, and take his shots. In the wrap-up portion of the course, he reviews the final selects from the shoot.04/27/2016
Affiliate Marketing FoundationsBeginnerMarketing(Length: 147 minutes) Affiliate marketing is a complicated, multidisciplinary practice that is often misunderstood. At its heart, it is a performance-based marketing technique in which affiliates are financially rewarded for sending customers to another website to purchase goods or services. If you have a website, blog, or other online property, you too can earn money through affiliate marketing. Expert Geno Prussakov explores basic principles, from payment models to typical affiliate agreements; winning tactics and techniques, as well as roadblocks to future earnings; and the day-to-day practices that result in a successful affiliate marketing strategy.04/26/2016
Affiliate Marketing: AdvertisingIntermediateMarketing(Length: 76 minutes) Grow your business with affiliate marketing. Affiliate programs have a lot of perks for your marketing and branding efforts. They use a network of professional marketers to promote your products, who only get paid when those products get sold. Learn how to start your own affiliate program with these tips from affiliate marketing expert Geno Prussakov. Geno looks at different program structures, compensation models, terms and policies, and more. Then he shows you how to launch your program and recruit and manage affiliates.10/25/2016
Affinity Designer Essential TrainingBeginnerDesignAffinity Designer(Length: 196 minutes) Looking for a compelling alternative to Adobe Illustrator or CorelDRAW? Affinity Designer is a powerful and affordable vector-design application mixed with pixel-based texture and retouching tools—all in one easy-to-use interface. It was created with the professional-level features that any artist, designer, or illustrator needs to execute high-quality results.Here Ronnie McBride introduces the workflows and tools required to get up to speed with this fast, powerful, and professional application. He shows how to work with workspaces in Affinity Designer, called personas; use the drawing tools; and create custom brushes. This course is designed to help artists feel more confident and become more proficient using Affinity Designer in their own work.09/13/2017
Affinity Designer for UX DesignIntermediateWebAffinity Designer(Length: 75 minutes) Affinity Designer offers a cross-platform vector design tool that's simple, streamlined, and easy to use for UX, UI, and responsive web design. You can use it to create branding materials, websites, app interfaces, logos, and so much more. Learn how to incorporate Affinity Designer's features into your own design process. Here Ronnie McBride shows how to set up your preferences, use artboards, create custom color themes in the Swatches panel, apply styles and gradients, and create wireframes, mockups, UI assets, and hero graphics—all with Affinity Designer's versatile toolset. Once you find out what you can do with Affinity Designer, you may never go back to expensive design software again.07/06/2018
Affinity Photo Essential TrainingBeginnerPhotographyAffinity Photo(Length: 211 minutes) Affinity Photo is a powerful photo post-processing program for the Mac platform, combining raw conversion, photo retouching and enhancement, and compositing. In this course, Steve Caplin explores all of Affinity Photo's essential features. Each tutorial helps unlock another of Affinity Photo's capabilities, from its raw conversion and editing controls to its advanced selection tools, image enhancement features, filters and special effects, and compositing features. Whether you want to change the look of a photograph, scale and crop images, or create complex photomontages, each adjustment is completely nondestructive, allowing you to retain quality and incorporate additional effects as you go. To help Photoshop users who may be considering Affinity Photo, Steve also compares and contrasts the two applications.04/27/2016
Affinity Photo for iPadBeginnerPhotographyAffinity Photo(Length: 88 minutes) Affinity Photo is a powerful but approachable image enhancement program that is being embraced by a growing number of photographers. Affinity Photo for the iPad brings the award-winning features of the desktop version to the iPad, and is fully optimized for iOS hardware and touch capabilities. In this course, instructor Steve Caplin shows how to use the image-enhancements features of Affinity Photo for the iPad to do professional-level photo editing on the go. He discusses the interface and works through four real-world projects, such as creating a poster by removing and replacing the background of a portrait. He also shares how to work with raw images, retouch blemishes, and combine exposures, and reviews the advanced features in Affinity Pro, such as tone mapping, distortion correction, and HDR effects.This course was created and produced by Steve Caplin. We are honored to host this training in our library.07/06/2018
Affinity Photo: Basic Portrait RetouchingIntermediatePhotographyAffinity Photo(Length: 43 minutes) Affinity Photo is a powerful but approachable image enhancement program that is being embraced by a growing number of photographers. In this course, Steve Caplin shows how to use Affinity Photo's image editing features to do basic portrait retouching, from fixing blemishes and wrinkles to smoothing hair and enhancing eyes. Learn how to split images into high and low frequencies, paint in enhancements, use Curves and lighting adjustments to focus attention on your subject, and more.11/01/2016
After Effects & Element 3D: Animating a Scene with WaterIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoAfter Effects, Element 3D(Length: 91 minutes) Learn how to create an animated shower scene for a product visualization inside Adobe After Effects. The complete scene features a chrome showerhead, water streams, steam, and a realistic background—all built in true 3D space with Element 3D, an AE plugin that makes it easy to build 3D objects and particle systems. Explore different shooting angles with the scene camera, and learn to add a depth-of-field camera. Discover how to completely automate the stream speed and thickness in a very natural looking way, all with sliding controllers. Then turn that effect into multiple similar (but not identical) streams, for a realistic shower spray.This is a project-based learning experience. Each step of the process is rich with object lessons that are applicable to the variations that a motion design and compositing artist will face in the real world.07/08/2017
After Effects 5.0 OverviewBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 107 minutes) In 2002, Adobe and Lynda.com teamed up to create a free promotional training CD-ROM for Adobe After Effects. The subject matter varies from beginning, to intermediate, to advanced examples of how to use After Effects in a variety of creative workflows. The CD-ROMs have been distributed and forgotten, but the movies live on here! This is an online movie training library exclusive. These movies were created by Steve Kilisky, Senior Product Manager for Adobe After Effects, Lynda Weinman and Bruce Heavin.04/27/2016
After Effects 6 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 359 minutes) After Effects 6 Essential Training with Lynda Weinman offers a thorough overview of the most essential features of the standard version of the latest release of After Effects! The newest features, such as Paint effects and Text Layers are covered, as well all other fundamental to intermediate features. You will create animated compositions as you learn everything from simple transformations using Keyframes, Effects, Masks, and Track Mattes, to more advanced concepts covering Photoshop and Illustrator Integration, Text Layers, Paint Effects, 3D Layers, Lights, Multiple Cameras, Expressions, Parenting, and Compositing.Note: This product was previously named Learning Adobe After Effects 604/27/2016
After Effects and mocha AE: Screen ReplacementIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, mocha(Length: 100 minutes) One of the most common visual effects tasks is to replace an image or video in a shot with another—be it a computer screen, a picture on a wall, a bumper sticker on a car, etc. This project-oriented course walks you through the major steps of replacing screens in After Effects, including tracking a screen in mocha AE, matching the new display to the depth-of-field blur and lighting of the original shot, and then cutting out a hand obscuring the screen using the Roto Brush and Refine Edge. A bonus movie at the end of the course discusses alternative approaches, including a demonstration of using reversible stabilization in Warp Stabilizer VFX for the tracking portion of the shot. This course was created and produced by Chris and Trish Meyer. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 01 CC Pre-RollBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 54 minutes) This short course is designed for new users of Adobe After Effects CC, and those who might need a refresher—especially when moving to Creative Cloud. Chris Meyer leads a whirlwind tour of After Effects, helping overcome the "blank canvas" fear that confronts many new motion graphics artists the first time they launch the application. It's an excellent introduction to the After Effects Apprentice series, and a great overview for any new user starting an After Effects training program. Start watching to learn how to customize the interface, import and interpret footage, preview work, and render and export your compositions.If you are still using a pre–Creative Cloud version of After Effects, such as CS6, we suggest you watch After Effects Apprentice 01: CS Pre-Roll instead. There have been numerous changes to the After Effects interface, especially in the area of previewing.04/27/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 01 Pre-RollBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 29 minutes) This short course is designed for those who have never used Adobe After Effects, or those who might need a refresher course on how it is laid out. Chris Meyer takes a whirlwind tour through the program, helping overcome the "blank canvas" fear that confronts many the first time they launch the program. It will serve as both an excellent introduction to the After Effects Apprentice series, as well as a preliminary overview for any new user before launching into their first tutorial or class. Exercise files for After Effects CS4 through CS6 are included with the course.After Effects Apprentice is created by Trish and Chris Meyer and designed to be used on their own and as a companion to their book After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 02 Basic AnimationBeginnerVideo(Length: 140 minutes) Trish Meyer leads beginners through a gentle introduction to Adobe After Effects: from creating a new project and importing sources, through arranging and animating layers, applying effects, and creating variations, to rendering the final movie. However, this is no paint-by-numbers exercise. Trish demonstrates how she makes creative decisions and saves time through the use of keyboard shortcuts and smart working practices. Additional movies explain further details about how After Effects works under the hood. Her measured pace helps even those completely new to After Effects understand the program so that they can use it effectively on their own projects. Exercise files for After Effects CS4 through CC are included with the course.After Effects Apprentice is created by Trish and Chris Meyer and designed to be used on their own and as a companion to their book After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 03 Advanced AnimationBeginnerVideo(Length: 181 minutes) In this course, Chris Meyer helps beginning After Effects artists take their animations to the next level. Chris shows how to refine animations to create elegant, coordinated movements with the minimum number of keyframes—as well as slam-downs, whip pans, and other attention-getters. Additional movies show how to reverse-engineer existing animations, create variations on a theme, and master other parts of the program. Even though this course is designed for beginners, even veterans should learn tricks that many experienced users are unaware of. Chris' friendly running commentary lets you in on his mental process as he works on an animation. Exercise files for After Effects CS4 through CC are included with the course.After Effects Apprentice is created by Trish and Chris Meyer and designed to be used on their own and as a companion to their book After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 04 Layer ControlBeginnerVideo(Length: 177 minutes) In this installment of After Effects Apprentice, Chris Meyer focuses on ways to edit and enhance layers in After Effects CS4 through CC 2015. Through a series of Quizzler challenges and Idea Corner examples, Chris shares alternative ways to employ modes, sequencing, and adjustment layers, while special sidebar movies cover the subjects of creating seamless loops, animating effects points, understanding pixel aspect ratios, and employing Brainstorm to explore the variety of different looks that effects can create. The course also covers tricks for enhancing boring footage and tips for converting scans into moving sequences. Exercise files are included with the course.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer and are designed to be used on their own and as a companion to their book After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 05 Creating TransparencyBeginnerVideo(Length: 173 minutes) In this course, Chris Meyer demonstrates the most common techniques for adding selective transparency to layers in After Effects through the use of masks, track mattes, and stencils. In addition to explaining the tools and basic theory behind transparency, the course covers several practical applications for these techniques, including isolating objects, creating vignettes, and filling text with visual texture. Tutorials on crafting custom transitions and other treatments are also included. Exercise files for After Effects CS4 through CC accompany the course.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. The tutorials are designed to be used independently and as a companion to their book After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 06 Type and MusicBeginnerVideo(Length: 251 minutes) One of the cornerstones of motion graphics is creating and animating type. In this course, Trish Meyer shows how to typeset titles professionally and create custom animations, as well as apply and modify the hundreds of text animation presets that After Effects ships with. Additionally, Chris Meyer shows how to add audio to projects, including spotting "hit points" to align keyframes and video action.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. The tutorials are designed to be used independently and as a companion to their book After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 07 ParentingIntermediateVideo(Length: 100 minutes) Parenting is a way to group multiple layers within the same composition inside After Effects. In this course, Chris Meyer shows how to set up a parenting chain, discusses what makes a good parent, and demonstrates several techniques using parenting, such as creating a title animation with a minimal number of keyframes, building a geometric construct, and bringing an anthropomorphic robot arm to life. Sidebar topics include avoiding a scaling gotcha with parenting and creating abstract backgrounds using the Fractal Noise effect.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 08 Nesting and PrecomposingIntermediateVideo(Length: 144 minutes) Let Chris and Trish Meyer share with you two of the core secrets required to become an efficient After Effects user: understanding the render order (the internal order of operations After Effects uses when calculating masks, effects, transformation, track mattes, and layer styles) and the use of multiple compositions where a composition may be nested into one or more other comps. This makes it easier to group layers, efficiently re-use a common element to quickly accommodate client changes, pan around large composites of multiple layers, and solve render order issues. The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 09 ExpressionsIntermediateVideo(Length: 99 minutes) Expressions are one of the most powerful but underused features in After Effects. They can be used to animate layer properties with code, as compared to explicitly keyframing every value in the Timeline, and have multiple parameters and layers that follow the lead of a master layer or controller effect, making it much easier to coordinate complex animations and quickly accommodate client changes. In this introduction, Chris Meyer shows how to let After Effects do most of the work by creating simple but very useful expressions that can be put to work on a wide variety of jobs.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 10 Time GamesIntermediateVideo(Length: 65 minutes) Discover how to manipulate time in After Effects. Author Chris Meyer shows how to stop, slow, and speed up footage, and how to combine these techniques with nested compositions, expressions, and the Graph Editor. Along the way, he reveals several important yet somewhat hidden functions, such as the advanced composition setting that ensures predictable stop motion, the Frame Mix and Pixel Motion modes of the Frame Blending switch, and the Time Remap parameter.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 11 3D SpaceIntermediateVideo(Length: 274 minutes) This installment of the After Effects Apprentice series introduces 3D space in Adobe After Effects. Authors Chris and Trish Meyer highlight key design considerations for working in 3D and provide step-by-step instructions for enhancing a scene with 3D lights and cameras. The course explores integration between Photoshop and After Effects, including modeling 3D objects with Repoussé extrusions and creating dimensional still images, and offers tips on using the different Axis Modes and maintaining maximum quality in 3D. There's also a chapter dedicated to the ray-traced 3D renderer, introduced in After Effects CS6, which allows you to build 3D layers into your composites, with realistic motion blur, depth of field, and reflections.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 12 Tracking and KeyingIntermediateVideo(Length: 234 minutes) Explore how to use the motion tracker and stabilizer built into After Effects and shows how to handle a variety of shots. Author Chris Meyer leads a quick tour of the third-party software mocha and demonstrates the workflow for The Foundry's KEYLIGHT, both bundled with After Effects. The course also covers tracking a greenscreen shot with a handheld camera and replacing its background.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 13 Paint Roto and PuppetIntermediateVideo(Length: 202 minutes) In this course, Trish and Chris Meyer introduce a series of creative tools inside Adobe After Effects. The centerpiece is Paint, where Trish demonstrates how to use the Brush, Eraser, and Clone Stamp tools to draw on a layer, remove portions of it, or repeat elements around a composition. These tools can be used for artistic purposes as well as to repair problem areas in footage. Chris shows off the Puppet tools for distorting layers, and the incredible Roto Brush, introduced in After Effects CS6, which allows you to separately define foreground and background elements so that you can replace backgrounds and selectively add special effects.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 14 Shape LayersIntermediateVideo(Length: 140 minutes) In this course, author Chris Meyer shows how to create and animate vector-based artwork directly inside Adobe After Effects. The course covers the ins and outs of working with shape layers, including creating shape paths, applying shape effects, and reordering shape operators. The course also contains a series of exercises on creating common motion graphics elements using shape layers.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 15 Creating a Sports Opening TitleIntermediateVideo(Length: 201 minutes) This course pulls together the skills you've been learning in the previous After Effects Apprentice installments to create a real-world video promo. Trish leads you through building the artwork and components used in the final piece, and then Chris shows how to assemble these precompositions into a 3D world, timed to music. Along the way, Trish and Chris also share their thoughts as they design a video project, including unifying the overall look and handling change requests from clients.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 16 Creating a Medical Opening TitleIntermediateVideo(Length: 210 minutes) This project-oriented course leads you through the creative and technical process of building an opening title sequence from scratch in Adobe After Effects. Author Chris Meyer shows how to pull together numerous skills you've learned in the other After Effects Apprentice courses, from working in 3D space to creating type and shape layers to writing expressions. Along the way, Chris lets you in on the mental process he uses when creating similar spots for real-world clients, while sharing numerous tips that will help broaden your After Effects skills.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 17 Video Walls in Cinema 4D LiteIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 117 minutes) Want to play video against "walls" or other objects in your After Effects animations? You need to learn how to map video to 3D space. Although After Effects supports 3D, its native implementation is rather limited. Fortunately, After Effects CC comes bundled with the 3D application CINEMA 4D Lite and a pipeline to integrate its output directly into the After Effects timeline. In this first of three project-oriented courses for C4D beginners, After Effects expert Chris Meyer shows you how to map video into the face of a 3D object, and then composite animated 3D text over it in After Effects.These courses are designed for users who are familiar with 3D space in After Effects, but who have never used CINEMA 4D. This course includes an overview of the C4D Lite user interface, as well as setup information you need to know whenever you use live C4D layers in After Effects. A bonus chapter shows how to set up a C4D Lite and After Effects scene to maximize production efficiency—and minimize render times.Look for the upcoming courses After Effects Apprentice 18 and 19 for more C4D Lite projects.04/27/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 18 3D Text Cinema 4D LiteIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 79 minutes) After Effects CC comes bundled with the 3D application CINEMA 4D Lite. But many new users are intimidated by 3D space. After Effects Apprentice offers three training courses just for C4D beginners. In this installment, After Effects expert Chris Meyer shows you how to create, extrude, and animate 3D text in C4D Lite, and believably composite it over a 2D background inside After Effects. The tutorials cover creating 3D text from scratch, animating with effectors, texture mapping and lighting the text, working with 3D cameras, and rendering. Chris also shows a workflow for extruding Illustrator artwork for animation.The first course in the series, After Effects Apprentice 17, includes an overview of the C4D Lite user interface, as well as important setup information you need to know whenever you use live C4D layers in After Effects. We recommend you watch it first if you have no prior experience with C4D.04/27/2016
After Effects Apprentice: 19 Motion Tracking with Cinema 4D LiteIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 48 minutes) Learning After Effects? Take your skills to the next dimension: 3D. After Effects CC comes bundled with the 3D application CINEMA 4D Lite and a pipeline to integrate its output directly into the After Effects timeline. In this course for C4D beginners, After Effects expert Chris Meyer shows you how to track and extract the camera move and ground plane from already shot footage, and add a 3D model—complete with lighting and shadows—to the scene. These project-based lessons are a great way to familiarize yourself with C4D motion tracking and layers.The first course in the series, After Effects Apprentice 17, includes an overview of the C4D Lite user interface, as well as important setup information you need to know whenever you use live C4D layers in After Effects. We recommend you watch it first if you have no prior experience with C4D.05/20/2016
After Effects Artist in Action: Eran Stern's Broadcast DesignIntermediateVideo, video2brainAfter Effects(Length: 203 minutes) Work along with motion graphics artist Eran Stern in this course, as he uses After Adobe Affects and Illustrator to create a TV broadcast promo from concept to design. Eran shows how to build compelling broadcast graphics, tell a short story with huge impact, and create a graphic package for a special sports event by harnessing the power of simulation effects, 3D spheres, and live footage. The course also offers tips on building a matching color scheme for your video, creating 3D titles, and much more.04/26/2016
After Effects Artist in Action: Eran Stern's Personal TransporterIntermediateVideo, video2brainAfter Effects(Length: 176 minutes) In this one-of-a-kind workshop, motion graphics artist Eran Stern shares techniques for using Adobe After Effects to create an eye-grabbing sci-fi visual effect. Follow along as Eran takes a homemade video shot, prepares it for high-end postproduction, and uses a combination of tools in After Effects to achieve a complex, realistic visual effect. The course covers tracking, masking, and effects, as well as how to animate strokes, repeat elements, and fix problem areas in your footage.04/26/2016
After Effects Breakdowns: N-Trig CommercialIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Particular, Form, Plexus(Length: 131 minutes) Get a glimpse behind the scenes of a real-world commercial made with After Effects. This course is for artists who are familiar with After Effects and want to better understand advanced techniques, design concepts, and approaches to complex projects.The featured product is the N-trig pen, a digital pen that "draws the line from idea to technology." You will reverse engineer the finished project to understand the practical steps and creative decisions the filmmakers made along the way.Eran Stern shows how to decode a client brief, present design concepts for signoff, create previsualizations and animatics, and then transition the design to After Effects. Many of the effects, such as dust layers, streaks of light, and geometric lines, are achieved using some of Eran's favorite third-party plugins (Particular, Form, and Plexus). The lessons are full of practical examples for broadcast television as well as online distribution. Along the way, Eran weaves in tips, shortcuts, and professional techniques that will amaze both veteran After Effects users and new motion graphics artists.04/27/2016
After Effects Breakdowns: Social Tech InfographicsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Illustrator, Particular, Newton, Animation Composer(Length: 104 minutes) After Effects Breakdowns is for artists who want to better understand advanced techniques, design concepts, and approaches to complex motion graphics projects. The infographics-driven video in this installment, designed for the nonprofit organization Com.unity, explains how social tech is designed to solve large-scale social problems, such as obesity, accessibility, and car accidents. Watch Eran Stern reverse engineer the finished project using his favorite tools: After Effects and a few third-party plugins (Animation Composer, Particular, and Newton).Eran shows how to decode a client brief, perform storyboarding in Illustrator, and then transition the design to After Effects for animation. Along the way, he weaves in tips, shortcuts, and professional techniques that will amaze both veteran After Effects users and new motion graphics artists.04/27/2016
After Effects CC 2013 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 891 minutes) Delve into the world of motion graphics, keying, and compositing in After Effects CC. In this course, Ian Robinson lays out six foundations for becoming proficient with After Effects, including concepts such as layers, keyframe animation, and working with 3D. To help you get up and running with the program, the course begins with a project-based chapter on creating an animated graphic bumper. Next, explore the role layers play in compositions and find out how to add style to your projects using effects and graphic elements. Last, see how to build 3D objects with CINEMA 4D Lite, as well as stabilize footage, solve for 3D cameras, and paint in graphics with the Reverse Stabilization feature.04/26/2016
After Effects CC 2013 New FeaturesBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 231 minutes) Veteran After Effects user Chris Meyer shares real-world production and workflow advice as he demonstrates the newest features in Adobe After Effects CC. Chris reviews the streamlined connection to MAXON CINEMA 4D and the Refine Edge tool for creating mattes around hair and other partially transparent areas, and reveals how to get more accurate tracks and stabilizations with Reverse Stabilization and ground planes. He also reviews the upgraded Warp Stabilizer and 3D Camera Tracker and important new usability features such as layer snapping.The September 2013 update brought the new Rigid Mask Tracker, as well as additional ways to scale up footage cleanly, while the highlight of the December 2013 update was the ability to convert parametric shape layers to Bézier paths, and Bézier paths into shape layers. The NAB 2014 update shows off important new integration with Adobe Premiere Pro and Typekit, as well major updates to effects. Smaller yet still important new and enhanced features in each release are also touched on throughout. As always, Chris doesn't just show you where these new features are, but how to apply them to your own projects, along with preferred working practices and potential gotchas.Note: This course was created and produced by Chris and Trish Meyer. We are honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects CC 2015 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 583 minutes) After Effects CC Essential Training covers all of the fundamentals required to get new video editors and mograph artists up to speed with this powerful program. The first two chapters explore the key concepts, terminology, and interface of After Effects, and break down the six foundations of After Effects mastery—compositions, layers, animation, effects, 3D, and rendering. Follow-up chapters introduce a variety of real-world projects designed to reinforce the skills you've learned, such as:Building graphics such as lower thirds, logos, and credit rollsRepairing and retiming videoKeying green-screen footageRotoscopingAnimating a 3D logoMotion trackingYour guide, Ian Robinson, wraps up the course with some project management techniques that will help you merge projects from multiple editors, and get you in the habit of archiving completed work.04/27/2016
After Effects CC 2015 New FeaturesBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 137 minutes) Adobe After Effects CC 2015 brings significant breakthroughs in performance and shared workflows—and in this course, master user Chris Meyer will show you how to put them to work in real-world situations. After Effects has been rewired underneath the hood to be more responsive, including a new preview scheme optimized for those with an editing background. Creative Cloud Libraries were also introduced in the CC 2015 release, as well as face tracking technology thanks to Adobe Character Animator, which is now bundled with the program. With over 20 years experience using After Effects, Chris Meyer demonstrates these and other changes using real-world examples, including how to work around the inevitable shortcomings and gotchas.Check back often for updates. New chapters will be added each time Adobe releases a major After Effects update.04/27/2016
After Effects CC 2017 Essential Training: Editors and PostBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 232 minutes) In this course, Alan Demafiles covers the core aspects of After Effects commonly used in editing and post production: masks, shapes, type, logos, stills, animating, rendering, and exporting. To begin, Alan compares After Effects to Premiere Pro so you can see the similarities and differences. Then he dives into hands-on demonstrations of how to limit effects with masks, create elements with shape layers, use text templates, animate a logo, and create a 3D type extrusion. Next he shows you how to work with imported pictures, create a Z-space camera montage, change the speed of animations, and more. He wraps up by walking through outputting steps and then kicks off a challenge exercise where you can put your skills into practice.02/14/2017
After Effects CC 2017 Essential Training: Motion GraphicsBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 241 minutes) Get up and running with After Effects CC 2017. Although this is an introductory course, if you're brand new to After Effects, check out After Effects CC 2017 Essential Training: The Basics; in that course, instructor Mark Christiansen starts from the very beginning, introducing you to the interface and other basic concepts to help you understand what After Effects is, and how it's used in a variety of workflows. In this course, Alan Demafiles covers all of the main aspects of this program, providing you with a solid foundation for using this tool in a motion graphics context. To begin, Alan breaks down After Effects into six foundations, each of which serve as the basis for subsequent course chapters. He covers how shape layers offer some of the power of Illustrator vector tools right in After Effects, and shares basic animation techniques like creating looped animation with expressions. In addition, he also touches on the program's powerful Type tool and shows you how adding type animators can make unique text manipulation possible. He wraps up the course with a project-based chapter that helps reinforce your new skills and provides you with valuable workflow tips.01/31/2017
After Effects CC 2017 Essential Training: The BasicsBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 84 minutes) After Effects CC is powerful, versatile, and complex. But if you need to learn it for the first time, it helps to break down the program into its very basics. This course is designed to help absolute beginners understand the fundamental concepts and techniques that make After Effects the flagship motion graphics and compositing application—without bogging you down with too many options or theories. In the first chapter, instructor Mark Christiansen shows the simplest way to guide a shot from start to finish through the program, working with its most popular features: the Timeline, layers, keyframes, effects, and the Render Queue. The second chapter features a short motion project that shows how all the tools come together in a real-world workflow. Start here to learn everything you need to get up and running with After Effects CC 2017.12/27/2016
After Effects CC 2017 New FeaturesBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 88 minutes) Find out what the latest update to After Effects CC has in store for VFX and motion graphic artists. This update is part of the Creative Cloud 2017 overhaul, and offers exciting new performance improvements (like instant preview) and workflow enhancements, including markers with durations, one-click Adobe Media Encoder queues, and freeze frames for final frames. Instructor Mark Christiansen also shows how to use new features to find missing fonts by syncing with Typekit, create luminance-based alpha channels using Red Giant's Unmult plugin as an animation preset, render compositions with the built-in CINEMA 4D renderer, and collaborate more effectively than ever with After Effects team projects.The November 2016 release is just the first of many for After Effects CC 2017. Mark will update the course as soon as new features are released. Check back often for new tutorials.11/08/2016
After Effects CC 2017: VFX Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 215 minutes) Learn how to create stunning visual effects with one of the most widely-used and highly-regarded compositing applications on the market—Adobe After Effects CC 2017. Although this is an introductory course, if you're brand new to After Effects, check out After Effects CC 2017 Essential Training: The Basics; in that course, instructor Mark Christiansen starts from the very beginning, introducing you to the interface and other basic concepts to help you get up and running with the popular program.In this course, Alan Demafiles dives into the fundamentals you need to start creating visual effects with After Effects CC 2017. Discover how to work with green screen footage, use rotoscoping to separate foreground from background, track footage, and add your own 3D elements to a scene. Learn how to use particles to create fire, use noise to replace the sky, and more. In the final, project-based chapter, reinforce your new skills by putting techniques into practice using real-world scenarios.02/22/2017
After Effects CC 2018 Essential Training: Motion GraphicsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 251 minutes) After Effects can do many things, but if you're a motion designer, you're into After Effects for its motion graphics capabilities. This course concentrates on the tools and techniques you need to make amazing motion designs in Adobe After Effects CC 2018. First, explore shape layers and paths, the foundations of effective vector-based compositions. Then learn different methods of animation, including manually animating with keyframes, leveraging the Graph Editor, changing speed with time remapping, motion sketching, and looping with expressions. Next is compositing, which allows you combine visual elements from separate sources, as well as mask out areas of an effect. Then learn how to set and animate type, and get an introduction to 3D. The last step is rendering your project for your final destination. Instructor Alan Demafiles—a leading After Effects trainer—closes with some tips on building an effective workflow that maximizes your creative freedom and efficiency.01/22/2018
After Effects CC 2018 Essential Training: The BasicsBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 123 minutes) If you need to learn Adobe After Effects for the first time, it helps to break the program down to the basics. This course is designed to help absolute beginners understand the fundamental concepts and techniques that make After Effects such a powerful motion graphics and compositing application. It's a big-picture type of training course, designed to inform and inspire. In chapter one, instructor Mark Christiansen covers the six foundations of After Effects: building compositions, working with layers, animating with the Timeline, adding effects, designing in 3D, and rendering. The second chapter presents a short motion project that shows how all the tools come together in a real-world workflow.01/22/2018
After Effects CC 2018 New FeaturesBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 112 minutes) Adobe After Effects CC 2018 offers new features that can enhance your VFX and motion graphics workflow. In this course, explore the major new additions to After Effects—including the latest version, 15.1, introduced in April 2018—and discover how to leverage them in your post-production process. Mark Christiansen provides a hands-on look at this update, showing how to edit keyboard shortcuts visually, create nulls from paths, automate motion with data-driven animation, use master properties to animate nested compositions, build smoother deformations with the Advanced Puppet tool, and more. In addition, he explains how to work with immersive video and customize your VR pipeline.To keep you up-to-date on the latest additions to After Effects CC 2018, Mark will update the course when new features are released.01/22/2018
After Effects CC 2018: Editors and Post Essential TrainingIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 232 minutes) In this course, Alan Demafiles covers the core aspects of After Effects commonly used in editing and post production: masks, shapes, type, logos, stills, animating, rendering, and exporting. To begin, Alan compares After Effects to Premiere Pro so you can see the similarities and differences. Then he dives into hands-on demonstrations of how to limit effects with masks, create elements with shape layers, use text templates, animate a logo, and create a 3D type extrusion. Next he shows you how to work with imported pictures, create a Z-space camera montage, change the speed of animations, and more. He wraps up by walking through outputting steps and then kicks off a challenge exercise where you can put your skills into practice.01/22/2018
After Effects CC 2018: VFX Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 260 minutes) Learn how to create stunning visual effects with one of the most widely-used and highly-regarded compositing applications on the market—Adobe After Effects CC. In this course, Alan Demafiles dives into the fundamentals you need to start creating visual effects (VFX) with After Effects. Discover how to build accurate masks and keys, use rotoscoping to separate foreground from background, perform motion and camera tracking, and add your own 3D elements to a scene. Learn how to use effects such as particles and noise to create fire, replace the sky, and more. Then dive into the world of virtual reality as Alan explores the immersive VR and 360-degree video features introduced in After Effects CC 2018. In the final project-based chapter, you can reinforce your new skills by putting techniques into practice with a real-world challenge.07/06/2018
After Effects Compositing: 1 Intro to VFXIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 60 minutes) Visual effects have gone from a secret craft to a well-known career path, and with today's software, and the right tutorials, anyone can make high-quality VFX. The After Effects Compositing Essentials series is designed to help mograph artists of any level master techniques such as matching, tracking, keying, and rotoscoping. This course is your introduction to the series: part tutorial and part inspiration. Mark Christiansen introduces the seven essential compositing techniques and some bonus tips to help enhance drama, correct color, and create transparency. He also explains the art of storytelling with VFX, and how the pros use After Effects to create convincing movie magic.04/26/2016
After Effects Compositing: 2 Matching Foreground to BackgroundIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 119 minutes) Creating a moving shot that is made up of disparate elements and looks as though it was taken all at once, with a single camera, is the very core of visual effects compositing. To make the effect look natural, compositors also need a deep understanding of how to match color, light, and phenomena specific to the camera, including grain and depth of field. Matching requires no special knack; for example, you can learn to effectively match color even if you have trouble seeing color accurately. So join Mark Christiansen, as he teaches you how to composite 2D or 3D foreground objects to a background scene with After Effects and seamlessly match light, color, depth of field, and noise, so that every element looks natural.This course was created by Mark Christiansen. We're honored to host this training in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Compositing: 3 Advanced Matching and LooksIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 129 minutes) Compositing is all about matching, and in this course we go beyond the fundamentals of matching foreground and background, into the realm of the truly cinematic. Learn how to use the Curves control to surpass what is possible with any other color-adjustment tool in After Effects. Discover how to match the full conditions of the shot as the camera sees it, including back lighting, lens distortion, and other lens and frame-rate artifacts. To make a shot or sequence that belongs in your movie, you need to know how to flatten the shot so that you can use tools such as Magic Bullet Mojo or Looks to make it look truly cinematic. But even beyond making it flat, it's best for it to have the full depth and response of color as we see it in the natural world, and that requires the use of 32-bit-per-channel HDR. And for maximum drama, you want to be able to play with time itself, and motion blur as well. In this course, Mark Christiansen takes you through all these scenarios and the next step in After Effects compositing: matching a shot and making it look not only realistic, but cinematic.04/26/2016
After Effects Compositing: 4 Color KeyingIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 127 minutes) Color keying, also known as chroma keying, lets you shoot a foreground scene and insert it into virtually any background; this can save you money and allow you to create shots that are impossible or highly dangerous to take as a single shot. For it to be effective, the key is in the details. In this course, Mark Christiansen shows how to produce feature-film-quality keys in After Effects that fit well within their new scenes, while retaining the subtle details—be they strands of hair or soft or translucent edges—that make the results believable.Beginning with a brief explanation of the keying process, Mark takes you through the steps involved in creating a perfect green-screen key: generating a rough matte, eliminating color spill and matte lines, and refining problematic edges. He shows how to work with Keylight and Primatte—two indispensable keying tools in After Effects—and explains when to use one over the other. And for times when green screen won't work, he shows how to generate high-contrast mattes, or luma keys, based on the luminance data in your footage. Last, learn about compression and how to prep a shot for keying.04/26/2016
After Effects Compositing: 5 Rotoscoping & EdgesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 118 minutes) So you've decided to rotoscope. Performing a "roto," an animated selection with masking and paint tools, is time consuming, but the result can be amazing. In this course, Mark Christiansen teaches you how to roto, and how not to roto, in After Effects. His technique relies on a mostly manual masking and painting process, but he also introduces some procedural tools, such as tracking, to make your job go faster. Learn how to build simple rotos and more advanced articulated rotos, replace missing or mismatched backgrounds, separate foreground action to visual effects, and make the results look more realistic with soft edges and motion blur. Mark also reveals techniques for painting with the Brush and Clone tools and tricks for working with the Roto Brush.04/26/2016
After Effects Compositing: 6 Tracking and StabilizationIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 124 minutes) Tracking is one of the most powerful ways to make your After Effects work more sophisticated, and one of the hardest to get right. The human eye has an uncanny ability to sense the accuracy of motion. But once you learn to take advantage of the automated 3D tracker, automated motion stabilizer, and 2D point tracker in After Effects—as well as third-party scripts and planar tracking with mocha—a world of possibilities is opened. Here, Mark Christiansen shows how to use the five different After Effects trackers, customizing them to work best in the situations that motion graphics artists encounter most often. He covers the fundamentals, as well as opportunities to think outside the box, especially when an automated approach won't work.04/26/2016
After Effects CS5 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 519 minutes) In After Effects CS5 Essential Training, author Chad Perkins discusses the basic tools, effects, and need-to-know techniques in Adobe After Effects CS5, the professional standard for motion graphics, compositing, and visual effects for video. The course provides an overview of the entire workflow, from import to export, as well as detailed coverage of each stage, including animating text and artwork, adding effects to compositions, working in 3D, and rendering and compressing footage. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
After Effects CS5.5 New FeaturesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 102 minutes) In this course,, visual effects guru Mark Christiansen covers the relevant new features of After Effects CS5.5, including the new Warp Stabilizer, 3D Stereoscopic workflow, and Lens Effects tools. The course also covers light falloff enhancements and workflow improvements in this release.04/28/2016
After Effects CS5.5: Motion Tracking and StabilizationIntermediateVideo, video2brainAfter Effects(Length: 98 minutes) In this workshop, Adobe Technical Support Lead Todd Kopriva shows you all of the ways that you can track motion in After Effects, either to stabilize the motion or to apply the motion to another object. Get up to speed on the new Warp Stabilizer effect, which makes stabilizing shaky handheld footage much easier than it was in the past. Plus, see how to use the point tracker, which is the best way to stabilize motion in After Effects CS5 and earlier, and is still useful for some purposes in After Effects CS5.5. Finally, Todd shows how to use the mocha plugin—which ships free with After Effects—for scenes that can't be effectively tracked using the point tracker.04/26/2016
After Effects CS5.5: New Creative TechniquesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 118 minutes) This course highlights some of the most exciting features in the latest release. These include enhanced 3D lights, cameras, and effects; the Warp Stabilizer; new stereoscopic tools; and the simplified audio workflow between Audition and After Effects. The course also includes bonus tips, "Tweaks for Geeks," on working more efficiently in After Effects, including searching, sorting, saving, and more. After Effects CS5.5 New Creative Techniques was created and produced by Trish and Chris Meyer. We are honored to host their material in the lynda.com Online Training Library®.04/28/2016
After Effects CS6 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 521 minutes) In this course, author Ian Robinson introduces Adobe After Effects CS6 and the world of animation, effects, and compositing. Chapter 1 introduces the six foundations of After Effects, which include concepts like layers, keyframes, rendering, and moving in 3D space. The rest of the course expands on these ideas, and shows how to build compositions with layers, perform rotoscoping, animate your composition with keyframes, add effects and transitions, and render and export the finished piece. Two real-world example projects demonstrate keying green screen footage and creating an advanced 3D composition with the expanded 3D toolset, an important addition to CS6.04/28/2016
After Effects CS6 New FeaturesBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 133 minutes) Get up to speed quickly with the new features in After Effects CS6. Join veteran After Effects user Chris Meyer as he explores the key enhancements to this industry standard visual effects and motion graphics software. Chris shares creative ideas and important production advice while covering the strengths of features such as memory optimization with the new global performance cache, 3D motion tracking with the 3D Camera Tracker, and the new 3D rendering engine for ray-traced 3D rendering.04/26/2016
After Effects CS6 New Features OverviewBeginnerVideo, video2brainAfter Effects(Length: 109 minutes) Adobe After Effects CS6 has lots of new and enhanced features in many areas of the program, from importing and compositing to effects and especially 3D animation. In this course, Adobe Technical Support Lead Todd Kopriva walks you through all of them, including extruded text and shapes, the ray-traced 3D renderer, the 3D camera tracker, fast previews, and variable-width mask feathering. Plus, learn about changes to performance and the user interface, and how these can affect your workflow.04/26/2016
After Effects Duik: Rigging & Animation ToolsAdvancedVideoAfter Effects, DUIK(Length: 307 minutes) Speed up your character rigging and animation workflows with Duik, the free script-based toolset for After Effects. Duik is known for its inverse kinematics (IK) rigging and animation tools, but it also can help you save time and add diversity to everyday motion graphics. Owen Lowery takes you on an in-depth tour of all the essential tools in Duik, studded with challenges to test your skills and mini-projects that show Duik in action. Learn how to rig characters with the IK tools, rig bones of puppet pin-based characters, animate a walk cycle, and control keyframe interpolation and speed. Plus, find out how Duik can extend 3D cameras and discover how to create traditional frame-by-frame animation with the Cel Animation tool. Owen also shows how to make a character rig dance, without adding a single keyframe!10/04/2016
After Effects Expressions for Premiere Pro EditorsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Premiere Pro(Length: 134 minutes) Expressions are an advanced feature of After Effects that many editors shy away from. The perception is that you need to be good at scripting to be able to use expressions. But basic expressions are easy to apply using simple point-and-click methods. They're incredibly useful for adding randomness to animation and effects, linking properties to synchronize animation, or even making effects react to music. After Effects Expressions for Premiere Pro Editors is a creative, project-based workshop. Editors take a basic Premiere Pro edit and bring it to life using After Effects expressions and Dynamic Link, following author Angie Taylor's expert instructions. The concepts are broken down into manageable 3–5 minute videos, covering techniques such as randomizing effects, linking animation and color to sound, automating animation, and more.04/27/2016
After Effects for UX DesignBeginnerWebAfter Effects(Length: 201 minutes) Learn a variety of techniques you can use to prototype motion and interactions using Adobe After Effects CC 2018. The course starts with a review of the AE interface, showing how to set up After Effects for working on UX projects. The course then covers how to prototype gestures and micro-interactions using animation tools; how to create and export an app with interaction previews for client and team reviews, and more.07/06/2018
After Effects Guru: Advanced Photoshop IntegrationAdvancedVideoAfter Effects(Length: 176 minutes) After Effects has a powerful toolset, but there are some things Photoshop just excels at. Namely, manipulating raw images, color, and perspective. If you're a Creative Cloud subscriber, you have access to the entire suite of applications. So why not take advantage of both toolsets? In this course, Rich Harrington shows video professionals how to fully integrate Photoshop into a variety of After Effects workflows, including repairing images and building new assets for motion graphics and video effects. Learn how to properly develop and then optimize raw files to increase performance in After Effects, and use Photoshop's advanced typographic controls. Find out how to use layer styles to add bevels, overlays, and glows, and correct lens distortion, chromatic aberration, and vignetting. Rich also introduces a unique use for Vanishing Point, which allows you to export 3D objects for parallax movements and virtual sets. Plus, discover how to save out depth mattes for backdrops and keying, and use the powerful Content-Aware tools for background plates, set extensions, or recomposing assets. There's a lot to learn! Start watching to incorporate Photoshop's advanced tools into your next After Effects project.10/25/2016
After Effects Guru: Advanced Photoshop TechniquesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Photoshop(Length: 132 minutes) Integrate Photoshop into your everyday video and animation workflows to save time, correct common video issues, and generate custom textures. After Effects guru Ian Robinson starts with the essentials: retouching, correcting color, and fixing distortion with Photoshop. Then he takes things further and shows how to prep still images in Photoshop for animation in After Effects. Next, learn how to use Photoshop to create environment maps that accurately reflect graphics when applied in After Effects or CINEMA 4D (C4D) Lite. In the last chapter you'll explore integrating Photoshop into a 3D production pipeline, making custom textures in Photoshop, and applying them via bump maps and normal maps in C4D Lite.04/27/2016
After Effects Guru: Animating InfographicsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 194 minutes) Learn how to animate infographics with Adobe After Effects! Many infographic elements begin life in applications like Illustrator, Photoshop, or PowerPoint. But these assets can be flat and boring; animation is what brings them to life. In this course, After Effects guru Ian Robinson covers animating charts and graphs with shape layers, layer masks, and stroke and text animators. He also shows how to use expressions to link animation between different graphic elements, build dynamic camera moves, and create some animated 3D infographics with CINEMA 4D Lite. To finish things off, he'll look at some third-party tools such as Cinema Spice Charts & Graphs for After Effects and aescripts, which help speed up some of the techniques you learned earlier in the course.05/20/2016
After Effects Guru: Animating LogosIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 82 minutes) This episode of After Effects Guru combines the powers of Adobe Photoshop, After Effects, and Illustrator to help you make polished logo animations for your clients. Learn how to use the Keyframe Assistant to build animations with multiple repeating elements, and animate with color, starting with grayscale values you'll use to generate different hues. Ian Robinson also provides some project-saving advice for what happens when you don't have access to the full-res version of a logo. Last, you'll learn about the best formats for outputting animated logo bugs and animations that contain transparency.This course was created and produced by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Animating TypographyIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 113 minutes) Many designers get their start in animation with the simple desire to create interesting type animation, but they don't know where to begin. Let an After Effects guru show you the path. Join Ian Robinson for an in-depth look at all of the different ways you can animate type in After Effects, from animation presets to animated cameras. Rather than focusing just on the buttons, Ian focuses on creating and adding movement that matches the meaning of the words. Follow along as he dives into the process for deciding which tool is best to use for each effect.This course was created by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: CC Market and LibrariesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 108 minutes) There's a world of possibilities in the market inside of the Adobe Creative Cloud. Take a look at the tools and assets available for After Effects in the CC Market and Libraries. Ian Robinson explores the vector graphics, patterns, textures, brushes, and even user interface extensions available inside the CC Market. Then he shows how to search for, download, and install assets and organize them in CC Libraries, which can be shared between all Creative Cloud programs. The final three chapters put the assets to work in multiple motion graphic projects, including an animated SVG and a short promo video, using After Effects, Photoshop, and Illustrator.12/06/2016
After Effects Guru: Character AnimatorIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoAfter Effects(Length: 139 minutes) Get up and running with Character Animator, the motion capture animation tool in After Effects CC. Character Animator can speed up your character-driven animation projects exponentially—eliminating keyframes and time-consuming dialog matching. AE Guru Ian Robinson starts you off by working with Character Animator templates. Then it's time to build characters with custom controls for animation, such as subpuppet attachment points and layer handles. Ian then shows how to drive animation with your mouse or touchscreen device, and control facial expressions, mouth positions, and body parts like hands, arms, and legs. He even shows you how to map keystrokes to drive animation in real time with body and head rotation or advanced physics simulations. Lastly, he reviews puppet behaviors for smoothing and transforming character motion, and shows how to refine, edit, and export recordings. The final output from Character Animator can be rendered with After Effects, Premiere Pro, or even Adobe Media Encoder.07/08/2017
After Effects Guru: Color Grading FootageBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 173 minutes) Whether you're looking to "fix it in post" or "make it pop," After Effects offers a wealth of tools for making both technical and artistic color enhancements to your footage. And this class has you covered. Rich Harrington introduces a basic workflow for getting a shot back to its best natural state, and then advanced techniques that allow you to push your footage a little further: converting it to black and white or adding creative color. Start now and learn how to make your video look its best within After Effects.This course was created by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this training in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Creating Presets and ControllersIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 89 minutes) How much time in your After Effects workflow do you spend applying simple key frames to layers in your composition, such as fade in and fade out? Wouldn't it be easier to save those effects as presets, so you don't have to recreate them? Follow Nick Harauz as he shows how to build presets that you can use in future projects. In this course, Nick explains how to create text presets, textures, and useful backgrounds. Plus, he looks at ways to control multiple layers in a project through expressions, null objects, and blending tricks. By the end of the course, you're equipped to develop your own library of presets, so that when you tackle your next After Effects project, you'll have an arsenal of custom effects and content that can help expedite your work.03/02/2017
After Effects Guru: Effects and Preset ManagementIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 150 minutes) In video, saving time on the simple tasks means you've got more energy left for the hard ones. Luckily, many effects and animations can be automated in After Effects, thanks to its robust effects and presets engine. In this course, you'll learn how to use existing presets, design custom effects and save them as presets, and save time with a variety of built-in animations that most users miss. Author Rich Harrington also shows how to install third-party presets, share and back up your presets, and organize them on your hard drive.04/27/2016
After Effects Guru: ExpressionsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 148 minutes) Expressions are an incredibly powerful feature in After Effects. They are a way to affect the values of properties using lines of code rather than keyframes. This makes expressions faster and cleaner than traditional animation techniques. In this course, author Luisa Winters demonstrates how to use expressions in Adobe After Effects. Watch and learn how to add and edit expressions, change dimensions like rate and value, and use variables to assign and change values globally. Plus, find out how to use the After Effects Expression Language menu and introduce randomness into expressions for more creative possibilities.10/18/2016
After Effects Guru: Faster Previews and RenderingIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 117 minutes) Every After Effects user can use more time. After Effects gurus make more time. As you build motion graphics and special effects, your computer has to work hard. The choices you make greatly impact how long your computer takes to render projects and the results you get. In this course, Rich Harrington teaches some important strategies to render faster and work less, and get more power and responsiveness from the RAM and cache settings in After Effects. This includes selective previews, temporary quality reductions, and proxy files. Start now, and get more work done and get home sooner.This course was created and produced by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Integrating Type into VideoIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 156 minutes) Discover how to combine text and video in After Effects in order to create visually stunning scenes. In this course, Eran Stern builds four different trailers that showcase impressive type effects. Along the way, he demos a handful of advanced techniques, from tracking, rotoscoping, and parenting to generating 3D effects and 3D extruded text to make your type look its best. After watching this course, you'll be able to create impressive promos, trailers, and openers that will stand out from the rest.04/27/2016
After Effects Guru: Integrating Type into Video Volume 2IntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 198 minutes) Discover new ways to combine text and video in After Effects and create more visually stunning scenes. This course, the second volume of Eran Stern's Integrating Type into Video series, features four unique type treatments that integrate text directly with the action on screen. Watch and learn how to explode text, create liquid text, map text to moving objects, and animate type in Z space. Along the way, Eran demos a handful of advanced techniques, from tracking, rotoscoping, and particles to distortion and camera effects. After watching this course, you'll be able to create impressive promos, trailers, and openers that will stand out from the rest.07/19/2016
After Effects Guru: Keyframe AssistantsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 155 minutes) Explore the tools in After Effects that help with the animation "between" the animation: keyframe assistants. These features help speed up repetitive tasks and add style to animations. This course starts with the basics: using the Keyframe Assistant tool itself to control the appearance, sequence, and timing of multiple layers within a single pre-composition. Then you'll move into very refined, keyframe-specific adjustments using a few different tools: Convert Audio to Keyframes, the Wiggler, ease adjustments, and expressions. In the final chapter, author Ian Robinson explores some very helpful third-party assistants like LayerMonkey, MotionMonkey, PlaneSpace, and Ecospace to speed up your day-to-day workflow.04/27/2016
After Effects Guru: Keying with KeylightIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 63 minutes) Keylight is a powerful keyer turned After Effects plugin. It was developed for use in features films and is now available with every copy of After Effects. In this course, Luisa Winters helps you understand what keying is, how Keylight works, and how to get the best green-screen footage from your shoot while in production. Then she demonstrates basic keying and techniques for refining mattes, using masks, and correcting color. Use these tips to create your own amazing composites in After Effects. It all starts with a great key!10/18/2016
After Effects Guru: Mastering the TimelineIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 114 minutes) Even if you've already established an After Effects workflow that suits you, exploring overlooked features and shortcuts can only help you work more efficiently with this powerful application. In this course, learn tips for creating a fast and efficient motion graphics workflow in the After Effects timeline-leaving you with more time for creativity. This installment of After Effects Guru reveals time-saving features for navigating to specific timecodes, adjusting keyframes, changing layer behavior, working with layer modes, and using composition markers.02/08/2018
After Effects Guru: Mastering the Timeline (2013)IntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 68 minutes) In this course, Rich Harrington offers tips for creating a fast and efficient motion graphics workflow in the After Effects timeline—leaving you with more time for creativity. This installment of After Effects Guru reveals time-saving features for navigating to specific timecodes, adjusting keyframes, changing layer behavior and applying effects with switches, and using markers to annotate your projects.This course was created by Rich Harrington. We are honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Plugins You Should KnowIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 286 minutes) Join Nick Harauz as he takes you through some of the options available to enhance your motion graphics workflow. Start by looking at what's already in After Effects and discover what else becomes available when looking beyond the After Effects hood. Find out what third-party plugins can do for your workflow and when these might come in handy on your next AE project. This course explores major plugin packages, advanced options, and more.01/17/2017
After Effects Guru: Templates for Premiere Pro and After EffectsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 128 minutes) Video editors look to enhance their projects by using motion graphic templates to spice up their work. In this course, learn how to work with and create After Effects text templates that you can modify later in Adobe Premiere Pro. Nick Harauz breaks down how complicated templates are designed, and how to get more comfortable with tweaking them. Plus, he shows how to create your own mosaic template to update inside of Premiere.This course was created by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/27/2017
After Effects Guru: Time-Based EffectsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 105 minutes) One of the ways to add drama to video and animation is the manipulation of time. In this course Eran Stern shows different ways to control time in After Effects, from basic linear changes through time remapping and time warp. He'll review all the effects in the Time category and explore real-life usages of each one. He also examines methods to add synthetic motion blur, and use time-related effects to achieve unique effects such as morph, echo, and strobe. At the end you'll be able to use these techniques to add magical visual effects to your videos, titles, and motion graphics.04/27/2016
After Effects Guru: Time-Lapse 3D Motion and CompositingIntermediatePhotography, VideoAfter Effects(Length: 105 minutes) Having a solid understanding of how compositing works—and what can be achieved in After Effects—can alter your overall approach to shooting time lapses. In this course, Keith Kiska demonstrates how to effectively apply 3D motion and compositing effects in After Effects to create superior time-lapse shots. Keith explains how to add dynamic movement to static shots, and goes over how to add or remove elements from your shots. He also shares helpful methods for compositing layered shots by adding skies, composing stylized text into your time-lapse shots, and creating HyperZoom time lapses.11/22/2017
After Effects Guru: Tracking Cameras and Stabilizing FootageIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 143 minutes) Whether it's removing camera shake or tracking a camera's movement, After Effects has you covered. You can apply a variety of techniques to smooth out the camera movement in a shot, using the After Effects Warp Stabilizer VFX effect, and track the camera to add objects into a scene realistically. Rich Harrington shows you how in this installment of After Effects Guru.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Using Generator EffectsBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 113 minutes) Generator effects can be used to solve many problems when creating motion graphics and VFX projects—and to add unique creative twists you can't replicate with other After Effects tools. In this course, author Ian Robinson shows how to use generator effects to attach multiple layers, create animated glints and highlights, achieve better blended composites, and more. Follow along as he introduces a variety of next-level mograph techniques for creating interesting backgrounds, repeating graphic elements, and applying 2D and 3D type treatments, and walks through a complete map-based infographic generated with effects like Grid, Stroke, Vegas, Write-on, and Radio Waves.10/25/2016
After Effects Guru: Work Faster and Boost PerformanceIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 178 minutes) Every Adobe After Effects user could benefit from having more time at their disposal. As you build motion graphics and special effects, your computer has to work hard. The choices you make greatly impact how long your computer takes to build these effects, as well as the results you'll ultimately get. In this course, learn important strategies that can help you render faster and work less. Explore how to use render settings templates and output modules, render with Adobe Media Encoder, create and save RAM previews, set up a network render, and more.07/06/2018
After Effects Guru: Working with 3D in C4D LiteIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoAfter Effects(Length: 89 minutes) After Effects Guru helps you dig deep into advanced After Effects options and techniques. This first installment focuses on the new CINEMA 4D (C4D) Lite plugin—a slimmed down version of MAXON's 3D modeling program offered with After Effects CC—and the exciting ways the two programs integrate.Author Ian Robinson walks through the basics of using C4D Lite and moving between C4D and After Effects. Learn to match your frame rates and project settings, create 3D type and other models, apply materials, add animation, and output your project for compositing in After Effects. Covering the basic linear workflow, this course is the perfect introduction for the experienced After Effects artist who's new to the C4D workflow.This course was created by Ian Robinson and produced by Rich Harrington. We are honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Working with Photoshop FilesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Photoshop(Length: 119 minutes) Photoshop is well suited for creating initial concept boards, storyboarding, and preparing elements for animation in After Effects. By doing this prep work in Photoshop, you can save precious render time later in the animation process. In this course, After Effects guru Ian Robinson shows how use channels and masks to isolate selected elements from stills. He also creates storyboards in Photoshop and optimizes those documents to speed up the next step in the process: animation in After Effects. Plus, learn how to create depth mattes, correct lens distortion and sharpen video using Photoshop's video editing capabilities, and use the data sets modular workflow to speed up creation of repetitive elements like lower thirds.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Working with VectorsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Illustrator, Photoshop(Length: 74 minutes) Join Ian Robinson for a closer look at all of the different ways to animate vector graphics in Adobe After Effects. But rather than focusing on just the tools native to After Effects, he explores why you should consider integrating Photoshop and Illustrator into your vector motion-graphics workflow. Learn about time-saving vector creation tools native to each application, from the Custom Shape tool in Photoshop to the Blend tool in Illustrator. Ian also shows how to tie all of these elements together while exploring how to import and animate vectors in After Effects with shape layers and the dynamic effects Stroke and Vegas.This course was created and produced by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Hidden GemsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 311 minutes) Adobe After Effects has been developed continuously for over 20 years now, meaning there are a lot of potentially useful tricks, shortcuts, and features hiding in there that you might not be aware of. Chris and Trish Meyer have used After Effects since version 1.0, making them the perfect duo to unearth these gems, polish them off, and share them with you. But this isn't some trivia contest; these are features you can put to work to save you time and learn more about what this deep motion graphics and visual effects program can do. Features that have been lurking for years will be intermixed with new ones introduced in the latest releases.04/27/2016
After Effects Scripts & Tips: 1 Animation TechniquesAdvancedVideoAfter Effects(Length: 211 minutes) Discover tactics, tricks, and workarounds that can make working in After Effects easier and more fun. Owen Lowery introduces various free scripts that you can install for better functionality and faster workflow, discusses animation and design theory, and shows simple, effective ways to put that theory into practice. He guides you through several solutions to the kinds of common problems that new After Effects users tend to run into. Plus—as this course doesn't build from lesson to lesson—you can dive into whichever topic piques your interest.07/08/2017
After Effects Scripts & Tips: 2 Design Theory & AnimationAdvancedVideoAfter Effects(Length: 235 minutes) After Effects Scripts & Tips explores the best free third-party scripts, along with tactics, tricks, and workarounds, that make working in After Effects easier, more productive, and much more fun. In this course, instructor Owen Lowery focuses on a the design theories of contrast, repetition, alignment, and proximity (C.R.A.P.) and shows simple, effective ways to put that theory into practice. Learn about color management and how the underlying meaning of colors impact your design. Discover innovative ways to incorporate typography and custom fonts. Find out how to align 3D objects, integrate logo designs into projects, animate text, and more. The lessons aren't linear, so feel free to jump around and explore whatever scripts and tips are most interesting to you.07/08/2017
After Effects Tips and Techniques: Compositing and EffectsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 133 minutes) Get the most out of After Effects, with Eran Stern's After Effects Tips and Techniques. The aim of the series is to help you increase productivity by learning new shortcuts, hidden gems, and overlooked effects. In this part you'll learn how to overcome problems when compositing layers and matching shots, and explore a few "recipes" for popular effects. Discover how to key smoke and water, preserve transparency, match color, and create fun and popular effects such as film flash and "fake" camera tracking.04/26/2016
After Effects Tips and Techniques: Rendering and ExportingIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 146 minutes) Get the most out of After Effects, with Eran Stern's After Effects Tips and Techniques. This installment is dedicated to rendering: increasing the quality and speed of your final export, as well as the RAM previews and prerenders you generate along the way. Eran shows how to optimize your system settings, addresses issues like flickering and upscaling, and introduces production-ready workflows that will increase your productivity and speed up interactions with complex projects.04/26/2016
After Effects Tips and Techniques: Shapes, Text Masks, and Path EffectsBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 180 minutes) Get the most out of your motion graphics workflow with After Effects Tips and Techniques, the series that introduces new shortcuts, hidden gems, and overlooked effects to experienced After Effects artists. In this course you'll learn how to make the most out of shapes, masks, text, and path effects: some of the most flexible and design-friendly elements of the software. Eran Stern shows how to scale these elements, add effects to path outlines, extrude artwork in 3D space, and incorporate numbers and expressions in your effects.04/26/2016
After Effects Tips and Techniques: Shortcuts, Navigation, and Project ManagementBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 185 minutes) Get the most out of After Effects, with Eran Stern's After Effects Tips and Techniques. The aim of the series is to help you discover new shortcuts, hidden features, and overlooked effects, and use them to increase your productivity. In this part, you'll learn how to customize the interface, display only what you need to see, and quickly navigate across the Timeline, as well as organize your project and avoid surprises when sending it to another user.04/26/2016
After Effects: 3D TypographyIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 310 minutes) There are many options for creating 3D text in After Effects, including After Effects' own ray-traced 3D feature, third-party plugins, scripts, and now CINEMA 4D Lite. But which one is best for you?In this course, motion graphics veteran Eran Stern discusses the options and their pros and cons. He'll also compare 2D and 3D typography, and discuss techniques to ensure your work looks great and your message is clear. Plus, learn about tools that behave like subsoftware inside After Effects, allowing you to create stunning 3D text faster than ever before. From built-in tools to advanced third-party plugins, such as Element 3D, BCC Units, and Invigorator Pro, this is your chance to find out which one suits your needs and budget.04/26/2016
After Effects: Advanced Compositing Tracking and Roto TechniquesAdvancedVideo, video2brainAfter Effects(Length: 129 minutes) In this workshop Jeff Foster—video producer, compositor, visual effects artist, and author of The Green Screen Handbook—teaches you the advanced tips, tricks, and workflow techniques he's used over the years to get great video/film composites, even when working with near-impossible footage. Learn advanced roto-painting techniques for the Wacom tablet and get up to speed on motion tracking, multipass mattes, multiple keying layers, simulated lighting effects, painting on video background plates, and more. Finally, Jeff shows how to apply what you've learned to a series of real-world projects in Adobe After Effects.04/26/2016
After Effects: Bouncing Animated 3D SphereAdvancedVideoAfter Effects(Length: 113 minutes) Well-done motion graphics have the ability to add interest to even the driest subject matter. In this course, learn how to leverage the 3D options in Adobe After Effects to create a bouncing animated sphere that can make your motion graphics project stand out. To familiarize you with the technical aspects of creating and animating this sphere, Ran Ben Avraham takes you through his creative workflow. He demonstrates how to create a basic sphere, create squash and stretch animation, prepare your sphere for animation, and animate it.This is a project-based learning experience. Each step of the process is rich with object lessons that are applicable to the variations that a motion design and compositing artist will face in the real world.07/06/2018
After Effects: Creating Project TemplatesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 167 minutes) Mograph designers and artists are always looking for new templates—and they're often willing to pay for them. Building template-based projects in After Effects is also a great way to earn extra income while improving your design skills. In this course, you'll create a working project template in After Effects and prepare it for sale. You'll learn how to build the project from flexible shape layers and text layers, adding some effects along the way. You'll also find out how to set up the project to make it easy for other designers to make changes to the color, text, and animation, and customize the project to suit their needs. Author Angie Taylor also shows the best ways to save and package template projects for web delivery or for submission to Adobe's Creative Cloud Market.04/27/2016
After Effects: Principles of Motion GraphicsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 477 minutes) After Effects: Principles of Motion Graphics with Ian Robinson covers some of the core principles used to create motion graphics, breaking them down into smaller groups of applied techniques in After Effects. The course explores everything from gathering inspiration to integrating traditional typography, transitional elements, animated textures, color, and more into motion graphics. Instructions for building a toolkit with templates and a style guide for future projects are also included. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
After Effects: Rigging a Character Arm for AnimationIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoAfter Effects(Length: 27 minutes) Join Chad Perkins as he breaks down the process of creating, rigging, and animating the arm of a character in an opening title sequence in Adobe After Effects—a task traditionally performed using rigging or skeleton tools available in 3D programs. Instead, this short course shows animators how to use a combination of layers, parenting, and expressions in After Effects to create a similar effect. The course also covers parenting the arm component, picking up objects with the arm, and obscuring objects.04/28/2016
Agile at Work: Building Your Agile TeamIntermediateBusiness(Length: 64 minutes) Agile is becoming the preferred project management approach for fast-moving projects. At the heart of any agile project lies an agile team. In this course, the first in lynda.com's Agile at Work series, expert Doug Rose uses a sample project to show how to build your agile team. A team with an agile mindset is self-organized, collaborative, and accountable. He also outlines the common pitfalls inherent in the implementation: new teams need to watch for confusing their roles and understand the challenges with managing self-organized groups.LinkedIn Learning (Lynda.com) is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Agile at Work: Driving Productive Agile MeetingsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 69 minutes) Many new agile teams think flexibility in their meetings allows them to do whatever feels right. In reality, agile projects move more smoothly by running short, well-structured activities. Each activity is timeboxed, so the teams stay on track and work within a set time and agenda.In this course, agile expert Doug Rose outlines how to make agile meetings as productive as possible. He provides guidance on common activities such as release planning, daily stand-ups, sprint planning, and product demos. Throughout the course, learn about common meeting pitfalls and the challenges of keeping activities on track.Watch more courses in the Agile at Work series by visiting Doug Rose's landing page here on the site.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Agile at Work: Getting Better with Agile RetrospectivesIntermediateBusiness(Length: 71 minutes) An agile retrospective allows a team to continuously improve and get better together. This simple practice lets members step back from the day-to-day challenges with product delivery. Instead they focus on the team. "What are we doing well? What can we do better?" The answers to these questions help the team create a more agile mindset. They will be self-organized and more productive. Instead of a postmortem at the end of the project, they will have health checks throughout the project. In this course, agile expert Doug Rose outlines the five phases of a helpful retrospective: setting the right direction, getting all of the issues on the table, gathering insights from the team, making decisions, and finally, applying the changes. He uses starfish and PANCAKE diagrams to identify challenges and opportunities for process improvement, and shows how to close a retrospective with clear action items.Watch and learn agile project management techniques to assess your project today, and get back on track for tomorrow. Find more courses on agile project management in the Agile at Work series on Doug's author page.04/26/2016
Agile at Work: Planning with Agile User StoriesIntermediateBusiness(Length: 68 minutes) Agile project teams create short user stories as a way to plan out the work for upcoming sprints. In this course, agile expert Doug Rose shows how to write these user stories and prioritize them in the product backlog. He also shows how to avoid the most common pitfalls with agile project planning.Watch more Agile at Work courses on Doug's author page.04/26/2016
Agile at Work: Reporting with Agile Charts and BoardsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 61 minutes) Agile teams need a lightweight way to report their progress. Agile reports should be simple and easy to read, and radiate information across the room to the entire team. In this course, agile expert Doug Rose outlines a process for reporting on the progress of your agile project. He shows how to prioritize the product backlog, update the taskboard, and monitor the project's health with burndown charts. You'll also see the most common pitfalls, such as retrofitting and working with distributed teams. Bonus: Watch the bonus chapter at the end of this course where Doug answers common questions about the agile mindset, including what types of projects would be the best fit.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Agile Development PracticesIntermediateDeveloper(Length: 26 minutes) The agile methodology has become a staple in the software development industry for its rapid development capabilities, iterative workflow, and improved team dynamics. In this course, Harrison Ferrone covers agile practices aimed at addressing the complexities and limitations unique to mobile projects. He takes you from the concept and ideation phase all the way to continuous integration and deployment, highlighting best practices and efficient planning. By the end of this course, you will have a foundation for bringing agile into your development process and streamlining your existing project pipeline.LinkedIn Learning (Lynda.com) is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.09/13/2017
Agile Instructional DesignIntermediateEducation + Elearning(Length: 57 minutes) Many instructional design and development processes produce ineffective products, often accompanied by delayed timelines and cost overruns. Agile instructional design applies the SAM (Success Approximation Model) principles to training development, which results in meaningful and effective learning experiences that help the learner as well as meet the needs of stakeholders. In this course, Richard Sites explores how to apply an agile process to instructional design. Learn how to start savvy, document your ideas, prototype course content, build your design, and review your instruction for any missed opportunities. Dr. Sites also shows how to align your current process with SAM and become an effective leader of agile and iterative training and development projects.06/14/2016
Agile Marketing FoundationsIntermediateBusiness, Marketing(Length: 73 minutes) By adopting agile marketing principles, you can run projects that have a greater impact and improve over time. In this course, marketing expert Chris DallaVilla shares the relevant principles of agile marketing, and explains how to use this approach in your own organization. Chris goes over the core values of agile marketing, and shares different workflows that you can tailor to your organization. He also highlights how data plays an important role in validating your direction and strategy, as well as measuring results. Finally, he covers standard project management roles—and how they work in agile marketing—and shows how to create a backlog, plan sprints, and put together a marketing roadmap.01/22/2018
Agile New Product Development for ManufacturersIntermediateBusiness, CAD(Length: 110 minutes) Agile isn't just for software. It can also be applied in the creation of manufactured physical objects. Manufacturers who bring new products to market are under unique pressures. They must consider the time to market, health and safety, and the cost of materials—all while trying to deliver great products under tight deadlines. In this course, learn how to streamline your project pipeline by leveraging the agile project management methodology within the context of new product development. Discover where agile works best, how to prepare your team and organization to apply agile methods, and how to expand the use of agile for new product development. Upon wrapping up this course, you'll have a foundational understanding of how to use the agile methodology to quickly deliver high-quality results.07/06/2018
Agile Product Owner Role: FoundationsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 69 minutes) Learn what it takes to be the product owner on an agile project team. This course clarifies the role of the product owner and looks at the mindset, techniques, and competencies critical to being successful in the job. Angela Wick defines the typical collaborators, the product roadmap and minimum viable product, and your touch points in the agile workflow, including planning, prototyping, user research, sprints, and backlog refinement. Plus, learn about the average day in the life of a product owner and get clarity on common myths: that planning, a clear scope, and documentation get in the way of agile development.LinkedIn Learning (Lynda.com) is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.07/12/2016
Agile Product Owner Role: TechniquesBeginnerBusiness(Length: 84 minutes) If your agile projects result in the efficient creation of products that your customers adore, it's likely due to the first-rate product owner on your team. If this isn't the case—or if you just want to brush up on what this critical role entails—this course can help. Explore the responsibilities of the product owner, and learn some practical techniques that you can implement throughout the agile workflow. Discover how to use personas, story maps, and user stories to figure out what customers really need. Learn how to work with your team to create an agile product roadmap, and learn more about the role of the product owner in agile meetings.07/06/2018
Agile Project Management PrinciplesBeginnerBusiness(Length: 76 minutes) Agile project management allows you to produce smaller deliverables more frequently and efficiently, making it an excellent choice for teams that work in product development, programming, business analysis, and other collaborative areas. But it's a fragile process that requires the right scope, goals, and management. In this course, author and Project Management Professional Bob McGannon shows you the tools and techniques you need to successfully manage a project through the agile life cycle. Learn how to use agile for the right projects and then walk through the four major phases in the cycle, from scoping the work and designing your sprint structure to collecting requirements, managing the project without interfering in the rapid build process, adapting to feedback, and closing the project. In the bonus chapter, Bob discusses real-life challenges he has encountered running agile projects, giving you real-world perspective into the project life cycle.LinkedIn Learning (Lynda.com) is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Agile Project Management with Microsoft ProjectIntermediateBusinessProject(Length: 93 minutes) Learn how to use Microsoft Project to manage agile projects. Author Bonnie Biafore covers setting up agile projects for success, creating custom fields to track elements unique to the agile project method, such as features and sprints, and managing and updating agile task lists as work is completed. She also shows how to manage traditionally scheduled tasks and agile work side by side, track agile project progress, generate burndown reports, and determine your team's velocity.LinkedIn Learning (Lynda.com) is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
Agile Project Management: Comparing Agile ToolsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 178 minutes) Agile is an exciting way to quickly deliver higher-quality products to your customer. New agile tools are emerging every day. This course helps you compare the strengths and capabilities of several different agile software tools, including Microsoft Excel, Atlassian's JIRA, VersionOne, Microsoft's Team Foundation Server (TFS), CA Agile Central (formerly Rally), and Agility Health. You'll see the advantages of simple tools like spreadsheets versus more complex solutions like complete product management packages. This course helps project managers, software developers, and other professionals determine which tool is the best fit for their team. Agile expert Doug Rose provides a fast-paced tour and an unvarnished look at what some of the tools get right and what some get wrong. Doug concludes each section with suggested strategies for selecting the right tool for your team—always remembering that no tool should ever overshadow the core values outlined in the agile manifesto. Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.11/15/2016
Agile Requirements FoundationsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 103 minutes) Customer needs change every day. We need our products to keep up. Take an agile approach to requirements analysis: Learn the mindset and techniques necessary to discover requirements for an agile project and succeed in the business analyst (BA) role. Angela Wick reviews the 12 agile principles from a BA's perspective, introduces backlog management techniques, and discusses techniques such as product decomposition, user stories and story maps, which help BAs deliver products that truly delight customers. Plus, find out what concepts such as "minimum viable product" and "value stream" mean to people in the BA role.LinkedIn Learning (Lynda.com) is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.07/18/2017
Agile Software DevelopmentBeginnerDeveloper(Length: 113 minutes) The agile approach—which emphasizes continuous delivery and improvement, collaboration, and openness to change—can help professionals enhance both their productivity and the quality of their final products. In this course, learn the fundamentals of agile for software developers, as well as why this approach is uniquely suited for software engineering. Instructor Shashi Shekhar discusses key principles of the agile approach from the perspective of developers. He then reviews scrum—a hugely popular agile framework—and discusses scrum principles, roles, and events. He also looks at how you can complement your scrum implementation with Kanban; takes a deep dive into extreme programming (XP); and shares how you can apply XP to be more effective and efficient in a development team. Throughout this course, Shashi shares practical examples that can help reinforce the concepts covered in this course.07/06/2018
Ajax with PHP: Add Dynamic Content to WebsitesIntermediateDeveloper, WebAjax, PHP(Length: 217 minutes) Add dynamic, asynchronously loading content to websites to make them more modern, professional, and user friendly with Ajax and PHP. Learn how to use Ajax to send and receive data in the background and how to use PHP to assemble and return text, HTML, or JSON responses. Kevin Skoglund walks viewers through sample projects for the most common Ajax use cases: buttons to allow users to mark or favorite items, forms that validate and submit data in the background, infinite scrolling of paginated content, and autosuggestions beneath a text field.11/15/2016
Al Schmitt with Bobby Owsinski: Wrapping Cables to Winning GrammysBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 26 minutes) In this interview, prolific author and music producer Bobby Owsinski talks to iconic audio- and music-industry personalities: the outliers, forward thinkers, and rule breakers. This installment features revered recording engineer Al Schmitt.Al has won more GRAMMYs than any other music producer/engineer in history (23 so far), but got his start wrapping cables at the age of 8 in the first indie studio in New York City. And since then, he's recorded everyone from Ray Charles and Paul McCartney to Steely Dan and Diana Krall. In this interview, Bobby and Al chat about Al's career, influences, and inspirations.Look for other installments with Richard Gibbs, Hanson Hsu, and Michael Beinhorn—coming soon!04/27/2016
Alex McDowell: World Building and NarrativeBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 57 minutes) Minority Report changed production designer Alex McDowell's career. The film didn't begin with a script. Instead, director Steven Spielberg wanted a world that would jump-start the narrative. So with the help of a transmedia "think tank," Alex created a detailed digital environment complete with its own society, politics, technology, terrain, and infrastructure. Alex spent the next decade world building, working on films such as Charlie and the Chocolate Factory and Watchmen. Now he runs 5D GlobalStudio and the World Building Media Lab at the University of Southern California, where students learn how to solve storytelling problems through design.In this interview, Alex tells us about his current projects (including models for sustainable living and a virtual exploration of the world's oceans), the future of media and narrative, and where he looks for inspiration.04/27/2016
Algorithmic Trading and Stocks Essential TrainingIntermediateBusiness, ITExcel(Length: 89 minutes) Many stock market trades are now conducted with algorithms: computer programs that buy or sell stocks according to mathematical formulas. These trades are conducted at a speed and frequency that is hard for humans to replicate. Therefore, it's important for finance professionals, and indeed everyone who invests in the stock market, to know how these algorithms work. This course shows how to develop a back-tested, rules-based trading strategy and program a simple trading algorithm of your own.Professor Michael McDonald provides a brief primer on securities markets. He explains how data helps investors forecast performance and automate trading. Then he moves into the practical steps: coming up with algorithmic trading rules and developing and testing an algorithm. Finally, he shows how the algorithm can be applied and eventually expanded to other securities. Anyone working in financial services, or interested in investing in the stock market, will be able to use these tutorials to understand and develop simple trading algorithms of their own.07/06/2018
Alias Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAlias(Length: 593 minutes) Autodesk Alias is the premier CAD studio application for concept and surface design, enabling artists and designers to create high-quality, feasible CAD models. Whatever industry you're in, Veejay Gahir will provide a grounded introduction to Alias's tools and techniques. He'll show you how to create, modify, and analyze data, and export this data into formats that are usable in other CAD applications. Start watching and learn how to get up and running with this industry-leading program.04/26/2016
Align Recruiting with Job RequirementsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 66 minutes) While a job applicant may look good on paper, there are many factors that contribute to a candidate being a good fit for an organization. Company culture and core values impact your recruiting efforts and results, so obtaining additional information about a role and soliciting input from the hiring authority can help you connect the best candidate with the job. In this course, expert recruiter and trainer Barbara Bruno helps you become a more effective recruiter by showing how to align your recruiting strategy more closely with the needs of your hiring organization. Barbara covers the basics of sharing job requisitions, goes into the common denominators of stellar hires, and outlines a step-by-step recruiting process that helps you get results.03/23/2017
Alison Mann: Animation Talent ScoutBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 22 minutes) How do top animation studios find talent? Recruiters like Alison Mann. In this interview, Alison explains how she finds artists and animators for feature films at Paramount Animation. Learn about the qualities she looks for in great artists; the role of social media in self-promotion and recruiting for creatives; and why internships are so important for uncovering new talent. She also explains how to assemble a portfolio that is focused and features your best work first.04/27/2016
Allan Haley on the Evolution of Typeface DesignBeginnerDesign(Length: 98 minutes) Allan Haley is a consultant, educator, and formerly the Director of Words and Letters at Monotype. He is a giant in the typography community, responsible for maintaining a link to the history of type while keeping tabs on its future.In this interview, a partnership between Lynda.com and AIGA, Allan talks to Kristin Ellison about typography: why typography inspires a passionate response from cognoscenti and laymen alike, how the evolution from metal-set to digital type has impacted interest, and why certain typefaces endure. They also discussThe qualities of a great typefaceAdvice for typeface designersThe impact of craftspeople like Doyald Young and the Maker movementMarketing typefaces and combatting font piracyDeveloping Monotype's Fonts.com libraryWhy Monotype reinvests in fonts like Metro and Gill SansLeaving Monotype to consultWhat makes a good addition to a font libraryHow to design a font to fulfill a gap in the marketplaceWhat's on the horizon for typography04/27/2016
Amazon Web Services Essential TrainingIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 302 minutes) Amazon Web Services (AWS) is one of the most widely used cloud platforms, and the go-to for many organizations looking to reduce costs by adopting a cloud infrastructure strategy. This course starts by examining cloud concepts and best practices. Next, it walks you through how to design your infrastructure to prevent failure. Then, you'll discover how to implement elasticity with automation, and strategies to decouple application components. Then, learn how to optimize for performance and for cost. Last, put concepts into practice by setting up the server-based architectures for a web application in addition to implementing a serverless approach using AWS API Gateway and Lambda.06/03/2017
Amazon Web Services for Data ScienceIntermediateDeveloper, ITAmazon Web Services(Length: 236 minutes) Learn what you need to know to implement cloud-based big data solutions using the right mix of Amazon Web Services—from big data and cloud architect and AWS community hero Lynn Langit.Starting with top-level categories of storage, data, computer, and services, Lynn guides you through planning your ideal AWS architecture, providing service demos using the AWS Console, command-line interface, and other tools. Learn when to use which service for which business case, such as Docker or Lambda or DynamoDB or Aurora? She shows how to script creation of services such as S3 buckets and EC2 instances, create and populate a managed data warehouse, and develop a data processing pipeline that works for you. Chapter 6 covers the AWS Internet of Things (IoT) services.These exercises can help you build proof-of-concepts, minimum viable products, and deployable solutions to scale and support big data initiatives at your company.07/26/2016
Amazon Web Services Machine Learning Essential TrainingIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 187 minutes) Amazon Web Services (AWS) offers a wealth of services and tools that help data scientists leverage machine learning to craft better, more intelligent solutions. In this course, learn about patterns, services, processes, and best practices for designing and implementing machine learning using AWS. Instructor Lynn Langit takes a look at general machine learning concepts, including key machine learning algorithm types. She also examines available service types, such as AWS Machine Learning, Lex, Polly, and Rekognition, which you can use to predict image and video labels. Plus, she steps through how to work with platforms like AWS SageMaker, which includes hosted Jupyter notebooks.03/13/2018
Amazon Web Services: AnalysisIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 114 minutes) Understanding how to successfully analyze system performance within Amazon Web Services (AWS) is crucial for SysOps administrators. In this course, gain the intermediate-level skills you need to analyze system performance within AWS by identifying bottlenecks and ways to optimize services. In addition, this course can help to prepare you for the AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate certification exam.Instructor Joseph Holbrook dives into the areas of focus that comprise the AWS Analysis domain, discussing AWS performance bottlenecks, optimizing the environment, and identifying application issues.01/22/2018
Amazon Web Services: Controlling CostIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 151 minutes) Learn how to use Amazon Web Services (AWS) tools and best practices to understand, forecast, and control service costs. This course covers core AWS tools, such as CloudWatch billing alarms, consolidated billing with AWS Organizations, and the AWS billing dashboard tools. Instructor Lynn Langit shows how to control costs through key services, such as EC2, S3, RDS, and more. She also goes over how to best leverage third-party tools, and reviews architectural decisions related to cost control drawn from her own professional experiences.07/06/2018
Amazon Web Services: Data AnalyticsIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 169 minutes) Many modern organizations have a wealth of data that they can draw from to inform their decisions. But all of this information can't truly benefit a business unless the professionals working with that data can efficiently extract meaningful insights from it. Amazon Web Services (AWS) offers data scientists an array of tools and services that they can leverage to analyze data. In this course, learn about best practices, patterns, and tools for designing and implementing data analytics using AWS. Explore key analytics concepts, common methods of approaching analytics challenges, and how to work with services such as Athena, RDS, and QuickSight. Plus, discover how to visualize text-based data in a more visually intuitive way, use partner solutions for analytics from the AWS Marketplace, and more.03/31/2018
Amazon Web Services: Data SecurityIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 226 minutes) Learn best practices, patterns, and processes for designing and implementing data security with the Amazon Web Services (AWS) cloud. This course can also help to prepare you for the AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Associate exam. Your instructor, Lynn Langit, covers how to use AWS design patterns, tools, and best practices for security, governance, and validation of data used in AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM), Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), and Route 53. She also goes over other AWS tools, such as AWS CloudWatch, CloudTrail, and Inspector; explores encryption concepts; looks at working with security scenarios; and reviews common patterns and practices for implementing disaster recovery processes.07/06/2018
Amazon Web Services: Data ServicesIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 270 minutes) Why use Amazon Web Services for data storage? AWS provides big data at a small cost, offering one of the most full-featured and scalable data solutions around. Start here to explore your storage and framework options when working with data services on the Amazon cloud. Your guide, Lynn Langit, a working big data architect, helps you parse through the storage of files, relational data, semistructured data (in NoSQL), data warehousing, graph databases, and Hadoop. Plus, discover how these solutions translate to real-world scenarios involving businesses of different sizes and needs, including startups and enterprise clients.04/27/2016
Amazon Web Services: Deploying and ProvisioningIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 198 minutes) AWS is an exciting proposition for DevOps. Yes, it's amazing to be able to build a virtual data center with ease, but that is just the beginning: wait until you start using AWS to deploy software. Watch this course to learn how to use AWS tools to provision hosts and deploy apps that take advantage of its elastic, cost-effective, and scalable infrastructure. IT architect and instructor Brandon Rich shows how to start up new computing resources with EC2, provision them, and deploy applications in a fast, automated, and consistent way. Discover how to manage infrastructure as code with CloudFormation, rapidly build an app stack with Elastic Beanstalk, perform provisioning and deployment with OpsWorks, and automate code pushes with CodeDeploy. These lessons help you do more with AWS than you might have ever thought possible on the cloud. This course is also part of a series designed to help you prepare for the AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate certification exam.12/13/2016
Amazon Web Services: Design and Implement SystemsIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 171 minutes) Learn how to use Amazon Web Services (AWS) design patterns, tools, and best practices for the managing the entire application architecture life cycle. This course covers how to identify requirements, plan for implementation, and configure services including EC2, S3, Elastic Beanstalk, CloudFormation, VPC, and IAM. Find out how to guide developers and DevOps team members in using recommended cloud application architectures for high availability, fault tolerance, managed costs, scalability, and more.This course is also an exam preparation resource, as it covers topics that map to the AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Associate exam.01/22/2018
Amazon Web Services: Disaster RecoveryBeginnerITAmazon Web Services(Length: 66 minutes) A disaster recovery (DR) procedure is a critical component of each organization's business continuity plan. The failure to appropriately plan for a datacenter outage can have a profoundly negative impact on a business, as recent public events have indicated. From IT executives to system administrators, it's imperative that employees have an in-depth understanding of their organization's DR plan. This entry-level course reviews the benefits of the public cloud—specifically, Amazon Web Services (AWS)—in implementing a DR plan. It also covers AWS-specific DR concepts, shows how to configure the core AWS services needed for DR, and provides demos that give you hands-on experience with using AWS services to build a reliable DR environment.10/05/2017
Amazon Web Services: Enterprise SecurityIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 127 minutes) Cloud computing isn't just for startups. Many of the world's leading companies, including GE and Dow Jones, run on the cloud, and they choose Amazon Web Services (AWS). If you're tasked with implementing AWS at your organization, big or small, this is the course for you. Understanding security concepts is the gateway to using AWS as your enterprise solution. Sharif Nijim couples pragmatic advice with practical examples that educate IT pros on how to create a secure infrastructure within Amazon Web Services. Sharif explores the shared responsibility model of security, which splits duties between your company and AWS, and introduces key identity and access management concepts, including users, groups, roles, and policies. Learn how to configure Identity and Access Manager (IAM) and Simple Storage Service (S3) access management, including policies and access control lists. At the end of the course, Sharif helps you prepare for the inevitable audit of your AWS account(s). This course is also part of a series designed to help you prepare for the AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate certification exam.01/17/2017
Amazon Web Services: High AvailabilityIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 137 minutes) Building out a resilient application takes knowledge and effort. Businesses increasingly turn to IT professionals who can maintain and improve the security of cloud-based infrastructures. System administrators and technical managers with sharp and up-to-date skills are depended on. This course discusses high availability (HA) concepts and shows how to use the tools in Amazon Web Services to design and set up a strong and highly-available environment. This course is also part of a series designed to help you prepare for the AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate certification exam.12/27/2016
Amazon Web Services: Implementing and Troubleshooting IaaS ProductsIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 237 minutes) Move your infrastructure to the cloud. Learn the primary IaaS components of Amazon Web Services so that you can procure, configure, and deploy the right services for your organization. Instructor Brian Eiler explains the functions of each major product while diving into the aspects of implementation and troubleshooting. He covers Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), Elastic Compute Cloud (EC2), Amazon Machine Images (AMIs), and storage, including S3 and Elastic Block Store (EBS). By the end of the course, you'll have a thorough understanding of AWS IaaS options and be prepared to answer questions from the AWS Certified Solutions Architect (Associate) exam.07/06/2018
Amazon Web Services: Implementing and Troubleshooting PaaS ProductsIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 227 minutes) Get up to speed with how to implement and troubleshoot the platform as a service (PaaS) products within Amazon Web Services (AWS). This course covers the primary PaaS components of AWS, going over each one, diving into implementation, and covering best practices. The topics covered include Identity and Access Management (IAM), CloudFormation, Elastic Beanstalk, and OpsWorks. This course can also help you prepare for the AWS Certified Solutions Architect - Associate exam.07/06/2018
Amazon Web Services: Monitoring and MetricsIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 124 minutes) Amazon Web Services (AWS)—a global leader in cloud computing—provides a wide variety of IT services. As you're financially responsible for whichever AWS services you use, it's important to establish sound financial monitoring to ensure that you're alerted to any changes before those changes become a financial burden. This course provides system administrators with an intermediate-level look at monitoring and metrics for the AWS platform. IT architect Sharif Nijim begins with monitoring tools like CloudWatch and includes coverage of VPC flow logs. He concludes with an introduction to Lambda and coverage of combining CloudWatch and Lambda.This course is also part of a series designed to help you prepare for the AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate certification exam. This course includes trademarks owned by Amazon Web Services. This course has not been prepared, approved, or endorsed by Amazon Web Services.06/10/2017
Amazon Web Services: NetworkingIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 136 minutes) Adopting a cloud infrastructure strategy includes configuring a network that meets the needs of your organization. Amazon Web Services (AWS) is a cost-reducing solution that provides tools so you can build a data center with secure cloud networking technology. This course offers advice for technical managers and step-by-step instructions for system administrators and full-stack engineers. Learn how to establish private connections, set up a virtual private cloud, deploy an Internet gateway, create security groups, work with access control lists, and more. Join IT architect Sharif Nijim as he takes you through foundational networking concepts and beyond so you can gain a broader and deeper sense of effective strategies and tools you can use. This course is also part of a series designed to help you prepare for the AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate certification exam.This course includes trademarks owned by Amazon Web Services. This course has not been prepared, approved, or endorsed by Amazon Web Services.10/25/2016
Amazon Web Services: Storage and Data ManagementIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 230 minutes) Amazon Web Services offers solutions that are ideal for managing data on a sliding scale—from small businesses to big data applications. This course teaches system administrators the intermediate-level skills they need to successfully manage data in the cloud with AWS: configuring storage, creating backups, enforcing compliance requirements, and managing the disaster recovery process. The training can also be used as preparation for the Data Management domain within the AWS Certified SysOps Administrator exam.Join AWS architect Brandon Rich and learn how to configure object storage solutions and lifecycle management in Simple Storage Service (S3), a web service offered by AWS, and migrate, back up, and replicate relational data in RDS. Find out how to leverage flexible network storage with Elastic File System (EFS), and use the new AWS Glue service to move and transform data. Plus, learn how Snowball can help you transfer truckloads of data in and out of the cloud.01/22/2018
Amazon Workspaces: Deploy Virtual DesktopsIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 94 minutes) Learn about the capabilities of Amazon WorkSpaces as a remote desktop solution. In this course, instructor Lynn Langit helps to acquaint you with this fully managed desktop as a service (DaaS) solution, as well as other Amazon services that support virtualization. Lynn shows how to use default images and shares best practices for creating custom images. She also discusses WorkSpaces authentication and deployment, shares monitoring tips and techniques, explains how to use WorkDocs with WorkSpaces, and more.07/06/2018
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz: 1 The Big PictureBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 64 minutes) If you are looking to do something big in the music business, something great, getting your head around the big picture is one of the most important elements of success. It's not about marketing and promotion, how to make records, how to book a tour, or how to manage your social media. Those are all important pieces of the puzzle if you want to be successful. But it's been Steve Rennie's experience—from working in the music biz over 36 years—that if you can understand how the music business works, what's really important, then the rest of the pieces will fall in line.This course kicks off An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz, a series of 9 courses designed to teach the ins and outs of the music business to bands, managers, and songwriters. Here, Steve provides tips on assessing your talent, committing to a plan, picking partners, figuring out financials, finding ideas, and surviving in what can be a tough business. Steve's experience, and his honest take on the ups and downs of the industry, will help anyone interested in breaking through be better prepared for the realities of getting by in the music biz.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz: 2 Making Great MusicBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 28 minutes) The music business is built around great songs by great artists. The music business exists to bring those songs to life. Managers, producers, engineers, record labels, promoters, publishers, and concert venues: They're all there to help connect music with audiences. But the songs don't write themselves.This installment of An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz is designed for songwriters who want to make great music, and for industry professionals who want to understand the process behind it. Music insider Steve Rennie provides tips on what makes a great song, what a successful writing process looks like, the costs involved in recording, and the role of a producer. Steve's experience, and his honest take on the industry, will help anyone interested in getting their music into the hands of music biz movers and shakers.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz: 3 Treating Your Career as a BusinessBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 50 minutes) Doing something you're passionate about and making a living out of it is a difficult thing to do. Especially considering the long odds in the music business. But with a focused, business-minded approach to your career, you can optimize your chances for success. In this installment of An Insider's Guide to the Music Biz, Steve Rennie explains how to approach the music business with the mindset of an entrepreneur and look at a career in music as a business.He talks about hobby versus career and the key elements of success in the business world, from distribution and marketing to management and finance. He gives you some thoughts about how you apply those things to your music career. Since successful businesses don't happen overnight—they develop over time in identifiable stages—Steve also covers the stages of development in the business life cycle and how that applies to your music career. Last but not least, he offers tips on drafting a band agreement that will keep the relationships professional and strong.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz: 4 Building a Professional TeamBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 30 minutes) Picking a great team of professionals is one of the most important and impactful decisions you are going to make in your music career. Steve Rennie knows music professionals; he has over 35 years in the music business. His series, An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz, teaches the ins and outs of the music business to bands, managers, and songwriters. In this installment, you'll learn about the key players you need on your team and what they do, how much they get paid, how you find them, and when you need them. It starts with perhaps the most important member of your team, the manager. Steve also explains the role of lawyers, agents, business managers, publicists, and the digital team in charge of PR, social media, and other online distribution and promotion strategies.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz: 5 ManagersBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 51 minutes) Most artists know they need a great manager. But finding one is tough. Before focusing on who your manager will be, you need to look at the what, where, why, and when of the manager's role. Once you understand those job requirements, it will make identifying a manager a lot easier. This installment of Steve Rennie's series, An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz, talks about the artist-manager relationship and how to get the most out of it, whether you are an artist or other music professional. Learn how to get the attention of managers, the right questions to ask when you meet with a manager, and the important things to think about when you hire your manager.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz: 6 Marketing and PromotionBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 34 minutes) How to stand out from the crowd has always been the great challenge in the music business. It was true back when the record industry released 5,000 records a year and it's even more true now that millions of artists are creating and distributing music. Marketing and promotion is what gets your music in front of music consumers. Marketing is about telling your story; promotion is about ongoing efforts that keep your story top of mind.In this class, industry insider Steve Rennie talks about how to market and promote your music and turn music consumers into permanent fans. He'll talk about the key elements of any good marketing plan, whether you are a major label or indie artist. He'll also talk about how to craft your image with your music, photos, and videos and how you can assemble them in a way that gives you the best chance of success. Plus, learn how radio, touring, publicity campaigns, and your web presence play into a music marketing mix.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz: 7 Record LabelsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 54 minutes) Record labels have a valuable role to play in the music businesses. Despite the controversies around contracts and creative license, they are not going away. Understanding what record labels do is important whether you are an artist or a music professional. In this installment of An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz, Steve Rennie explores the role of record labels in the music business. He starts by talking about the different types of record labels and what they do, from marketing to manufacturing and radio promotion. Then you'll learn about why you need a record label, how to get a record deal, what a music contract will look like, and how the signing process works. As a little bonus, Steve gives you some insights on your commitments and compensation (advances and royalties) once you get signed.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz: 8 Music PublishingBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 36 minutes) One of the most important aspects of the music biz is music publishing. It can also be one of the most complicated parts of the business to understand, even for the most seasoned veteran.In this Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz, Steve Rennie explains what you'll need to know about music publishing to turn your songs into money. He'll talk about copyrights and their value, and why music publishing is important to a successful artist's career. He also talks about the main sources of publishing income: what they are, who pays, and how much you get. He explains the difference between performing rights organizations and music publishers and how to find and make publishing deals. Start with the first lesson, which explains how a dollar of publishing income is split between the songwriter and publisher.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz: 9 TouringBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 38 minutes) Having a successful live tour is an important part of building a successful music career. Live performances are where artists, their songs, and their fans all come face-to-face. In the final installment of An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz, Steve Rennie explains how to turn those great performances into money. Discover who the players in the live music biz are, how you get paid, and what you can do to start building a great live show today. Then learn about booking gigs and venues, and some new tools you have at your disposal to help you plan and organize your own tour. It all starts with booking that first gig.04/27/2016
Analog Photography: Setting Up a Home DarkroomBeginnerPhotography(Length: 50 minutes) More and more photographers are discovering—or rediscovering—the pleasures of analog photography. A great first step is to shoot and process black-and-white film, then scan the results and work with the images in a computer. After you've done that, it's time for the next step: setting up your own darkroom and making black-and-white enlargements.In this course, photographer and educator Konrad Eek builds on his Shooting and Processing Black-and-White Film course to show the equipment, steps, and techniques involved in setting up a darkroom and making your own prints. From essential gear and setup considerations to processing techniques, this course is a complete introduction to the pleasures of black-and-white printing.04/26/2016
Analog Photography: Shooting & Processing Black-and-White FilmBeginnerPhotography(Length: 132 minutes) Photographers shoot film for its unique look; its constraints, which require discipline and careful self-editing; and the simple fact that developing film is fun and gratifying. And you don't need a darkroom to do it. In this course, photographer and master printer Konrad Eek provides an introduction to the pleasures of shooting and processing black-and-white film. The course begins with a look at gear and film cameras, which are inexpensive and widely available at thrift stores and secondhand shops. Next, we accompany Konrad on a photo shoot in the mountains of Arkansas, where he demonstrates important concepts such as metering and the use of filters.Upon returning home, Konrad processes the film, explaining the chemicals involved and sharing insights for getting reliable results. He also describes the negative-scanning process. Finally, to whet your appetite for the other facets of film-based photography, he demonstrates the process of making a silver-gelatin enlargement and offers up some tips on building your own darkroom.04/26/2016
Analyzing Big Data with HiveIntermediateITHive(Length: 113 minutes) Businesses thrive by making informed decisions that target the needs of their customers and users. To make such strategic decisions, they rely on data. Hive is a tool of choice for many data scientists because it allows them to work with SQL, a familiar syntax, to derive insights from Hadoop, reflecting the information that businesses seek to plan effectively.This course shows how to use Hive to process data. Instructor Ben Sullins starts by showing you how to structure and optimize your data. Next, he explains how to get Hue, the Hadoop user interface, to leverage HiveQL when analyzing data. Using the newly configured option, he then demonstrates how to load data, create aggregate tables for fast query access, and run advanced analytics. He also takes you through managing tables and putting functions to use. This course is designed to help you find new ways to work with datasets so you can answer the tough data science questions that come your way.01/24/2017
Analyzing Sales CompetitorsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 33 minutes) There is more to keeping an eye on your competitors than just knowing their products and features. What is their messaging like? What value are they adding? What are their unique differentiators? In this course, Jeff Bloomfield helps you analyze your sales competition. It starts with understanding your buyer's point of view, and then being honest when making comparisons. Jeff shows how tools like LinkedIn and Google Alerts can help you stay up to date on your competition's personnel and product updates, and how you can take advantage of the webinars, presentations, and other resources presented by your competition. Last, while competitor information is critical, it's ultimately more important for you to remember the value that your company brings. Jeff closes by explaining how you can best sell your company's products and services: by not getting too distracted by the competition.06/14/2016
Analyzing Your Website to Improve SEOIntermediateWeb, Marketing(Length: 107 minutes) In this course, search engine optimization (SEO) expert Peter Kent walks step-by-step through the process of reviewing the content and markup of an existing web site to improve its ranking in search engine results. This course offers a consultant's take on how to analyze each component—from keywords to content to code—and determine what improvements are necessary to become more visible to search engines like Yahoo!, Bing, and Google. This course was updated on 10/12/2012.04/28/2016
Android 6.0 New Features for DevelopersBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 82 minutes) Find out what Android 6.0 (Marshmallow) has to offer app developers like you. Google has updated their robust mobile operating system with even more new features, including new project templates in Android Studio, an enhanced permissions framework, automatic backups for app data, and many smaller enhancements that are designed to make developers' lives easier.In this short training course, David Gassner shows how to authenticate users using device credentials or the fingerprint scanner, configure apps for backup, test backups to Google servers, and use app links, website associations, and voice interactions. Plus, learn how to control data display in activity layouts with the new data-binding framework.04/27/2016
Android App Development Essential Training (2015)BeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 320 minutes) Learn everything you need to know to get started building Android apps with Google's Android Studio and Android SDK. David Gassner starts with a brief look at the history of Android and the latest iteration, Android 6.0 (aka Marshmallow). Then, after you set up your development environment, he shows you how to prepare virtual and physical devices for testing and create a new Android project: a shopping app for a fictional sportswear company. Using this example app, David demonstrates how to define the user interface with XML and widgets, control the app behavior with Java, set up "between screen" navigation, and display lists of data and images. Plus, learn how to enable support for the different screen sizes and pixel densities of the 24,000+ Android models on the market today.04/27/2016
Android App Development Quick StartBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 90 minutes) Android powers the majority of smartphones on the planet and a growing number of devices, from Android Wear on your wrist to Android Auto for your car. This course is designed to teach anyone how to make a new Android app from scratch. Learn all the basics of the platform and all the skills an Android app developer needs to be successful. Discover the tools and technologies that you will use when you create apps for Android, including Java, XML, and the Android SDK. Then find out how to make your first app—a simple dice-rolling game. Finally, dive into some experiments to tinker with and expand on your app and learn more about how Android apps work, including where to go next.12/20/2016
Android App Development: AccessibilityIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 176 minutes) Learn how to create applications that everyone—regardless of their abilities—can independently interact with and enjoy. In this course, join instructor Renato Iwashima as he steps through the fundamentals of digital accessibility and usability for the Android platform. Renato provides a quick introduction to digital accessibility, explaining what it is, why it's important, and how to work with accessibility features such as TalkBack and Switch Access. He also covers the key principles of universal design and explains how to implement the fundamentals of accessibility and usability; add meaning and operability to user controls; improve the user experience for accessibility services; and test your Android app for accessibility.07/06/2018
Android App Development: Animations and TransitionsIntermediateDeveloperAndroid, Android SDK(Length: 99 minutes) The Android SDK offers many ways to create visually compelling animations and screen transitions for mobile apps. This course starts with an overview of the different animation techniques and APIs, and then offers hand-on instruction using each one. David Gassner covers defining view animations in XML declarations and in Java code; animating frame by frame with images; animating object properties over time or in response to an event with tweened calculations; building simple transitions between activities; and using the new transitions framework that was introduced in Android 4.4 KitKat.06/14/2016
Android App Development: Communicating with the UserIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 72 minutes) Knowing how and when to display communications in your Android app can ensure your users enjoy a smooth user experience with a predictable and reliable flow. Join Joe Marini in this course and learn how to give your users the information they need at the right time. Joe demonstrates how to communicate to your users using toast messages, snackbars, and dialogs depending on if you want the user to acknowledge or confirm information. He explains how to handle events using notifications, how to customize layouts, and how to work with action buttons. He also shares the benefits and drawbacks of each feature so you can select the right method for the best user experience.11/15/2016
Android App Development: Data Persistence LibrariesIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 292 minutes) By persisting your data, you can provide users with a more seamless experience with your app—even when they go offline. If you're an Android app developer, you have many data persistence options to choose from. In this course, learn about various options for storing your app's data in a database.To begin, Annyce Davis reviews using the de facto data persistence solution available on Android: SQLite. She takes you through basic SQLite concepts—such as how to create a database wrapper and insert data into a table—as well as a few more advanced topics. Next, she covers working with Cupboard, an open-source project dedicated to simplifying your SQLite interactions. To wrap up, she dives into working with Realm, an object database solution designed with mobile devices in mind. Throughout the course, Annyce discusses establishing relationships between database tables, creating and running queries, as well as performing data migrations.05/11/2017
Android App Development: Design Patterns for Mobile ArchitectureIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 142 minutes) Developers need to know how to manage an app's complexity. In this course, learn how to simplify your apps by applying simple architectural design patterns to your mobile code base. Discover how these design patterns can help you reduce bugs and maximize your development time by making your code easier to read and test. Jon Bott covers different architectural models such as MVC, MVP, and VIPER. In addition, he walks through the conversion process from MVC to a layered architecture, covering dependency injection, the coordinator pattern, and data binding.07/08/2017
Android App Development: Enterprise IntegrationIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 47 minutes) When developing Android applications for enterprise, security is paramount. Applications need to be able to integrate with existing mobile device management (MDM) systems-which companies rely on to control access to their data. Offering enterprise integration options can open untapped opportunities for your apps. This course shows you how to leverage your existing Android development skills and build apps for this valuable market.Instructor Jon-Luke West first reviews the key concepts of enterprise mobility management in Android: important APIs, the role of the device administrator, and the types of devices you should plan to target. He reviews the three primary use cases, including bring your own device (BYOD) and corporate-owned single-use (COSU) scenarios. Then he dives straight into the code, showing how to implement three enterprise integration features: managed application configurations, app pinning, and locked task mode. Finally, he shows how to test the features on a managed device.07/06/2018
Android App Development: Google MapsIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 167 minutes) Learn to add interactive maps to mobile applications with the Google Maps Android API, a free Google Play service included on almost every Android device. It all starts with getting an API key, and integrating the Google Play services library into an Android app project. Then, after an introduction to presenting simple maps, author David Gassner describes how to set a map's initial state, control the display type and zoom level, work with map markers, and draw shapes on maps. Plus, discover how to use the Geolocation API to translate location names into map data (and back again), and find a device's current location with the Location Services API.04/27/2016
Android App Development: In-App PurchasingIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 144 minutes) After you've finished developing your app, you're ready to reap the financial benefits of your work. In this course, learn about the Google Play In-app Billing API, and how to use it effectively to sell digital products within your app. Instructor Albert Lo kicks off the course by explaining how to set up your existing app for in-app purchases by modifying the UI. Next, he acquaints you with the Gradle build system, and shows how to leverage it to support in-app purchases. Albert then provides an overview of the billing process, and shows how to define your digital products, and use the Google in-app library to query purchased items, launch the purchase flow from both one-time purchases and subscriptions, and handle responses.09/13/2017
Android App Development: Internet of ThingsIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 131 minutes) The "Internet of Things" is a catchy way of describing the variety of devices connected through the Internet. This includes webcams, wearable tech like the Pebble and Android Wear watches, car sensors, appliances, and even rudimentary robots. With the Internet of Things (IoT), you can manipulate them from the web. In this course, Michael Lehman shows how to create "things" and build companion apps to monitor and record their activities from Android devices. Learn what's inside a thing, how local communications technologies such as Bluetooth enable app-to-device communications, how to control devices using an Android Wear watch, and how you can create your own things with hardware like the Arduino and Wunderbar. Michael also shows how to use IFTTT services to control things on Android, and muses on the future of IoT. Along the way, you'll gain experience with real-world IoT projects, like a mini weather station and a home lighting system.04/26/2016
Android App Development: Localization and InternationalizationIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 92 minutes) There are 260 million Android users in the US—but there are ten times as many around the world. Expand your Android app's reach to a global audience. Learn how to internationalize your app and develop a process for localizing it for other languages and locales. This course covers the difference between localization and internationalization, and shows how to accomplish both with an existing Android app. Developer Eric Brynsvold demonstrates how to customize different elements of your apps for international audiences, including strings, currencies, dates and numbers, and even alternate images and layouts. Once the app is internationalized, he introduces considerations for localizing your interface and content for target markets, including selecting a translation service, workflow best practices, and test strategies. Plus, learn how to manage the internationalized and localized versions of your app so they stay up to date when you add new features.07/06/2018
Android App Development: RESTful Web ServicesIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 169 minutes) Android integrates with a variety of cloud-based and custom web services in a variety of ways, including RESTful services created in PHP or Java, to get, update, and send data over the web. This course shows how you can take advantage of web services, integrations, and libraries to optimize how your app handles network connectivity, errors, data management, and more.IInstructor David Gassner starts with an overview discussion about available networking strategies, and then dives into how to declare networking permissions, make network requests, handle responses, parse data returned from a web service, and pass user credentials to services that support HTTP basic authentication. He also provides an overview of popular higher-level networking libraries, including OkHttp and Picasso, and offers recommendations for improving performance in network-connected apps. David also covers using static feeds, using dynamic PHP pages hosted on a public server web service, and integrating apps with network data storage.01/31/2017
Android App Development: Unit TestingIntermediateDeveloperAndroid SDK(Length: 178 minutes) Make sure every part of your Android mobile app works perfectly. Test your application at the unit level using unit testing and the built-in tools in the Android SDK. Learn to write the two basic types of unit tests—local and instrumented—and handle complex conditionals, exceptions, and even user interface testing. James P. White introduces tools from within and outside the SDK to speed up and automate unit testing. White also looks at mock objects, which help test code when real objects are unavailable (for example, a yet-to-be-created class). These simple testing techniques will help you create more stable codebases and deliver better quality apps to your end users.07/26/2016
Android Development Essential Training: Create Your First AppBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 159 minutes) Explore the world of Android app development. This training course prepares you to create your very first Android app—helping you understand the technologies at work and prepare your computer for development and testing. Learn how to configure Android Studio, the Android SDK, and emulator software, and study the different files in a typical Android app: build scripts, the app manifest file, permissions tags, and icons. Finally, learn how an app is built from the bottom up, with screens, activities, and layouts. David Gassner shows how to define the visual presentation with XML and widgets, and control the logic with Java code. This simple overview is designed to provide you with everything you need to know to understand the Android development process. Later courses in the Essentials series concentrate on the specific skills you need to master.12/06/2016
Android Development Essential Training: Design a User InterfaceBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 180 minutes) Create a user interface (UI) for a mobile app built with the Android SDK. David Gassner shows you how, in this course. David starts by exploring layout options, including views, components, measurement units, and loading layouts at runtime. Then he moves on to using ViewGroup components, showing you how to align interface elements with the new ConstraintLayout, and how to use the LinearLayout and RelativeLayout components. Next, he covers text, demonstrating how to display strings and collect information from the user with input fields. Finally, he shows how to create themes, use styles, and display images.03/23/2017
Android Development Essential Training: Distributing AppsIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 91 minutes) Once you've created an Android app, it's time to share it with the world. Luckily, there are many avenues to distribution. This course focuses on the two primary channels: Google Play and the Amazon Appstore. The first step is to prepare your app, including cleaning up, minifying, and (optionally) obfuscating code to prevent others from decompiling and stealing it. Then you'll learn how to package and export an APK file for distribution. Author David Gassner then walks you through each step involved in releasing an app through Google Play or Amazon, including creating graphics and marketing copy, setting pricing, registering for developer programs, uploading the APK, and publishing the app. Finally, once your app is released, learn how to track its success with the built-in reporting features offered by both stores.12/27/2016
Android Development Essential Training: Local Data StorageIntermediateDeveloperSQLite, Android, Java(Length: 236 minutes) Android developers who need to manage and present data have many tools available to them in the application framework of Android. This course covers a variety of data persistence techniques, including storing data in shared preferences—key-value pairs—in JSON-formatted text files, and in relational databases with SQLite. Join David Gassner as he demonstrates these data management techniques. He also explains how to use relevant design patterns to model data with Java classes, and how to present data to the user with the Android SDK's ListView and RecyclerView components.11/08/2016
Android Development Essential Training: Manage Navigation and EventsBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 154 minutes) Once you've created your Android application and designed a user interface, you're ready to learn how to manage your app. This course prepares you to handle events and manage navigation in your Android app. David Gassner begins by explaining how to work with events. He describes the activity lifecycle—what actually happens when a screen appears and disappears—and shares some techniques for working with events using Java objects, lambda expressions, and open source libraries. Next, he covers how to manage navigation, start activities with explicit intents, send data to an activity, and open other apps with implicit intents.David also shows how to send and receive broadcast messages that let you exchange data and notifications among the different tiers of your application. He demonstrates how to work with menus and the action bar, add a navigation drawer to a layout, and tackle advanced navigation techniques. Later courses in the Essentials series concentrate on other specific skills you can master.06/18/2017
Android Development Essential Training: Support Multiple ScreensBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 60 minutes) In this installment of the Android Development Essential Training series, David Gassner explains how to build mobile apps for Android that support multiple screens and devices. He begins by discussing Android market fragmentation, and then explains how to set the minimum SDK level and check the current device's screen size programmatically. Next, he covers how to work with multiple screens, explaining how to create alternative resource directories that the app framework can recognize and use to ensure that particular elements—such as string values, dimensions, and graphics—appear the way you want them to on different devices. To wrap up, David shows how to work with fragments to create dynamic UIs.08/12/2017
Android Development: Building Battery-Conscious AppsIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 168 minutes) Battery life remains the bane of every Android user. Poorly written apps can contribute to battery drain and impact the user experience across the entire device. If your app is outed as a battery hog, that's a fast path to bad reviews—and a high uninstall rate. This course teaches developers how to build battery-friendly apps that are efficient without compromising on functionality or performance. Instructor Ravi Subramanian introduces common programming patterns that result in higher-than-normal battery usage and recommends new ways to write code to use resources more efficiently. He also shows how to use the JobScheduler API to perform deferred work and how to discover and diagnose battery consumption "hot spots" in apps with Battery Historian. Plus, learn how battery-saving features Doze mode and App Standby will affect the performance of your app.07/06/2018
Android Development: Concurrent ProgrammingIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 112 minutes) Make your Android apps more efficient by managing processes in multiple threads. Although threads share resources, you can divide work so that tasks can be performed simultaneously. Still, programming multiple threads (aka concurrent programming) can be a challenge even for experienced developers. This course introduces concurrent programming concepts and techniques specific to Android.First, discover how to create and start simple background threads, and how to use handlers to manage a thread's message queue. Then, learn various methods for optimizing the scheduling and performance of background tasks in Android with AsyncTask, intent services, and the JobScheduler API. Plus, explore tools that help you implement multithreading for different tasks in Android: Loader, for asynchronous data loading, and the open-source API Retrofit, for making HTTP requests. Note: To get the most out of this course, you should be comfortable programming with Java, and should understand the most basic skills that are needed to build Android apps with the Android SDK and Android Studio.01/22/2018
Android Development: Modern Android UI Design ElementsIntermediateDeveloperAndroid, Google Apps(Length: 178 minutes) Bring your apps into the modern era. Android UI design has evolved, and an Android developer needs to know about the most popular UI elements used today and when to use them. This course teaches developers how to incorporate side navigation drawers, create view holders, and implement custom layouts and views, and design a RecyclerView for mixed view types—such as a category header view and photo item view. Instructor Albert Lo grounds the lessons in a real-world project: a photography app that pulls photos from multiple sources, including Google Photos, and uses the new UI elements to display them in an interactive grid. Following these techniques will lead to more sophisticated and engaging user experiences for your Android apps.09/13/2017
Android Espresso Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 80 minutes) Testing is essential to delivering high-quality software. Espresso is the tool of choice for many Android developers, who need to test the logic and UI of their applications. Join instructor Chiu-Ki Chan to learn the essentials of Android Espresso for UI testing. Learn how to write tests by hand, and then leverage the Espresso Test Recorder to record actions that generate the code for you. Find out how to use the Layout Inspector to pinpoint the views you want to test, and also test scrolling views such as list and recycler views.07/06/2018
Android Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAndroid, Xperia, Galaxy Note, Galaxy, Nexus, Pixel, G6(Length: 159 minutes) Learn the ins and outs of your Android smartphone or tablet. Join Dan Gookin as he provides a comprehensive tour of the different Android operating system features you can use on your device. Dan begins with an overview of basic Android operations—including how to manipulate the touch screen and enter and edit text—and demonstrates how to customize and configure your device. He then shows how to leverage your device's features, discussing how to send emails and create contacts. He also covers working with calendar features, using apps, browsing the web, and using the camera to capture compelling video and images. Finally, Dan details how to maintain your Android device, such as syncing and sharing files, as well as troubleshooting problems.03/13/2018
Android Essential Training (2017)BeginnerBusinessAndroid, Xperia, Galaxy Note, Galaxy, Google Nexus, G4, G5(Length: 164 minutes) This course shows you how to get the most out of your Android phone or tablet. Join Dan Gookin for a comprehensive tour of the Android operating system features you can use on your device. Dan starts with a review of the basics including navigation and typing. Then he shows how to make phone calls and video calls, organize contacts, and send and receive emails and texts. Next, Dan demonstrates how to use different camera modes to capture compelling video and images. Finally, Dan also shares how to manage your calendar, alarms, and appointments. He wraps up by explaining how to maintain your Android device, including syncing and sharing data as well as troubleshooting problems.02/14/2017
Android N First Look for DevelopersBeginnerDeveloperAndroid SDK(Length: 32 minutes) Android N is the next version of Google's blockbuster operating system for mobile devices. Developers can experiment with the new features and capabilities using the Android N Developer Preview and this concise quick start guide. David Gassner previews Android N highlights, such as the multi-window interface and new notification features, while guiding developers through installation of Android N and the Android Studio 2.1 Preview. He also touches on a few processes that are changing in Android N, including the new Jack and Jill compiler toolchain and programming with Java 8 syntax.04/27/2016
Android O First Look for DevelopersBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 30 minutes) If you are an experienced developer who wants to get started with the latest version of Android, you can use this course to learn how to install, set up, and use the new features of Android O. Join instructor David Gassner as he provides a preview of Android Studio 2.4 and then shows you how to target Android O in a new project and set up testing devices. Next, he shows you the new features and enhancements in Android O, including notifications in channels, autofilling data entry components, picture-in-picture video, TextView autosizing, pinnable launcher icons, Wi-Fi Aware, and more. Get ready to learn how to leverage Android O to improve your apps.04/06/2017
Android P First Look for DevelopersBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 36 minutes) Get your first look at Android P, the next version of Android that introduces an array of exciting new features and changes. Android P offers platform support for Wi-Fi Round-Trip-Time (RTT)—which allows developers to take advantage of indoor positioning in their apps—as well as enhancements to notifications, new security features, support for animated graphics, and more. In this course, David Gassner shares what developers need to know to prepare for development on P and demonstrates some of its new features.07/06/2018
Android Studio Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperAndroid Studio(Length: 221 minutes) Want to develop Android apps? You need Android Studio—the only IDE fully supported by Google for Android app development. This course is fully revised for 2016, covering all the essential features in the latest iteration of Android Studio (v2.0) and critical resources such as the Java Development Kit and Intel HAXM. David Gassner introduces the Android Studio interface, helps you set up your environment, and provides handy shortcuts for writing and debugging code. He also shows how to monitor CPU and memory usage; use templates, breakpoints, and watch expressions; and add version control by integrating Android Studio with GitHub.04/27/2016
Android Studio Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperAndroid, Android Studio(Length: 148 minutes) Want to develop Android apps? You need Android Studio—the IDE designed by Google specifically for Android app development. This course is fully revised for 2018, covering all the essential features in the latest stable iteration of Android Studio (v3.1) and critical resources such as Intel HAXM. Instructor David Gassner introduces the Android Studio interface, helps you set up your environment and your first project, and provides handy shortcuts for writing and debugging code. Learn how to add version control by integrating Android Studio with GitHub, and monitor CPU and memory usage. David also shows how to manage project dependencies, use templates, generate graphics and other resources, and switch back and forth between the two supported programming languages, Java and Kotlin.07/06/2018
Android Studio First LookBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 142 minutes) There is a new IDE on the horizon for Android developers, Android Studio, and it's faster and easier to navigate than the current Eclipse-based Android Developer Tools plugin. Get a first look at Android Studio before its official release, here in this course with David Gassner. David shows how to install Android Studio on both Windows and Mac; create new projects and migrate existing ones from Eclipse; navigate and configure the user interface; and build and export Android apps. Plus, learn how to manage and automate your Android project builds with Gradle.Note: This course was revised on 8/20/2014 to reflect changes in the .0.8.4 beta version of Android Studio.04/26/2016
Android Tips and TricksIntermediateBusinessAndroid(Length: 47 minutes) Take your Android experience to the next level. This fun course offers productivity-enhancing techniques to help Android users better enjoy their phones and tablets. Learn how to manage apps and widgets, record great video and take fantastic photos, manage your contacts, listen to music, store movies and books to enjoy offline, use Google Assistant to go hands-free, and much more. Android expert Dan Gookin offers cool tips and tricks you just have to try.01/22/2018
Anger ManagementBeginnerBusiness(Length: 60 minutes) Anger is a part of the human experience. If not managed properly, anger can be destructive. But anger can also be used for your benefit once you learn to identify, manage, and channel it. In this course, executive educator Marlene Chism helps you make sense of anger. You'll learn how to identify your triggers, how to get to the root of your anger, and how to channel anger to your highest good. Marlene shows you how anger can be a tool for personal and professional growth, and a catalyst for improving both your relationships and your results. LinkedIn Learning (Lynda.com) is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.07/18/2017
Angular 2 Forms: Data Binding and ValidationIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 77 minutes) Building HTML forms for the web world is never as straightforward as expected. Collecting user input, and implementing dynamic form validation that automatically reacts to input, can be difficult without the right solution. When building client-side apps using Angular, you get a good amount of framework code out-of-the-box that makes working with forms a breeze. Angular allows you to easily handle dynamic form validation by taking advantage of two-way data-binding functionality.This course shows how to build HTML web forms using the building blocks, built-in validation properties, and methods of the Angular forms module. Learn how to use the model-driven forms approach to build out a model representation of form data in code and bind it to native HTML form elements. This course also explores how to implement validation, using JavaScript, in case you need more fine-tuned control of your interactions.07/12/2016
Angular 2 Testing and DebuggingIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 75 minutes) Errors caused by missing dependencies, undefined variables, or poorly formatted data can cause your web application to stop working. In this course, Derek Peruo guides you through the process of analyzing Angular 2 error messages to help track down and eliminate errors. He also shares some tips and tricks for avoiding pitfalls during development and goes into writing custom error handlers to make it easier to work with errors as your application grows.03/02/2017
Angular 2: Widget-Based ArchitecturesIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 52 minutes) Angular 2 can serve as the primary MVC framework for your application, or it can supplement a server-side solution like Laravel or ASP.NET. In this course, Derek Peruo guides you through the process of transforming your Angular 2 single-page application (SPA) into a widget-based application for use with server-side frameworks. Plus, he goes into single-page and widget-based architectures, as well as common patterns for communicating between your server-side and client-side frameworks.03/02/2017
Angular 2+: Creating CRUD AppsIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 110 minutes) Understanding how to perform create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations for a variety of apps is crucial for any developer. In this course, learn how to perform CRUD operations with Angular apps. Instructor Gary Simon begins by covering fundamental Angular concepts, such as how to use the Angular CLI and capture user events. He then walks through the creation of two apps, from which you can perform CRUD operations. He shows how to work with Angular Firebase to create a chat app that can create, read, update, and delete messages, as well as how to create a simple blog.01/22/2018
Angular Essential TrainingIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 168 minutes) Angular was designed by Google to address challenges programmers face building complex, single-page applications. This JavaScript framework takes care of the back end so you can take care of the client side. Angular Essential Training introduces you to the essentials of this "superheroic" framework, including powerful features such as rich templates, change detection, user interactions, two-way data binding, comprehensive routing, and dependency injection. Justin Schwartzenberger steps through the framework one feature at a time, focusing on the component-based architecture of Angular. Learn what Angular is and what it can do, as Justin builds a full-featured web app from start to finish. After mastering the essentials, you can tackle the other project-based courses in our library and create your own Angular app.11/08/2016
Angular Template Design and ImplementationIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 92 minutes) If you're completely new to Angular 4, creating user interfaces for your Angular 4 project can be a challenge. In this course, learn the essential Angular 4 concepts you need to know to tackle templating and create versatile user interfaces for this popular framework. Join Gary Simon as he shares how to get up and running with Angular 4, explaining how to start a new project, and define HTML templates and CSS. He also covers templating basics, data binding, and animation. To wrap up the course, he takes you through the creation of a simple app.06/10/2017
Angular: AnimationsIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 127 minutes) Motion is the key to modern web applications. Angular 4 is ready. Explore the native animation capabilities of this popular JavaScript library and build expressive applications. This project-based course uses the Angular 4 CLI and its animations module to create and animate an interactive demo. Find out how to set parameters such as duration, delay, easing, and callbacks, which allow you to adjust the timing and sequence of your animation. Instructor Joseph Labrecque also shows how to animate isolated elements of your application using the query and stagger functions. Once you understand how to animate a new project, Joseph takes you through the process of animating interactions within an existing Angular application—a custom video player. Finally, discover how to compile and package the project for distribution on the web.07/06/2018
Angular: API Communication and AuthenticationIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 101 minutes) APIs are at the heart of enterprise development, and Angular ships with robust services to communicate with them via HTTP. But one of the best ways to implement authentication of API services is using JWTs (JSON web tokens). In this course, we take a deep dive into using the provided $http service in Angular to create a robust and reusable API service implementing JWT authentication. Instructor Victor Mejia also covers how to use an Angular router to protect client-side routes and unit test services, HTTP requests, and async actions. All these concepts are demonstrated using a realistic contact management application, so you can see how API calls and user authentication are implemented in a real-world Angular app.07/18/2017
Angular: Building Large ApplicationsAdvancedWebAngular(Length: 62 minutes) Web apps keep growing, adding more features and more complexity every day. While frameworks like Angular spare developers constant reinvention, the sheer volume of code required to build enterprise-scale apps is staggering. This course teaches best practices for structuring and managing Angular applications, keeping components from tangling and helping developers bring complex projects to successful conclusions. Instructor Emmanuel Henri shows how to prepare apps for growth: plan ahead for scalability and maintainability. Learn how to initialize a project with the Angular CLI, organize your code, and deploy projects with npm packages and containers. Emmanuel also covers security, testing, and continuous integration, and introduces two advanced architecture models: progressive web apps (PWA) and server-side rendering (SSR).07/06/2018
Angular: Building on Azure MicroservicesIntermediateWebAngular, Azure(Length: 106 minutes) Angular and .NET might seem like an unlikely pair, but using the best features of each framework, you can build smart, sleek applications and APIs. With the addition of Microsoft Azure, you have a robust and easy-to-use hosting option for your projects. In this course Robby Millsap shows how to develop secure .NET services with Angular and Azure. In the first part, he builds an Angular app on top of .NET; in the second, he constructs an API using .NET Core. Along the way, he shows how to secure your apps with Auth0, and deploy them using a continuous integration workflow with Visual Studio Team Services and GitHub. Plus, learn how to test your applications from front to back, and access libraries that will make your job that much easier.At the end of the course, you'll have skills to connect the popular Angular framework to key services in Microsoft ecosystem.07/06/2018
Angular: EcosystemsBeginnerWebAngular(Length: 25 minutes) Making full use of Angular requires mastering a complicated—and occasionally confusing—cluster of tools. Some of these tools supplement Angular itself, while others establish and maintain workflows for efficient development, or help Angular mesh with another set of web-centric tools. In this course, Derek Peruo explores techniques and tools outside of Angular that can enhance your app development workflow. Derek goes over common tools you could use with most software projects, as well as some options that are specific to Angular. He discusses code editors, tools you can use to build and deploy Angular apps into production, frameworks and libraries to help speed up development, and more.11/03/2017
Angular: Maintaining ApplicationsIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 44 minutes) Most applications grow and change over time. The challenge for developers is to make sure their projects keep pace with ever-evolving frameworks and security standards. This course shows you how to maintain your Angular applications and prepare them for growth. Instructor Emmanuel Henri reviews the upgrade path from Angular 2 to Angular 4 and introduces best practices to help your application scale for organic growth, integrate other projects and frameworks, and accommodate shifts to deployment models such as continuous integration/continuous delivery. Plus, learn how to recognize when it's time to decommission a feature, module, application, or framework version.07/06/2018
Angular: Material DesignIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 50 minutes) Material Design is a unified system created by Google designers for crafting high-quality digital experiences. In this project-based course, get started with Material Design for Angular. Instructor Robby Millsap helps to familiarize you with Material Design by covering the benefits of the specification, and walking through how to install and configure Material Design. He also shows how to work with layouts, components, and theming features to give a project a user experience overhaul.07/06/2018
Angular: Progressive Web AppsIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 280 minutes) Developers are realizing that making responsive sites solves part of a user's interaction needs, but more and more users are seeking app-like experiences regardless of what browser or device they use. Progressive web apps (PWAs) fit any form factor, are connectivity independent, and feel like an app because of how the app shell separates its treatment of functions and content. This course covers how to create PWAs using Angular.Instructor Maximiliano Firtman takes you through the steps of upgrading an enterprise-style application to a PWA. First, he discusses the preparation steps involved. Then, he explains how to lay out and create the user interface. Next, he demonstrates how to get your application to connect to web services. Maximiliano also show how to make sure your PWA is installable, followed by how to leverage service workers for going offline.09/13/2017
Angular: RoutingIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 40 minutes) Angular routing allows you to define both the navigation and the modular structure of your application. This training course provides the skills you need to design and build real-world applications using Angular 4 routing. Instructor Greg Bardwell covers setting up and configuring routes, passing data via parameters, protecting routes with authorization, and nesting or child routing. Plus, learn valuable application design strategies such as route guards, modularization, and lazy loading.03/13/2018
Angular: Securing AppsAdvancedWebAngular(Length: 69 minutes) Angular lets you build complex applications quickly, but these powerful applications can open the door to your most important systems. To keep your systems secure, you'll need to harden your authentication processes and make sure the other doors are closed, as well as keep a close eye on vulnerabilities as they emerge in the core framework and toolchain. In this project-based course, learn practical strategies and best practices for securing your Angular apps. Explore some of the most pressing security threats and how to prevent these issues from affecting your apps. This course also covers how to use JSON Web Tokens for single sign-on authentication in an Angular app.07/06/2018
Angular: WorkflowsIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 58 minutes) Discover how to be a more productive Angular developer. In this course, senior UI engineer Victor Mejia draws on his own experience developing front-end projects with Angular. He introduces a set of tools and workflows that will make your job building Angular apps more efficient and fun. First, review the Angular CLI and then dive into unit testing workflows. Find out how to configure Prettier to automate code formatting, and then learn how to build and publish Angular libraries. Finally, discover how to implement a continuous integration workflow, using CircleCI to set up gateway checks, run automated tests, and build out your apps.07/06/2018
Angular2 for .NET DevelopersIntermediateDeveloperVisual Studio, Angular(Length: 101 minutes) AngularJS is a great complement to .NET, enabling the rapid development of modern web applications. Learn how to prototype and build applications with Angular 2 and familiar .NET development tools, including Visual Studio and TypeScript, in this course with Reynald Adolphe. Reynald shows how Angular's powerful features, including templates, components, data binding, and dependency injection, speed up development with .NET Core. Whether you're building web-based, single-page, or mobile applications, this course shows how Angular 2 will quickly become an essential part of your toolset.11/08/2016
AngularJS 1.x Tips and TricksIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 36 minutes) While AngularJS 1.x is generally a well-tested and well-understood framework, it still has secrets to share. In this course, learn lesser known facts about AngularJS 1.x that can help you build better applications. Aviv Ben-Yosef begins by taking you through techniques for making your AngularJS 1.x apps faster, including one-time binding. Next, he dives into AngularJS 1.x concepts that every developer should have in their toolkit. Finally, he shares a few tricks—such as multiple transclusion and turning URLs in paragraphs into safe links—that can help you when you work on larger apps.05/04/2017
AngularJS 1: Adding Registration to Your ApplicationIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 107 minutes) Registration is a fundamental part of any web application, but it can be notoriously difficult to implement. In this short course, we'll create a simple and straightforward registration system that allows users to log in and log out of an application. The techniques use AngularJS and Google Firebase, a mobile development platform that makes registration easy and secure. In the process, you'll explore the basics of AngularJS MVC architecture and the steps to storing custom user information in the Firebase NoSQL database. Learn how to create basic routes to load different content depending on the target URL, and create basic controllers to tie templates to code. At the end of the course, you'll have a great template that you can use as a starting point for a registration system in any of your own web applications.12/27/2016
AngularJS 1: Building a Data-Driven AppIntermediateWebNode.js, Angular(Length: 135 minutes) Want to create data-driven web applications? AngularJS is a great choice. It allows you to build apps where multiple users can push and pull data at the same time, in real time. However, while the framework is easy to learn, it can be tough to master. This course is the second in a two-part series designed to show you how Angular works in the real world. It takes up where AngularJS 1: Adding Registration to Your Application left off: a simple application that checks users in and out of meetings. Here, instructor and Angular advocate Ray Villalobos shows how to enhance the existing app with new views and controllers to reward random checked-in users with prizes.Learn how to create forms, edit database records, create methods, randomize record selections, and style and secure your app. With these project-based lessons, you'll learn how to see how data-driven programming with AngularJS can help your apps react to real-time data streams.01/31/2017
AngularJS 1: Form ValidationIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 41 minutes) Validation is key to successful online forms. Implementing dynamic form validation that reacts to input can be difficult to implement with languages like JavaScript and jQuery. However, AngularJS allows you to take advantage of two-way data-binding functionality without having to write any JavaScript code. This makes reacting to input from the user—as it happens—a breeze.In this short course, Ray Villalobos shows how to implement form validation on any HTML form using the built-in validation properties and methods in AngularJS. Together, you'll look at how AngularJS can help style forms dynamically as the user updates the content. Plus, explore how to implement validation with JavaScript, just in case you need more fine-tuned control of form interactions.04/27/2016
AngularJS: Scope and DigestAdvancedWebAngular(Length: 104 minutes) Scope is at the heart of the AngularJS data-binding story, weaving together the controller (JavaScript) and the view (HTML) of a web application. The digest cycle is the scope's monitor, which watches for changes and updates the view. The way you edit the scope and call the digest cycle—using functions such as $watch(), $digest(), and $apply()—can make a huge difference in the reliability and performance of large applications. Companies are looking for AngularJS developers who can understand, execute, and troubleshoot these functions. This advanced AngularJS course helps you explore the connected worlds of $scope and the digest cycle. Instructor Iftach Bar explains scope and inheritance, goes behind the scenes of the digest loop, and teaches both manual and automatic data binding approaches. Plus, learn how to integrate external libraries, diagnose performance issues, and debug your applications.07/08/2017
Animate CC 2017 New FeaturesIntermediateWebAdobe Animate(Length: 43 minutes) The new Adobe Animate is here and better than ever. Join Joseph Labrecque for a tour of the new features in Adobe Animate CC 2017, the keyframe-based animation software formerly known as Flash Professional. Learn about the new Camera tool for more expressive storytelling, vector brush creation and management, HTML5 components for interface design and video playback, publishing enhancements such as a completely rewritten animated GIF generator, and smaller but no less impressive workflow enhancements like the ability to share symbols and entire animations through CC Libraries.11/08/2016
Animate CC: Animating ScenesIntermediate3D + Animation, DesignAdobe Animate(Length: 334 minutes) After you've created a storyboard for your animated project, you're ready to tackle the next phase of the pipeline—actually assembling your scenes and rigging your characters. In this course, learn how to use Adobe Animate CC to assemble and animate a scene, and set up a complex rig for both a human character and a robot. Dermot O'Connor shows how to properly line a character, place the pivots, and set up the scene symbol. Plus, he shows how to animate a dynamic action scene, import audio, and export your scene.07/06/2018
Animate CC: StoryboardingIntermediate3D + AnimationAdobe Animate(Length: 201 minutes) Studios can create enormous problems if they begin projects in a disorderly manner. By creating a thoughtful, detailed storyboard, you can clarify your ideas and get your project off on the right foot. In this course, learn how to set up a storyboard in Adobe Animate CC. Dermot O'Connor demonstrates how to set up your project, do fades and cross dissolves, create vertical pan shots, work with characters like marching robot monsters), add and edit audio, and more.07/06/2018
Animating 2D Characters: Harmony to UnityIntermediate3D + AnimationHarmony(Length: 90 minutes) Toon Boom Harmony is an award-winning industry-standard program for animating 2D cartoons. But Harmony also has the tools to create animations for games. By partnering with Unity, Toon Boom has created a pipeline in which you can now rig and animate characters in Harmony, and then export those animations to be used in Unity's game engine. Learn how in this course with motion comics artist, animator, and teacher Tony Ross. Tony shows you the basics of rigging characters, animating with bone defomers and pegs, and prepping files for use in Unity. Finally, learn how to import and test out your character moves and animations in a simple Unity game environment.10/18/2016
Animating a Landscape with VUEIntermediate3D + AnimationVue(Length: 123 minutes) Rendering a photorealistic animated landscape is possible with VUE, a powerful application for creating computer-generated natural environments needed for visual effects, animation, architectural visualization, and illustration. In this course, Aaron F. Ross demonstrates the VUE workflow for digital nature, including interoperability with other 3D programs, terrain sculpting, populating the scene with plants, daylighting and atmospheres, complex material functions, keyframe animation, and production rendering. Realistic skies and lighting are achieved with the VUE photometric spectral atmosphere model. This course covers adding animation to plants, water, and clouds with procedural wind effects. Aaron also shows how to create camera movement by employing the Timeline's intuitive tools, including animation and curve editing. Rendering many animation frames poses challenges not experienced with still image rendering, and so the course concludes with key strategies for optimizing the balance between image quality and rendering time.06/14/2016
Animating Cartoon Characters in MayaIntermediate3D + AnimationMaya(Length: 137 minutes) Now that you've rigged your characters, it's time to make them move. Starting from where Modeling a Cartoon Character in Maya left off, George Maestri teaches five simple steps to creating exaggerated cartoon animation in Maya. Using the rig developed in the previous course, he shows how to animate a walk, create a jump, animate changes in facial expression and posture, animate a "zip out" or quick exit, and then show how to finalize and render the complete project. Throughout the course, George touches on animation principles such as squash and stretch, exaggeration, follow-through, and overlapping action.04/27/2016
Animating Characters in Toon Boom AnimateBeginner3D + AnimationToon Boom Animate(Length: 339 minutes) This course is an introduction to creating and animating cutout characters in Toon Boom Animate. Author Tony Ross shows how to use the Toon Boom toolset to create cutout characters, and explains how to leverage a few rules of traditional animation to help bring the characters to life. He shows how to create mouth shapes for dialogue, add realistic eye movement, and animate a full cycle. The final chapter shows how to create foreground and backgrounds for your character and export a simple, animated scene.04/26/2016
Animating Characters with Mecanim in Unity 3DIntermediate3D + AnimationUnity(Length: 328 minutes) Learn to bring your 3D game characters to life with the help of Mecanim, Unity's new character animation system. Start by importing characters and mapping their bone and muscle structure. Create animation controllers and add existing animations to help them move through and interact with their environment. Learn how to blend and mask animation clips to create sophisticated in-game animations on the fly. Author Sue Blackman guides you through the intricacies of Mecanim as you learn to control an assortment of game characters in a variety of situations.04/26/2016
Animating for Unity 3D in 3ds MaxIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max, Unity(Length: 79 minutes) Learn how to establish a clear production pipeline to transition your characters from 3ds Max to the Unity 3D game engine. Author Adam Crespi shows you how to export three different rig systems from 3ds Max (standard bone, Character Studio, and CAT), define what parts of the model transition over, and verify and configure the import in Unity. Plus, learn to split clips and transition between states with Unity's Mecanim animation system.04/26/2016
Animating in 2D: Breakdowns and ThumbnailsBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 44 minutes) When you plan scenes in advance by animating breakdowns and thumbnails, you can enhance the quality of your animation and add interest to your scenes. In this course, Dermot O' Connor shares his time-tested techniques for animating breakdowns and thumbnails. Dermot begins by going over the basic principles, and then moves on to a discussion of breakdowns-including basic turns and reactions. He wraps up the course by covering basic, intermediate, and advanced thumbnail concepts.02/22/2018
Animating in 2D: Hair and ClothingBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 75 minutes) Hair and clothing are some of the most important but difficult details to animate. These features make the difference between engaging, life-like characters and stiff, boring ones. This course pulls together a professional animator's time-tested techniques for animating hair, fur, clothing, flags, and other secondary animation items. Dermot O' Connor explains the difference between primary and secondary animation, and helps you create smooth secondary motion that amplifies the interest and realism of your 2D characters.07/06/2018
Animating in 3ds Max: Constraints, Controllers, and Wire ParametersIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 103 minutes) Autodesk 3ds Max boasts a robust set of animation tools that can be used to bring characters, machinery, and even environments to life. In this course, get acquainted with some of the fundamental tools that can be used to both create and control animations. To make this course as practical as possible, instructor Brian Bradley introduces each tool (or set of tools) in a practical exercise that helps you see the tool in action. He covers working with controllers, creating reactions, using motion capture, working with constraints and wire parameters, and more.02/08/2018
Animation Foundations: Drawing Cartoon CharactersBeginner3D + Animation, Design(Length: 322 minutes) Learn to draw cartoon characters for classical cel animation, digital animation, comic books, or just for fun. In this course, Dermot O' Connor reviews the basics of character drawing and the principals that underlie effective characters: silhouette, exaggeration, squash and stretch, asymmetry, texture, line weight, and more. Then he focuses on drawing individual body parts—eyes, mouths, hands, and hair—as well as different types of animals, creatures, and objects. Finally, watch Dermot take a drawing from start to finish, creating a memorable character ready for handoff to animators.Follow along with your favorite illustration program, your Wacom tablet, or paper and pen.04/27/2016
Animation Foundations: FundamentalsBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 42 minutes) Dig into the roots of animation in this course for animators, motion graphics artists, and visual effects designers of all levels. Author George Maestri reviews the basic concepts of animation and what makes things move—and the features you'll find in almost every animation package, including X, Y, and Z planes, keyframes, animation paths, hierarchies, pivots, and rotation. Plus, learn time-tested techniques that bring your animations to life, such as easing, squash and stretch, exaggeration, staging, and the importance of timing.04/26/2016
Animation Foundations: GestureBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 79 minutes) What makes a great animated character? One key component is gesture. Gestures are how we express ideas or feelings through the body; creating natural gestures makes our characters feel believable. Directing animator Andrew Gordon, currently at Pixar, walks us through the principles of gesture in animation, from hand and facial gestures to whole body poses. He shows how to incorporate reference material, add physicality, and avoid clichés. In chapter 2, he'll help you add polish to your animated scenes, making the poses cleaner and maximizing the character's interaction with their environment. Plus, take two challenges to practice your acting and observation skills. This course is software-neutral and features reference footage of actors and examples from well-known films, as well as clips created just for the class.09/27/2016
Animation Foundations: StoryboardingBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 92 minutes) Storyboard artists tell the story of an animated cartoon. They illustrate the script, plan shots, demonstrate action, and maintain continuity between scenes. Becoming a storyboard artist starts with the foundations: an understanding of film grammar (including types of shots, acts, sequences, and transitions) and techniques for illustrating action, angles, composition, character, and drama. In this course, Dermot O' Connor demonstrates all these fundamentals and more, using a software-agnostic approach that combines theory with practical technique. Watch the lessons come together in the final animatic, and then download the free exercise files to start practicing on your own.08/02/2016
Animation Pipeline ProductionIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender, Premiere Pro, DaVinci Resolve, Unreal(Length: 126 minutes) Losing files is terrible for anyone but losing animation-work that you've spent 500 or 1,000 hours on-can be crippling. In this course, David Andrade introduces a production workflow that will help you mitigate disasters and get projects done on time. He covers the creative and technical aspects of animation, including scripting, storyboarding, layout, file management, and rendering. Each step is shown in context in the production pipeline, allowing you to see how software like After Effects, Maya, and Blender fit together. Use the pipeline to solve your unique creative and technical challenges and develop a customized production workflow to suit your personal style.07/06/2018
Ansible Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloperAnsible(Length: 197 minutes) Ansible is an easy-to-use IT automation engine. It can transform and optimize tasks such as rolling updates with just a few lines of code. However, many organizations aren't using Ansible modules and playbooks in a reusable fashion; they are reinventing the wheel every time they automate. This training course introduces intermediate to advanced use cases for using the tool at scale. Instructor Robert Starmer shows how to reuse Ansible functionality with roles, encrypt secret data with Ansible Vault, support idempotence, and manage multiple groups of systems with Ansible Tower. He shows you how to string these concepts together to use Ansible in the most efficient way possible: variablizing resources, capturing your ideas into roles, and extending Ansible from simple server management to network management-and beyond.03/31/2018
Anthony Jones: Concept ArtistBeginner3D + Animation, Design(Length: 71 minutes) What does an artist with an unquenchable thirst do to learn? Teach! Anthony Jones is a concept artist and the founder of Robotpencil, an online school for up-and-coming digital artists. In this interview, he tells us what he's been working on, where he's finding inspiration, and how he sees the big trends in 3D and virtual reality developing. Anthony also shares some of the important life lessons he's learned about being laid off, filling his portfolio with passion projects, building a community, and even launching a Kickstarter campaign—the same lessons he shared with his students at Robotpencil.04/27/2016
Apache Cordova: Building Cross-Platform Mobile AppsBeginnerDeveloperApache Cordova(Length: 134 minutes) Cordova allows mobile developers to create native apps by leveraging a single reusable codebase across multiple platforms. You simply develop the app components using standard web technologies (HTML, CSS, and JavaScript) and use Cordova to create a native app. Cordova makes it easy to access OS-specific device capabilities. Learn more about the benefits of using Cordova for your next app development project, in these tutorials with Tom Duffy. Tom shows you how to create a modern, location-aware app that integrates with the Google Maps API, and style it to look like a native app. Then he uses the Cordova CLI to prepare it for deployment on iOS and Android (via Xcode and Android Studio). By the end of the course, Thomas completes a simple project with Cordova, and provides you with some ideas for improving the app with custom icons, a splash screen, directions, and pop-up info windows.07/08/2017
Apache Spark Essential TrainingIntermediateITApache Spark(Length: 87 minutes) Apache Spark is a powerful platform that provides users with new ways to store and make use of big data. In this course, get up to speed with Spark, and discover how to leverage this popular processing engine to deliver effective and comprehensive insights into your data. Instructor Ben Sullins provides an overview of the platform, going into the different components that make up Apache Spark. He shows how to analyze data in Spark using PySpark and Spark SQL, explores running machine learning algorithms using MLib, demonstrates how to create a streaming analytics application using Spark Streaming, and more.04/06/2017
Apache Spark Essential Training: Big Data EngineeringAdvancedITApache Spark(Length: 100 minutes) In order to construct data pipelines and networks that stream, process, and store data, data engineers and data-science DevOps specialists must understand how to combine multiple big data technologies. In this course, discover how to build big data pipelines around Apache Spark. Join Kumaran Ponnambalam as he takes you through how to make Apache Spark work with other big data technologies. He covers the basics of Apache Kafka Connect and how to integrate it with Spark for real-time streaming. In addition, he demonstrates how to use the various technologies to construct an end-to-end project that solves a real-world business problem.07/08/2017
Apache Web Server: AdministrationAdvancedITApache(Length: 58 minutes) Quickly learn how to manage and configure an Apache web server. This course is designed for IT professionals, office managers, and anyone who's been saddled with an Apache server without any idea of where to start. Author Jon Peck describes what the Apache HTTP Server is and what it's used for, and provides practical information on configuration and logging. Then discover how to troubleshoot common problems and control the server, and learn what questions you should be asking when determining whether to delegate this responsibility to a third party.04/26/2016
Aperture 2 New FeaturesIntermediatePhotographyAperture(Length: 76 minutes) Photographers who want to upgrade from iPhoto, or who are simply ready to take control of the digital images accumulating on their hard drives, will find powerful and easy-to-use photo management tools in Apple's Aperture 2. In Aperture 2 New Features, instructor Derrick Story takes an introductory look at photo processing and manipulation, and explores Quick Preview, RAW 2.0, .Mac Web Gallery, and the many new features in Aperture 2. The course follows a professional photographer's workflow, showing viewers how to incorporate his techniques into their everyday practices.04/27/2016
Aperture 3.3/3.4 New Features OverviewIntermediatePhotography, video2brainAperture(Length: 66 minutes) The changes to Apple Aperture between versions 3.0 and 3.3/3.4 have been significant, and in this workshop Joseph Linaschke shows you what's new. Learn about the interface changes, support for the new Retina-display Macs, fast camera preview browsing, naming convention changes, iPhoto library compatibility, new white balance and Highlights & Shadows tools, Auto Enhance, the new Shared Photo Stream feature, and more. Plus, get a guide to terminology changes and see why the upgrade from iPhoto to Aperture is easier than ever before.04/26/2016
Aperture: Enhancing Product PhotographyIntermediatePhotographyAperture(Length: 115 minutes) When you're creating images of products for advertisements, catalogues, and online stores like eBay, there's a balance between making the product look its best and representing it accurately online. Learn how to correct and enhance your product shots with Aperture and these lessons from Derrick Story. Learn to correct hue and saturation to reflect the product's true color accurately, correct exposure, and eliminate dust spots and imperfections. Then smooth unwanted texture from fabrics and other surfaces, change the backdrop's hue and intensity to match your product, and use highlighting to direct the viewer's attention to a specific feature. Plus, find out how to use plugins like Silver Efex Pro to expand your creative options.04/26/2016
Aperture: Portrait RetouchingIntermediatePhotographyAperture(Length: 115 minutes) Portraits require a subtle hand when it comes to retouching, and Aperture's toolset is just the ticket for performing natural-looking enhancements. Derrick Story shows how to choose your best shots, assess the composition, and start the correction process. Learn how to smooth skin, brighten teeth and eyes, adjust the color of clothing and backgrounds, and add a vignette that draws more focus to your subject. Plus, get creative by converting your portrait to black and white, adding sepia toning, or brushing in effects.04/26/2016
API Design in Node.js Using Express and MongoIntermediateDeveloper, WebNode.js, MongoDB, Express.js(Length: 631 minutes) Learning how to build an API with Node.js can sometimes be overwhelming. In this course, join Scott Moss as he explains how to design, build, test, and deploy a RESTful API using Node.js and Mongo. Scott covers topics such as working with middleware, testing in Node.js, application organization, data modeling, querying data with Mongoose, using JSON Web Token, securing routes, and deployment. After finishing this course, you'll have built and deployed a fully functional API for a blogging app with authentication, and you'll have the skills you need to build your own APIs.This course was created by Frontend Masters. It was originally released on 12/30/2015. We're pleased to host this training in our library.05/20/2017
API Development in .NET with GraphQLIntermediateDeveloper, Web.NET, GraphQL(Length: 104 minutes) GraphQL—a query language for APIs that was originally built by Facebook—helps developers build queryable APIs that drive data-driven apps. In this course, Glenn Block demonstrates how to use the GraphQL.NET framework to build a fully functional GraphQL endpoint. Glenn takes you through the entire process, explaining how to create a new GraphQL project, enable querying, configure the schema, allow updates through mutations, create subscriptions, and more. After completing this course, you'll have a better understanding of how to leverage your existing .NET skills—and the GraphQL.NET framework—to build efficient, modern apps.07/06/2018
API Testing and ValidationIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, PHP, Composer, Web API, Behat(Length: 73 minutes) Most API testing doesn't actually test the API. This course shows how to validate your API from the consumer's point of view, testing to confirm that problems experienced by your end users are being solved. Join Keith Casey as he focuses on how to approach API testing by implementing a behavior-driven development model. Keith uses Gherkin to set up a Behat environment so you can see how to write and run your first test. Then, he shows how to build API test requests, including how to introduce variables, authenticate requests, and validate responses. He also covers refactoring tests, establishing system states, using extensions for batch operations, and more.06/03/2017
App Center: Continuous Integration and Delivery for iOSBeginnerDeveloperXamarin(Length: 91 minutes) Think about the last time you released an app. How many sessions did your beta testers run? How often did your app crash? Where did users spend the most time? Visual Studio App Center automatically gathers this data for you and consolidates it into a single web-based dashboard. It also provides a complete continuous integration/continuous deployment (CI/CD) solution for your iOS and macOS applications. You connect your repo to App Center and it builds your apps on cloud-hosted agents, automatically runs unit and UI tests on real devices, and distributes them to beta testers and app stores. After deployment, App Center helps you monitor your apps with crash reports and advanced analytics. It even lets you send targeted push notifications to keep your customers engaged.This project-based course shows how to automate your iOS development process using the features provided by App Center. Discover how to start with a provided iOS Swift application and gradually incorporate App Center services. By the end of the course, you will have a native iOS Swift app with a fully-integrated CI/CD pipeline.07/06/2018
App Development for Microsoft HoloLensBeginnerDeveloperWindows(Length: 173 minutes) Augmented reality (AR) is the next big frontier for app developers. The HoloLens is one of the first commercial devices available in AR. Luckily for developers, Visual Studio has built-in support for HoloLens, and the concepts and syntax are similar to developing for other Microsoft platforms. With Windows 10 Pro and a decent graphics card, you can start developing for mixed reality today.Join instructors Dennis Vroegop and James Ashley for this introduction for HoloLens app development. They show you how to set up your development environment, including Unity and the HoloToolkit; how to deploy to HoloLens and the HoloLens emulator; and how to build apps that accept user input via gazes, tapping, and speech. Then discover how to use spatial mapping to detect your surroundings and analyze your environment with spatial understanding. Learn how to implement spatial sound that adds to the user's existing environment, and synchronize data to create shared experiences. Along the way, learn how it all comes together in two simple 3D apps: a visualization for enterprise business and a platform game.09/27/2017
Apple Music First LookBeginnerBusinessApple Music(Length: 30 minutes) Get started with Apple's new streaming music service. Learn how to find and listen to music, download songs, tune in to different radio stations (including the 24-hour Beats 1 station), and use the Connect feature to hear from your favorite artists. Plus, learn how Apple Music affects an iTunes Match subscription and the music libraries you have stored on iCloud.04/27/2016
Apple Pay for DevelopersIntermediateDeveloperiOS(Length: 63 minutes) Apple Pay gives users an easy, secure, and private way to pay for physical goods and services using payment information stored in their device running the iOS 8 app. By using Touch ID, users can quickly and securely provide all their payment and shipping information to check out with a single touch, expediting transactions like purchasing groceries, clothing, and tickets. As a developer, you may be curious which responsibilities you have to ensure the app works, and what is handled by Apple. In this course, Todd Perkins discusses integrations, best practices, and programming. He shows how to integrate with Stripe, provides guidelines for using Apple Pay buttons, and demonstrates how to write server code that handles finalizing purchases. He also helps you consider additional features you can incorporate that make the experience more efficient for your uses.07/19/2016
Apple Watch Tips and TricksIntermediateBusinessApple Watch(Length: 85 minutes) Get the most from your smartwatch with these expert Apple Watch tips and tricks. This course shows viewers how to customize Glances, set haptic strength, customize and clear notifications, quickly silence the Apple Watch, arrange apps and quickly switch between them, and use Siri effectively. It also discusses how to use the fitness apps, play and manage music, use Passbook and Apple Pay, and send and receive calls, texts, and emails. And viewers will love the handy miscellaneous tips, like how to preserve battery life and use the Apple Watch to find your iPhone.04/27/2016
Apple watchOS 2 New FeaturesBeginnerBusinessApple Watch(Length: 44 minutes) Explore the new features and capabilities in this tour of the first Apple Watch OS update. Nick Brazzi covers the new watch faces, Siri integration, native app support, and the new Time Travel feature, which lets you take a look at future appointments, weather forecasts, and more.04/27/2016
Apple watchOS 3 New FeaturesBeginnerBusinessApple Watch(Length: 36 minutes) Explore the latest Apple Watch update, watchOS 3. This short course reviews the new features and capabilities of watchOS, including the Dock-based interface, new watch faces, and the SOS feature for emergency calls. Author Nick Brazzi also takes a look at sharing activity and workout data with friends, and explores some of the other bundled apps, including Find My Friends, reminders, and messaging.10/04/2016
Apple watchOS 4 App Development Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloperXcode, Swift, watchOS(Length: 190 minutes) There are over 2 million iOS apps available in the App Store, but less than 1% work on the Apple Watch. This underserved market is a great opportunity for Apple developers. Learn how to use your existing skills—plus the tools in Xcode 9 and watchOS 4—to create apps for Apple Watch. In this course, Steven Lipton shows you how to build a simple watchOS app, and then demonstrates the key differences from iOS, such as the watch picker, haptics, and the digital crown. Along the way, he shows how to create quick layouts with Interface Builder, navigate between controllers, enable dictation for text controls, and build tables. With these tips, you can quickly transition from iOS to watchOS app development and start entering the world of programming for wearable devices.01/22/2018
Apple watchOS App Development: Advanced APIsAdvancedDeveloperiOS, watchOS(Length: 191 minutes) What else can an Apple Watch app do? When it's paired with an iPhone, the Watch is capable of a whole lot more. If you've a developer who's mastered the basics, you may ready to take your watchOS apps to the next step. Luckily, there's a series of advanced APIs that allow you to easily add motion, connectivity, maps, animation, and gesture support to paired watchOS applications. This course shows how to expand your existing watchOS skills by transitioning an iPhone app to the Apple Watch. Learn how to control what happens when your app is dismissed to the background, use complications to show important information, scroll back and forward in a timeline, and add maps and 2D and 3D animation with MapKit, SpriteKit, and SceneKit. Plus, learn how to use gestures in your app to add interactivity and save valuable real estate on the Watch interface.03/31/2018
Applied Economic Forecasting with Big DataIntermediateBusiness, ITExcel(Length: 97 minutes) Big data is transforming the world of business. Yet many people don't understand what big data and business intelligence are, or how to apply the techniques to their day-to-day jobs. This course addresses that knowledge gap by showing how to use large volumes of economic data to gain key business insights and analyze market conditions.Professor Michael McDonald demonstrates how to harness the wealth of information available on the Internet to forecast statistics such as industry growth, GDP, and unemployment rates, as well as factors that directly affect your business, like property prices and future interest rate hikes. All you need is Microsoft Excel. Michael uses the built-in formulas, functions, and calculations to perform regression analysis, calculate confidence intervals, and stress test your results. He also covers time series exponential smoothing, fixed effects regression, and difference estimators. You'll walk away from the course able to immediately begin creating forecasts for your own business needs.LinkedIn Learning (Lynda.com) is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.07/08/2017
Applied Interaction DesignBeginnerWeb(Length: 109 minutes) Dave Hogue has been studying how people interact with digital devices and interfaces for over 15 years, and knows how design can make or break a website. In this course, he shares a hands-on approach to improving interaction design for a better user experience on the web. This course breaks down the components of an example site, from its homepage to categories, content, and the shopping cart, and introduces common customer scenarios that can be used to identify opportunities for improvement. You'll learn how to enhance navigation, gather feedback after interactions, manage content layers, and add features such as infinite scrolling, collapsible modules, and dynamic content to enrich the user's experience. Then compare the before and after websites to understand why these techniques make them more engaging and effective.04/26/2016
Applied Responsive DesignIntermediateDeveloper, Web(Length: 361 minutes) Following the concepts introduced in Responsive Design Fundamentals, senior author James Williamson demonstrates the practical applications of responsive design and shows how to enrich the appearance and behavior of your website across multiple devices. First, discover how to plan your design and take advantage of CSS media queries to create multiple layouts. Then make your site navigation respond to changing screen sizes with CSS and jQuery, and display media like images and video fluidly. Plus, discover how to take advantage of mobile capabilities like touch events and HTML5 forms to enhance the experience of mobile visitors. James also shows how to effectively manage resources and optimize the performance of your site.04/26/2016
AR for Mobile DevelopersIntermediateDeveloperFacebook, Unity, Unreal(Length: 30 minutes) Augmented reality (AR) offers developers an array of possibilities for presenting content in new and interesting ways. If this technology has piqued your interest, but you're unsure of how to approach an AR project from a mobile development standpoint, this course can help. Receive an overview of what AR is and learn about which common traits are present in most successful AR apps, and how to approach popular AR tools from the perspective of a developer or entrepreneur. Instructor Emmanuel Henri first takes a look at defining a successful AR project by reviewing examples of well-executed applications. He then moves through the research and planning phases, discussing what brings value to an AR application, and how to approach interactions and device sizing. He wraps up the course with a look at two of the most popular AR tools on today's market: Unreal Engine and Unity.07/06/2018
ArcGIS Essential TrainingIntermediateITArcGIS, GIS(Length: 331 minutes) Learn to create and manage data, maps, and analytical models with ArcGIS. Author Adam Wilbert shows how to get around maps and start adding your own data and importing data from existing databases. He demonstrates how to select and edit individual map elements, and connect to advanced geospatial data sources. He explains the finer points of working with vector vs. raster data, and then shows how to style your map so it's easy for others to interpret, including finishing touches such as a legend, scale bar, and annotations. Plus, learn how to use ModelBuilder to sequence workflows and share them with the rest of your organization.04/26/2016
ArcGIS Pro Essential TrainingIntermediateITArcGIS(Length: 265 minutes) Get data-mapping and geoprocessing power in a new, more intuitive work environment with ArcGIS Pro. ArcGIS Pro Essential Training shows how to use the new ribbon-based interface and editing environment in ArcGIS to accomplish common 2D and 3D mapping tasks. Learn to create project-centered files that gather local and online resources and geodatabases together into a single location—making management and creation of your maps that much easier. Create multiple 2D map views and 3D scenes in a single project and save project templates to reuse your layouts. Instructor Adam Wilbert also covers manipulating data using the included ArcGIS geoprocessing tools, adding styles and symbols, and sharing the final maps via ArcGIS Online or as standalone packages.11/22/2016
ArchiCAD Essential TrainingBeginnerCADArchiCAD(Length: 354 minutes) ArchiCAD is an award-winning tool used by architects worldwide. It's powerful and packed full of the features needed to design great building projects. Ready to get started? ArchiCAD Essential Training offers practical training for new ArchiCAD users. We've mapped the basic and advanced tools with actual stages of architecture, making it easy to relate to the daily, real-world activities of an architect in training. Thiago Mundim shows how to get around ArchiCAD, start a new project story, and set up the units and preferences so the software works best for you. He then dives into modeling and documentation, such as working with groups and dimensions, and pays special attention to detailed drawings, which may contain special objects such as Solid Element Operations, custom objects, or graphic overrides. By the end, you'll understand the essential ArchiCAD tools and techniques and how they fit into the BIM workflow.07/26/2016
ArchiCAD: Management & CollaborationAdvancedCADArchiCAD(Length: 87 minutes) Great architecture is a team effort. ArchiCAD is an award-winning tool for BIM professionals the world over, and it comes with a host of collaboration tools that make it easy to share work and collaborate on designs. ArchiCAD: Management & Collaboration covers everything that an advanced user should know when using ArchiCAD on large projects and in large teams. It's designed to replicate all the tasks of a BIM manager or a BIM coordinator, while optimizing the workflow and performance of your ArchiCAD setup. Join Thiago Mundim, as he shows how to implement BIM Server to network projects with simultaneous access, monitor file size, use Hotlinked Modules to reference external ArchiCAD files, create reusable templates, and import IFC files from other CAD systems.08/30/2016
Architecting Big Data Applications: Batch Mode Application EngineeringAdvancedIT(Length: 97 minutes) Batch mode consolidates data-related operations in order to reduce the load on networks. Batch mode helps software architects build big data applications that operate smoothly and efficiently under real-world conditions. In this course, you can learn about use cases and best practices for architecting batch mode applications using technologies such as Hive and Apache Spark.There is no coding involved. Instead you will see how big data tools can help solve some of the most complex challenges for businesses that generate, store, and analyze large amounts of data. The use cases are drawn from a variety of industries, including ecommerce and IT. Instructor Kumaran Ponnambalam shows how to analyze a problem, draw an architectural outline, choose the right technologies, and finalize the solution. After each use case, he reviews related best practices for data acquisition, transport, processing, storage, and service. Each lesson is rich in practical techniques and insights from a developer who has experienced the benefits and shortcomings of these technologies firsthand.11/03/2017
Architecting Big Data Applications: Real-Time Application EngineeringAdvancedIT(Length: 64 minutes) Real-time systems have guaranteed response times that can be sub-seconds from the trigger. Meaning that when a user clicks a button, your app better respond—and fast. Architecting applications under real-time constraints is an even bigger challenge when you're dealing with big data. Excessive latency can cost you money, in terms of system resources consumed and customers lost. Luckily, big data technology and efficient architecture can provide the real-time responsiveness your business needs. In this course, you can learn about use cases and best practices for architecting real-time applications with technologies such as Kafka, Hazelcast, and Apache Spark.There is no coding involved. Instead you will see how big data tools can help solve some of the most complex challenges for businesses that generate, store, and analyze large amounts of data. The use cases are drawn from a variety of industries, including ecommerce and IT. Instructor Kumaran Ponnambalam shows how to analyze a problem, draw an architectural outline, choose the right technologies, and finalize the solution. After each use case, he reviews related best practices for real-time streaming, predictive analytics, parallel processing, and pipeline management. Each lesson is rich in practical techniques and insights from a developer who has experienced the benefits and shortcomings of these technologies firsthand.11/03/2017
Architectural Documentation in RhinoIntermediateCADRhino(Length: 78 minutes) Refine your Rhino skills. Learn how to create architectural documentation and presentation images that make your designs shine. Find out how to create fast and easy presentations with Rhino's built-in viewport modes—no rendering required! Next, learn how to create exploded and isometric views of your buildings. Then take a trip into Photoshop, where instructor Dave Schultze shows how to edit backgrounds, add shading, and make your images pop. Back in Rhino, Dave shows how to create section cuts of your project with the cutting plane, and use page layouts to prepare designs of any scale for printing and publication. Stay tuned at the end of the course for some of Dave's bonus tips and tricks for workflow strategies.12/13/2016
Architectural Photography: A Fine Art ApproachIntermediatePhotography(Length: 143 minutes) Chicago is known for its architecture: beautiful, classic buildings with incredibly detailed exteriors and interiors. It's a great place to learn about architectural photography, and in this course photographer and educator Justin Reznick heads to the Windy City to photograph some of Chicago's gems. Along the way, he shares creative and technical insights aimed at helping you capture beautiful, accurate renditions of famous buildings, and highlight details that define different architectural styles and eras.04/27/2016
Architectural Photography: ExteriorsIntermediatePhotography(Length: 28 minutes) An effective photo of a building captures the personality of the architecture and its designer's vision. In this course, photographer Richard Klein demonstrates key techniques for taking exterior photos that make a building look its best. He visits two sites, one featuring a large modern home and the other a Japanese-style building, and covers a variety of lighting techniques, from working with existing light to employing supplemental lighting.04/26/2016
Architectural Photography: InteriorsIntermediatePhotography(Length: 58 minutes) Whether you're photographing a room for an architectural magazine, for a real-estate ad, or for an interior decorator friend, interior spaces present a variety of photographic challenges. In this course, photographer Richard Klein visits two homes, photographing their interiors while explaining the essential shooting and lighting techniques behind making these spaces look their best.The course describes the best ways to light interior elements to show their texture and form, and contains tips on staging rooms to make them more inviting. Richard also tackles the tricky challenges that windows and exterior lighting introduce: how do you adjust exposure to capture interior details without overexposing the windows?04/26/2016
Architectural Site & Envelope in RhinoIntermediateCADRhino(Length: 72 minutes) Advance your Rhino modeling and workflow skills with this short course on architectural exterior design. Dave Schultze shows how to first create the topography of a site with lofting and contours. He then creates the building envelope with walls and a foundation, and later with floors and stairs. Using a fun, retro space-age design, he shows quick ways to build glass curtain walls and even move openings like doors and windows on the fly. He also provides his patented tips and tricks for a faster, more efficient workflow in Rhino.04/27/2016
Arduino: Pulse Width ModulationIntermediateDeveloperArduino(Length: 76 minutes) Pulse width modulation (PWM) is an essential skill for connecting Arduino microcontrollers to motors or lights, providing a way to approximate analog voltage levels with digital signals. Using PWM, you can control and program the brightness of lights and the speed of motors—bringing your projects to life. Join Rae Hoyt in this course and learn how to harness the power of PWM to drive digital circuits. She shows how to use the built-in PWM libraries and functions, troubleshoot code and hardware, and use analog input controls to drive servos, motors, and RGB LEDs. Take the practice challenges along the way to test your learning and see how far your Arduino skills are progressing.04/27/2016
Are Leaders Born or Made?BeginnerBusiness(Length: 3 minutes) Suzy Welch talks about the five components model of leadership: personal energy, inspirational energy, edge, execution, and passion.11/22/2016
Arianna Huffington's Thrive 01: Discovering Meditation and SleepBeginnerBusiness(Length: 57 minutes) Live a life filled with less stress, greater well-being, and enhanced productivity by learning how to make transformational changes. Start your Thrive journey and discover how to go from coping and surviving to actually thriving. In this first course of a six-course series, Arianna Huffington discusses the benefits of meditation and sleep in this first course of six.05/04/2017
Arianna Huffington's Thrive 02: Learning How to Unplug and RechargeBeginnerBusiness(Length: 37 minutes) Live a life filled with less stress, greater well-being, and enhanced productivity by learning how to make transformational changes. Continue your Thrive journey and discover how to go from coping and surviving to actually thriving. In this second course of a six-course series, Arianna Huffington shares ways to unplug and recharge.05/04/2017
Arianna Huffington's Thrive 03: Setting Priorities and Letting GoBeginnerBusiness(Length: 44 minutes) Live a life filled with less stress, greater well-being, and enhanced productivity by learning how to make transformational changes. Pursue the next step in your Thrive journey and discover how to go from coping and surviving to actually thriving. In this third course of a six-course series, Arianna Huffington shares how to set priorities.05/04/2017
Arianna Huffington's Thrive 04: Facing Challenges with Gratitude and ForgivenessBeginnerBusiness(Length: 34 minutes) Live a life filled with less stress, greater well-being, and enhanced productivity by learning how to make transformational changes. Take the next step in your Thrive journey and discover how to go from coping and surviving to actually thriving. In this fourth course of a six-course series, Arianna Huffington discusses how to face challenges.05/04/2017
Arianna Huffington's Thrive 05: Igniting Joy through Presence and WonderBeginnerBusiness(Length: 46 minutes) Live a life filled with less stress, greater well-being, and enhanced productivity by learning how to make transformational changes. Progress further in your Thrive journey and discover how to go from coping and surviving to actually thriving. In this fifth course of a six-course series, Arianna Huffington discusses how to ignite joy.05/04/2017
Arianna Huffington's Thrive 06: Understanding the Link between Giving and SuccessBeginnerBusiness(Length: 24 minutes) Live a life filled with less stress, greater well-being, and enhanced productivity by learning how to make transformational changes. Complete the learning portion of your Thrive journey and discover how to go from coping and surviving to actually thriving. In this final course of a six-course series, Arianna Huffington discusses the link between giving and success.05/04/2017
Arne Duncan Interview: Education and Reducing ViolenceBeginnerBusiness, Education + Elearning(Length: 17 minutes) The Chicago Create Real Economic Destiny (CRED) initiative aims to radically reduce gun violence in Chicago by tackling the economic issue that lies at the heart of the problem. In this powerful interview with former US secretary of education Arne Duncan—one of the creators of CRED—we dig deep into this groundbreaking program. Arne shares how his career journey led him from the world of education to CRED. He then dives into an in-depth discussion of CRED, shining a spotlight on this program and why it's been successful.07/06/2018
Art and Illustration Careers: First StepsBeginnerDesign(Length: 33 minutes) If you've spent hours filling notebooks with sketches, and find joy in the creation of beautiful images, then you've probably wondered if you could turn your passion for art into a full-time job. In this course, learn the skills and tools you'll need to pursue a career in art and illustration, and the jobs that you can get with them.Kristin Ellison—the content manager of art and illustration at LinkedIn Learning—kicks off the course by walking through the core elements of the creative process: drawing, composition, and color. Next, she highlights the specific skills and software you'll need to successfully launch a career in 2D illustration, 3D illustration, and fine art. To wrap up, Kristin covers the business of art and illustration, sharing how to promote, present, and get paid for your work. Throughout the course, Kristin mentions additional courses you can reference to get an in-depth look at specific tools and skills.04/13/2017
ART Renderer: 3ds MaxIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 81 minutes) The Autodesk Raytracer (ART) renderer is a fast, physically-based renderer that's available for a number of Autodesk applications, including 3ds Max, Revit, and Inventor. In this course, learn how to get the most out of this exciting, easy-to-use renderer. George Maestri starts out with the basics, taking a look at rendering controls for the ART Render, and explaining how to use the 3ds Max Scene Converter to translate scenes that were migrated from older projects. He shows how to create materials for ART, exploring the basics of the Physical Material, which is the recommended material for the ART renderer. George also covers working with lights, creating depth of field, and configuring motion blur in ART.07/08/2017
Articulate Storyline 2 First LookBeginnerEducation + ElearningStoryline(Length: 26 minutes) Articulate has released Storyline 2, the latest version of its powerful yet easy-to-use elearning software. Thinking about an upgrade or maybe a first-time purchase? This training course gives you a first look at the most important changes in Articulate Storyline 2, including new slider interactions, motion paths and triggers, and transitions and entrance/exit animations. Find out how to expanded support for Android devices and HTML5 can help make your elearning accessible on almost any device. Plus, learn about two of the most requested features: seekbars that keep learners from skipping around, and negative scoring, which you can use to help reinforce learning.04/27/2016
Articulate Storyline 2: Advanced TechniquesIntermediateEducation + ElearningStoryline(Length: 146 minutes) Online training and blended learning have gone from being a trend to being an expectation. The increased prevalence of e-learning has resulted in upgrades to authoring tools, like Articulate Storyline 2. Articulate Storyline 2 includes new features that make it more powerful than before, and expanded features that provide advanced options. Authors, educators, and instructional designers can take advantage of these features to improve the quality of their courses.In this course, David Rivers takes you past the basic features into the advanced. He demonstrates how to create custom e-learning content using media, layers, and variables in Articulate Storyline 2. He shows how to create interactive courses by inserting and configuring objects and hotspots throughout the course. He also demonstrates how to make templates and add quizzes.05/20/2016
Articulate Storyline 360: Increasing Learner EngagementIntermediateEducation + ElearningStoryline(Length: 61 minutes) By taking logistics out of the equation, elearning gives students everywhere the opportunity to learn whatever material piques their interest. That said, while the freedom that elearning affords learners is exciting, much of the available elearning content presents information in a less than inspiring manner—on a series of plain slides.In this course, learn how to go beyond the simple slide deck, and create highly engaging elearning presentations that increase learner agility and motivation using the features and tools of Articulate Storyline 360. Sally Cox combines instruction in the tool with teaching best practices to help you take your elearning development skills to the next level. She explains how to plan and storyboard your course, use design fundamentals to sharpen the aesthetics of your presentation, develop engaging navigation, incorporate storytelling, and create assessments and quizzes.07/08/2017
Articulate Storyline: Advanced TechniquesIntermediateEducation + ElearningStoryline(Length: 131 minutes) Do more with Articulate Storyline. Author and Storyline pro Daniel Brigham shows you how to used its advanced features to make your courses more consistent, engaging, and robust. After reviewing the core concepts behind Storyline, Daniel covers working with layers and triggers and using templates and master slides to decrease your development time and increase the consistency of your slides. He'll also show you how to embed web and interactive video in your slides, and use variables to individualize the learning experience.04/26/2016
Articulate Storyline: Creating Mobile ElearningIntermediateBusiness, Education + ElearningStoryline(Length: 94 minutes) Make your elearning accessible from any location: make it mobile. Mobile elearning offers advantages that can't be replicated, including flexibility, collaboration, and 24/7 access. Follow along with Renaldo Lawrence as he takes a typical non-interactive learning presentation and turns it into a dynamic elearning experience that can be delivered over a variety of devices, including smartphones, tablets, and desktop computers. Renaldo explores how to convert PowerPoint slides into elearning slides in Articulate, and add interactive multimedia, assessments, reporting, and branching to create a really effective elearning program.01/22/2018
Articulate Studio Advanced TechniquesIntermediateEducation + ElearningArticulate Studio(Length: 99 minutes) Take your Articulate training beyond the basics. Articulate Studio '13 has many features that many people have never explored. In this course, Daniel Brigham reveals how to make your course material more robust, by using Engage interactions in fresh ways, building nonlinear scenarios, and designing custom quiz templates.Like this course? Find more of Daniel's courses on his author page.04/26/2016
Articulate: Visual Design BasicsIntermediateEducation + ElearningStudio(Length: 153 minutes) Learn how to design effective slides that enhance the learning experience of your audience with Articulate Storyline 2. In this course, David Rivers explores some design basics for creating Storyline presentations. He explores topics such as the use of color, contrast, and repetition; Gestalt theory; formatting text for readability and accessibility; incorporating media; and creating stories through visual design. Plus, learn the top 5 mistakes to avoid and the top 5 habits to embrace when it comes to visual design.11/22/2016
Artificial Intelligence Foundations: Machine LearningBeginnerIT(Length: 77 minutes) Machine learning is one of the liveliest areas in artificial intelligence. Machine learning algorithms allow computers to learn new things without being programmed. They use statistics as a way to better understand the massive amounts of data that we create every day. These newer algorithms help machines classify images, sounds, and videos. They can answer our questions, discover new drugs, and even write songs. In this course, we review the definition and types of machine learning: supervised, unsupervised, and reinforcement. Then you can see how to use popular algorithms such as decision trees, clustering, and regression analysis to see patterns in your massive data sets. Finally you can learn about some of the pitfalls when starting out with machine learning.03/31/2018
Artificial Intelligence Foundations: Neural NetworksBeginnerIT(Length: 76 minutes) An artificial neural network uses the human brain as inspiration for creating a complex machine learning system. There are now neural networks that can classify millions of sounds, videos, and images. These machines can answer our questions, understand our behaviors, and even drive our cars. The network looks for subtle patterns in our data and then fine-tunes itself to improve over time. They can become experts in predicting our behavior, learning our languages, and finding new discoveries. In this course, instructor Doug Rose provides an overview of artificial neural networks, explaining what they are and how you can use them for your machine learning challenges. Discover ways that you can use this technology to do fascinating new things for your projects or your business.07/06/2018
Artificial Intelligence Foundations: Thinking MachinesBeginnerIT(Length: 87 minutes) Computer-enhanced artificial intelligence (AI) has been around since the 1950s, but recent hardware innovations have reinvigorated the field. New sensors help machines have more accurate sight, hear sounds, and understand location. Powerful processors can help computers make complex decisions, sort through possibilities, plan outcomes, and learn from mistakes. The possibilities are thrilling; the implications are vast.This course will introduce you to some of the key concepts behind artificial intelligence, including the differences between "strong" and "weak" AI. You'll see how AI has created questions around what it means to be intelligent and how much trust we should put in machines. Instructor Doug Rose explains the different approaches to AI, including machine learning and deep learning, and the practical uses for new AI-enhanced technologies. Plus, learn how to integrate AI with other technology, such as big data, and avoid some common pitfalls associated with programming AI.11/10/2017
Artist at Work: Color as ShapeBeginnerDesign(Length: 69 minutes) Composing an image is like solving a puzzle; if you can imagine your elements as a group of colored shapes, you can make all the pieces fit. In this course, Mary Jane Begin shows you how to see shape before detail and develop a portrait step-by-step, using reference images, a color composite, and foundational shapes. The course will review color balance, color blocking, use of diagonal shapes for dynamic compositions, tension between edges, focal points, space, and hierarchy of shape.Mary Jane uses the following materials in this course:Arches 140 lb hot press paperTube watercolors- Winsor & Newton Cotman brandPaper stumps for blendingPastels- a variety of stick and pencil forms (including Conte pastel pencils) Short, fat, fine-bristle Winsor & Newton #2 and #4 brushes (for scrubbing color off) Sceptre Gold II sable/synthetic blend #3, #6, and #10 brushesWinsor & Newton Cotman brand 25 mm/1 in. flat brush (for washes)04/26/2016
Artist at Work: Complementary ColorsBeginnerDesign(Length: 18 minutes) Take a look over the shoulder of an artist at work. Mary Jane Begin, an award-winning illustrator and Rhode Island School of Design professor, sits down at the drawing board and explains how complementary colors—colors on opposite sides of the color wheel—can make your art, illustrations, and designs more compelling and vibrant. Learn how to layer colors of different hues and translucencies, play with light and shadow, and subtract color to create a sense of form. Plus, learn to neutralize a color's intensity simply by mixing it with its complement. Mary Jane illustrates these concepts through pastel on paper, but they can be applied to all types of media including digital endeavors.Mary Jane uses the following materials in this course:Arches 140 lb hot press paperTube watercolors- Winsor & Newton Cotman brandPaper stumps for blendingPastels- a variety of stick and pencil forms (including Conte pastel pencils) Short, fat, fine-bristle Winsor & Newton #2 and #4 brushes (for scrubbing color off) Sceptre Gold II sable/synthetic blend #3, #6, and #10 brushesWinsor & Newton Cotman brand 25 mm/1 in. flat brush (for washes)04/26/2016
Artist at Work: Creating a Visual HierarchyBeginnerDesign(Length: 34 minutes) The human eye perceives objects in a scene in order of contrast. Tone, color, and glazing are used to establish this "visual hierarchy" in your art. Join award-winning illustrator and Rhode Island School of Design professor Mary Jane Begin back in her studio as she discusses tricks to achieve visual hierarchy. She starts by establishing value, or light and dark areas in the composition, and then shows how to use varying opacity and a limited color palette to further define the forms in a painting. Finally, learn how glazing can make your colors pop even more and shift the palette toward a warm or cool tone. Mary Jane compares traditional media to a digital workflow while using brushes, sponges, watercolors, and acrylic paint to achieve her results. These lessons can be easily migrated to digital artwork and designs using programs like Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator.Mary Jane uses the following materials in this course:Arches 140 lb hot press paperTube watercolors- Winsor & Newton Cotman brandPaper stumps for blendingPastels- a variety of stick and pencil forms (including Conte pastel pencils) Short, fat, fine-bristle Winsor & Newton #2 and #4 brushes (for scrubbing color off) Sceptre Gold II sable/synthetic blend #3, #6, and #10 brushesWinsor & Newton Cotman brand 25 mm/1 in. flat brush (for washes)04/26/2016
Artist at Work: Creating Depth of FieldBeginnerDesign(Length: 66 minutes) If you can convince a viewer that there is depth in a flat image, you can increase the emotional resonance and believability of your artwork. In this course, professional illustrator Mary Jane Begin explores how color and contrast affect the illusion of space. Mary Jane shows how to choose a focal point for your image, use temperature to define your foreground and background objects, employ contrasting colors to create depth, and work with edges to create contrast. As with all Artist at Work courses, the techniques shown here can be applied to both traditional and digital media.Mary Jane uses the following materials in this course:Arches 140 lb hot press paperTube watercolors - Winsor & Newton Cotman brandPaper stumps for blendingPastels - a variety of stick and pencil forms (including Conte pastel pencils) Short, fat, fine-bristle Winsor & Newton #2 and #4 brushes (for scrubbing color off) Sceptre Gold II sable/synthetic blend #3, # 6, and # 10 brushesWinsor & Newton Cotman brand 25 mm/1 in. flat brush (for washes)04/26/2016
Artist at Work: From Sketch to Finished Vector IllustrationIntermediateDesignIllustrator(Length: 78 minutes) Von Glitschka is known for his witty, colorful illustrations, logos, and design work. But how do his drawings make it from refined sketches to polished pieces? This installment of Artist at Work enables you to follow along with Von's coloring and shading process, as he transforms this vector-based graphic in Adobe Illustrator. He starts with a scanned sketch and builds out the basic vector shapes. He then adds shading, highlights, and color—the finishing details that make his illustrations so extraordinary. Von's methods are simple to follow and will help create a new level of depth and richness in your own vector creations.04/26/2016
Artist at Work: Tertiary ColorsBeginnerDesign(Length: 45 minutes) Tertiary colors are the neutral browns and grays that, when over used in a palette, are often referred to as "mud." Though sometimes banished from an artist's palette, they play a crucial role. Tertiary colors give more vibrant hues a chance to shine and play a starring role in compositions with more subtle ideas or moods behind them. Follow along with Mary Jane Begin in this installment of Artist at Work as she explores tertiary color, its best uses, and the creative possibilities available with this palette. She paints a landscape based on a reference photo, and provides tips along the way about establishing a ground, adding texture physically or digitally, building depth, and making your focal points pop.Mary Jane uses the following materials in this course:Arches 140 lb hot press paperTube watercolors- Winsor & Newton Cotman brandPaper stumps for blendingPastels- a variety of stick and pencil forms (including Conte pastel pencils) Short, fat, fine-bristle Winsor & Newton #2 and #4 brushes (for scrubbing color off) Sceptre Gold II sable/synthetic blend #3, #6, and #10 brushesWinsor & Newton Cotman brand 25 mm/1 in. flat brush (for washes)04/26/2016
Artist at Work: TexturesBeginnerDesign(Length: 35 minutes) Mary Jane Begin is back with more from the Artist at Work series. This installment focuses on adding texture to your imagery—visual texture that breaks up repetitive strokes and static blocks of color—with pattern, color, light, and a variety of brush strokes. Mary Jane takes an early-stage illustration from her book series Willow Buds and shows how to add variation, contrast, and a tactile quality to trees and grass, water, and the sky. These lessons are useful whether you're working with traditional media like the watercolors Mary Jane uses in this course, or digital formats like Adobe Illustrator and Photoshop.Mary Jane uses the following materials in this course:Arches 140 lb hot press paperTube watercolors- Winsor & Newton Cotman brandPaper stumps for blendingPastels- a variety of stick and pencil forms (including Conte pastel pencils) Short, fat, fine-bristle Winsor & Newton #2 and #4 brushes (for scrubbing color off) Sceptre Gold II sable/synthetic blend #3, #6, and #10 brushesWinsor & Newton Cotman brand 25 mm/1 in. flat brush (for washes)04/26/2016
Artist Series with Hillman CurtisBeginnerDesign(Length: 51 minutes) Artist Series is a series of videos, created by Hillman Curtis, that showcases leading designers and design firms. The series takes an in-depth look at the work and processes of the design firm Pentagram and the designers David Carson, Milton Glaser, Paula Scher, Stefan Sagmeister, and James Victore.04/16/2016
Artistic Concepts in Photoshop and Illustrator 1BeginnerDesignPhotoshop(Length: 42 minutes) Legendary author and artist Bert Monroy has been making digital art since 1984; he's a pioneer in the field who never stops innovating creatively. In this course, he walks through basic artistic concepts critical for creating great art and designs. The course covers concepts like perspective, shadows, and reflections, and shows how to take advantage of Adobe Photoshop tools like layers to add, mask, and remove objects.04/26/2016
Artistic Concepts in Photoshop and Illustrator 2AdvancedDesignPhotoshop(Length: 79 minutes) Join legendary author and artist Bert Monroy as he walks through a new set of basic artistic concepts. This course covers materials, layers, and channels—overlooked features that can help elevate the work of any artist, designer, or illustrator. The concepts are explored via Photoshop but can be applied to any digital art workflow.Need to brush up on concepts like perspective and light? Watch the first installment of Artistic Concepts with Bert Monroy here.04/26/2016
Artistic Painting with Illustrator: Natural Media BrushesIntermediateDesignIllustrator(Length: 182 minutes) In this course, artist Sharon Steuer shows how to paint with the various natural media brushes inside Adobe Illustrator, one of the most overlooked sets of artistic tools in the entire Creative Cloud or Adobe Creative Suite. Along the way, she offers suggestions on how to customize these brushes to help express your creativity. Discover how to configure your workspace, adjust tool options, and set up a tablet. Then investigate the multiple styles of brushes in Illustrator—from Calligraphic, Bristle, and naturalistic Art brushes to Blob brushes and stroke profiles. Sharon also shows how to combine brushes and effects with other Illustrator features to maximize your control when drawing, painting, and adding expressive strokes in Illustrator.04/26/2016
Artistic Painting with Illustrator: Object-Creation BrushesIntermediateDesignIllustrator(Length: 226 minutes) Discover how to paint and draw with Adobe Illustrator's powerful object-creation brushes. In this course, artist and author Sharon Steuer will show you how to use art brushes, pattern brushes, scatter brushes, and brush-like symbols to warp, bend, repeat, stretch, scatter, and distribute objects along a path, and quickly populate scenes with complex groups of objects. You'll learn how to scale, colorize, and modify your objects; create different versions of brushes; edit the underlying paths; and fix common mistakes. You'll also see how to prepare artwork to make into brushes, resize brushes, and understand which brush or symbol is appropriate for different drawing situations. Plus, learn to paint with raster objects in dynamic new ways, and auto-generate corners for vector and raster pattern brushes.See the previous course in the series, Artistic Painting with Illustrator: Natural Media Brushes, for Sharon's insights on more traditional tools like the Paintbrush and Blob Brush.04/26/2016
Artists and Their Work: Conversations about Mograph VFX and Digital ArtBeginner3D + Animation, Video(Length: 928 minutes) Rob Garrott, lynda.com's video content manager, got the chance to sit down with nine influential artists to talk about their work, their inspirations, their tools, and the industry as a whole. The series kicks off with a conversation with Kris Pearn, storyboard artist for Sony Animation, and one of the people "drawing the movement" behind movies like Cloudy with a Chance of Meatballs. We also include interviews with the following industry pros:Nick Campbell, motion graphics artist, photographer, and entrepreneur Marc Potocnik, designer and 3d artistTim Clapham, VFX artist and educatorAlan Torres and Stephen Morton (Cantina Creative), design and visual effects artistsAaron Limonick, concept artistMike Lowes, 3D animator and technical directorLorcan O'Shanahan, motion graphics artistScott Keating, 3D artist and illustratorClear Menser, visual effects artistJohn Robson, motion graphics artist and filmmakerGrant Miller, VFX supervisorTomasz Opasinski, creative director and movie poster artistWatch for fresh insights into the careers and creative processes of these working professionals.04/26/2016
Asking for a RaiseIntermediateBusiness(Length: 54 minutes) Connect your self worth to your market worth: ask for a raise! In this course, executive coach and negotiation consultant Lisa Gates provides practical tools and advice to help you understand your professional value and communicate that value to your employer. She shows how you can determine your market value and how to use that information to establish your "anchor" in your salary negotiation. She also helps guide you through the actual salary discussion, providing scripts to get past "no," and shows how to lay the foundation for future negotiations by cultivating a network of influencers and continuing to grow professionally.04/27/2016
Asking Great Sales QuestionsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 27 minutes) All too often sales calls become an interrogation, leaving the prospects wondering where the conversation is leading. In this course, author and Fortune 500 sales coach Jeff Bloomfield provides an alternative, based on the principle that effective sales start with focusing on the issues that matter most to your customers. Jeff helps you gain insight into your customer's business problems, and use those insights to guide your sales questions. He teaches you how to create and ask effective, probing questions; validate the business impact of your solution; and dig deeper when necessary. He also provides advice on maintaining the right tone throughout the conversation—leading to a more successful sales interaction and a long-lasting relationship with the customer.04/27/2016
ASP.NET Core New FeaturesIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, ASP.NET MVC, ASP.NET Core MVC(Length: 184 minutes) Navigating all of the new features in each release of ASP.NET Core can be challenging. In this project-based course, Phil Japikse helps to simplify this process by laying out the new features in ASP.NET Core 1.0, 1.1, and 2.0, and acquainting you with the benefits of each. Phil begins by providing a general overview of .NET Core and discussing migration considerations. He then dives into ASP.NET Core 1.0, discussing the updated project structure, new environmental awareness, view components, and other new features. He then moves on to discuss ASP.NET Core 1.0 and ASP.NET Core 1.1, diving into helpful new features and functionality present in each iteration of the web framework.07/06/2018
ASP.NET Core: Converting Synchronous Calls to AsynchronousIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, Entity Framework(Length: 47 minutes) Review key concepts that can help you gain a more practical understanding of asynchronous programming. Join instructor Reynald Adolphe as he covers how to switch from synchronous programming to asynchronous programming. Reynald explores the principles behind the await and async keywords, and provides synchronous and asynchronous demonstrations with a desktop app. He then goes over how to convert synchronous code to asynchronous code—and vice versa—in ASP.NET Core and Entity Framework Core, and explores how to test an application to confirm that the conversion was done successfully.07/06/2018
ASP.NET Core: InternationalizationIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET Core MVC(Length: 90 minutes) Want to take your ASP.NET Core site worldwide? ASP.NET offers internationalization features that allow developers to configure their code so it can be easily localized. In this course, learn about internationalization considerations specific to taking your site global. Discover how to configure your code to be ready for internationalization, and explore specific functions and strategies to customize your site's content based on the local culture.07/06/2018
ASP.NET Core: MiddlewareIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET(Length: 33 minutes) In ASP.NET Core, the HTTP pipeline is built from middleware—components that see every request and response and decide how to act upon them, and whether to forward each one to the next component in the pipeline. Learn what middleware is and how to write middleware components of your own to enhance ASP.NET Core web applications. Instructor Jeff Fritz covers inline and external implementation, along with conditional mapping and techniques for adjusting the order in which middleware is called.01/22/2018
ASP.NET Core: Razor PagesIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET(Length: 128 minutes) Razor Pages is an exciting new product released with ASP.NET Core 2, which makes building webpages without an MVC framework quick and easy. You can use it alone or in combination with ASP.NET MVC. In this course with Microsoft MVP Jess Chadwick, learn how to create a Razor Pages application, use the page model, manage dependencies, and secure your app. Jess helps you get your first dynamically rendered page up and running with Razor Pages. He demonstrates the use of layouts and classes to optimize pages for maintainability, and shows how to create simple HTML forms, validate and process user input, and lock down sections of your app for maximum security.01/22/2018
ASP.NET Core: SecurityIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET(Length: 157 minutes) Software security is an important consideration when designing and developing web applications. While security breaches and threats can have serious consequences, there are steps that software developers can take to keep their applications safe. In this course, explore techniques for securing and controlling access to your ASP.NET Core applications. Instructor Janan Siam covers how to implement authentication and authorization using both ASP.NET Core Identity framework and token authentication with IdentityServer. She discusses the most common types of attacks, and how to protect against them. In addition, Janan examines several strategies for protecting sensitive data in your applications, including encryption, the new Data Protection API, and Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).09/13/2017
ASP.NET Core: Test-Driven DevelopmentIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, ASP.NET Core MVC(Length: 37 minutes) Get practical, hands-on experience implementing test-driven development of ASP.NET Core applications. Apps developed with a solid testing strategy are cleaner, more flexible, and easier to change on the fly. This course provides developers with the baseline knowledge of TDD so they can iterate through both new and existing code. Instructor Richard Rout introduces some helpful tools for ASP.NET Core testing, including Visual Studio, ReSharper, and the xUnit and Mock frameworks. Then he covers concepts such as dependency injection and version control, and shows how to set up a web app for testing. Finally, he walks through the red-green-refactor test cycle, including writing failing and passing tests, running tests, and refactoring code to improve quality.Note: Examples in this course were developed using C# ASP.NET Core, but the concepts apply to all .NET Core applications.07/08/2017
ASP.NET Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloper, WebASP.NET(Length: 384 minutes) Thousands of businesses have used Microsoft ASP.NET to build professional, dynamic websites. In this course, web developer David Gassner demonstrates the tools needed to build and deploy a dynamic site using ASP.NET 3.5 or 4.5. Covering everything from installing and configuring Visual Web Developer 2008 or Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web and SQL Server Express to creating web form pages, this course is designed to give beginning and intermediate developers hands-on experience.04/28/2016
ASP.NET MVC 4 Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, ASP.NET MVC(Length: 236 minutes) ASP.NET MVC is a powerful and effective framework for building maintainable and scalable web applications. In this course, author Jess Chadwick reviews the Model-View-Controller (MVC) architecture at the heart of ASP.NET MVC and shows how to create a model, execute controller logic, and interact with models via views. The course shows how to create professional-looking web pages with layouts, work with data in forms, create separate content or sites for mobile devices, and enhance your projects with AJAX. Jess also explains how to secure your site with user permissions, optimize its performance, and deploy it to the world.04/26/2016
ASP.NET MVC 5 Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloperASP.NET, ASP.NET MVC(Length: 220 minutes) ASP.NET MVC gives you a potent, patterns-based way to build dynamic websites. MVC 5 includes features that enable rapid, test-driven development—and it's a version every .NET developer needs to know to meet the latest web standards. Join Michael Sullivan for an in-depth look at the MVC 5 framework. He demonstrates how a typical MVC application is structured, and shows how to work with views, models, and data, including developing database objects with the Entity Framework. Michael also explores how to secure applications with the ASP.NET Identity system, create and conduct unit tests, use JavaScript libraries to communicate with controllers and pass data to client-side scripts, and deploy to cloud-based platforms like Azure and AppHarbor. Two hands-on practice challenges allow you to test what you've learned along the way.04/26/2016
ASP.NET MVC: HTTP Request Life CycleIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, C#, ASP.NET MVC(Length: 135 minutes) Learn the architecture of the MVC framework by exploring the life cycle of an HTTP request as it travels through the ASP.NET MVC framework. This course educates developers about the major steps in the request life cycle, as well as how to extend and customize them when appropriate. Instead of focusing on MVC coding and how to build applications, this course dives into the relationships between the components that comprise the request pipeline. The inner workings of the MVC framework are discussed where applicable, such as controller factories, dependency resolvers, and result execution.07/06/2018
Assessing and Improving Strategic PlansIntermediateBusiness(Length: 54 minutes) Discover how to hone your strategy to ensure that it succeeds. In this course, join Mike Figliuolo as he highlights some of the major reasons that strategic plans fail, and how to avoid making those same mistakes. Mike examines common problems that can knock your plan off course, including insufficient capabilities, pursuit of the wrong initiatives, and incorrect assessments of the market. By covering each of these issues in detail, he helps you make a better assessment of your own strategic plan.10/20/2017
Async Programming in C#IntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 215 minutes) Discover how to improve the scalability and performance of your applications using asynchronous programming in C#. In this course, join Anton Delsink as he explores different options for parallelizing your code, and shows how asynchronous programming is done with C#. Anton covers key concepts, including unit tests, delegates, lambdas, and anonymous methods. He also covers multithreading, async keywords, tasks, and more.07/06/2018
Atlassian JIRA: Installing and AdministeringIntermediateITJIRA(Length: 178 minutes) JIRA is a popular project- and issue-tracking tool used by development and technical support teams to get more work done, faster. In this course, Sandy Toner introduces the key tasks involved in installing and administering JIRA, including setting up new projects, tracking tasks through the JIRA workflow, and managing users and groups. Plus, learn how to customize workflows with fields and screens, control permissions and JIRA security, and use add-ons to help JIRA better support agile development cycles.04/27/2016
Audacity: Cleaning and Repairing AudioBeginnerAudio + MusicAudacity(Length: 46 minutes) Want to improve the sounds of your audio recordings, fast? In these short tutorials, Garrick Chow shows how to clean and repair audio using Audacity's built-in tools and effects. He covers removing short clicks and pops and persistent background noise, reducing the effects of clipping and distortion, and improving your overall sound with compression, EQ, and normalization. Plus, get an inside look at a few plugins that can take Audacity (and your audio) even further.04/27/2016
Audio and Music Production Careers: First StepsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 25 minutes) What does it take to get work, and get skilled, in audio and music production? Garrick Chow has been making music and leading training for lynda.com for many years, and in this course, he shares this combination of experience with you, as he explains the very basics of getting started down an audio learning path. Learn about the jobs that use audio, so you can decide what role you want to play. Then Garrick charts the route audio takes from microphone to output, and covers the basic tools you'll need for most audio-related work. He also covers the strengths and weaknesses of the various digital audio workstations (DAWs) on the market and how to choose the best one for your needs. Finally, he'll show what training lynda.com has to offer for each learning path.04/26/2016
Audio Design for Interactive ProjectsIntermediateAudio + Music, WebLogic Pro(Length: 96 minutes) Sound is a subtle—but critical—aspect of any physical or web-based product. Even if a sound lasts less than a second, it affects how users feel about a product. If the sounds users hear as they navigate a program or unlock a reward in a game are pleasant, they are likely to feel more favorable about the product as a whole. In this course, instructor Nate Mars shares practical approaches to creating user interface sounds for web and physical products—from creative brief to execution. Nate explores working with professional audio tools and digital audio workstations like Ableton Live and Pro Tools; takes you through the end-to-end sound design process; explains how to interpret a creative brief; discusses audio cues that can inform users and create a better sonic experience; and more.01/22/2018
Audio for Video: 1 Getting StartedBeginnerAudio + Music, Video(Length: 35 minutes) Sound for video is often poorly understood and ignored by video producers. Watch almost any YouTube video and you'll hear the problem. It's one that plagues new and experienced video producers alike.This series, Capturing Audio for Video, demystifies sound capture, offering professional insights along with practical tips and tricks. In this introductory installment, Professor Jeff Jacoby shows how to plan a shoot with sound in mind, choose microphones, and adjust camera settings and audio hardware to capture the best results. These tutorials are easy to follow and apply, fun to watch, and enormously helpful for video producers and directors.04/27/2016
Audio for Video: 2 Tips & TechniquesBeginnerAudio + Music, Video(Length: 28 minutes) Sound for video is often poorly understood and ignored by video producers. Watch almost any YouTube video and you'll hear the problem. It's one that plagues new and experienced video producers alike.Capturing Audio for Video demystifies sound capture, offering professional insights from instructor and audio specialist Jeff Jacoby. This installment is centered on practical audio recording tips and techniques. He shows how to scout a location, monitor audio in the field, plan a shot list and sound recordings, and choose the right equipment, whether you need to buy or rent it. These tutorials are easy to follow and apply, fun to watch, and enormously helpful for video producers and directors alike.04/27/2016
Audio for Video: 3 Real World SolutionsBeginnerAudio + Music, Video(Length: 23 minutes) Sound for video is often poorly understood—and sometimes even ignored. Watch almost any YouTube video and you'll hear the problem. It's one that plagues new and experienced video producers alike. This series, Capturing Audio for Video, demystifies sound capture, offering professional insights along with practical tips and tricks. Here you'll learn how to deal with real-world audio issues in talking head, long shot, and multi-actor scenes. Jeff also introduces specialized solutions for dealing with wind, environmental noise, sound for B-roll, room tone, and more.05/20/2016
Audio for Video: Production and Post Sound TechniquesIntermediateVideoAudition, Premiere Pro(Length: 188 minutes) Video producers are adept at making all the visual aspects of their carefully shot projects look great. However, when it comes to the sound, many suffer unnecessarily. Audio for Video: Production and Post Sound Techniques is aimed at video professionals who are looking to manage their audio better—from start to finish. The course will take a three-point approach toCapturing audio and following the proper workflow for optimum resultsSound editing—improving and restoring audio in post-productionMixing and exporting audio or preparing it for handoff to a professional audio engineerThe second and third steps feature Adobe Audition CC, a powerful audio post-production program with a host of tools to clean up, sculpt, and finesse your sound design. The seamless workflow to and from Adobe Premiere Pro makes it a powerful audio toolset. However, author Scott Hirsch's techniques work equally well in other video and sound editing applications. Watch this course to learn practical techniques for getting better sound in all your productions.04/26/2016
Audio Foundations: Compression and Dynamic ProcessingBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 145 minutes) In this first installment of the Foundations of Audio series, author Brian Lee White shows how to improve the sound of a mix with compressors, limiters, gates, de-essers, and other dynamic processors. The course explains the fundamentals of sound waves, and amplitude, explores common compressor controls, and shows how to eliminate unwanted noise using gates and expanders. The course also demonstrates best practices in compression and limiting in a variety of audio applications and covers sculpting the attack and decay of individual notes with transient shapers and applying frequency specific dynamics control with multiband compressors. Exercise files accompany the course and include special Get in the Mix session files.04/28/2016
Audio Foundations: Delay and ModulationBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 140 minutes) In this installment of Foundations of Audio, author Alex U. Case explains the fundamentals of delay and modulation effects and how to apply these effects, technically and creatively, to improve the sound of a mix. The course covers adjusting individual parameters such as delay time, level, and feedback; working with long delays to create echoes, enhance groove, and add support; using delay modulation for chorus and doubling effects; and dialing-in spectral effects from delay, such as flanging. This course also includes Get in the Mix (GITM) sessions for both Avid Pro Tools and Apple Logic Pro. Exercise files are also included with the course.04/28/2016
Audio Foundations: EQ and FiltersBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 148 minutes) In this installment of the Foundations of Audio series, author Brian Lee White shows producers and audio engineers how to properly apply equalization (EQ) and improve the sound of their mixes. The course covers the use of parametric and graphic EQs—and filters such as the high/low pass filters and shelf filters—in a variety of musical settings. These principles can be applied to any digital audio workstation platform, including Logic and Pro Tools, as well as analog workflows.04/28/2016
Audio Foundations: ReverbBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 185 minutes) This installment of Foundations of Audio explains one of the most essential ingredients in audio mixing, reverb—the time it takes for sound to bounce, echo, and decay during a live performance or recording. Reverb gives a natural richness to your recordings, which is possible to reproduce. Producer and audio engineer Alex U. Case covers the acoustic, mechanical, and digital means for creating reverb, and charts the parameters (room size, density, etc.) you'll need to know to take advantage of the original recording space and enhance it in post. He then shows how to simulate reverb digitally with effects, adding timbre, texture, and contrast, and improve the sound of your mixes with a sense of space and depth.These techniques can be practiced with the free Get in the Mix sessions, currently available for Pro Tools and Logic Pro.04/28/2016
Audio Mastering TechniquesBeginnerAudio + MusiciTunes, Pro Tools(Length: 120 minutes) Mastering audio is the final stage in music production, where the final set of mixed songs are turned into a cohesive album through a variety of processes that make the music sound the best it can, wherever it's played. Join author and producer Bobby Owsinski in this course, as he teaches essential mastering concepts and techniques used by experienced audio engineers. Follow along as he works at Oasis Mastering, a real-world mastering facility, and learn how to apply these techniques to your home or studio setup and make your projects sound better than ever. First, discover how to configure your monitoring setup, optimize your listening environment, and prepare and print alternative mixes that will allow you to make quick fixes during mastering. Bobby then reviews a selection of dedicated mastering tools that give you precise control over select signal parameters, from compressors to de-essers. He'll discuss the differences between mastering for CD, online distribution, and specifically for iTunes, and how to achieve the best results for each medium. The course wraps with lessons on mastering for high-resolution formats like Blu-ray, as well as delivering and archiving the master recording once the project is complete.04/26/2016
Audio Mixing BootcampBeginnerAudio + MusicPro Tools(Length: 533 minutes) In this course, author Bobby Owsinski reveals industry tips, tricks, and techniques for producing professionally mixed audio on any digital audio workstation. He offers recommendations for setting up an optimal listening environment, highlights the most efficient ways to set up and balance a mix, and shows how to build a powerful sound with compression. The course also explains how to master the intricacies of EQ; incorporate reverb, delay, and modulation effects; and generate the final mix.04/28/2016
Audio Post Workflow with Final Cut Pro X v10.0.9 & Pro ToolsIntermediateAudio + Music, VideoFinal Cut Pro, Pro Tools(Length: 59 minutes) Transferring audio from Apple Final Cut Pro X to Avid Pro Tools and back can be a tricky endeavor when Final Cut Pro X doesn't support OMF transfers. But X2 Pro Audio Convert is a program that can make this exchange quick and easy. In this course, Scott Hirsch demonstrates how to transfer audio utilizing X2Pro Audio—an invaluable workflow designed to help optimize and finish the audio of your Final Cut Pro video project.. He imports the audio into Pro Tools and then demonstrates how to make a Pro Tools template for future transfer projects. The course also includes some key EQ and noise reduction techniques that can take your audio for video projects to the next level. The final chapters show how to mix down the audio and export it back to Final Cut Pro X.04/26/2016
Audio Post Workflow with Final Cut Pro X v10.1.x & Pro ToolsIntermediate3D + Animation, Audio + Music, VideoFinal Cut Pro, Pro Tools(Length: 63 minutes) Transferring audio from Final Cut Pro X to Pro Tools and back can be a tricky endeavor when Final Cut Pro doesn't support OMF transfers. But X2 Pro Audio Convert is a program that can make this exchange quick and easy. In this course, Scott Hirsch demonstrates how to transfer audio utilizing X2Pro Audio—an invaluable workflow designed to help optimize and finish the audio of your Final Cut Pro video project. He imports the audio into Pro Tools and then demonstrates how to make a Pro Tools template for future transfer projects. The course also includes some key EQ and noise-reduction techniques that can take your audio for video projects to the next level. The final chapters show how to mix down the audio and export it back to Final Cut Pro X.Note: This course was updated to reflect the changes to Final Cut Pro X v. 10.1.x. Although the course was not re-recorded from scratch, we updated the applicable movies by adding text overlays to guide you to existing changes. We also updated the exercise files to work with the most current version of the software. Please watch the "Using the exercise files" movie to learn exactly what to expect from this updated course. Working with an earlier version of Final Cut Pro X? Watch Audio Post Workflow with Final Cut Pro X v10.0.9 and Pro Tools.04/27/2016
Audio Recording TechniquesBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 317 minutes) Discover the industry secrets to recording crisp, rich instrument tracks and vocals in any type of recording environment. Join renowned audio engineer Bobby Owsinski as he walks through the process of miking and tracking a complete song by Underground Sun recording artist Iyeoka and A-list session musicians in a top-of-the-line studio—in a way that is applicable to any recording space and musical genre. Learn how to select the correct microphone and polar pattern for each instrument, with hundreds of revealing listening examples for drums, acoustic and electric guitar, piano, keyboards, and more. These professional techniques offer critical insights for those just getting started in the recording process, and a trustworthy reference guide for more seasoned engineers. Bobby also demonstrates how to monitor and sculpt EQ settings, why and when to process your input signal, and how to choose the right outboard gear for the track. This course employs 360-degree, 3D visualizations that provide an unprecedented perspective of the equipment, players, and microphone placements discussed. Plus, with the raw audio files provided, you can critically listen to every recorded example at home with your DAW of choice at full 24-bit resolution.04/28/2016
Audition CC 2017 Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + Music, VideoAudition(Length: 332 minutes) Discover how to professionally edit and mix audio with Audition CC. In this course, Paul Murphy begins with the fundamental concepts in audio production and a crash course in fixing noisy audio from a Premiere Pro project. He then continues with a more detailed overview of the software, including topics such as importing, editing, improving your sound elements with effects and the Essential Sound panel, integration with Premiere Pro, and finally, exporting your mix. For editors who have traditionally completed audio work inside their editing system, this course shows you the powerful tools and expert techniques to take your audio mix to the next level.03/09/2017
Audition CC 2018 Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + Music, VideoAudition(Length: 364 minutes) Discover how to professionally edit and mix audio with Adobe Audition CC. In this course, instructor Paul Murphy begins by touring the Audition interface and providing a crash course in fixing noisy audio from a Premiere Pro project. He then continues with a more detailed overview of the software, including topics such as importing, editing, improving sound elements with effects and the Essential Sound panel, integration with Premiere Pro, and finally, exporting your mix. For editors who have traditionally completed audio work inside their editing system, this course can show you powerful tools and expert techniques to take your audio mixes to the next level.01/22/2018
Audition CC Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + Music, Video, video2brainAudition(Length: 399 minutes) Discover the powerful audio-editing tool set offered in Audition CC. In this course, author Maxim Jago shows how to navigate the interface and understand fundamental audio concepts. Editors who have traditionally completed audio work inside a nonlinear editing system will benefit from discovering the tools, workflows, and terminology used in professional audio post-production.Check out the new chapter, "2015 Creative Cloud New Features," for information on the latest features and enhancements in Audition CC.04/26/2016
Audition CS6 Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + Music, VideoAudition(Length: 280 minutes) Audition CS6 Essential Training demonstrates all of the major features of Adobe Audition and prepares sound editors to start enhancing and correcting audio—whether it's music, dialogue, or other sound effects. Author and musician Garrick Chow begins by covering how to import, record, and manage media files, from extracting audio and importing video, to creating a new multitrack session from scratch. The course then dives deep into editing, repairing, and cleaning up audio files, using the Waveform and Multitrack Editors, and the Spectral Frequency Display. It also covers how to use built-in effects, how to mix both stereo and surround audio tracks, and how to work with video projects from Premiere Pro.04/28/2016
Audition CS6 New FeaturesBeginnerAudio + Music, Video, video2brainAudition(Length: 102 minutes) Adobe Audition CS6 has lots of new and enhanced features in many areas of the program, including expanded core functionality and some impressive new special effects and controls. In this course, Adobe Master Trainer Maxim Jago walks through all of them, including pitch correction, the new spectral tonal display, support for hardware controllers, and automatic speech alignment. Plus, learn about changes to performance and the user interface, and how these can affect your workflow.04/26/2016
Audition: Mixing a Short FilmIntermediateAudio + Music, VideoAudition, Premiere Pro(Length: 64 minutes) Dialogue, sound effects, music, and other audio elements play a big part in creating a compelling narrative and theme for a video. In this course, author Scott Hirsch demonstrates to filmmakers and audio engineers how to import, edit, mix, and export all of the associated audio tracks for a short film and provide the best audio impact for the video's story. He shows how to edit dialogue, reduce noise, use special effects to add depth and drama, automate volume levels, enhance the mix with equalization (EQ), and marry the final mix back to the picture.This Adobe Audition course is an excellent companion to our video course Documentary Editing with Premiere Pro, which shows how to highlight a cause, express a point of view, and tell a story with Adobe Premiere Pro and some essential documentary editing techniques.04/26/2016
Audition: Third-Party PluginsIntermediateAudio + Music, VideoAudition(Length: 95 minutes) While Adobe Audition is an incredibly powerful and versatile application, you can strengthen and extend its built-in capabilities with third-party plugins. In this course, Paul Murphy shares some of his favorite plugins, when to use them, and most importantly, how they can significantly enhance and accelerate your audio post-production work. Explore how to repair audio with iZotope RX and leverage a selection of key plugins—including Trash 2, which you can use to add distortion to sounds—for creative sound design. Plus, learn how to work with some of the tools and features in Neutron, the mixing plugin from iZotope.07/06/2018
AutoCAD 2013 Essential Training: 1 Interface and Drawing ManagementBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 65 minutes) AutoCAD Essentials with Jeff Bartels is a multi-part series that takes a more modular approach to this massive program, used for everything from 2D and 3D CAD design, drafting, and modeling to architectural drawing and engineering projects. This first installment includes a lengthy tour of the interface, from understanding the concept of model space to customizing the AutoCAD preferences and working with dockable palettes. The second half of the course show how to manage your drawings, including getting the most from the mouse and many shortcuts, creating time-saving templates, and plotting from either model space or in a layout.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2013 Essential Training: 2 Drawing FundamentalsBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 116 minutes) AutoCAD Essentials is a multi-part series that takes a more modular approach to this massive program, used for everything from 2D and 3D CAD design, drafting, and modeling to architectural drawing and engineering projects. In this installment, author Jeff Bartels concentrates on the particulars of creating basic geometry in AutoCAD, including assigning imperial or metric units of measurement, using object snaps to control accuracy, and drawing and transforming basic lines and shapes. The last chapter in the course tests your newfound skills in a short project.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2013 Essential Training: 3 Editing and Organizing DrawingsBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 130 minutes) Properly managing a drawing is essential to being productive in AutoCAD. In this course, author Jeff Bartels concentrates on the Autodesk AutoCAD tools and features dedicated to organizing and editing geometry. The course covers making selections, creating and adjusting layers, identifying objects with hatch patterns, and scaling, exploding, and joining elements. It also includes lessons on creating fillets and chamfers, copying existing objects into rectangular or circular patterns, and accessing specialized tools that make measurements and calculations a lot easier.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2013 Essential Training: 4 Annotating a DrawingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 95 minutes) In this installment of AutoCAD Essentials, CAD trainer Jeff Bartels shows how to create and edit text and dimensions in your drawings, and control the appearance of those annotations using styles. The course also covers adding callouts, aka multileaders, to highlight features or add notes to a drawing. The last chapter contains a drawing challenge to give students a chance to use what they have learned, followed by a demonstration where Jeff shows how to solve the challenge.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2013 Essential Training: 5 Working with ReferencesBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 72 minutes) Join author Jeff Bartels as he explores the world of references—a tool that allows you to link and reuse external content in AutoCAD. The course covers creating and leveraging block symbols, linking to external drawings or Xrefs, and inserting images into projects. The final chapter includes a drawing challenge, where designers are asked to incorporate references into a drawing, and a demo where Jeff shows how to solve the challenge.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2013 Essential Training: 6 Sharing Drawings with OthersBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 84 minutes) In this installment of AutoCAD Essentials, author Jeff Bartels shows how to transition designs from concept to construction. Discover how to create hard copies of your drawings that are printed to a measurable scale, tie annotations to a plot scale, so text, dimensions, and callouts are properly sized, and share drawings between different CAD programs. Jeff also takes a close look at the DWF format, which enables clients to mark up drawings without CAD software. The final chapter includes a drawing challenge, where designers have an opportunity to use what they've learned to complete a small project.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2013: 3DBeginnervideo2brain, CADAutoCAD(Length: 157 minutes) If you're comfortable with 2D drawing in AutoCAD 2013 and ready to start creating and designing three-dimensional models, this workshop from AutoCAD expert and author Scott Onstott is for you. Learn about 3D navigation and wireframing; surface, solid, and mesh modeling techniques; designing and assigning materials; placing natural and artificial lights; and configuring both direct and global illumination rendering parameters to create photorealistic renderings. With the 3D techniques from this course, you can prepare to bring your designs one step closer to reality.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2013: Customization TechniquesAdvancedvideo2brain, CADAutoCAD(Length: 104 minutes) In this workshop, expert and author Scott Onstott teaches you how to modify AutoCAD to better fit the way you work. He begins by showing you how to create a complex dynamic block that uses multiple visibility states, parameters, and actions so that one dynamic block can do the job of many static blocks. Then learn how to configure physical output devices, edit command aliases, and create custom panels and linetypes. Finally, discover how to automate repetitive tasks with action macros, scripts, and Lisp routines to craft tools for increased productivity.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2013: Data ManagementIntermediatevideo2brain, CADAutoCAD(Length: 79 minutes) In this workshop, AutoCAD expert and author Scott Onstott teaches you how to build intelligence into drawing objects so that the symbols used in your drawings carry meaning beyond simple geometric representations. Learn how to embed manufacturer, model, and pricing data into commonly used blocks; create invisible attributes that embed data in geometry without it appearing in the drawing area; and use field codes to display information from the AutoCAD database inside text objects. Plus, discover how to format, edit, and extract attribute data for use in external spreadsheets and/or for display within tables in AutoCAD drawings.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2013: Space PlanningIntermediatevideo2brain, CADAutoCAD(Length: 33 minutes) This free workshop from expert and author Scott Onstott shows how to use AutoCAD 2013 to create and arrange a number of furniture blocks and then group typical arrangements of furniture so you can lay them out most efficiently in an office space. Along the way, gain experience with AutoCAD's editing tools and exercise creative freedom by deciding how to fit your own puzzle pieces together.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 Essential Training: 1 Interface and Drawing ManagementBeginnerCADAutoCAD, AutoCAD LT(Length: 82 minutes) AutoCAD 2014 Essentials with Jeff Bartels is a multi-part series that takes a more modular approach to this massive program, used for everything from 2D and 3D CAD design, drafting, and modeling to architectural drawing and engineering projects. This installment kicks off the 2014 series with a complete tour of the interface, from understanding the concept of model space to customizing the AutoCAD preferences and working with dockable palettes. The second half of the course shows how to manage your drawings, including getting the most from the mouse and many shortcuts, creating time-saving templates, and plotting from either model space or in a layout.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 Essential Training: 2 Drawing FundamentalsBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 123 minutes) In this installment of AutoCAD 2014 Essentials, author Jeff Bartels concentrates on the particulars of creating basic geometry in AutoCAD, including assigning imperial or metric units of measurement, using object snaps to control accuracy, and drawing and transforming basic lines and shapes. The last chapter in the course tests your newfound skills in a short project where you'll create a small mechanical part.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 Essential Training: 3 Editing and Organizing DrawingsBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 138 minutes) Properly managing a drawing is essential to being productive in AutoCAD. In this AutoCAD 2014 Essentials course, author Jeff Bartels concentrates on the tools and features dedicated to organizing and editing geometry in AutoCAD. Learn how to make selections, create and adjust layers, emphasize objects using hatch patterns, and scale, explode, and join elements. The course also includes lessons on creating fillets and chamfers, copying existing objects into rectangular or circular patterns, and accessing specialized tools that make measurements and calculations a lot easier. At the end, a challenge drawing is provided to test your skills.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 Essential Training: 4 Annotating a DrawingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 102 minutes) Join CAD trainer Jeff Bartels, as he shows how to create and edit text and dimensions in your drawings, and control the appearance of those annotations using styles. Plus, learn to add callouts, aka multileaders, to highlight features or add notes to a drawing. The last chapter includes a drawing challenge that gives you a chance to use what you've learned, followed by a demonstration where Jeff shows how to solve the challenge.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 Essential Training: 5 Working with ReferencesBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 79 minutes) Learn to work with AutoCAD blocks, link to other drawings, and incorporate images into your AutoCAD 2014 projects. Join author Jeff Bartels as he explores the concept of references—a tool that allows you to link to and reuse external content. The course covers creating and leveraging block symbols, attaching and clipping external drawings, and referencing images. The final chapter includes a drawing challenge, where you can apply the skills you've learned, followed by Jeff's step-by-step solution.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 Essential Training: 6 Sharing Drawings with OthersBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 95 minutes) Join author Jeff Bartels as he shows how to transition your AutoCAD designs from concepts to workable construction documents. First, discover how to create hard copies of your drawings that are printed to a measurable scale. Then learn to assign annotations to a plot scale, so text, dimensions, and callouts are properly sized. Next, you'll explore how to share drawings with others—even between different CAD programs. Jeff also takes a close look at the DWF format, which enables clients to view and mark up drawings without CAD software. The final chapter offers designers a chance to use what they've learned to complete a small challenge project.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 New FeaturesIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 124 minutes) Start incorporating all the new features of Autodesk AutoCAD 2014 into your CAD workflow. Author Jeff Bartels covers the new Autodesk 360–enabled collaboration tools, enhanced command line with content and search functionality, and georeferencing options. The new AutoCAD productivity and security features are also explored. Plus learn about working with point cloud data and virtual environments using Autodesk ReCap.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2015 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD, AutoCAD LT(Length: 515 minutes) Scott Onstott has been using AutoCAD for 24 years and has witnessed its evolution into the world-leading application for computer-aided drafting and design. You too can harness its power and start creating detailed CAD drawings, whatever your field: design, architecture, or engineering. In this in-depth course, Scott shows you how to draw precise, measured 2D drawings—the basis of design communication the world over. Then he shows how to create and modify geometry, layers, blocks, attributes, dimensions, and layouts, and finally, how to start sharing your drawings with others.04/26/2016
*AutoCAD 2016 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD, AutoCAD LT(Length: 526 minutes) Scott Onstott has been using AutoCAD for 24 years and has witnessed its evolution into the most popular industry-standard computer-aided drafting and design application. This course is your detailed introduction to the 2016 version of AutoCAD. Scott begins with the basics of the user interface and leads you step-by-step to learning how to draw the kind of precise, measured 2D drawings that form the basis of design communication the world over. Along the way, you'll learn how to create and modify geometry, layers, blocks, attributes, dimensions, layouts, and how to share your drawings with others.Note: The course is an update to our 2015 training, including new movies on working with object snaps, writing multiline objects, making dimension objects, and more.04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2017 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 520 minutes) Learn everything you need to know to create precise 2D and 3D drawings with AutoCAD 2017. These tutorials provide AutoCAD beginners (and pros who want to learn more) with the skills required to use AutoCAD 2017 effectively in any industry—architecture, engineering, construction, manufacturing, or product design.Autodesk Certified Instructor Shaun Bryant reviews the user interface and leads you step-by-step through all of AutoCAD's tools, menus, and features. Learn how to create and modify geometry, layers, blocks, dimensions, and layouts. Find out how to draw more accurately with AutoCAD's snapping and coordinate model, and add text and annotations that help others understand your drawings. Ready to share your work with others? Discover how to output your drawings in a variety of formats. Even experienced AutoCAD pros can find something new to learn.04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2017 New FeaturesBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 85 minutes) AutoCAD just keeps getting better. Find out about all the new features in AutoCAD 2017 and how they will benefit your design workflow. Autodesk Certified Instructor Shaun Bryant reviews the interface improvements, custom settings migration tool, web publishing and collaboration options for 2D and 3D drawings, high-quality geometry viewing, center marks and centerlines, and PDF import tools. Start watching to become that much more productive and efficient with AutoCAD 2017.04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2017: Migrating from Windows to MacBeginnerCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 67 minutes) After a long hiatus, AutoCAD returned to the Mac platform in 2010. Many features were reimagined or entirely rewrote. Every year the product is improved, but Windows users can still find the Mac interface and toolset a bit jarring. This course compares the Mac and Windows versions of AutoCAD 2017, including interface differences, workflow changes, and feature relationships. Learn the nuances that affect your daily CAD usage, and get the most out of your existing knowledge. Jim LaPier shows how to manage and save files, work in 2D space, use external references, print sheets, model in 3D, and customize AutoCAD for Mac to fit your workflow.12/20/2016
AutoCAD 2018 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 591 minutes) AutoCAD 2018 is a powerful designing and drafting software used to create precise 2D and 3D designs. In this beginner's course, learn how to get started with AutoCAD. Shaun Bryant covers the basics of the user interface, showing how to use the ribbon, change workspaces, use the ViewCube, and work with the Quick Access Toolbar. Shaun also demonstrates how to manage files and options, navigate your drawings, and draw and modify objects. Plus, he explains how to draw more accurately with Grid and Snap, use text and annotations to help others get a clearer understanding of your designs, and work with the native DWG file type. Upon wrapping up this course, you'll be prepared to use AutoCAD competently in any industry—architecture, engineering, construction, manufacturing, or product design.03/23/2017
AutoCAD 2018 New FeaturesIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 75 minutes) Explore the new features in AutoCAD 2018, and learn how to leverage the functionality to bolster your productivity, increase your effectiveness, and create the kind of precise, measured 2D drawings that form the basis of design communication the world over. In this course, Shaun Bryant helps you understand the benefits of the new AutoCAD 2018 enhancements, leading you through each new feature. Shaun explains how to work with features like the Drafting Settings dialog box and the Quick Access Toolbar, and shows how to use off-screen selection and linetype gap selection. Plus, he shares how to use PDFs in AutoCAD and change text to MTEXT, and goes into technology and performance enhancements such as high-res monitor support.03/23/2017
AutoCAD 2019 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 446 minutes) AutoCAD 2019 is a powerful designing and drafting software used to create precise 2D and 3D designs. In this beginner's course, learn how to get started with AutoCAD. Shaun Bryant covers the basics of the user interface, showing how to use the ribbon, choose workspaces, and use the ViewCube. Shaun also demonstrates how to manage files and options, navigate your drawings, and draw and modify objects. Plus, he explains how to draw more accurately with Grid and Snap, use text and annotations to help others get a clearer understanding of your designs, and compare drawings and view the results using the DWG Compare command. Upon wrapping up this course, you'll be prepared to use AutoCAD competently in any industry-architecture, engineering, construction, manufacturing, or product design.07/06/2018
AutoCAD 2019 New FeaturesBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 40 minutes) Explore the new features in AutoCAD 2019, and learn how to leverage this new functionality to bolster your productivity, increase your effectiveness, and create the kind of precise, measured drawings that form the basis of design communication the world over. In this course, Shaun Bryant helps you understand the benefits of the new AutoCAD 2019 enhancements, leading you through each new feature. Shaun explains how to quickly compare versions of drawings by leveraging the DWG Compare command, as well as how to work with color settings and save a comparison drawing. He also covers features that allow you to create a shared design view.07/06/2018
AutoCAD Add-ins Using VB.NETIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 266 minutes) Are you familiar with Autodesk products, but new to programming? If so, this course can help you get up to speed with the basics of .NET programming, and how these concepts can be applied to AutoCAD. Here, instructor Josh Modglin shows how to work with the AutoCAD .NET application program interface (API) and the Visual Basic .NET programming language to create a plugin—which is a module that loads into AutoCAD to extend its functionality. Josh also shares more detailed explanations of the underlying principles of Visual Basic .NET, and demonstrates how to further develop the functionality of your plugin.01/22/2018
AutoCAD Architecture 2015 Essential TrainingIntermediateCADAutoCAD Architecture(Length: 447 minutes) AutoCAD is the leader in CAD drafting, and architects around the world use AutoCAD Architecture for modeling their buildings. In this course, author and teacher Paul F. Aubin will take you through the tools and techniques used by professional architects to build amazing structures with this product. Learn how to lay out simple floor plans with wall objects, which automatically form clean joints, and add windows and doors that intelligently cut wall openings. Then discover how to change the style of walls and the graphics to display all types of drawings—from small scale to large, 2D to 3D—with the click of a button. Paul will also show you how to create documentation like site plans, elevations, and sections, complete with schedules and tags.04/26/2016
AutoCAD Architecture Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD Architecture(Length: 365 minutes) AutoCAD is the leader in CAD drafting. AutoCAD Architecture is one of the toolsets available in one AutoCAD. Architecture adds a specialized toolset that allows architecture, engineering, and construction (AEC) professionals build more detailed construction drawings. Simple lines and arcs are replaced by intelligent windows, walls, and doors. Layer management is automated and simplified, and features like room tags and linked schedules make updates easy.In this course, author Shaun Bryant takes you through the tools and techniques used by professional architects to build amazing structures with AutoCAD Architecture 2018. Learn how to lay out simple floor plans with wall objects, which automatically form clean joints, and add windows and doors that intelligently cut wall openings. Discover how to create stairs and railings, floors and ceilings, and roofs. Find out how to add furnishings, fixtures, lights, and textures to bring your designs to life. Shaun also shows you how to create views and sheets, complete with schedules and tags, and prepare your documentation for printing.07/06/2018
AutoCAD Civil 3D 2018 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 454 minutes) AutoCAD Civil 3D software is a design and documentation solution for civil engineering that supports building information modeling (BIM) workflows. By learning to use AutoCAD Civil 3D, you can improve project performance, maintain consistent data, follow standard processes, and respond faster to change.This course gets you up and running with AutoCAD Civil 3D. First, instructor Josh Modglin shows how to model a surface, lay out parcels, and design geometry, including the making of horizontal alignments and vertical profiles. Next, Josh demonstrates how to create corridors, cross sections, pipe networks, and pressure networks. Then, he covers working with feature lines and grading objects, and how to share your data. He wraps up by providing an overview of plan production tools.04/20/2017
AutoCAD Civil 3D: Designing Gravity Pipe SystemsIntermediateCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 213 minutes) Gravity pipe systems are a part of almost every civil engineering project. In AutoCAD Civil 3D, that means working with a pipe network, which represents the pipe and structure objects that form the basis of your systems. In these tutorials, Eric Chappell shows engineers and project designers how to use pipes and structures to draw 2D and 3D models of underground piping systems, such as storm sewers, sanitary sewers, and more. Along the way, he shows how to edit, split, and merge pipe networks; annotate your drawings; create detailed parts lists; and analyze the pipe network. Plus, learn how to view and edit pipe network in profile view to achieve more accurate designs.04/27/2016
AutoCAD Civil 3D: Designing Residential ProjectsIntermediateCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 191 minutes) Learn to leverage the right Civil 3D tools to complete land development of a residential design project. During this course, Eric Chappell takes you through everything you need to know about parcels and lot grading, helping you to be an effective designer on any residential project. You'll learn how to create, edit, label, and style parcels so that you can effectively design and represent lot layouts. In addition, you'll learn how to leverage specific grading tools—such as the feature line and surface functions—to perform lot grading. Combine this with the Basic Roadway Design with Civil 3D and Civil 3D: Designing Gravity Pipe Systems courses and get the right skills to design residential developments with quality and efficiency.05/20/2016
AutoCAD Civil 3D: Intersecting New Roads with Existing RoadsAdvancedCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 35 minutes) Every road project that you work on will require you to tie your new road designs to existing roads via intersections. To do this successfully you need to know the right workflow: to leverage the best Civil 3D features in the right ways and in the right order. In this course, you'll learn how to combine features involving alignments, profiles, corridors, surfaces, and intersections to efficiently design new-to-existing intersections.04/27/2016
AutoCAD Civil 3D: Plan ProductionIntermediateCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 97 minutes) When you're ready to create submittals for a client, knowing how to leverage the built-in plan production tools in Civil 3D can save you hours of time. In this course, learn about the plan production tools, and how you can use them to make creating plan, profile, and section drawing sheets a lot easier. Instructor Katherine Ming demonstrates how to create your template and sheet set files, including how to add the title block, properties, and text fields. Next, she covers how to create and edit view frames that will be used in creating design documents. She then explains how to make the view frames—which indicate what section of an alignment will show in the plan view on the sheets—and work with plan and profile sheets. To wrap up, Katherine discusses how to create and edit cross sections.09/13/2017
AutoCAD Civil 3D: Pressure Pipe DesignIntermediateCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 165 minutes) AutoCAD Civil 3D boasts a line of specialized layout tools designed to help you generate 3D models of pressure networks, such as water transmission systems, gas lines, and force mains. In this course, instructor Eric Chappell explains how to leverage these features to approach the creation of a pressure pipe network, edit your designs, and document them so that others know how to implement your ideas. Eric walks through the complete pressure pipe design process, from the initial creation of pipes and fittings all the way to the analysis stage. Plus, he shares helpful tips and techniques that can help you tackle this aspect of your civil engineering project with ease and efficiency.03/30/2017
AutoCAD Civil 3D: Site DesignIntermediateCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 218 minutes) Learn to use the right AutoCAD Civil 3D tools for site design projects such as grading and storm design. In this course, Eric Chappell takes you through techniques using surfaces, feature lines, and grading objects, so you can shape the ground to slope, drain, and perform properly. You'll also learn how to leverage Civil 3D's gravity pipe tools, giving you the skills you need to complete the storm-water management aspects of a site project. When you've completed the course, you'll be equipped to tackle any site project using the powerful capabilities of AutoCAD Civil 3D.11/22/2016
AutoCAD Civil 3D: Topographic and Boundary SurveyIntermediateCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 127 minutes) AutoCAD Civil 3D software—a design and documentation solution for civil engineering—offers tools and features that can help you maintain consistent data and improve project performance. In this course, learn how to leverage this powerful software to tackle the different types of tasks involved in a survey project, including boundary analysis and creating TIN surfaces. Instructor Dustin Manning helps you get started by explaining how to set up your survey database. He also shows how to create automated linework, draw and label boundaries, and translate surveys. To wrap up the course, he shares some helpful productivity tips.07/06/2018
AutoCAD Customization for CAD ManagersIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 126 minutes) Every company customizes Autodesk software at some level—especially AutoCAD. By standardizing the customizations, you can ensure that all your designers are using the same workspace and working in the most efficient way possible. Here Josh Modglin shows CAD managers how to customize the AutoCAD interface, preferences, templates, tool palettes, and symbol libraries to maximize your team's productivity. He also covers scripting and working with external files, such as line type definitions and hatch patterns. Make sure to check out the "LISP for CAD Managers" chapter where Josh introduces simple LISP programming routines to automate some of the most common AutoCAD tasks.11/15/2016
AutoCAD Electrical Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD Electrical(Length: 506 minutes) AutoCAD Electrical is one of the toolsets available in one AutoCAD. This powerful AutoCAD add-on for electrical designers and engineers offers automated drafting tools for designing wiring, circuiting, PLC modules, panels, and data and schedules. This is on top of all the benefits that AutoCAD brings to the table. This course provides the novice user with the training required to use AutoCAD Electrical quickly and effectively.Shaun Bryant demos the user interface and leads you step-by-step through the process of creating precise, measured electrical drawings and schematics. Learn how to design wiring diagrams, insert components and terminals, use PLC symbols in ladder diagrams, perform point-to-point wiring, create custom symbols, add annotations like title blocks to drawings, and run reports. In the final chapters, Shaun shows how to set up AutoCAD Electrical to your liking by adjusting settings and customizing the built-in templates, and demonstrates how to reuse, copy, export, and verify drawings. Plus, learn about improvements in the 2018 version of the software, such as 4K high-res and DWG support.03/31/2018
AutoCAD Facilities Management: AreasBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 145 minutes) High-quality facility drawings give organizations the information they need to assign, redesign, and reallocate space, whether it's for manufacturing or offices. When it comes to computer-aided facilities management (CAFM), there is one tool: AutoCAD, Autodesk's flagship CAD platform for Windows and OS X. Get the skills you need to use AutoCAD to calculate available area, understand which percentage is usable space, and export drawings and data for analysis and presentation. Concentrating on the basics, this course guides you step-by-step through a realistic CAFM project, allowing you to learn at your own pace and develop your skills as you go. Author Shaun Bryant shows how to set up drawings, define and measure areas, set up facilities area tables, and annotate drawings. By the end of the course, you'll be able to export the information to applications such as Microsoft Excel, so you can analyze the data in a tabular format.08/23/2016
AutoCAD Facilities Management: OccupancyBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 147 minutes) Computer-aided facilities management (CAFM) is a three-step process. Once you have 1) defined the available area and 2) developed areas into usable spaces, it's time to 3) identify the people and equipment that will occupy each room. AutoCAD, Autodesk's flagship CAD platform, is the world's most popular tool for this job. Join Shaun Bryant as he shows how to use AutoCAD to specify occupancy in your CAFM drawings. He shows how to set up drawings, create occupancy blocks and polylines, define occupancy areas, set up tables to house your occupancy data, and annotate drawings with that data. By the end of the course, you'll be able to export the information to applications such as Microsoft Excel, so you can analyze the data in a tabular format.08/30/2016
AutoCAD Facilities Management: Space ManagementBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 137 minutes) Once you have measured the available area in your facility, the next step in computer-aided facilities management (CAFM) is to develop it into specific spaces with assigned uses: offices, bathrooms, labs, electrical closets, etc. This course shows how to use AutoCAD, Autodesk's flagship CAD platform, for space management. Follow along with Shaun Bryant as he guides you step-by-step through a real-world CAFM project, allowing you to learn at your own pace, developing your skills as you go. He shows how to set up drawings, define spaces with polylines, set up space tables to house your data, and annotate drawings with that data. By the end of the course, you'll be able to export the space management information to applications such as Microsoft Excel, so you can analyze the data in a tabular format.08/30/2016
AutoCAD for Mac 2014 New FeaturesIntermediateCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 18 minutes) With the latest release of AutoCAD for Mac, Autodesk has finally put some of the most requested features into place, including eTransmit support, a Preview button in the plot dialog, and revised Welcome and Online Help screens. With Retina display support, the program now takes advantage of high-res interfaces. Plus, integration with Autodesk 360 allows users to upload and sync files with other users with ease. Take a quick tour of the new interface and these exciting new capabilities in this course with CAD manager Jim LaPier.This course was created and produced by Jim LaPier. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
AutoCAD for Mac 2015 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 249 minutes) AutoCAD for Mac is tailored for OS X, making it the perfect program for CAD designers who want to start drafting on their Macs. This course covers the essential features and techniques every designer needs to know to work with AutoCAD for Mac and create polished, professional drawings. Author Jim LaPier shows how to create and modify geometry, work with layers, create detailed layouts with dimensions and annotations, and plot and share drawings. The course also touches on the basics of 3D modeling in AutoCAD for Mac.04/27/2016
AutoCAD for Mac 2016 New FeaturesBeginnerCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 55 minutes) With every release of AutoCAD, new features are developed and old features are refined. AutoCAD for Mac is no exception. The newest version, AutoCAD for Mac 2016, is a large step forward, including the addition of Express Tools and XREF mapping tools. This AutoCAD training course provides a thorough overview of these new features, as well as dimension and PDF enhancements, general application improvements, and changes to working with text, geometry, and lines.04/27/2016
AutoCAD for Mac 2017 New FeaturesIntermediateCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 24 minutes) Each year AutoCAD for Mac releases an update that includes new features and improvements to existing tools. 2017 includes enhancements to the user interface, including a new toolset palette, a new Quick Access–like toolbar, and a tab-based working area. The biggest new tool by far is the new PDF import function that allows for converting vector PDFs into AutoCAD geometry. Along with some text and graphics improvements and the new License Manager, this is shaping up to be another great release of AutoCAD for Mac. Join Jim LaPier in this short course for a tour of the best new features available in 2017.12/20/2016
AutoCAD for Mac 2018 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 284 minutes) Looking for a full-featured CAD program that runs on your Mac? Meet AutoCAD for Mac, a leading CAD application that runs natively on Apple computers. In this course, Jim LaPier focuses on the basics of AutoCAD for Mac, helping you get acquainted with the interface, file management, and how to best leverage the application's toolset. He shows how to create and modify geometry to suit your needs, work with layers, add dimensions and annotations, and plot your drawings. Plus, Jim covers the basics of 3D modeling in AutoCAD for Mac.01/22/2018
AutoCAD for Mac 2018 New FeaturesIntermediateCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 17 minutes) Explore the 2018 release of AutoCAD for Mac. In this course, Jim LaPier walks through the new features offered in this update of the popular CAD application, and highlights improvements to existing tools. He helps to familiarize you with revised icons, new palette features that help maximize screen real estate, and new PDF virtual printers. Plus, he shows how to use the new migration tool to import your customization settings from previous instances of AutoCAD for Mac.01/22/2018
AutoCAD for Mac: Using Dynamic BlocksIntermediateCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 105 minutes) Blocks allow you to reuse a group of objects over and over again-saving time and creating consistency in your AutoCAD drawings. Dynamic blocks take that power a step further, allowing you to adjust the shape, size, or configuration of blocks as you insert them. Learn how to use dynamic blocks to their full potential in AutoCAD for Mac. This course teaches you the basics, from working with existing dynamic blocks to setting up custom dynamic blocks. Instructor Shaun Bryant shows how to create standard and dynamic blocks, adjust block definitions with the Block Parameter, add parameters (aka rules) to control block behavior, and control the visibility of objects in blocks with visibility states. By the end, you will be able to create your own dynamic blocks, and communicate design intent, quickly, and productively on the world's most well-known CAD platform for macOS X.07/06/2018
AutoCAD LT Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD LT(Length: 372 minutes) Get started with AutoCAD LT, the popular 2D CAD software from Autodesk. Starting with the basics, all the way up to simple printing and plotting output, this course guides you step-by-step with informative video and narrative, allowing you to learn at your own pace and develop your CAD skills as you go. Instructor Shaun Bryant covers a wide variety of topics, including how to draw simple geometry, work in an AutoCAD drawing, organize your drawings with layers, and add dimensions. Upon completing this course, you'll be at a point where you can drive AutoCAD LT on your own, creating your own CAD designs and communicating design intent on the world's most well-known 2D CAD platform.07/06/2018
AutoCAD Map 3D Essential TrainingIntermediateCAD, ITAutoCAD(Length: 95 minutes) AutoCAD Map 3D enriches your map data, making it more visual and intelligent. Join Gordon Luckett in this course, where he shows how to use this powerful program to edit data within existing AutoCAD drawings and connect to outside databases for new sources of information. He'll also show how to connect to, style, and analyze GIS data, and publish your data and final maps to a web-based map book. All of this and more is possible with AutoCAD Map 3D. Start watching, and learn what it has in store for your organization.04/26/2016
AutoCAD Mechanical Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 348 minutes) AutoCAD Mechanical includes the very best of AutoCAD along with industry-specific libraries of parts and tools for mechanical engineering, making it a must-learn application for anyone involved in the design and construction of machinery. AutoCAD Mechanical is one of the toolsets available in one AutoCAD. This course covers the basics of the AutoCAD Mechanical 2018 user interface and leads you step-by-step through producing precise, measured mechanical engineering drawings and designs. Shaun Bryant teaches you how to structure your drawings and data, create and edit geometry, generate parts from the library, and annotate your drawings. Once your designs are adequately detailed, he shows how to create documentation and perform design calculations you'll need for manufacturing. Last but not least, learn how to create templates that are customized to suit your AutoCAD Mechanical workflow, complete with layers, properties, and parts lists.03/31/2018
AutoCAD MEP Essential TrainingIntermediateCADAutoCAD MEP(Length: 191 minutes) AutoCAD MEP helps you build the systems—mechanical, electrical, and plumbing—that connect buildings to the outside world. This course will help you draft, design, and document these systems using MEP's powerful toolset. Author Eric Wing touches on project setup, as well as external referencing and display configurations, before diving into individual modeling scenarios. In one chapter, he'll show how to create electrical power plans and lighting plans with receptacles and lighting fixtures. In the next, it's a mechanical plan, with rooftop units, VAV boxes, ducts, and diffusers. Last, you'll work on a plumbing plan and system. Then he ties the drawings together with smart tags and schedules, and creates section and elevation versions of your plans. Dive in now and learn to eliminate tedious drawing tasks while creating more accurate documentation with MEP.04/26/2016
AutoCAD Mobile AppIntermediateCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 137 minutes) AutoCAD is the world leader in computer aided design (CAD). With its new cloud-based features and tools, you can bring your AutoCAD projects anywhere your job takes you. In this course, instructor Shaun Bryant shows how to take your AutoCAD drawings on the go using A360 Drive, AutoCAD 360, and the AutoCAD mobile app. Discover how to edit your drawings and collaborate and work with your team remotely. Plus, learn how to sync your files with your desktop and refine your drawings back at the office.01/22/2018
AutoCAD P&ID Essential Training: AdministratorIntermediateCADAutoCAD P&ID(Length: 215 minutes) The P&ID software from AutoCAD gives you the ability to create, edit, and validate piping and instrumentation design information with AutoCAD-based editing tools. In this course, learn how to set up, customize, and maintain a piping and instrumentation project with this powerful program. Join Irene Radcliffe as she explains how to create and customize a new project, navigate a standard project structure, and add classes and custom properties to build a project symbol library. Irene also shares how to create custom component tags and annotations, modify existing symbols, and more.03/30/2017
AutoCAD P&ID Essential Training: UserIntermediateCADAutoCAD P&ID(Length: 216 minutes) With AutoCAD P&ID software, you can quickly create, edit, and validate piping and instrumentation design information with AutoCAD-based editing tools. In this course, discover how to leverage this powerful software to create a project-based piping and instrumentation diagram. Instructor Irene Radcliffe walks through the desktop environment and goes into the basic functions of the program. She explains how to locate and open a P&ID project, use the Project Manager function to create a new drawing, and build a new drawing by adding equipment, pipe lines, valves, and instrumentation. Irene also helps you understand how tagging works in P&ID, as well as how to use the Data Manager to manage the project database.03/30/2017
AutoCAD Plant 3D Essential Training: AdminIntermediateCADAutoCAD Plant 3D(Length: 319 minutes) Are you interested in learning how to oversee and maintain project files in AutoCAD Plant 3D? If so, this course can help by covering the basics of how to set up, customize, and maintain projects in Plant 3D. Irene Radcliffe demonstrates how to create new projects using out-of-the-box settings and templates, and she reviews essential project settings. She also explains how to create custom project and drawing properties, customize the data manager, import existing models into your project, customize your drawings, use the Report Creator tool to run engineering reports, and more.07/06/2018
AutoCAD Plant 3D Essential Training: Specs & CatalogsBeginnerCADAutoCAD Plant 3D(Length: 106 minutes) How do specifications and catalogs work together, and how can you streamline your piping model designs? This course covers how to use AutoCAD Plant 3D to create a new spec and build contents by leveraging catalog components. Join Irene Radcliffe as she takes you through how to use features in the Plant 3D application, and also how to edit spec elements outside of the application in Excel. After Irene demonstrates how to create specs and use catalogs, she then shows you how to modify and add to each. She also shows you how to work with branch tables and how to ensure branch connections are compliant with a project.07/08/2017
AutoCAD Plant 3D Essential Training: UserBeginnerCADAutoCAD Plant 3D(Length: 349 minutes) AutoCAD Plant 3D design software boasts tools and features that can help you visualize what your plant design will actually look like after construction. In this course, learn how to get started with Plant 3D. Irene Radcliffe kicks off the course by showing how to set up the Plant 3D workspace, and use the ribbon menu, tool palette, and properties. She demonstrates how to work with Plant 3D files, and then explains how to create basic steel structures using the structural tools. She then covers how to work with equipment, route piping in your models, modify and reuse piping, and create orthographic drawings and production isometrics. To wrap up the course, she discusses how to generate project reports using the Report Creator program that comes with the software.07/06/2018
AutoCAD Raster Design Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 79 minutes) You don't have to leave AutoCAD to optimize and vectorize raster data. Use AutoCAD Raster Design to write and process raster images and avoid many of the most tedious redrawing tasks. Join Eric Wing as he shows how to use AutoCAD Raster Design to insert and scale images in your drawings, create masks, rubbersheet images, manage images, clean up and merge images, and define regions and primitives to manipulate raster data. Plus, find out how to vectorize text using Optical Character Recognition technology built into AutoCAD Raster Design.04/27/2016
AutoCAD Tips, Tricks, & Industry SecretsIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 228 minutes) In AutoCAD 2011: Tips, Tricks, and Industry Secrets, Jeff Bartels shows AutoCAD users how to become more efficient power users, reducing the amount of time it takes to accomplish a task, increasing profit margins, and strengthening marketplace competitiveness. The course covers everything from shortcuts used in geometry creation, to program customization, to real world solutions to common problems. Interface customization, block and reference management skills, and express tool usage are also covered. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
AutoCAD: 2D & 3D ElevationsIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 178 minutes) Enhance and emphasize your designs to create professional 2D and 3D elevations. This course demonstrates how to use AutoCAD to set up accurate plans, modify layouts, adjust viewports, add 2D elevations, and develop 3D elevations. Join Shaun Bryant as he takes you through how to customize layers, hatches, backgrounds, annotations, modelspaces, and more.06/10/2017
AutoCAD: 3D Architectural ModelingIntermediate3D + Animation, CADAutoCAD(Length: 192 minutes) Take your drawings from 2D to 3D with AutoCAD. Author Scott Onstott helps build your AutoCAD 2015 skills, one video at a time. You'll learn to extrude 2D plans into solid objects, cut out wall openings and add doors and windows, build 3D staircases, and model a complex roof surface. You'll also discover how to create a 3D tower and sculpt the surrounding landscape with NURBS surfaces. At the end of this course, you'll have modeled a complete 3D town hall based on an archetypal midcentury design.04/26/2016
AutoCAD: 3D Surface Model DesignIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 221 minutes) You can model almost any form imaginable with AutoCAD's surface toolset. In this project-based course, Scott Onstott teaches you all the techniques required to solve complex modeling challenges in AutoCAD, while focusing on an innovative ebike design. Learn to create each 3D component of the bicycle model, including its frame, belt-tensioner mechanism, drivetrain, electric-assist power components, brakes, wheels, axels, hubs, spokes, handlebars, and even the bicycle seat. The techniques (which can be applied to other mechanical models) cover extruding profiles, lofting 2D cross sections, revolving profiles around an axis, filleting edges, smoothing meshes into organic forms, and sculpting complex NURBS surfaces.04/26/2016
AutoCAD: Annotation Scaling in DrawingsBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 163 minutes) Annotation scaling allows you to scale objects in your layout to ensure that your designs are effectively communicated to the building contractor on the job site, the production team on the factory floor, or the interior designer at the office. As operative design communication is imperative for all AutoCAD users, annotation scaling is a fundamental part of your AutoCAD skillset. In this course, explore objects that can be annotatively scaled in your AutoCAD drawings. Learn about text, blocks, hatching, multileaders, and more.01/31/2017
AutoCAD: Construction DrawingsIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 198 minutes) AutoCAD is a world leader in computer-aided design (CAD), and users around the world use this powerful software to communicate their design intent in many different disciplines. In this course, Shaun Bryant takes you through how to work with AutoCAD to create construction drawings that accurately communicate your design intent. Shaun explains how to use the tools and features within AutoCAD to develop drawings that clearly express the sizes of the objects you want to build. He covers how to develop a title block, set up attributes, set up layers to industry standards, develop plans and elevations, set up viewports, and more.01/22/2018
AutoCAD: Creating an Enterprise Custom User InterfaceIntermediate3D + Animation, CADAutoCAD(Length: 100 minutes) Almost every company that uses AutoCAD modifies it to suit their workflow. Custom user interfaces (CUIs) take customization to the next level, allowing organizations to standardize the tools and commands for their users. This course teaches CAD and BIM managers how to configure enterprise CUIs that can be deployed to an entire network. Instructor Josh Modglin shows how to create a new CUI, adjust the interface elements and controls, and set a main CUI apart from the enterprise CUI so that users can make their own modifications.02/22/2018
AutoCAD: Creating Sheet SetsIntermediateCADAutoCAD, AutoCAD LT(Length: 86 minutes) Build a sheet set from scratch and take advantage of all the automatic drawing-, sheet-, and callout-coordination functionality that AutoCAD has to offer. Scott Onstott teaches you not only how to use a sheet set, but also how to customize its templates and the dynamic attributed blocks and linked fields that automatically fill in relevant data from your sheets. By building intelligence into your drawings using AutoCAD sheet sets in this way, you'll never have drawing-coordination problems again—and that could mean fewer requests for information from your clients.04/27/2016
AutoCAD: Creating Sprinkler and Fire-Alarm SystemsIntermediateCADAutoCAD MEP(Length: 84 minutes) Emergency and fire-protection systems are important to get right. This course covers the basics of creating detailed sprinkler and fire-alarm drawings for a variety of spaces, with AutoCAD. Start by adding custom display configurations and room tags that update automatically, and then quickly jump into creating fire piping and sprinkler heads. Finally, learn how to place fire-alarm devices, control panels, and conduit.04/27/2016
AutoCAD: Designing Dynamic BlocksIntermediateCADAutoCAD, AutoCAD LT(Length: 65 minutes) Build intelligence into your AutoCAD drawings with dynamic blocks. Dynamic blocks allow you to quickly change the shape, size, position, orientation, and visibility of objects in blocks according to parameters and constraints that you define ahead of time. In this course, author Scott Onstott shows step-by-step how to build everything from static blocks to complex dynamic blocks that include parameters, actions, and geometric and dimensional constraints with preset attributes driven by fields. Once you have built and refined dynamic blocks, you will learn several methods to share your masterpieces with colleagues.04/27/2016
AutoCAD: Developing CAD StandardsIntermediateCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 183 minutes) AutoCAD is the leader in CAD drafting. In this course, author Shaun Bryant takes you through the various CAD standards available that are used by professionals worldwide. Learn how to work with the AutoCAD standard DWS file format, leverage industry standards (including US NCS and BIMuk), and use AutoCAD standards to audit and check against your work. Shaun also shows you how to develop standard AutoCAD templates—complete with title blocks and viewports—to apply your internal CAD standards.07/08/2017
AutoCAD: Documenting 3D ModelsIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 60 minutes) AutoCAD has several different methods available for projecting 2D drawings from 3D models. Join author Scott Onstott as he explores each of these methods, including projecting 2D drawings in model space and using viewports to view a model from various angles in paper space. The course's main focus is AutoCAD's advanced model-documentation features, which allow you to project plans, elevations, sections, and details from a 3D model directly onto layouts.04/27/2016
AutoCAD: Effective AnnotatingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 172 minutes) Annotations allow you to communicate your design intent. This Windows-specific course outlines how to use AutoCAD, the flagship CAD platform from Autodesk, to effectively annotate your drawings. Starting with the basics, Shaun Bryant walks you through the different types of annotations, covering dimensions, tables, text, and centerlines. He shows you how to use text in your drawings, dimension accurately, set up an AutoCAD table, and mark up an AutoCAD drawing. Shaun's clear, step-by-step instructions help you master this popular platform at your own pace.01/24/2017
AutoCAD: Express Tools WorkflowBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 82 minutes) Save time and become more productive when working in AutoCAD by using Express Tools. Join Shaun Bryant as he demonstrates how to implement Express Tools into your workflow, replacing formerly tedious, multistep tasks with faster shortcuts. He covers features for attributes, blocks, objects, and text, including his favorite Express Tool, Arc-Aligned Text. He also shows you how to use modification, layout, drawing, and dimension tools. This course goes beyond the familiar menus—Home, Insert, Annotate, Parametric, View, and Manage—to options that are often forgotten, so you can improve your use of AutoCAD.11/08/2016
AutoCAD: Plotting & PublishingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 153 minutes) When it comes to CAD, "plotting" refers to everything around printing and page setup, while "publishing" refers to electronic output. These techniques are intertwined in AutoCAD. The goal of both is to clearly communicate design intent to the contractors, architects, and engineers involved in the project. Watch this course to learn how to plot and publish your own drawings effectively, using the appropriate tools and settings within AutoCAD 2016. Shaun Bryant covers scaling views, customizing page setups for layouts, and assigning plot styles to change the appearance of your drawings when they go to plot or publish. He also shows how to adjust individual settings in the Plot and Publish dialogs, so that you end up with smart, readable printouts, DWFs, and PDFs.04/27/2016
AutoCAD: Preparing Drawings for Revit LinkingIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 168 minutes) Take your AutoCAD skills to the next level by learning how to set up your drawings to be imported into or linked to Autodesk Revit. In this course, Shaun Bryant explains how to optimize and purge your AutoCAD drawings, so that they import and link seamlessly into Revit. Plus, he guides you through how to set up a simple Revit model based on a 2D linked CAD file, and start to develop the Revit model based on the information in the CAD file. After you wrap up this course, you'll have the skills and knowledge you need to get your drawings ready for Autodesk Revit.06/03/2017
AutoCAD: RenderingIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 50 minutes) Add 3D life to 2D drawings; learn to render your designs with AutoCAD. Join Eric Wing in this course, as he teaches designers how to create materials, apply them to objects, and render out scenes in AutoCAD. He also shows how to set the viewing environment with visual styles and views, add cool lighting, and create motion-path animations. Using these techniques, you can ensure your architectural renderings will never be boring, flat, or static.04/26/2016
AutoCAD: Tool PalettesBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 114 minutes) What could make AutoCAD even more flexible and powerful? The answer lies in a humble feature: tool palettes. AutoCAD tool palettes put the commands you need at your fingertips, and they are easy to customize and share. In this course, Shaun Bryant shows you how. Learn how to use AutoCAD DesignCenter to create new tool palettes and insert blocks, styles, hatches, and even DWG files on palettes. Find out how to build palette groups and import and export palettes for sharing. To close, Shaun walks through a three-part workflow for developing a tool palette from scratch, getting you to a point where you can customize tool palettes on your own, and work more quickly and productively on the world's most well-known CAD platform.11/08/2016
AutoCAD: Using the Command LineIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 102 minutes) Find out more about the command line: the Windows-specific AutoCAD feature that helps you draw and navigate more efficiently in AutoCAD. This course provides you with the knowledge you need to leverage the command line at the bottom of the AutoCAD screen. Starting with basic concepts, instructor Shaun Bryant guides you step by step through each topic, allowing you to learn at your own pace and develop your skills as you go. Shaun shows how to position the command line, customize its settings, and start using commands in your AutoCAD workflow. Upon wrapping up this course, you'll have the knowledge you need to customize the command line on your own, working quickly and productively on the world's most well-known CAD platform.07/06/2018
AutoCAD: Using the Command Line (2016)BeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 133 minutes) Find out more about the command line: the Windows-specific AutoCAD feature that helps you draw and navigate more efficiently in AutoCAD 2016. Shaun Bryant shows how to position the command line, customize its settings, and start using commands in your AutoCAD workflow. Starting with the basics (typing simple commands), this course gets you to a point where you can use the command line to work more quickly and productively on the world's most popular CAD platform.04/27/2016
AutoCAD: Working with DimensionsIntermediateCADAutoCAD, AutoCAD LT(Length: 64 minutes) For designs to be precisely built and manufactured, technical drawings need to show dimensions indicating measured lengths and angles, and in some cases geometric tolerances must be specified. In this AutoCAD training course, author Scott Onstott shows you how to create linear, aligned, angular, radial, diameter, continued, baseline, ordinate, and tolerance dimensions so you can precisely annotate any design. Plus, learn how to edit dimension styles, create sub-styles, temporarily override styles, control dimensional associativity, fine-tune dimension text, label features with multileaders, and much more.04/27/2016
AutoCAD: Working with Drawings Exported From RevitIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 119 minutes) AutoCAD is the leader in CAD drafting, used by designers around the world, and it plays beautifully with Autodesk Revit Architecture. In this course, author Shaun Bryant takes you through how to work with CAD drawings exported from Revit, and use the standards and settings that come through from Revit in AutoCAD. Learn how to work with layers, XREFs, coordinates, Plus, find out how to customize how your Revit drawings come out and make the adjustment process in AutoCAD that much easier.07/08/2017
Autodesk Civil 3D 2019 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 477 minutes) Autodesk Civil 3D software is a design and documentation solution for civil engineering that supports building information modeling (BIM) workflows. By learning to use Autodesk Civil 3D, you can improve project performance, maintain consistent data, follow standard processes, and respond faster to change.This course gets you up and running with Autodesk Civil 3D. First, instructor Josh Modglin shows how to model a surface, lay out parcels, and design geometry, including the making of horizontal alignments and vertical profiles. Next, Josh demonstrates how to create corridors, cross-sections, pipe networks, and pressure networks. Then, he covers working with feature lines and grading objects, and how to share your data. He wraps up by providing an overview of plan production tools.07/06/2018
Autodesk Fusion 360: Designing for WoodBeginnerCADFusion 360(Length: 44 minutes) Fusion 360 offers traditional 3D modeling tools in a flexible environment that's ideally suited to anyone interested in furniture design. This course will show how to use the fundamental tools in Fusion 360 to design 3D components using sketching and leveraging primitive solids, and joining them into an assembly of a complete flat-stack furniture design. Once modeled, the design can be rendered and used to develop detailed drawings and output data that can be sent to a routing table to create the real furniture.11/29/2016
Autodesk Inventor 2017 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 391 minutes) Learn everything you need to know about product and manufacturing design with Autodesk Inventor 2017. In this course, author John Helfen takes you through the interface, tools, and key processes of this industry-leading parametric design system. The main techniques are sketching, parts modeling, assembly building, and drawing. John shows how to create a sketch; turn the sketch into a 3D part with Extrude, Revolve, and Loft commands; combine parts into assemblies; and document your designs. Each of these methods works in conjunction with the others, allowing you to create manufacturing-ready parts and assemblies to present to fabricators, clients, and colleagues.04/27/2016
Autodesk Inventor 2017 New FeaturesBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 41 minutes) Every year, Autodesk Inventor evolves. Inventor 2017 is here and better than ever. Learn about the new tools, features, and workflows in this industry-leading parametric design system. John Helfen reviews parts enhancements, boundary patches, 3D sketching, transparent parts, and the revised presentations system for sharing drawings with clients and colleagues.04/27/2016
Autodesk Inventor 2018 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 402 minutes) Get up and running with Inventor 2018, the mechanical design and 3D CAD software from Autodesk. In this course, instructor John Helfen takes an in-depth look at the interface and key processes of this parametric design system, explaining how the different processes work in conjunction with each other to allow you to create parts and assemblies, and document them in a way that helps others understand how your designs can be manufactured. He goes over Autodesk AnyCAD, part modeling, building parts with placed features, and more.03/23/2017
Autodesk Inventor 2018 New FeaturesIntermediateCADInventor(Length: 29 minutes) The release of Autodesk Inventor 2018 introduces a series of new features and improvements to the mechanical design and 3D CAD software. While all of the performance enhancements and updates included in this release may not be applicable to your daily workflow, it's still important to review what's new—you may very well discover a feature that makes your job easier. In this course, follow John Helfen as he walks through the key features in the 2018 release of Inventor. Learn about improvements to 3D annotations, Autodesk AnyCAD, the Extrude feature, and much more.03/23/2017
Autodesk Inventor 2019 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation, CADInventor(Length: 400 minutes) Get up and running with Inventor 2019, the professional product and mechanical design software from Autodesk. In this course, instructor John Helfen reviews the essential tools and techniques of this parametric design system, explaining how to build parts and assemblies and document them in a way that helps others understand how your designs can be manufactured. Learn how to create a sketch and turn it into a 3D part with the Extrude, Revolve, and Loft tools. Find out how to combine multiple parts into an assembly to test the interactions-before you spend time and money on manufacturing. Finally, discover how to document your designs with drawings, and enhance them with visual styles and annotations.03/31/2018
Autodesk Inventor 2019 New FeaturesBeginner3D + Animation, CADInventor(Length: 30 minutes) As a designer, it's important to stay on top of the latest software updates. You might find the tool or shortcut that makes a big difference in your daily tasks. Autodesk Inventor 2019 offers a series of subtle, but significant improvements to the world's premier mechanical design software. Explore the major new features and enhancements in Inventor 2019, in this course with John Helfen. John reviews exciting sketch enhancements such as the variable pitch helix and auto-scaling options; the Direct Edit tool, which speeds up part modeling; the new look and feel for holes; improvements to assembly constraints; and 3D annotations. Plus, learn about the features that impact all of Inventor, such as custom interface color schemes and measurement accumulation.03/31/2018
Autodesk Inventor Professional: Stress Analysis ToolsIntermediateCADInventor(Length: 25 minutes) Learn the basics of conducting stress analysis tests of parts and assemblies with Inventor, and uncover the weak points of your designs. Author Thom Tremblay shows how to access the simulation tools, assign materials, define constraints, generate a mesh, and run your analysis. He also breaks down the particulars of analyzing parts and assemblies, such as adjusting constraint types and contact options. The course will not show how and why you perform stress analysis, but will provide a fundamental grasp of Inventor's toolset.04/27/2016
Autodesk Inventor Routed Systems: HarnessBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 24 minutes) Designing routed systems—including wire harnesses—has never been easier than with Autodesk Inventor. Inventor's rules-based routing tools select the appropriate connectors, allowing you to easily change to a different style. Join Thom Tremblay as he shows how to use automated and manual routes to add wires to your harness assemblies. Learn how to change harness settings, build electrical connections, import data from AutoCAD Electrical, add harness segments, and route wires. Plus, learn how to generate a harness report and create a nailboard drawing.11/08/2016
Autodesk Inventor Routed Systems: PipesCADInventor(Length: 25 minutes) Designing routed elements—including piping—has never been easier than with Autodesk Inventor. Inventor's rules-based routing tools select the appropriate fittings, and allow you to easily change to a different style. Inventor will repopulate the pipe run with the new fittings while adhering to any new design rules. Join Thom Tremblay as he shows how to use automated and manual routes to create piping systems through your assemblies. Learn how to edit members of a run; change pipe styles based on material, diameter, length, radius, and more; duplicate routes; and document your designs in detailed 2D drawings.10/25/2016
Autodesk Inventor Routed Systems: TubingBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 34 minutes) Designing routed elements—including tubing and flexible hose—has never been easier than with Autodesk Inventor. Inventor's rules-based routing tools select the appropriate fittings, allowing you to easily change to a different style of fittings. Inventor will repopulate the run with the new fittings while adhering to any new design rules. Join Thom Tremblay as he shows how to use automated and manual routes to create tubing systems through your assemblies. Learn how to edit members of a run; change tube and pipe styles based on material, diameter, length, radius, and more; duplicate routes; and route hoses. Plus, learn how to document your design and output different formats for manufacturing.11/01/2016
Autodesk Inventor: Accelerating Design Using StandardsIntermediateCADInventor(Length: 53 minutes) Inventor—the mechanical design and 3D CAD software from Autodesk—boasts an array of powerful design and engineering tools. In this course, learn about a particular group of tools in Inventor that make it easier to find and include standard components in your designs. Thom Tremblay starts by showing how to access the Design Accelerator tools—which have actually been built into Inventor for years. He explains how to replace the often tedious process of adding bolted connections, metal frames, and gears to a design with a smarter and simpler process. In addition, he discusses how to use the range of motion and loads of an assembly to generate a spring.07/08/2017
Autodesk Inventor: PresentationsBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 39 minutes) Presentations make ideas clearer to colleagues and more impressive to clients. Learn to create presentations with visually compelling features, such as exploded views, to improve your documentation in the enhanced Autodesk Inventor presentation environment. In this course, John Helfen covers the new tools and publication workflows in Autodesk Inventory 2016, including storyboards, snapshots, and component trails that show where parts are located. He also shows how to add cameras and animate presentations to create more dynamic 360° views of parts and assemblies. If you are looking for new documentation or client presentation options, this course is designed for you.07/12/2016
Autodesk Inventor: Product Design WorkflowBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 102 minutes) So you've completed the Inventor Essential Training. Now you're looking for a challenging project to lock in your new skills. This course is for you: a retro product design project for a vintage beverage caddy. Jana Schmidt walks through a typical product design workflow in Inventor—sketching, modeling parts, building assemblies, and producing final drawings—all in the context of an eye-catching design.Jana reviews techniques such as setting up your project file; creating and modifying geometry; creating extrusions, sweeps, and lofts; and working with Inventor's freeform tools. She also shows how to combine your parts in an assembly, create presentation-quality animations and still renders of the design, and document the product design with working 2D drawings.04/27/2016
Autodesk Inventor: Rendering & AnimationBeginner3D + Animation, CADInventor(Length: 116 minutes) Rendering and animation allow designers to showcase their work and prove functionality before manufacturing a product. Luckily Autodesk Inventor has these presentation features built right in. This course, designed by Autodesk Certified Instructor Alex Hammel, shows how to use Inventor's tools to render and animate existing 3D models, and change the lighting, cameras, styles, and background scenes to produce more realistic images and animations. These techniques are useful for animating models to show product functionality and present final design concepts that showcase your parts and assemblies.04/27/2016
Autodesk ReCap Pro: Processing Drone ImagesIntermediateCADReCap Pro(Length: 48 minutes) Love your drone, but find the data it produces too unwieldy to process on your personal computer? Let Autodesk ReCap Pro do the heavy lifting. ReCap lets you convert images captured from drones into seamless photos, 3D models, and point clouds. You simply upload the drone data to the cloud, and you'll get an email when files are complete and ready for download. Learn how to use ReCap Pro in this fun and fast-paced training course from GIS consultant Gordon Luckett. Discover how to upload imagery and aerial photos to ReCap and process the data so it can be used in other applications, such as InfraWorks and AutoCAD Civil 3D.07/06/2018
Automated Testing in XcodeBeginnerDeveloperXcode(Length: 92 minutes) Implementing automated testing practices in your Xcode projects can help you collaborate with your colleagues more efficiently, speed up your development time, and reduce bugs. In this course, instructor Ron Buencamino dives into the topic of automated testing, with a focus on unit tests and user interface (UI) tests in Xcode. After Ron goes over the basics of unit and UI tests—including why automated testing is important—he covers unit tests, explaining how to create test targets; write, run, and debug tests; and mock HTTP response data. He then moves on to UI testing, discussing UI recording, code coverage, and how to write UI tests.07/06/2018
Avid Media Composer 7 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoMedia Composer(Length: 441 minutes) Avid Media Composer is among the dominant nonlinear editing solutions in the film and television industry and it's a must-know for aspiring filmmakers. Join author Ashley Kennedy in this course, as she demonstrates basic and intermediate video editing techniques in Media Composer. Learn how to build sequences—everything from simple montages to more complex, interview-based packages—and mix audio, apply effects, and color-correct footage. The course also shows how to create titles, capture and import footage, manage and output media, and troubleshoot common post-production issues, so you'll be prepared to take your movie all the way from concept to creation. Note: This course is an update to Avid Media Composer 6 Essential Training, with additional movies to reflect applicable changes in version 7.04/26/2016
Avid Media Composer 8 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoMedia Composer(Length: 632 minutes) Avid Media Composer 8 Essential Training is a start-to-finish, project-based course designed to get you up to speed on every aspect of Avid Media Composer. Staff author Ashley Kennedy begins with a fast-track chapter that breaks down the entire editing process into eight steps—great as an overview for new editors, and a good crash course in Media Composer for editors migrating from other platforms. She then focuses on getting you comfortable with each stage of the editing process—from preparation and organization to editing and refining, to audio and effects, to media management and output. Each post-production technique is explained thoroughly and concisely, using real-world examples from a documentary-style promo project. Dive in and learn how to take your projects from concept to creation.Note: This Avid Media Composer v. 8 Essential Training only addresses software updates up to v. 8.5. if you are using Media Composer v. 8.6 or later, please access the following courses instead:Media Composer 8.7 Essential Training: 101Media Composer 8.7 Essential Training: 11004/26/2016
Avid Media Composer: Documentary EditingIntermediateVideoMedia Composer(Length: 196 minutes) This course shows how to build a polished documentary using Avid Media Composer and a few essential editing techniques. Author Ashley Kennedy demonstrates documentary editing in a real-world project, breaking down the process into a series of manageable steps and milestones. Discover how to define a project approach based on a client's creative brief, and then effectively review and organize the footage. Then find out how to use script-based editing methods and a wide variety of scene creation techniques to assemble a rough cut. The course also shows how to use effects to repair and enhance your footage, process client feedback, and add the film's finishing elements.This course is part of a series that looks at Documentary Editing from the point of view of 3 different editors in 3 different editing applications. For more insight on editing documentary projects, take a look at Documentary Editing with Premiere Pro and Documentary Editing with Final Cut Pro X.04/26/2016
Avid Media Composer: Narrative Scene EditingIntermediateVideoMedia Composer(Length: 129 minutes) Taking a scripted project from concept to creation is one of the most exciting and rewarding processes that any editor can do—from a green novice to an experienced Hollywood ace. This course guides you through the creative decisions in editing various types of narrative scenes—from classic dialogue, to rhythmic montage, to creative flashback. You'll explore what it takes to create a great rough cut, from shot choice and composition, to performance and pacing, while editing in Avid Media Composer. Author Ashley Kennedy guides you through the scene construction process with plenty of creative and logistical lessons that are applicable to situations editors face in the real world.04/26/2016
Avoiding BurnoutBeginnerBusiness(Length: 32 minutes) Prolonged periods of stress—related to your work, your home life, or your health—can lead to burnout. Burnout reduces our productivity and saps our energy, leaving us overwhelmed by everyday tasks and feeling increasingly cynical and resentful. In this course, Todd Dewett helps you recognize some of the most common causes of burnout, such as long hours, too much travel, tight deadlines, and no vacation, so that you can figure out how to prevent stress from building up and help yourself recover.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
Avoiding Phishing ScamsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 6 minutes) It's easy to fall prey to phishing scams—even for the most tech-savvy computer user. In this short course, staff instructor Jess Stratton shows how to recognize the signs of a potential phishing scam to keep your computer safe from malicious attacks. Jess takes you through several email phishing scams, explaining how to look critically at the emails you receive. She points out some of the most common scenarios used by hackers—along with other telltale signs of a phishing email—so that you can protect your computer from email phishing scams.06/03/2017
AWK Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloper, ITLinux(Length: 121 minutes) So you've got a large data set. New information is always coming in, and it's messy and inconsistent. Text files, Excel spreadsheets, web forms, email messages, and so on. You'd like to find a way to format it into something clean and consistent you can use in a database, and you'd like to automate that process as much as possible. Enter AWK, a command-line tool for Mac, Unix, and Linux that allows you to manipulate data in powerful ways.In this course, award-winning author and teacher David D. Levine shows you how to use AWK to read and write data in a variety of formats, produce reports, and automate repetitive tasks. He reviews the nuts and bolts of the language, such as field separators, pattern matching, variables, operators, expressions, and control structures; functions available for manipulating data; and integration with other programs like Excel.04/26/2016
AWS for Architects: Advanced SecurityAdvancedITAmazon Web Services(Length: 186 minutes) Regulations like GDPR have made security a top priority for every organization. Luckily, Amazon Web Services offers a plethora of tools for securing cloud-based architecture. This course teaches IT pros how to use AWS advanced security services, techniques, and tools to protect their users, data, apps, and infrastructure. Instructor Lynn Langit begins with the core tasks and services: setting up the AWS root account, billing, and tagging. She then shows how to set up strong authentication with AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM), Config, Simple AD, and full-fledged Active Directory. She covers infrastructure protection with VPC objects such as subnets, and data protection with KMS and Macie. Finally, she reviews security requirements for different application architectures and the associated AWS security solutions. Note: This course can also be used to prepare for the corresponding domain of the AWS Certified Solutions Architect (Professional) exam.07/06/2018
AWS for Architects: High Availability and Continuous DeploymentIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 126 minutes) Discover how to get your apps in front of users as soon as possible—and ensure that those same apps are highly available—by leveraging continuous deployment (CD) and high availability (HA) strategies. This course shows IT pros how to use AWS CD and HA services, techniques, and tools. Instructor Lynn Langit covers key concepts around both CD and HA, including the impact of AWS regions and availability zones on HA design. She also goes over key services such as Step Functions, shows how to work with common application patterns, and discusses how to implement CD and HA. This course can also prepare you for the High Availability and Business Continuity domain in the AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Professional exam.07/06/2018
AWS for Architects: Network and Storage DesignAdvancedITAmazon Web Services(Length: 136 minutes) Discover how to properly scale applications on the Amazon ecosystem. This course shows IT pros how to use AWS network and data storage design scalability services, techniques, and tools. Throughout the course, instructor Lynn Langit covers scaling networks around server-based and serverless application architectures, as well as scaling files and data. Learn how to use migration tools such as Server Migration Service, explore scaling considerations for hybrid scenarios, and review how best to scale common architectures. This course can also prepare you for the Network Design domain in the AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Professional exam.07/06/2018
AWS for DevOps: Continuous Delivery and Process AutomationAdvancedITAmazon Web Services(Length: 122 minutes) Amazon Web Services (AWS) has several powerful features and services that support processes automation and continuous delivery. Learn how to leverage several core services, including CodeCommit, CodeBuild, CodeDeploy and CodePipeline. See how to use the AWS command line interface to write and run scripts for automations. Discover best practices you can follow, and third-party tools you can use, to successfully set up automated processes and implement continuous delivery, and find out how to effectively manage application updates. This course can also be used as an exam preparation resource, as it covers the topics in the first domain of the AWS Certified DevOps Engineer exam: Continuous Delivery and Process Automation.07/08/2017
AWS for DevOps: High Availability and ElasticityAdvancedITAmazon Web Services(Length: 153 minutes) In this course, instructor Lynn Langit teaches learners how to use AWS design patterns, tools, and best practices for high availability (HA) and effective application scaling (elasticity). This includes the use of AWS patterns for HA and scaling in both serverless and server-based applications, along with approaches for front-end, middle, and database application tiers. Plus, learn to use the core scripting tool—the AWS CLI—to write and run scripts for automation, and scale your solutions up, down, in, and out.07/08/2017
AWS for DevOps: Monitoring, Metrics, and LoggingAdvancedITAmazon Web Services(Length: 161 minutes) Enhance your development operations by learning how to work with monitoring tools from Amazon for services and applications. In this course, Lynn Langit explains how to use practical and applicable tools, techniques, and strategies for instrumenting your production AWS applications. She shows how to use product consoles, such as EC2, S3, and RDS. She also discusses and demonstrates using services—such as CloudTrail, CloudFormation, and the newly-announced X-Ray—for monitoring, gathering key metrics, and logging your application's output. Plus, she covers AWS scripting tools, such as the AWS CLI. This course maps to the Monitoring, Metrics, and Logging domain from the AWS Certified DevOps Engineer – Professional exam.07/06/2018
AWS for DevOps: Security, Governance, and ValidationAdvancedITAmazon Web Services(Length: 160 minutes) In this course—which was designed for DevOps professionals working with the AWS cloud—learn about AWS tools and best practices for security, governance, and validation. Instructor Lynn Langit covers different security and governance approaches, including outcome-based validation with service level agreements, outcome-based security with audits, and protecting data in-flight and at-rest. Lynn discusses using AWS tools such as CloudWatch, CloudTrail, and Inspector for security monitoring. Plus, she shows how to use third-party security and governance tools, and shares cost control approaches for AWS service billing. This course can also be used as an exam preparation resource, as it covers the topics in the third domain of the AWS Certified DevOps Engineer exam: Security, Governance, and Validation.09/13/2017
AWS Machine Learning by ExampleIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 83 minutes) Take a deeper dive into machine learning with Amazon Web Services (AWS). In this practical course, instructor Jonathan Fernandes helps to familiarize you with common machine learning tasks, demonstrating how to approach each one using key techniques: binary classification, multiclass classification, and regression. Throughout the course, he walks through several examples, using Kaggle datasets for hands-on exploration. Plus, he reviews some essential machine learning concepts and helps to familiarize you with other AWS capabilities, including SageMaker and Deep Learning AMIs.07/06/2018
Axure RP for UX DesignIntermediateWebAxure(Length: 97 minutes) Axure RP is a popular prototyping tool for web and user experience designers. You can use it to create user flows and sitemaps, click-through wireframes, and robust, fully interactive prototypes. Join Renata Phillippi as she introduces Axure's ready-made widgets, form elements, and interactive features like lightboxes and carousels. Plus, learn how to create adaptive web designs that display beautifully on a range of devices. By the end of this course, you'll be able to create prototypes that will help you solicit user feedback, validate your ideas, and communicate your designs to clients and developers.12/06/2016
Axure RP: Beyond the BasicsIntermediateWebAxure(Length: 56 minutes) Take your prototypes to the next level. Create more complex and interactive UX designs with Axure RP. This course shows how to prototype mobile apps, wearables, and data-driven forms in Axure. Renata Phillippi explains how to use tools like navigation masters, inline frames, interactions, the Pen tool, page effects, and variables to design prototypes that really stand out and impress clients. Plus, learn how to document your designs with sitemaps and user flows that you can deliver straight to the developers who will make your designs a reality.12/13/2016
Azure Development Essential Training: 1 Azure Roadmap and Key FeaturesBeginnerDeveloperAzure(Length: 63 minutes) Azure—a collection of cloud services from Microsoft—offers capabilities and tools that can help you efficiently and securely build, manage, and deploy applications through a network of data centers around the globe. In this course, get an introduction to Azure with an emphasis on what's important to developers. Instructor Jesse Liberty discusses the various supporting services, and demonstrates how to create an ASP.NET application deployed to Azure. In addition, he explains how to spin up a virtual machine, and looks at how to create and trigger Azure functions.01/22/2018
Azure Development Essential Training: 2 Working with DataBeginnerDeveloperC#, Azure(Length: 57 minutes) Enhance your Microsoft Azure skillset by learning how to work with relational and binary data. In this course—the second in a series focusing on Azure development—discover how to use SQL Server and Blob storage in Visual Studio and Azure. Instructor Jesse Liberty demonstrates how to create a simple MVC application to which you can attach a database, publish the app to Azure, and create a SQL database that links to your app. Jessie also covers Blob storage, explaining what it is, the various types of Blob storage available, and how to set up a storage account.01/22/2018
Azure DevTest Labs Quick StartBeginnerITAzure(Length: 33 minutes) Azure DevTest Labs help you efficiently create environments in Azure, and quickly provision development and test environments for both Windows and Linux. In this course, join Sharon Bennett as she provides a quick introduction to the DevTest environment and—through a series of short demos—takes you through setup and configuration. She explains how to create a DevTest Lab environment using the Azure portal and create a virtual machine for DevTest Labs. She shows how to set policies, users, and schedules. In addition, she discusses how to remove the Azure DevTest Lab and associated resource group, ensuring that you're not billed for unused resources.06/18/2017
Azure Enterprise Development: 2 Application ServicesIntermediateDeveloperAzure(Length: 121 minutes) Microsoft Azure offers platform as a service (PaaS) solutions to build, deploy, and manage applications in the cloud. It also offers features that keep developers up to date with the latest frameworks and best practices. This course shows how to use Azure to support serverless architecture, rapid deployment, and DevOps workflows.Learn how to provision new application services, set up autoscaling and deployment options, and use the different application types. Software architect and former Microsoft evangelist Mike Benkovich reviews options such as Continuous Delivery and DevOps Projects, Mobile Apps, and Logic Apps, which connect your applications to business-critical software such as Salesforce, Office 365, Dropbox, and more. He also shows how to stay on top of behavior and performance issues with Azure monitoring tools (including the powerful Application Insights feature), and debug any issues that arise.07/06/2018
Azure Enterprise Development: 1 Governance and Infrastructure DeploymentsIntermediateDeveloperAzure(Length: 124 minutes) Microsoft Azure combines infrastructure with the tools and analytics you need to build, deploy, and manage virtual machines and applications in the cloud. It offers all of this and more, on a scalable, highly available basis. In this course, software architect and former Microsoft evangelist Mike Benkovich explains the benefits of Azure and reveals the ways companies can get the most value from their subscriptions.Learn best practices for resource governance with resource groups, policies, tags, and role-based access control. Discover how to configure the infrastructure you need by provisioning virtual machines and creating virtual networks that connect your existing data centers to the cloud. Review the Azure disaster recovery features, and then learn how to use templates and automation to provision and deploy services more efficiently and consistently.By the end of this overview, you will better understand the potential Azure has and be able to get the most value from the cloud. Watch part two of the series to learn how to modernize your apps with application services and the Azure PaaS offerings.03/13/2018
Azure Functions First LookBeginnerDeveloperAzure(Length: 71 minutes) Azure Functions—a serverless computer service from Microsoft—can help you enhance your development workflow by allowing you to run code without needing to provision or manage infrastructure. In this course, learn how to create and use Azure Functions. Anton Delsink explains how to use Azure Functions with webhooks, and how to create Azure Functions with various languages, including C#. When you wrap up this course, you'll have the knowledge you need to create an Azure Function, configure services to interact with Azure Functions, and create Azure Functions that interact with various cloud services.07/08/2017
Azure Search for DevelopersBeginnerDeveloperAzure(Length: 128 minutes) Discover how to equip your iOS app with advanced search features—including auto-complete functionality—by leveraging the power of Azure Search. This course covers CRUD operations, importing JSON data, searching via APIs, and creating a search service. Learn how to query indexes, Join Chander Dhall as he takes you through development steps that include working with boosting, suggestors, facets, and synonyms.08/23/2017
Azure Storage Deep Dive for DevelopersIntermediateDeveloperAzure(Length: 318 minutes) Developers work with many types of data: unstructured, structured, real-time, and rarely accessed. Azure Storage is a highly scalable, highly secure PaaS that offers capabilities for blob, table, queue, and file-based storage. It offers a variety of APIs, which you can learn and access on an as-needed basis. In this course, take a deep dive into the architecture, service limits, and capabilities of the Azure Storage APIs, and learn how to use the Azure Storage SDK for designing .NET applications. Instructor Anton Delsink teaches the introductory concepts for each service, as well as third-party tools for managing Azure Storage at a deeper level. By the end of the course, you'll know more about how to use Azure Storage to build custom solutions that are optimized to meet the unique needs of your applications.01/22/2018
B2B Foundations: Social Media MarketingBeginnerMarketingFacebook, Twitter, Google+, Instagram(Length: 32 minutes) Studies show that many companies consult social media to research the products and services they need to run their businesses. Platforms like Facebook and LinkedIn are great ways to introduce your products and services to potential customers. In this course, social media expert Luan Wise explains how social media marketing works within the business to business (B2B) context. Discover how to understand and communicate with the business buyer, who is often driven by budget and business requirements, not need or desire. Learn about the buying process, social selling, and content marketing, and explore the benefits of the five major platforms: LinkedIn, Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, and Google+. Luan also shares tips for creating a social media policy for your organization, and measuring your success.02/08/2018
B2B Marketing FoundationsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 58 minutes) Explore tactics and strategies to help you market your services and products to other business more effectively. In this course, Dina Shapiro covers the essentials of business-to-business (B2B) marketing, providing you with what you need to know to create relevant, impactful marketing for B2B brands. Dina explains what defines B2B marketing, and how it differs from consumer marketing. She covers how to set objectives, avoid mistakes, and benchmark your efforts against your competition. Dina shares how to research and better understand your marketplace and competitors, as well as how to develop a winning marketing strategy—providing specific tactics you can implement immediately. To wrap up the course, she discusses the importance of measuring your efforts, and the benefits of using a CRM system.08/30/2017
B2B Marketing Foundations: PositioningIntermediateMarketing(Length: 64 minutes) Messaging is the fuel of your marketing efforts. Good messaging positions your brand for success. It distinguishes your offerings from the competition and helps customers understand your unique value. In this course, author, marketing consultant, and expert Ken Rutsky shows how to create powerful and effective messaging and positioning for B2B products and services. First, learn what targeting is and how it drives value. Then explore the difference between benefits and business value and find out how to craft effective benefits and positioning statements. The messaging Ken helps you create will communicate value more effectively, win customers, and grow your bottom line. Last but not least, Ken provides tips for engaging the rest of your team in your efforts and implementing your messages in the market.07/06/2018
B2B Marketing Foundations: Pricing StrategiesIntermediateMarketing(Length: 45 minutes) Pricing is one of the most challenging aspects of marketing, especially when marketing to organizations versus everyday consumers. In the business-to-business (B2B) world, buyers demand more value and they expect to be able to negotiate price. Your pricing strategy has to be adjusted accordingly. Learn how to set and communicate prices for B2B products and services in this course with marketing expert Drew Boyd.Drew explains how to think about price when it comes to B2B business transactions-and understand the important relationship between cost, price, and value. He also shows how to define value, identify stakeholders, and link pricing to your overall marketing strategy. Plus, learn to use tools such as the value ladder and pricing tiers to gain leverage in price negotiations.03/31/2018
Balanced Scorecard and Key Performance IndicatorsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 77 minutes) There's a critical link between an organization's goals and its performance metrics. A beautiful mission statement is nothing without specific, actionable measures that provide incentives to succeed. These actionable numeric measures are called key performance indicators (KPIs) and can be organized into a structure called the balanced scorecard. The scorecard helps you quantify business performance over time: weeks, months, quarters, or even years. In this course, accounting professors Jim and Kay Stice explain what KPIs your business should consider in a balanced scorecard, from financial goals to employee and customer satisfaction. They describe how to craft a clear mission statement that complements your KPIs, and how to tie performance to incentives. Plus, get a look at KPIs in action, as Jim and Kay break down a case study examining a trucking company's balanced scorecard.08/09/2016
Balancing Work and LifeIntermediateBusiness(Length: 28 minutes) Learn how to have it all and enjoy it all by balancing your life and work. In this talk, author and business coach Dave Crenshaw explores smart strategies to make work a focus at work and give yourself time to enjoy your time at home. In the bonus Q&A chapter, he tackles tough questions like these: What are the warning signs that my life is out of balance? How do I keep balance when I travel so frequently? How do I balance work, life, and school?04/26/2016
Balsamiq Mockups for UX DesignBeginnerWebBalsamiq Mockups(Length: 61 minutes) Wireframes and prototypes are key to making successful products. But what tools should you use? Balsamiq Mockups is a dedicated wireframing tool that helps you lay out your ideas quickly. In these tutorials, Justin Putney shows how to use Balsamiq Mockups to create richly layered interface elements, turn assets into reusable symbols, and add interactive and responsive design features to your mockups. When you're done with your mockup, he'll show you how to export it to share with clients and developers.04/26/2016
Bamboo Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloper(Length: 315 minutes) By applying continuous integration and delivery (CI/CD) on your projects, you can work more efficiently, quickly identify and deal with bugs, and prevent integration problems. Atlassian Bamboo is a sophisticated CI/CD server that developers and DevOps engineers can use to automatically build and deploy their code. In this course, learn how to construct a delivery pipeline with Bamboo. Instructor Aref Karimi shares how to set up build agents, build and package your code, run unit tests, and deploy your projects.07/06/2018
Banjo Lessons: 1 FundamentalsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 163 minutes) Learn how to play banjo with United States Artists Friends Fellow and multi-Grammy nominee Tony Trischka. Learn at your own pace from the comfort of your home, or anywhere else you can carry your instrument and your learning device. This 4-part definitive video library includes hundreds of banjo lessons and performances, plus banjo tabs, backing tracks, and other study materials. Part 1 covers the fundamentals: holding a banjo, tuning a banjo, reading music, and positioning your right and left hands. Tony covers some simple finger picking and thumb rolls, and introduces exercises to help strengthen your fingers and play some simple tunes. Plus, learn the classic bluegrass songs that any banjo player needs to know, such as "Sourwood Mountain" and "Wildwood Flower."Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.10/11/2016
Banjo Lessons: 2 Hammer-Ons and Pull-OffsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 174 minutes) Learn how to play banjo with United States Artists Friends Fellow and multi-Grammy nominee Tony Trischka. For more than 35 years, Tony has inspired and instructed countless bluegrass and acoustic musicians. Learn at your own pace from the comfort of your home, or anywhere else you can carry your instrument and your learning device. This 4-part definitive video library includes hundreds of banjo lessons and performances, plus banjo tabs, backing tracks, and other study materials. Once you've mastered the fundamentals, Part 2 teaches you how to play more carefully, with increased speed and mastery, and use hammer-ons and pull-offs to play specific note combinations in a smooth and connected way. Tony introduces some exercises to help you correct your posture and train your ear, as well as variations of popular banjo tunes such as "John Hardy" and "Down in the Valley."Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.10/11/2016
Banjo Lessons: 3 Playing SongsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 208 minutes) Learn how to play banjo with United States Artists Friends Fellow and multi-Grammy nominee Tony Trischka. For more than 35 years, Tony has inspired and instructed countless bluegrass and acoustic musicians. Learn at your own pace from the comfort of your home, or anywhere else you can carry your instrument and your learning device. This 4-part definitive video library includes hundreds of banjo lessons and performances, plus banjo tabs, backing tracks, and other study materials. Part 3 gives you next-level intermediate skills for playing almost any song, as well as improving your repertoire and playing backup. Learn to incorporate harmonics, tune your bridge placement, play in a melodic, scaled-based style, and use Tony's tips to break through periods of stagnant playing, such as transcribing tunes you already know and transposing songs into different keys. Along the way, he introduces a variety of popular bluegrass, folk, and blues tunes, including "Banks of the Ohio" and "Worried Man Blues."Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.10/11/2016
Banjo Lessons: 4 Improvisation and Melodic StylesBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 92 minutes) Learn how to play banjo with United States Artists Friends Fellow and multi-Grammy nominee Tony Trischka. Learn at your own pace from the comfort of your home, or anywhere else you can carry your instrument and your learning device. This 4-part definitive video library includes hundreds of banjo lessons and performances, plus banjo tabs, backing tracks, and other study materials. Part 4 is an advanced course designed to help you strengthen your improvisation skills and melodic style. Tony provides simple exercises, such as melodic scale patterns and single-string scales, to help you practice, and provides tools to add more unique sounds into your repertoire. Plus, learn the backward-alternating thumb roll—a very useful picking pattern for improvising—and advanced scale techniques. As with all the Banjo Lessons courses, Tony breaks down a selection of classic banjo tunes so you can see and hear how the techniques work in a professional's hands.Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.10/11/2016
Banking for Small BusinessIntermediateBusiness(Length: 67 minutes) Learn how to build and grow a financially healthy small business. The most brilliant idea with bad financials is beaten every time by a business with an average idea and healthy financial practices. This course teaches small business owners and their staff to think beyond the bank, and build and grow a financially healthy business. Entrepreneur and finance expert Jane Barratt covers organizing your business, managing cash flow, choosing the right financial partners, borrowing to accelerate growth, putting your money to work, and protecting your business.07/06/2018
BASILE Studio: Designing Timeless RestaurantsBeginnerCAD(Length: 8 minutes) BASILE Studio builds restaurants, office spaces, and other high-end interiors that use classic materials—wood, glass, and steel—in high-tech ways. The results are unique and timeless—and surprisingly fast. By combining the design studio and the manufacturing arm of the business into a single seamless operation, BASILE Studio is able to offer clients the dream: custom design that's ready in a fraction of the normal time. In this short film, founder Paul Basile and his team reveal the ingredients that go into their compelling designs, and into the success of their firm. Get a tour of the factory floor, their state-of-the-art CNC tools, and their CAD-driven studio, and discover how rapid prototyping is transforming the future of interior design.10/27/2017
Bass: Teach YourselfBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 142 minutes) Learn how to play the bass guitar. In this easy-to-follow course, guitar virtuoso Jared Meeker starts off with the basics; learn how to tune and hold your bass, familiarize yourself with the parts of the instrument, and get acquainted with tablature. As you progress through the course, Jared introduces you to different rhythms and keys, eventually moving on to more advanced concepts such as playing from chord sheets or tackling rock and roll licks from different eras.Note: This course was created and produced by Alfred Music. We are honored to host this training in our library.03/09/2017
BATTERY: Drum Programming and SamplingIntermediateAudio + MusicBattery(Length: 121 minutes) BATTERY is the cutting-edge drum and percussion sampler from Native Instruments that lets you create awesome beats and explore new sounds. In this course, Evan Sutton covers everything you need to know about drum programming and sampling with the app, from developing beats with BATTERY's factory kits to customizing its library to fit your sound. He'll show how to use different control surfaces and adjust the way BATTERY reacts to incoming MIDI and knobs. He'll also help you experiment with modulation, audio effects, loops, and sidechaining and help you save your patches for use in DAWs like Logic Pro and Ableton Live.04/27/2016
Becci Manson, Retouching and RestoringBeginnerPhotography(Length: 13 minutes) Becci Manson is out to restore the reputation of professional retouchers everywhere. She wants to prove the work she does isn't merely corrective; it's creative too. This short film features Becci's work with photographers such as Claire Rosen, Annie Leibovitz, and Christopher Griffith, who rely on Becci's insights on set as well as in post. Becci also emphasizes the importance of balancing her professional obligations with charitable ones. Following the 2011 Tohoku tsunami in Japan, she helped organize a network of volunteers to restore over 150,000 individual printed photographs. This project with All Hands Volunteers helped disaster victims reclaim their memories, one photograph at a time.04/26/2016
Become an Entrepreneur Inside a CompanyBeginnerBusiness(Length: 56 minutes) There is plenty of opportunity to innovate even in traditional, top-down companies—even in traditionally "noninnovative" roles. Learn how to become an intrapreneur and lead innovation and change from inside a company. In this course, strategy consultant Robbie Baxter explains what intrapreneurship is and how innovation works inside a large organization. Discover how to gauge whether your company is ready for disruption, how to find and test ideas, how to get resources and buy-in from leadership, and how to scale your ideas so they are feasible for the entire enterprise. Robbie also discusses when to throw in the towel and when to pass off projects. Finally, she shares a few examples of successful intrapreneurship, from organizations as diverse as Adobe and the University of Pennsylvania.07/06/2018
Becoming a Thought LeaderIntermediateBusiness(Length: 76 minutes) Do you hope to build lasting change and a legacy that matters? Then maybe it's time for you to become a thought leader. Thought leaders are recognized for their ideas and their contributions to the world. They share their expertise and engage a community of followers—while enhancing their own reputations in their fields. In this course, thought leadership consultant and author Denise Brosseau defines exactly what a thought leader is and explains the risks and rewards that come with this unique position. She describes how to plan your strategy, develop a compelling message, build influence, maximize your visibility, and track your impact. She also shares tips to scale your ideas to reach the widest possible audience—online and off.07/06/2018
Before & After: Less is MoreBeginnerDesignInDesign(Length: 11 minutes) In design, simplicity is best. Reducing the number of visual elements actually leads to stronger compositions. Join for another Before & After project that shows how "less is more" works in practice. He takes an existing design—a portfolio-style folded business card—and explains what went wrong. Then he shows how to fix it by reducing or eliminating excessive rules, fonts, frames, and colors, so that the design is stronger and more cohesive.07/06/2018
Beginning Acoustic Guitar Music LessonsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 185 minutes) Learn how to play guitar at your own pace. These easy-to-follow videos features examples in TAB and standard music notation, and hands-on instruction by guitar virtuoso Jared Meeker. You'll learn how to hold the instrument, play with a pick, count time, read music, and play simple chords. After mastering these basics, you'll be introduced to fingerpicking, barre chords, improvisation, music theory, and a variety of styles, including blues, rock, country, and folk. Beginning Acoustic Guitar is a must-have for anyone serious about starting to learn acoustic guitar.09/06/2016
Beginning Blues KeyboardBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 53 minutes) Learn how to play blues piano. In this course, Tricia Woods dives into the basic building blocks of blues, and helps you acquire the skills you need to really sound like a blues player. To begin, Tricia demonstrates the chord progressions for the 12-bar blues—the most classic of all blues forms. Next, she discusses the blues scale, dominant chords, comping, turnaround, endings, introductions, boogie-woogie bass lines, and more.Note: This course was created and produced by Alfred Music. We are honored to host this training in our library.03/02/2017
Being a Good MenteeBeginnerBusiness(Length: 55 minutes) Connecting with a network of mentors is critical to your career development. Mentoring is proven to help professionals feel more engaged, derive more meaning from their careers, and get more raises and promotions. But mentees who get the most value from mentoring are prepared. They know what they want, who to contact, and what to do to build a mentoring relationship that lasts. In this course, mentoring expert Ellen Ensher explains how to research and connect with potential mentors, and provides tips for developing successful relationships. She introduces courage rituals to gain the confidence you need to reach out to mentors and meet the challenges they pose. She also provides guidance to overcome common obstacles, and handle diverse mentoring relationships—such as cross-gender or cross-cultural relationships.01/22/2018
Being a Good MentorBeginnerBusiness(Length: 60 minutes) Becoming a mentor gives you a way to share your wisdom and knowledge with someone less experienced. People who mentor also benefit; studies have shown they often earn more money and promotions than nonmentors. But there are some important guidelines to consider before you start this mutually beneficial relationship. In the course, professor Ellen Ensher, author of Power Mentoring, explains how to get to know your protégé, shares the dos and don'ts for appropriate self-disclosure, and helps you develop a structure and agenda for each mentoring meeting. She also offers guidance on building trust and chemistry, providing feedback, and helping your protégé make critical career and work decisions and become resilient in the face of challenges. She also helps you address common obstacles, including a protégé that fails to meet expectations or violates trust, and explains how to gracefully exit the relationship. Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.11/01/2016
Being Positive at WorkBeginnerBusiness(Length: 34 minutes) Effective leaders—along with being savvy and good at their job—often have the ability to maintain a positive outlook even when hardships arise. In this course, learn why being positive at work is so beneficial, and explore practical strategies for increasing positivity and dealing with difficult situations. Brenda Bailey-Hughes shares techniques for stopping negative thought patterns and cultivating positive environments, relationships, and habits. Plus, she explains how to remain authentically positive when responding to negative people and situations.To gain fresh insights and celebrate your positivity wins with other learners, you can participate in the official LinkedIn groupgroup for this course.10/20/2017
Betsy Corcoran on Choosing the Right Technology for Your SchoolBeginnerEducation + Elearning(Length: 34 minutes) The right tools give kids the opportunities to succeed. But in the face of tremendous choice and and fast-paced change, it is hard to judge the right technology for your students. LinkedIn Influencer Betsy Corcoran, cofounder and chief executive of EdSurge, is a former journalist turned expert on education and tech. With EdSurge, she helps teachers, administrators, and parents ask questions that will reveal the ways students are learning and which technology will support their learning goals. Find out where to start, what solutions have worked in other schools, and how to determine costs, get buy-in, and increase utilization. With the right choices, you can build the scaffolding students need to create strong and curious futures for themselves.10/11/2016
Betty Liu on Career SuccessBeginnerBusiness(Length: 30 minutes) Betty Liu is a LinkedIn Influencer and anchor for Bloomberg Television. She is also founder of Radiate (RadiateInc.com), which focuses on management and leadership content. Betty asks the hard questions of world leaders and industry titans like Bill Clinton, Elon Musk, Warren Buffett, Jamie Dimon, and many more. Her experience in the business world has led her to author books and host the popular Radiate podcast, which have helped thousands explore new career opportunities and make smarter career decisions. Here Betty shares her take on the most common and pressing topics when it comes to job seeking and career success.Learn what it takes toFind your passionBe an outstanding job candidateInterview wellOvercome fearMake a career changeNetwork and find mentors09/20/2016
Big Data Foundations: Building Architecture and TeamsIntermediateIT(Length: 128 minutes) Enterprise data inevitably spans many systems. From data marts and data warehouses and mission-critical applications such as ERP, supply chain, and CRM to industry-specific applications such as enterprise medical and health records. But data quality, governance, migration, and management need to be addressed holistically. Big data gives us a powerful new weapon to finally get our arms around it all. Join Alan Simon as he shows how to build a top-notch enterprise data team, evaluate your data architecture, solicit feedback from business users and IT staff, and create a plan to manage your data going forward. He helps you build a portfolio of projects that align with business needs, and migrate your current data into a more modern big data environment.04/27/2016
Big Data Foundations: Program ManagementIntermediateIT(Length: 71 minutes) Big data is a game changer. It's brought an entirely new era of data-driven insights to companies in all industries. But the greatest value in this new era comes from a world-class big data program: one that is meticulously planned and then actively managed for success. Without it, your company might not be capturing all the insights big data can offer.Interested in leading the charge? Manage Your Organization's Big Data Program is for business intelligence professionals who are tasked with implementing a big data and analytics program at their companies. Alan Simon explains the role of program managers, their desired skills, and the people they need on their core team. After the preliminary steps—defining program direction, budget, and initial projects—Alan helps map project milestones and define the KPIs to help track their progress. In chapter 6, you survey the risks to the program, from financial and technological standpoints. By the end of the course, you'll have the skills to be successful in a big data leadership role—and drive data-driven insights throughout the enterprise.04/27/2016
Big Data Foundations: Techniques and ConceptsBeginnerIT(Length: 132 minutes) Big data is big news. But what is big data, and how do we use it? Simply put, big data is data that, by virtue of its velocity, volume, or variety (the three Vs), cannot be easily stored or analyzed with traditional methods. Spreadsheets and relational databases just don't cut it with big data. In this course, Barton Poulson tells you the methods that do work, introducing all the techniques and concepts involved in capturing, storing, manipulating, and analyzing big data, including data mining and predictive analytics. He explains big data's relationship to data science, statistics, and programing; its uses in marketing, scientific research, and tools like Amazon's recommendation engine; and the ethical issues that lie behind its use.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Bill George on Self Awareness, Authenticity, and LeadershipBeginnerBusiness(Length: 30 minutes) Bill George's approach to leadership, based on self-awareness and authenticity, is widely considered the gold standard in the field. Here Bill discusses these two traits of every proven leader. He provides an effective and human approach to not just leadership, but overall self-improvement. Learn how to examine your strengths and weaknesses, solicit honest feedback, and become more authentic in how you behave and lead.09/20/2016
BIM Manager: Autodesk Applications Setup & DeploymentIntermediateCAD(Length: 48 minutes) Autodesk products offer an array of powerful features that can help you make your design ideas a reality. In this course, learn how to register Autodesk products, and deploy the correct applications across several different networks. Eric Wing begins by showing how to find your software and navigate the Autodesk site. Next, he examines what's in each suite of software and covers creating network deployments. Eric shows how to configure the Network License Manager and modify a deployment. Plus, he takes you through how to configure your applications—showing how to set up Revit, a Revit and Navisworks deployment, and an AutoCAD MEP deployment—and add service packs to a deployment.05/04/2017
BIM Manager: Managing AutoCAD MEP & AutoCAD Civil 3DIntermediateCADAutoCAD MEP, AutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 75 minutes) Discover how building information modeling (BIM) managers set up AutoCAD MEP and AutoCAD Civil 3D in a shared environment. To begin, learn how to automate your startup with LISP and create variable settings. Next, explore how to create text, create dimension and multileader styles, and make custom palettes using the content browser. This course walks you through deployments, content development, system management, and more.02/22/2017
BIM Manager: Managing BIM 360IntermediateCADAutodesk 360(Length: 36 minutes) If you are ready to learn how building information modeling is managed full circle—from concept design and construction to maintenance and renovation—this course is for you. First, explore the different BIM 360 applications available. Then, see how to set up an A360 team so you can create a project and assign users to it. Next, discover how to use A360 Drive for file storage and transfer. Finally, learn how install and use 360 for Revit (C4R).05/11/2017
BIM Manager: Managing CAD StandardsIntermediateCAD(Length: 55 minutes) Gain insight on why CAD standards are important to your firm, and what actually goes into a successful standards implementation. To begin, learn about the CAD, BIM, and virtual design and construction (VDC) manager roles. Next, learn about the National CAD Standard (NCS), and look at sheet numbering, approved border formats, text styles, and lineweights as they relate to NCS. Plus, learn about the BIM Level of Detail, COBie and IFC formats, assigning a project CAD lead, reviewing the QA and QC process, and more.02/22/2017
BIM Manager: Managing RevitIntermediateCADAutoCAD, Revit(Length: 161 minutes) Gain insight on how building information modeling (BIM) managers use Revit, and how you can align this software with your company's standards and workflow. To begin, create custom borders and shared parameters, and add a symbol list. Next, create custom templates using filters, phasing, and project browser organization. This course shows you how to perform these steps and how to model callout tags, elevation markers, sections, and levels, as well as how to set up a typical Revit work-sharing environment and master details model.12/20/2016
Bing Ads Essential TrainingBeginnerMarketingBing Ads(Length: 151 minutes) Leverage all of the features available in Bing Ads, the popular ads program from Microsoft, to run stellar marketing campaigns with one of the world's leading ad networks. This comprehensive course begins with an overview of the Bing landscape, and then guides you through creating an account, setting bids, writing effective ads, and selecting keywords. Familiarize yourself with important Bing Ads policies in order to save time and make sure your campaigns are approved quickly. Learn about ad extensions, targeting, and setting up Universal Event Tracking, as well as how to use available tools—for example, the Bing Ads Intelligence tool—to successfully carry out campaign optimization.02/07/2017
Black-and-White Darkroom: Printing TechniquesIntermediatePhotography(Length: 104 minutes) Once you've shot and processed a few rolls of black-and-white film, the next step you can take to explore analog photography is printing that film in your own darkroom. In this course, a follow-up on his Shooting and Processing Black-and-White Film course, photographer Konrad Eek introduces the fundamentals of black-and-white darkroom printing.First Konrad provides a tour of his own darkroom space, and introduces the key ingredients that dictate how pictures print: paper, exposure, and contrast. He checks a series of images by developing initial test prints, and then explores options for refining the images in the darkroom via cropping, burning and dodging, and adjustments to the development time. When he's finished making prints, Konrad shows how to clean up the darkroom and introduces different paper choices and resources for black-and-white film photographers to explore.04/27/2016
Blackboard 9.x Essential Training: InstructorsBeginnerEducation + ElearningBlackboard(Length: 412 minutes) In this course, Patrick Crispen teaches the ins and outs of Blackboard 9 so that educators and trainers can get up to speed in the system quickly—even if they've never used Blackboard before. The course explores customizing a course site, managing users, and adding and organizing content, including multimedia. It also shows how to perform student assessments in the Grade Center, as well as how to communicate with students and encourage participation and collaboration.04/27/2016
Blackboard 9.x Essential Training: StudentsBeginnerEducation + ElearningBlackboard(Length: 76 minutes) In Blackboard 9 Essential Training for Students, Patrick Crispen shows how to get up and running on day one of class and start finding and logging into courses, submitting assignments and importing files, and taking tests. The course also shows how classmates and work groups can communicate in Blackboard with group assignments and email.04/28/2016
Blackboard Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningBlackboard(Length: 379 minutes) Get the Blackboard training you need to quickly enroll students and start creating assignments. Patrick Crispen shows teachers how to customize their course sites, manage users, and add and organize course content, including multimedia and online assessments. He also shows how to enter scores, create grading periods, and more in the Grade Center. Plus, learn how to communicate with students and encourage participation and collaboration on forums and between groups. Existing users will also appreciate the last-minute guide to working with the latest version of the program, Blackboard 9.1 service pack 13, in seven easy steps.04/26/2016
Blender Essential TrainingBeginner3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 495 minutes) This course provides an overview of modeling, animating, and rendering 3D graphics in the open-source software Blender. Beginning with a tour of the Blender interface, author George Maestri shows how to create and edit basic objects, work with modifiers and subdivision surfaces, and apply materials and textures. The course also demonstrates lighting 3D scenes, setting up and using cameras, animating objects, and assembling basic character rigs.04/28/2016
Blender: Character ModelingIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 221 minutes) Learn to model a professional character design with topology that deforms properly when it is animated, using Blender, the free, powerful 3D modeling toolset that rivals many more costly packages. Ryan Kittleson starts with a mesh based on a reference image, blocking out basic shapes, and then shows how to sculpt the body, appendages, and head as well as complex details like clothing and hair. He also covers the new Dyntopo sculpting interface for shaping and subdividing meshes at the very same time. A series of challenge and solution videos near the end of the chapters allow you to test yourself on the material.04/26/2016
Blender: Character Rigging with BlenRigIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 176 minutes) BlenRig—a character rigging system provided by the Blender Foundation—provides you with tools that can help you bring your characters to life. In this course, join Darrin Lile as he breaks down how to use BlenRig to rig a character for animation in Blender. He shows how to install and set up the BlenRig add-on, and adjust the rig to match your character using the retargeting tools. He also demonstrates how to adjust the deform cage to fit the shape of a character, add corrective shape keys, and weight paint the hands and face. To wrap up, Darrin discusses how to set parameters and adjust actions and ranges to fine-tune the rig.06/03/2017
Blender: Cloth SimulationIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 120 minutes) Learn how to create realistic garments and fabrics, from T-shirts to tablecloths, with Blender. Join author Joel Bradley as he shows how to simulate cloth, control its appearance, and make it interact realistically with other objects in your scene. First, he helps you prepare for cloth simulation by understanding the importance of physics and mesh subdivisions. Then Joel shows how to set up and work with the Cloth modifier—the core hub of the system—and Blender's cloth caching and baking features. Chapter 3 concentrates on the controls for the various cloth properties: Quality, Material, Damping, and more. Then learn how to control how your cloth interacts with other objects in your scene (including forces like wind) with collisions. Last, Joel covers special features introduced in Blender 2.7: force fields, wind absorption, and the new cloth sewing features.04/26/2016
Blender: Hard Surface ModelingIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 270 minutes) Interested in using Blender to model hard surface objects like vehicles or machinery? Learn how to create realistic hard surfaces, such as the skid-steer loader featured in this course. Instructor Darrin Lile takes you step by step through a production workflow designed to ensure technical accuracy and maximize your design efficiency. He shows how to use the Blender Bevel and Path tools and proportional editing techniques to model the forms. Then he adds depth with the Solidify Modifier, smooths the mesh with Subdivision Surface Modifier, and replicates objects with the Array Modifier. Plus, learn to add lights and materials and render the scene for final presentation.10/27/2017
Blender: Interior Environments for GamesIntermediate3D + AnimationUnity(Length: 277 minutes) Blender: Interior Environments for Games is a project-based course illustrating a complete workflow for building clean, optimized, and reusable environments for game engines like Unity. Aimed at intermediate users of Blender, this course covers scene configuration and preparation, modeling techniques for building realistic environment pieces, effective UV mapping and texturing workflows, and important import and export tips for transferring your final assets into a real-time game engine. Author Alan Thorn also spends a chapter in Unity, where he applies some finishing touches, such as a first-person controller and camera effects.By the end of this course, you'll have developed a solid groundwork for quickly and effectively building immersive environments that work well with many contemporary game engines.06/25/2016
Blender: Python ScriptingIntermediate3D + Animation, DeveloperBlender, Python(Length: 121 minutes) Make Blender better by harnessing the power of Python. Whether you're an artist or a developer, scripting is a great selling point to add to your resume. Once you master the basics, you can automate time-consuming modeling and animation tasks, customize the Blender interface, or even package to share or sell your enhancements to other users. Patrick W. Crawford shows how to use Blender's built-in Python console window and the bpy library to create simple one-line scripts, create custom panels and menus, and build and package add-ons. These techniques will take your Blender skills to the next level and help you enter an exciting new world of Python programming.09/20/2016
Blender: Rendering with CyclesIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 88 minutes) The open-source 3D graphics suite Blender now offers Cycles, a rendering engine that adds a new degree of realism and professionalism to your projects. In this course, George Maestri introduces Cycles, and reviews its lighting types, materials, and render settings. Learn how to layer shaders, enhance surfaces with texture and gloss, and add lifelike lighting and shadows to your scenes. In the final chapter, follow along with a small, self-contained project, where a simple architectural interior will be rendered.04/26/2016
Blender: UV MappingIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 76 minutes) How can you apply two-dimensional images to your 3D models? With UV mapping! Darrin Lile begins this course by discussing what UV maps are and why they are important for adding textures to your models. Next, he goes over the various tools for projecting and editing UV maps in Blender—an open-source 3D graphics program with a professional-grade toolset. Want to work directly on your textures? Darrin shows how to export your UV maps for further refinement in programs like Photoshop. Finally, Darrin demonstrates how to apply these tools to a series of increasingly complex 3D models: hard-surface objects in an alley scene and the more organic shapes in a character. By the end of this course you should have a firm understanding of the essential concepts, tools, and processes of UV mapping in Blender, so you can begin adding image textures to your own 3D models.04/26/2016
Blender: Vehicle ModelingIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 247 minutes) Ready to shift your modeling skills into high gear? In this course, author George Maestri shows how to build an Aston Marton DB5, James Bond's iconic set of wheels in Goldfinger, entirely from scratch in the free 3D modeling application Blender. Beginning by sourcing and importing reference imagery, George models the front end, explaining how to get the fenders just right, before completing the basic structure by sculpting the back of the car and the roof. Then learn all about tires: modeling wheels, creating tread patterns, adding spoked rims, and placing the final tires on the car. Along the way, see how to add details like the grille, headlights, windshield, and bumpers, all while smoothing out the model and setting up optimal lighting that shows off your work. Once your model is finished, find out from George how to generate a polished final render.04/26/2016
Blockchain BasicsBeginnerBusiness, IT(Length: 57 minutes) We're on the precipice of a radical and disruptive new way of conducting all manner of transactions over the Internet. While still in its infancy, blockchain technology demands attention. In this introductory-level course, learn what blockchain is and what it might mean to you. Jonathan Reichental—named one of the world's top 100 CIOs in 2017—dives into blockchain technology from a conceptual perspective. The course is primarily non-technical by design, intended for those working in business leadership positions, data science, and IT management.Jonathan begins by describing some of the current challenges with the Internet, including existing risks and security problems such as identity management. Next, he describes how traditional online databases function, so that you have a basis for how the blockchain redesigns this function. He then describes how the blockchain becomes a potential solution for many of the existing limitations of online databases. Since the blockchain has its genesis in Bitcoin—the digital currency—he provides some background on that too. He also discusses how blockchain technology actually offers new capabilities beyond simply solving old problems. To wrap up the course, Jonathan shares steps you can take in your organization to understand the implications of the blockchain.07/08/2017
Blockchain: Beyond the BasicsIntermediateITBlockchain(Length: 91 minutes) Blockchain is an exciting new technology that is redefining how we store, update, and move data. Learn about the blockchain and the implications of decentralized, encrypted data storage for business and society, in this course with Dr. Jonathan Reichental. He begins by explaining exactly how the blockchain works, including the concepts of cryptography, mining, distribution, and smart contracts. Next, he describes how the blockchain enables the most popular cryptocurrency, bitcoin. Learn how new bitcoin is generated, how it is transacted, and the requirements for participating as either an exchange, a trader, or a miner. The course also covers other popular technology manifestations of blockchain, such as Hyperledger and Ripple. Dr. Reichental then puts blockchain technology in context in several different industries, including energy and security, and helps learners understand how to think about the blockchain in ways that can be applied in any field.01/22/2018
Blogging for Your BusinessBeginnerWeb, Marketing(Length: 87 minutes) Blogging for Your Business takes you through the planning process of creating a blog as part of your business marketing strategy. Author Morten Rand-Hendriksen provides a structured approach that divides the planning process into discrete stages, each with its own tasks and decisions. Through the course you are presented with key decisions, best practices, and expert advice that make you better informed and more equipped to build a blog that helps boost your business and its presence online. The course also shows how to set goals, delegate responsibilities, find a content niche, recruit contributors, and how to make technology decisions.04/26/2016
Bluebeam: Draw Layouts & DetailBeginnerCADBluebeam Revu(Length: 114 minutes) In the AEC industry, there are many of us who do not have full-blown CAD skills. Superintendents, project managers, estimators, and sales staff may all need to create drawings, but rarely own a copy of a program like AutoCAD. More often than not, we end up sketching proposed layouts and details by hand. Not only is this tedious work, but the end product is not easily edited, it's hard to store and distribute, and it doesn't look quite as professional as a digital drawing. Using features contained in Bluebeam Revu, including templates, Sketch Tools, scale calibration, and length and area measurements, we can generate more accurate and professional drawings. In this course, Jim Rogers shows how to generate electronic layouts that can be distributed as PDFs, printed, or sent to a Bluebeam Studio Project folder. The techniques rely on the Sketch Tools markup feature, which allows us to "sketch to scale" and record length and area values as we draw. Jim also shows how to save and share our drawings with clients and colleagues, and extract quantities to generate cost estimates.08/16/2016
Bluebeam: Manage Safety SubmittalsIntermediateCADBluebeam Revu(Length: 93 minutes) Virtually every construction project these days involves documentation. Collecting, routing, reviewing, approving, copying, and distributing paper documents the old-fashioned way is tedious, and it's easy to "drop the ball," especially with regulatory documentation such as Safety Data Sheets (SDSs). Using Bluebeam Revu, we can transform safety submittals into a simple paperless process. The end result is an easily accessible electronic package, with a hyperlinked chemical list that acts as a clickable table of contents—all with considerably less effort. Jim Rogers shows how to set up a project, start a studio session for collaboration, invite collaborators to the review process, set up an approval workflow, and combine all the submitted sheets into a single PDF file that can be searched and shared. Plus, learn how to keep a session open for additional submittals or archive it when a project is over.07/19/2016
Bluebeam: Managing Construction Drawings DigitallyAdvancedCADBluebeam Extreme(Length: 93 minutes) Construction drawings can come in many shapes, sizes, and formats, but the industry is moving toward a paperless environment. To keep up, you need to take your entire document management process digital. Bluebeam Revu is a great choice, offering a central location to create, edit, and store digital drawings, and sharing and collaboration features that ensure changes and comments are always tracked and saved. It's software designed for AEC professionals, by AEC professionals. This course will make sure you get the most out of Bluebeam's advanced organization, markup, and navigation features, so you can easily manage and share documents within construction teams.09/13/2016
Blues Guitar: Learn to PlayBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 280 minutes) Blues rhythm guitar is an integral part of the blues. Essentially, it's what guitarists do between solos—which ends up being a substantial portion of any gig. It helps you find your groove with the rhythm section. In this course, follow Steve Trovato as he shows how to play blues rhythm guitar. Although the blues is a somewhat unstructured discipline that welcomes riffing and personal interpretation, the 50+ examples that Steve provides are presented in a structured, easy-to-follow manner, so it's easier for you to learn from them. Each example has a four-measure intro, or turnaround, which gives you four measures to figure out the tempo and the feel of the tune before you start playing.Note: This course was created and produced by Alfred Music. We are honored to host this training in our library.03/02/2017
Bob Nicoll: Training The Creative ProfessionalBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 24 minutes) Bob Nicoll has been training creative professionals for over 25 years. The short list includes filmmakers, artists, engineers, designers, producers, and all kinds of product makers. He entered the game industry in 2000, and created award-winning training programs at Electronic Arts and Blizzard. In this interview, he discusses the skills job seekers need to find work in the film and gaming industries, and his own career path as an artist and a professional educator. Highlights include seeing his first logo on national television, working on the movie Contact, and building EA University and Blizzard Academy. Bob also talks about how training has changed in the last 20 years—just like the tools—and the importance of getting away from the computer to find inspiration.04/27/2016
Body Language for LeadersIntermediateBusiness(Length: 51 minutes) Research shows that when your verbal and nonverbal signals are out of alignment, people are forced to choose between what they hear and what they see. And subconsciously, they'll believe your body language. In this course, workplace body-language expert Carol Kinsey Goman, PhD, reveals how body language is perceived and often misread, and shares the six nonverbal signals you need to know to make a positive first impression. She also discusses the importance of body language for leaders, and shows how you can establish leadership presence. Lastly, she provides simple and effective tips on communicating with gestures and stance.04/26/2016
Body Language for WomenBeginnerBusiness(Length: 29 minutes) As a professional woman, how do you communicate using body language? In this course, learn how to be aware of your body language, and how you can use your body language to convey power, authority, and interest in what others have to say. Instructor Dorie Clark discusses how body language is different for men and women, and how to choose appropriate clothing that matches the situation and your brand. She dives into the components of body language, explaining what to do with your feet, hands, face, and voice when interacting with others at work. Plus, she shares strategies for using body language to signal that you're really present in a situation.07/06/2018
Bonnie Siegler: Designing Her Design CareerBeginnerDesign(Length: 14 minutes) Great designers forge their own paths. They break rules. They build lifelong bonds with clients, and they add value to the simplest projects. Bonnie Siegler is a prime example of a designer that has broken the mold successfully. She started in the early days of MTV and went on to found the highly respected design firm, No. 17, right out of her apartment, as well as the equally successful firm Eight and a Half. Along the way, Siegler has designed groundbreaking graphics for iconic brands like Saturday Night Live, Newsweek, and ABC. In this short documentary, Bonnie reflects on her career and explains the skill set (communication, problem solving, and basic business sense) that makes a breakout designer successful. Plus, get an inside look at the design process for the new brand identity she spearheaded for the Brooklyn Public Library.11/08/2016
Bookmarking Sites for Musicians and BandsBeginnerAudio + Music, Business(Length: 19 minutes) Get some quick tips from Bobby Owsinski on sharing your music, website, and blog with dedicated readers on platforms like StumbleUpon and reddit. Bobby reviews the top four social bookmarking sites, and reviews the pros and cons of using these platforms to market your music.Looking for more music marketing tips? See our other courses by music industry insider Bobby Owsinski, including Social Media Basics for Musicians and Bands, Facebook for Musicians and Bands, and YouTube for Musicians and Bands.04/26/2016
Boosting Your Team's ProductivityBeginnerBusiness(Length: 39 minutes) Many managers unknowingly make things overly complex for their teams-and this can be a drain on productivity. In this course, coach Lisa Bodell shows how to boost productivity by letting go of complexity and adopting simplicity.Lisa begins with a quick diagnostic exercise to identify areas of complexity in your workday. Next, she explains how to get simplification started, like auditing how your team spends time and pinpointing redundancies and time-wasting activities. Finally, Lisa provides actionable steps for simplifying everyday work like email, meetings, business processes, decision-making, and more.07/06/2018
Bootstrap 2: Adding Interactivity to Your SiteBeginnerDeveloper, WebBootstrap(Length: 85 minutes) Twitter Bootstrap is one of the most used HTML/CSS/JavaScript frameworks for creating responsive websites. In this course, Jen Kramer shows you how to add interactive elements like a thumbnail gallery, dropdown menus, or a contact form using Bootstrap and a simple text editor. Plus, learn to add helpful pop-ups and tooltips that enhance the usability of these features. The principles illustrated here can carry into using Bootstrap in content management systems as well as with static websites.04/26/2016
Bootstrap 3 Essential TrainingBeginnerWebBootstrap(Length: 295 minutes) Bootstrap is a popular framework designed for building responsive, accessible, and mobile-ready websites. An open-source platform using HTML5, CSS3, and jQuery, it features a 12-column grid, icons you can incorporate into your designs, and fully functional JavaScript components that are ready to use.This course provides everything you need to know to get started building websites with Bootstrap, and is built with our new practice environments in mind, which let you develop your code along with author Ray Villalobos. Ray will review Bootstrap's grid, CSS classes, and JavaScript components (dropdowns, modals, carousels, and more), and help you integrate them into your own sophisticated websites.04/27/2016
Bootstrap 3 New Features and MigrationIntermediateWebBootstrap(Length: 46 minutes) Bootstrap 3 is here, and it supports mobile design and responsive CSS better than ever. Join author Ray Villalobos for an overview of the new classes, mobile-first approach, and other enhancements in Bootstrap 3, and learn how to migrate your sites and files to the new framework. Find out about the new installation options, updates to grids and scaffolding, and changes to the handling of type, images, and JavaScript. Then learn to integrate the new list group and panel components into your workflow. The course closes with a look at migrating a sample site from Bootstrap 2.3 to 3.0, from replacing template files to tweaking your grid, navigation, and images.04/26/2016
Bootstrap 3: Adding Interactivity to Your SiteBeginnerWebBootstrap(Length: 115 minutes) Twitter's Bootstrap is one of the most popular HTML/CSS/JavaScript frameworks for creating responsive websites. Here, Jen Kramer shows you how to add interactive elements like a thumbnail gallery, image carousel, or contact form using Bootstrap and a simple text editor. Plus, learn to style these features with CSS and add helpful JavaScript-based pop-ups and tooltips that enhance their usability. Along the way, you can test your Bootstrap prowess with a series of challenge videos.Need help getting Bootstrap up and running? Check out Bootstrap 3 Essential Training.04/26/2016
Bootstrap 3: Advanced Web DevelopmentIntermediateDeveloper, WebBootstrap(Length: 208 minutes) Generate your own interactive website from scratch with Bootstrap, the mobile-friendly framework from Twitter, in this start-to-finish course with developer and author Ray Villalobos. First, you'll plan and prototype the interface with MindMaps and Balsamiq Mockups. Next, download Bootstrap and dive into organizing your site structure with its scaffolding feature—adding PHP includes to break your code into reusable modules and building in the core navigation. Ray then shows you how to build interactive carousels, modal features, and forms, and control these features with JavaScript. Finally, learn to style it all with LESS and prepare to publish the results online.04/26/2016
Bootstrap 3: Customizing with LESSIntermediateWebBootstrap, LESS(Length: 96 minutes) Do more with LESS in Bootstrap. In this course, Jen Kramer shows you how to customize the look and feel of your Bootstrap site with LESS CSS, as well as LESS mixins and Bootstap's own customization screens. You'll learn how to configure Prepros, a LESS compiler; work within the LESS file structure; and start modifying fonts, color, spacing, and more with the variables.less file. Then LESS's mixins will allow you to make advanced customizations like custom buttons and tab styles. Just press Play to start learning.04/26/2016
Bootstrap 4 Essential TrainingBeginnerWebBootstrap(Length: 357 minutes) Bootstrap—a front-end framework using HTML, CSS3, and jQuery—is designed to help developers quickly and easily build responsive, mobile-ready websites that are cross-browser compatible. An open-source framework, Bootstrap features a 12-column grid and components that are ready to use. In this course, Ray Villalobos helps you get started with Bootstrap by providing an overview of all of the goodies in this popular framework. Ray covers the installation options, and walks through the basic styles that normalize how your content is displayed on different platforms and browsers. He also explains how to use the flexbox grid system to build nearly any kind of layout you can dream up, use different classes to easily get around your project, work with interactive components like dropdowns and carousels, and more.04/06/2017
Bootstrap 4 First LookIntermediateWebBootstrap(Length: 73 minutes) Bootstrap 4 is here, and it's an important update that touches nearly every line of code. Get your first look at the changes in this popular responsive design platform. Our resident Bootstrap expert Ray Villalobos covers Reboot.css, which standardizes a lot of the CSS in Bootstrap 4; the new card components; and changes to the grid, forms, and tables in Bootstrap. Plus, find out how to compensate for the deprecation of Glyphicons and adjust to smaller changes throughout the platform. These tips will help you avoid some of the pitfalls when it comes to upgrading your own site from Bootstrap 3—and get excited about what's to come.05/20/2016
Bootstrap 4 MigrationIntermediateWebBootstrap(Length: 134 minutes) Bootstrap 4 boasts a number of major changes and improvements to the popular front-end framework. If you've been curious about making the switch to Bootstrap 4, this course can prepare you to tackle the migration process. Join Ray Villalobos as he highlights the new features and changes you can access in this upgrade. Ray explains how to approach new components such as cards, as well as how to work with flexbox containers and display properties. After he familiarizes you with what's new in Bootstrap 4, he explains how to migrate a website from Bootstrap 3 to 4. Ray also goes over how to handle some of the more challenging aspects of the migration process, including migrating carousels and navigation tables.04/06/2017
Bootstrap Layouts: Responsive Single-Page DesignBeginnerWebBootstrap(Length: 198 minutes) Find out how Bootstrap can transform your standard HTML websites into inspired single-page designs. This course is a project-based approach to learning how to manipulate website layouts with the Bootstrap framework. Staff author Ray Villalobos tackles Bootstrap's layout classes, like containers, rows, and columns, and shows what it takes to customize Bootstrap's CSS and address layout challenges like multiple grids and columns. Plus, learn how to track navigation as users scroll, with the ScrollSpy plugin, and create a full-screen, responsive image carousel.04/26/2016
Box OneCloud Apps for Mobile ProductivityBeginnerITOneCloud(Length: 98 minutes) Learn to manage all your mobile content with the Box OneCloud curated suite of apps. Author Gini Courter shows how to install the apps and connect them to your Box storage account, edit documents with Documents to Go, take notes with Notability, use PDF Expert and iAnnotate to view and mark up PDFs, and work with presentations and forms. So leave your laptop behind. Learn how to use the OneCloud apps and be more productive on the road.04/27/2016
Box.com Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessBox(Length: 186 minutes) Discover how to use Box.com, the free online service for cloud-based storage, file sharing, and collaboration. In this course, instructor David Rivers explores the basics of Box.com. Learn how to sign up for an account, upload and access files, find files, and share links to files with others. Plus, find out how to use other Box services such as Box Edit for document editing, Box Sync for keeping files in sync across multiple devices (including tablets and smartphones), and Box for Business, the upgraded version of Box that provides user management, versioning, and reporting features.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.11/01/2016
Bracketology Club: Using March Madness to Learn Data ScienceBeginnerIT(Length: 12 minutes) When one pictures the group who bested over 100 sports experts to win the 2016 Bracket Matrix—an online March Madness bracket competition—a classroom full of small-town high school students might not be the first image that comes to mind. It certainly wasn't what social studies teacher Brian Tonsoni expected when started Delphi Bracketology—a high school club that uses data science to predict which teams the NCAA will select for the Division I Men's Basketball Tournament. But what began as an informal gathering of sports fans soon grew into a collection of champions. In this short film, meet some of the members of this remarkable team, and learn how Tonsoni's informal, project-based approach to learning helped these young bracketologists acquire the kinds of key skills—data science, public speaking, and more—that every teacher hopes to instill in their students.08/23/2017
Brain-Based Elearning DesignIntermediateEducation + Elearning(Length: 75 minutes) In this course, Dr. Joe Pulichino explains how to use techniques for elearning design based on brain science, that—when applied—make for a more engaging and effective learning experience. Topics include increasing learner attention and connecting with learners, and tips for making the learning stick. Using research on the neuroscience of learning, Joe explores how to create elearning that is highly effective at helping people learn.09/13/2017
Brand and Marketing IntegrationIntermediateMarketing(Length: 64 minutes) When the concept of marketing integration comes up, many people automatically think about external customer marketing; however, external approaches—advertising, social media, and event marketing, for example—are just one piece of the puzzle. In this course, Dina Shapiro shares a comprehensive brand and marketing integration approach that encompasses all external and internal stakeholders and touchpoints. Along with going over external marketing, Dina covers three other important types of integration: vertical, horizontal, and internal. She also explores common roadblocks and shows how to incorporate integration strategies into your own company.03/09/2017
Brand Redesign: Small BusinessIntermediateDesignIllustrator(Length: 106 minutes) Rebranding can help a company rebuild a reputation or go in a new direction. For designers, rebranding projects present a challenge, since the business has a history and a visual identity that the public already recognizes. The solution lies in a systematic approach: auditing the brand to discover what works and what doesn't, fixing the problems, and relaunching the brand with marketing campaigns that position the company for success.Join Von Glitschka, illustrative design guru, for this hands-on project that demonstrates what successful rebranding involves from the designer and the client. He takes the existing brand for a small plumbing and electrical company and asks questions to get a deeper understanding of their goals. He maps the answers to a new name and develops a logo that better represents the brand values. He solicits and incorporates feedback from the client, and then presents the final brand assets. Last, he reviews the uniforms, vehicle wraps, asset library, and advertising campaigns that were developed to complement the new direction.07/06/2018
Branden Hall: Interactive Architect and Digital MakerBeginnerDeveloper, Web(Length: 44 minutes) This course introduces Branden Hall, a software architect and programmer, who has spent well over a decade pushing the limits of the web, and teaching others how to do the same. The cofounder and CEO of Automata Studios, Branden is an acknowledged expert in the field of interactive media, producing award-winning work and authoring books that serve as touchstones for the design community.Branden opens up his personal studio and explains his fascination with "making," whether through programming or woodwork, and the magic behind bringing his ideas to life. Branden and crew also visit the BLOOM installation, a project designed to display artwork for La Plaza de Cultura y Artes, a museum dedicated to Mexican American history and culture in Los Angeles. Lynda then interviews Branden one-on-one, and they talk about Branden's beginnings, most notable projects, and where he sees himself and technology headed in the future.04/28/2016
Branding for DesignersBeginnerDesign(Length: 98 minutes) Branding goes beyond logos, brochures, and website designs. Branding is a complete system for communicating a company's unique message. In this course, Sean Adams asks designers to move past one-off projects and partner with their client on a holistic branding approach. The lessons he provides help explain exactly what branding is, underline the importance of research and problem-solving in design, and define how branding elements like logos, wordmarks, icons, and color palettes all work together to tell a brand's story. He also shows how to hand off branding systems to clients and provide the documentation and long-term support to sustain their brands far into the future.04/27/2016
Branding FoundationsBeginnerMarketing(Length: 86 minutes) Get a framework for branding, and learn how to develop and launch a brand and measure its success. This course explains how to define and position a brand and communicate the brand effectively internally, to employees, and externally, via social media, PR, advertising, packaging, and other channels. Author Drew Boyd, a marketing expert with over three decades of experience, then explains how to measure brand performance in categories such as authenticity, relevance, differentiation, consistency, presence, and understanding. The course concludes with solid steps for periodically reviewing the brand and its effectiveness, especially when there are significant changes that could impact the brand.04/26/2016
Breakeven and Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) AnalysisBeginnerBusiness(Length: 83 minutes) Starting a business can be pricey. Breakeven analysis and cost-volume-profit analysis will help you understand when—and if—your business will start to recover those costs and begin making a profit. Understanding your breakeven point will help you to determine how much you need in revenue to keep your business going. Accounting professors Jim and Kay Stice walk through the breakeven equation, and cover types of costs, contribution margin, breakeven point, and net income. They also explain what each term means, and the importance of each, and offer examples from popular real-world companies.Want to learn more? Learn about three types of accounting—financial, managerial, and income tax—in their Accounting Fundamentals course.04/27/2016
Breaking Out of a RutBeginnerBusiness, Design(Length: 33 minutes) Ever feel like you're in a rut? Most people in creative fields have experienced a rut, whether it manifests as a lack of ideas, follow-through, or enthusiasm. Sometimes it's just boredom that comes with routine. Stefan Mumaw designed this course to help you identify the type of rut you're in and its cause, and then break out of it with a series of short-, mid-, and long-term creative nudges. From techniques to get you thinking alternatively to life-changing educational opportunities, the course serves to bust every level of creative rut with actionable ideas and encouragement that's designed to get you back on the path to creative success.The course is more resource than classroom, designed to be something you can return to each and every time you feel stuck on a project or stalled in your career. Come back anytime you need help taking a creative leap forward.04/26/2016
Bridge CC 2015 Essential TrainingBeginnerPhotographyBridge(Length: 73 minutes) Learn to use Bridge CC to efficiently manage and organize media assets of all kinds. Adobe evangelist Julieanne Kost shows how to download photos from a camera into Bridge, rename the files, add metadata, and view, rate, and label photos. She also shows how to share the best images with filters and collections, and showcase them in slideshows.04/27/2016
Bridge CC for PhotographersBeginnerPhotography, video2brainBridge(Length: 110 minutes) This course covers all of the key features in Adobe Bridge in a logical and informative manner, beginning with an overview of the settings and options available in Bridge. Every aspect of managing and organizing digital photos is covered in great detail, helping you take full advantage of all Bridge has to offer.04/26/2016
Bridge CS6 for PhotographersBeginnerPhotography, video2brainBridge(Length: 116 minutes) Image management is one of the greatest challenges for photographers. Fortunately, having access to Adobe Bridge offers powerful features to help you manage, sort, organize, and even share your digital photos. But not everyone knows how to take advantage of these capabilities, so in this course Tim Grey shares his tips for using Bridge to stay organized, streamline your workflow, and make your life easier.04/26/2016
Bringing Solutions not ProblemsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 3 minutes) Suzy Welch talks about the importance of reporting problems to your boss and encourages bringing solutions as well. She explains the value of the Socratic method when reporting problems and proposing solutions.12/20/2016
Brooke Shaden's Conceptual Photography: Start to FinishBeginnerPhotography(Length: 34 minutes) Some photographers are driven to capture the world as it is; Brooke Shaden wants to capture the world as it isn't. Her work—exhibited in galleries nationwide—is inspired by empty rooms and open vistas, which she fills with otherworldly imagery, pieced together in Adobe Photoshop. In this episode of Start to Finish, Brooke shows us how she creates her painterly, painstakingly crafted images, starting with the very first proof-of-concept sketch. We follow her on location as she styles and poses her model, explains how she introduces props, and shoots just the few frames she needs to fulfill her concept. She then composites the image in Photoshop, reconstructing the room in which the image was shot, adding the model, and layering in creative color and texture. Along the way, she talks about developing the custom texture library and characteristic color profile that have become important hallmarks of her work.04/26/2016
Browser Testing with Internet Explorer and VirtualboxBeginnerWebInternet Explorer(Length: 41 minutes) You can increase the cross-browser compatibility of your website and test against many versions of Internet Explorer by using VirtualBox. The VirtualBox application allows you to use virtual machines and emulate different operating systems, without needing to invest in additional hardware or expensive software. This solution allows you to perform browser testing on multiple combinations of operating systems and browser versions to ensure your web designs look solid on all of the key browsers, IE included.In this course, Brian Wood explains the how to use VirtualBox and modern.ie to set up virtual machines you can use to perform browser testing. He walks you through each step of the setup process so you can become familiar with these tools and starting using them for browser testing.06/14/2016
Browsing the Web SecurelyBeginnerITLinux(Length: 43 minutes) Your online security and privacy are important, and when you don't trust the network you're using, you need to know how to protect yourself. This course examines two options you may not have considered yet: setting up a virtual private network (VPN) and using anonymous browsing software. Whether you're at a coffee shop using unsecured Wi-Fi or at home using your own network, both of these tools can offer protection and help keep your traffic on the internet from being observed. In this course, you can explore different VPN options, see how to set up a personal VPN, and learn about incognito browsing techniques you can use to keep your identity and location private.05/04/2017
Bruce Heavin The Thinkable PresentationBeginnerBusiness(Length: 17 minutes) Join Bruce Heavin, cofounder of lynda.com, as he explains the thinkable—a method of approaching life with curiosity and willingness to learn from our failures. In this presentation, illustrated in Bruce's signature style, he shares his philosophy of putting passion first, mixing work with play, and seeing "no" as a blessing. Watch as Bruce explains how creativity and productivity can flourish in the face of barriers, limits, and constraints.04/26/2016
Budgeting Video ProjectsBeginnerVideo(Length: 185 minutes) Budgets keep video productions in line and on time. But how do you estimate costs when you're just starting out—or planning a shoot in a new location? Rich Harrington has almost 30 years of experience in video, many of them consulting for clients who needed detailed proposals and budgets to move forward. In this course, he explains the nuts and bolts of budgeting for video production. Learn how to develop professional budgets, quotes, and proposals, and then transform those estimates into invoices. Plus, learn how to split projects with contractors, set payment terms, and make sure the bill is delivered and you get paid. The exercise files include the budget, proposal, and invoice for the sample project shown in the course, as well as a budget template you can use for your own future projects.05/20/2016
Build a Raspberry Pi Media ServerIntermediateDeveloperRaspberry Pi(Length: 48 minutes) The most popular use of Raspberry Pi is for custom media servers. All you need is a Pi that has access to your entertainment system and a copy of OSMC, an open-source media center "built for the people, by the people." In these tutorials, Brad Wheeler shows how to download, install, and configure OSMC to run on Raspberry Pi and set it up to play content from local and remote sources, as well as third-party services like YouTube. He also shows how to control your media server using a USB keyboard, the Chorus web UI, or an infrared (IR) remote and an IR sensor connected to your Raspberry Pi's GPIO.Note: These instructions work with the Raspberry Pi 1, 2, and 3 models. OSMC does not support Netflix, Hulu, or HBO Go.06/18/2016
Build a Real-Time Strategy Game with Unity 5IntermediateDeveloperUnity(Length: 227 minutes) Real-time strategy games like StarCraft II drive the PC gaming market. Game developers who want to compete or get hired by studios must have the skills to build map-based real-time strategy games. These Unity tutorials can help you fill the knowledge gap. They're designed for Unity programmers who want to take their existing skills and apply them to a functional RTS game. Unity programmer Dan Violet Sagmiller covers managing large and highly detailed maps, defining game units, creating buildings, configuring a heads-up display (HUD), managing resources, programming enemies with AI, and engineering battles. After watching this course, developers should feel confident about creating RTS games and expanding on the class materials with their own ideas.04/27/2016
Building a 3D Game in SceneKitIntermediateDeveloperiOS, SceneKit(Length: 88 minutes) Do you have a good idea for a 3D game, but find some of the technical aspects of 3D game creation to be a bit daunting? SceneKit—a 3D graphics API used in iOS programming—can help simplify this process, and make it easier to bring your game to life. In this course, learn how to leverage SceneKit to build a simple 3D game for iOS. Mike Wong helps to familiarize you with the basics of this high-level framework, covering how to build your first SceneKit game project, and work with scenes, nodes, physics, and particles.07/18/2017
Building a Calculator for Apple WatchBeginnerDeveloperiOS, Apple Watch(Length: 40 minutes) The Apple Watch is an exciting new playground for app developers. Find out what it takes to build a simple calculator app for the Apple Watch OS, in this start-to-finish, project-based course. After setting up the development environment, and a brief look at Glances and extensions (features unique to Apple Watch), Todd walks through building the interface, connecting the code, and writing the logic for the app. Plus, get some tips on successfully submitting it to the App Store.04/27/2016
Building a Commercial Soundtrack in AuditionIntermediateAudio + Music, VideoAudition(Length: 53 minutes) Learn how to create a high-energy, engaging soundtrack for a 30-second Internet or TV commercial that highlights your client's brand and visual message. Scott Hirsch demonstrates industry-standard post-production techniques for adding sound effects, voice-over, and other audio elements common to commercials, all with Adobe Audition. First, learn how to improve interactions with your client by keeping your files organized with a smart folder structure and file-naming schema. Then you'll import the various audio elements and assign them to stem mixes, finesse the VO track, use automation and clip gain to balance and master tracks, and mix and output your final soundtrack.04/26/2016
Building a Dynamic Heat Map in ExcelIntermediateBusiness, ITExcel(Length: 94 minutes) You don't need special software to create data visualizations. With some advanced functions, formatting, and filters, you can create these heat maps right in Microsoft Excel. The techniques shown in this course transform Excel from a basic spreadsheet program into a dynamic and powerful analytics tool for heat mapping.Chris Dutton provides hands-on examples designed to showcase why certain functions—DATEVALUE, VLOOKUP, COUNTIF, and more—are so valuable to mapping data. He also shows how to use conditional color-scale formatting to map your data matrix, and find different ways to examine the same data with different criteria, using dynamic filters. The course wraps up with a few finishing touches to make your heat map even more useful and engaging, including a preview of what's possible with the Power Map addin.04/27/2016
Building a Flexible CareerBeginnerBusiness(Length: 41 minutes) Do you want to work from home, adopt a more flexible schedule, or transition to a freelance role? Flexible work options for career-oriented professionals have been rapidly expanding, but it's not always easy knowing how to break into the market. This course is designed to help you build a career that fits your life, whether that means finding a new job or asking for more flexibility in your current position. Brie Reynolds teaches you about the growing flexible job market and shows how to build skills to be successful. She also introduces strategies to convince your current employer to offer flexible work, and to find legitimate and professional flexible job listings. Plus, get resume and interview prep tips to get hired. If you want to break out of the 9 to 5 or find better balance between work and life, this is the course for you.07/06/2018
Building a Full-Stack App with Angular 2+ and Spring BootIntermediateDeveloper, WebAngular, Spring Framework, Spring Boot, Spring(Length: 119 minutes) Angular 2 is known for building rich, data-driven, single-page applications (SPAs) while Spring Boot is a popular and powerful framework for back-end development. In this course, Chris Anatalio shows how to take these two enterprise-scale worthy technologies and build a robust, secure, full-stack application. Chris covers creating a project, making your app UI responsive for mobile devices, creating a data layer with Spring data, building client-side functionality with Angular, testing, validation, and more.05/20/2017
Building a Game App with the Android SDKIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 126 minutes) There are many ways to build mobile games, but for most projects you'll find everything you need in the core SDK. Practice Android programming while you learn to build a simple game app with the Android SDK and Java—no C++ or gaming engine required! This project showcases all of the SDK's strengths, including clean, fluid motion; complex game mechanics; and persistent scoring. David Gassner shows how to build the visuals, including the background, menus, and controls, and add animation with the built-in classes in Android. Then he helps you program the game logic. Learn how to define different levels, increment and display scores, manage game resources, and add audio effects—both longer music files with the MediaPlayer component and shorter sound effects with Android's SoundPool class. This project is a fun and rewarding way to learn Android programming, and can be used as a template for your own game apps.09/20/2016
Building a Gaming Console in RhinoIntermediateCADRhino(Length: 80 minutes) Advance your Rhino modeling and workflow skills: Learn how to build a game console! Author Dave Schultze shares some of his killer tips to build parts quickly and intelligently, so you get results fast and have maximum flexibility for changes. The final product will have a case, screen, cords, vents, and logos—just like the real thing.04/27/2016
Building a Long-Exposure Calculator for iOSIntermediateDeveloperiOS(Length: 61 minutes) Already comfortable with a few essential Swift programming concepts? Apply those budding skills to the creation of a practical application—a long-exposure calculator. In this project-based, hands-on course, follow Mike Wong as he walks you step-by-step through the elements of the app, what the finished product will look like, and how to write the code. Plus, learn how to customize your app by adding a splash screen, setting the background color and fonts, adding instruction screens, and more.03/02/2017
Building a Match 3 Game with UnityIntermediateDeveloperUnity(Length: 145 minutes) Match 3 games are simple puzzle games where the player is asked to pair three or more identical items on a tiled game board. Popular modern variations include Candy Crush and Bejeweled. Unity is ideally suited to this kind of game design, and it's a great entry point to more complex kinds of game development. This training course is here to help you complete your own match 3 game.Game developer Kelley Hecker covers topics like creating a grid-based game board, using inheritance to create different types of game pieces, adding obstacles and new levels, detecting matches and clearing pieces, and implementing a user interface complete with a score screen. By the end of the course, members will have a completed game and learned new techniques to apply to their next Unity project.04/27/2016
Building a Mobile App with AngularJS 1 and IonicIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 211 minutes) Creating hybrid mobile applications is a great way to leverage your knowledge of web languages like HTML5, CSS, and JavaScript. Modern frameworks such as AngularJS and Ionic make it easier with pre-built templates and components. In this course, staff author Ray Villalobos shows how to install the Ionic framework and set up a development environment suitable for building web-based apps. He reviews the core Ionic components: prebuilt, easy-to-use features such as buttons, lists, tabs, and forms. Then Ray shows how to combine these components with Angular.js models, views, and controllers to build a single page app with sliders, pull-to-refresh functionality, and search. The training culminates in building a multi-page app, which you'll learn how to customize with CSS.04/27/2016
Building a Note-Taking App for AndroidIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 158 minutes) Android, Windows, and iOS support are all required for a successful product. This course, revised for 2015, is one in a series that will demonstrate the platforms' similarities and differences via the development of a complete note-taking app. This installment uses Android Studio to get the job done. Author David Gassner shows you how to create a new project in Android Studio, customize its material design themes, and create a data management layer that allows users to create, read, update, and delete notes. He also demonstrates how to build a rich user interface, create activities (aka screens), and enable action icons to control navigation.Building a Note-Taking App for iOS 8 and Building a Note-Taking App for Windows Phone 8 and Windows Store use the same assets to develop a similar app. Compare and contrast the steps and discover the similarities and differences between the three platforms.04/27/2016
Building a Note-Taking App for iOS 10 with SwiftIntermediateDeveloperiOS, Swift(Length: 120 minutes) Programmers typically are tasked with creating two or more versions of an app to accommodate dissimilar devices. These devices all have unique development environments and programmers creating these apps face the task of learning one environment, then another, then another. Since the makers of the platforms cater any instructional material to their product's environment, the challenge of identifying what architecture and code is reusable across the platforms is left to the programmer.In this course, join Todd Perkins as he takes you through how to create cross-platform apps using Swift. This course is one of three related courses designed to help you discover the similarities and differences that exist between the platforms used by three main devices: an Android phone, an iPhone, and a Windows phone. These courses use the same assets to create the same note-taking app so that you can identify and experience the complementary and contrasting development steps.01/31/2017
Building a Note-Taking App for iOS 11 with SwiftBeginnerDeveloperiOS, Swift(Length: 122 minutes) Create your first iPhone app while you learn the basics of Swift and Xcode. In this course, Todd Perkins shows how to create iOS 11 apps using the Swift programming language and the Apple integrated development environment, Xcode 9. First, learn how to build a simple user interface from a table view controller and connect the view to a data source. Find out how to build the functionality to allow users to delete, edit, and save notes, and discover how to transition between different views in your app. Todd also shows you how to display an on-screen keyboard and dynamically control the size of text. By the end of the course, you'll have built a fully functional iPhone app and developed the skills to build out your own app ideas.07/06/2018
Building a Note-Taking App for iOS 7IntermediateDeveloperiOS(Length: 68 minutes) Building an app for just one mobile platform isn't good enough anymore. But iOS is a good start. This course helps you build a simple note-taking app in iOS 7, which you can then recreate for Android and Windows Phone in Building a Note-Taking App for Android and Building a Note-Taking App for Windows Phone 8 and Windows Store.These courses take you through building a complete mobile app from scratch; this installment uses the iOS SDK and Xcode to get the job done. Author Todd Perkins shows you how to create an Xcode project, lay out apps visually, connect UI elements to code, and save data to persistent storage. Start here, and compare and contrast your results with the other courses to learn about the differences and similarities of the platforms.04/26/2016
Building a Note-Taking App for iOS 8IntermediateDeveloperiOS(Length: 79 minutes) Building an app for just one mobile platform isn't good enough anymore. But beginning with iOS is a great start. This course helps you build a simple note-taking app in iOS 8, one you can then re-create for Android and Windows Phone in Building a Note-Taking App for Android and Building a Note-Taking App for Windows Phone 8 and Windows Store.Each of these courses helps you build a complete mobile app from scratch; this installment uses the iOS SDK and Xcode to get the job done. Author Todd Perkins shows you how to create an Xcode project, lay out apps visually, connect UI elements to code, and save data to persistent storage. Start here with iOS 8, and compare your results with the Android and Windows Phone courses to learn about the differences and similarities of these mobile platforms.04/27/2016
Building a Note-Taking App for iOS 9 with SwiftIntermediateDeveloperiOS, Swift(Length: 80 minutes) Android, Windows, and iOS support are all required for a successful app launch. This course, revised for 2015, is one in a series that will demonstrate the similarities and differences between the three platforms via the development of a complete note-taking app. This installment uses Xcode and Apple's Swift programming language to get the job done. Author Todd Perkins shows you how to set up your development environment, create a new app, and customize the app to support a split-screen view.Building a Note-Taking App for Android and Building a Note-Taking App for Windows Phone 8 and Windows Store use the same assets. Compare and contrast the steps and discover the similarities and differences between the three platforms.04/27/2016
Building a Note-Taking App for Windows Phone 8 and Windows StoreIntermediateDeveloperWindows, Windows Phone(Length: 209 minutes) Building an app for one platform just isn't good enough anymore. Android, Windows, and iOS support are all required for a successful product—but learning the different environments is difficult. This course is one of a matched set spanning the three platforms and will demonstrate their similarities and differences. Start with the product most familiar to you, then watch the parallel courses to understand how to bridge your knowledge.Like its companions, it will take you through building a complete mobile app from scratch; but this installment uses C#/XAML with the Windows Phone SDK and Windows Store SDK to get the job done. Author Michael Lehman explains the app's class structure, model, and page flows, and then shows you how to build the data model from scratch, handle orientation and size changes, create the "code behind" the markup, implement persistence, and test your app on a device emulator.These three related courses use the same assets to develop the same app. (See Building a Note-Taking App for iOS and Building a Note-Taking App for Android for more information.) Compare and contrast the different steps and discover the similarities and differences!04/26/2016
Building a Physics-Based Platformer in GameMaker Studio Using GMLBeginnerDeveloperGameMaker(Length: 157 minutes) Mastering the Box2D physics engine included with GameMaker: Studio can open up a wide range of game design possibilities. By leveraging this powerful tool, you can create rules that govern how objects behave within your game world. In this course, learn how to create a simple, runner-style game using the Box2D physics engine built into GameMaker. Steven Moser explains how to set up the physics world for your game, move a player object using only physics functions, and create obstacles such as saws, spikes, and swinging blades. He also provides an introduction to liquid physics in Box2D—explaining how to create particles that behave like water and viscous poison—and shares how to decorate your level by building chains and rope bridges.06/18/2017
Building a Polling App with Socket IO and React.jsIntermediateDeveloper, WebReact.js, Socket IO(Length: 236 minutes) Socket technology is a natural fit for presentation and chat applications. This course helps you use Socket IO in combination with powerful JavaScript libraries to develop an interactive polling application that processes data in real time, allowing presenters to interact with audience members and graph their responses. Alex Banks shows each step in the process, starting with setting up the node environment and express app for development. You'll then create and connect sockets for real-time data sharing and set up routing and interface elements with React.js, refactoring those components for ES6 integration. This setup will allow you to program functionality for running presentations, joining presentations, asking and answering questions, and graphing the results of the poll.04/27/2016
Building a Portfolio with Adobe PortfolioIntermediatePhotographyPhotoshop, Adobe Portfolio(Length: 108 minutes) Adobe Portfolio comes free with any Creative Cloud plan and enables designers to quickly and simply build a website to showcase their creative work. No web design knowledge required! In this course, Rich Harrington provides an overview of Adobe Portfolio, and shows how to create and optimize an online portfolio so it fits your creative style. He shows how to choose a template, customize the site, and import content from Lightroom, Photoshop, Illustrator, and Behance. The course wraps with tips on publishing your portfolio, such as creating a custom domain.07/06/2018
Building a Progressive Web AppIntermediateWebHTML, JavaScript, CSS(Length: 127 minutes) Native apps do things like work offline and load on a device's home screen. Until now, mobile web apps accessed in a browser lacked those features. Progressive web apps correct these shortcomings. A progressive web app—like the one you build in this course—is 1) fast loading 2) responsive 3) able to work offline using service workers, 4) secure using HTTPS, and 5) installable using a special manifest. Ray Villalobos takes you the extra steps to make your web apps progressive, using a custom version of the Bootstrap framework and modals and templating system called Handlebars. Follow along to learn how to create interactive navigation, dynamic and responsive content such as carousels and multimedia, offline capabilities with service workers, and a more integrated launch experience with an app manifest file.12/20/2016
Building a Recommendation System with Python Machine Learning & AIIntermediateITPython(Length: 98 minutes) Discover how to use Python—and some essential machine learning concepts—to build programs that can make recommendations. In this hands-on course, Lillian Pierson, P.E. covers the different types of recommendation systems out there, and shows how to build each one. She helps you learn the concepts behind how recommendation systems work by taking you through a series of examples and exercises. Once you're familiar with the underlying concepts, Lillian explains how to apply statistical and machine learning methods to construct your own recommenders. She demonstrates how to build a popularity-based recommender using the Pandas library, how to recommend similar items based on correlation, and how to deploy various machine learning algorithms to make recommendations. At the end of the course, she shows how to evaluate which recommender performed the best.07/08/2017
Building a Responsive Portfolio SiteIntermediateWebHTML, CSS(Length: 107 minutes) A great portfolio can make the difference between landing the job and getting passed over. This quick and fun project-based course will show you how to build a responsive portfolio site from start to finish. Staff author Justin Seeley shows how to plan the website in Photoshop and convert the plan into a single-page site. The backbone driving the portfolio will be Skeleton, an intuitive CSS framework that you'll learn how to use for your own projects. Along the way, you'll find out how to work with web fonts like Google fonts and icon fonts, how to start inserting content into containers, and how to style the look of headers, images, typography, and even social media buttons with some simple custom CSS. Add on a responsive lightbox effect and some media queries to make sure your site is ready for mobile, and you'll have a complete, high-quality platform for showcasing your work.04/27/2016
Building a Responsive Single-Page Design with PostCSSIntermediateWebHTML, CSS(Length: 150 minutes) Learn how to create responsive single-page websites with PostCSS, the CSS post-processor engine that extends the power of CSS through JavaScript. These step-by-step instructions take existing HTML markup and add style, animation, and responsive navigation. This combination allows for dynamic one-page sites—a popular design that's now even faster and easier to create with PostCSS. Along the way, Ray Villalobos introduces some handy plugins, tips for integrating PostCSS into a Gulp-based workflow, and techniques for making layouts more responsive with Flexbox.04/27/2016
Building a Responsive Single-Page Design with SassIntermediateWebHTML, JavaScript, CSS(Length: 295 minutes) Learn how to build dynamic, responsive single-page designs with HTML, JavaScript, and CSS. The website featured in this course combines docking navigation, columns that adjust without cluttering your site layout or HTML markup, and animated scrolling effects that respond to user direction. Author Ray Villalobos shows you how to build it. He starts with a lean, easy-to-read template, and then explains how to add the features that make single-page designs so great, with these four frameworks:Compass, whose Sass mixins help you leverage CSS3 features like FlexboxSusy 2, the framework that "subtracts" the math from responsive grid designScrollMagic, for adding "magical" scroll effectsBreakpoint, which makes writing media queries in Sass a snapBut this course isn't just about the tools. It's a realistic project that epitomizes many of the design challenges website developers face in the real world. Start watching now and learn how to use HTML, jQuery, and CSS to build your own dynamic, deeply responsive designs.04/26/2016
Building a Single-Page Application with AngularJS and WordPressIntermediateWebWordPress, Angular(Length: 31 minutes) Single-page applications are fluid, responsive, and beautiful. They look and perform great—like native mobile apps—without constant calls to the server. With WordPress and a client-side framework like AngularJS, you can create a simple single-page app quickly.In this course, Roy Sivan shows how to build a single-page web app with WordPress, AngularJS, and the WordPress REST API plugin. Roy also reviews creating controllers and routes to get a basic understanding of building a multiview single-page app. Plus, get some tips to transition your single-page app to a native mobile app with AppPresser.04/27/2016
Building a Single-Page Website in MuseBeginnerDesign, WebMuse(Length: 94 minutes) Muse is a great WYSIWYG program, enabling designers who don't code to create websites. For example, one-page websites, which are dynamic designs usually driven by CSS. This course is a great first project for those new to Muse—who want to recreate popular designs without diving deep into programming.Staff author Justin Seeley explains how to set up your master page, build a custom navigation bar, and define content blocks on the master page. Then he shows how to import your graphics and text (from sources such as CC Libraries and Microsoft Word) and style all of the content. In chapter 4, Justin shows how to add the "infinite scrolling" behavior that is so emblematic of single-page designs.04/27/2016
Building a Web Interface with React.jsIntermediateWebReact.js(Length: 81 minutes) React is a JavaScript library for creating user interfaces that display dynamic data. Because of its reusable components and unique data rendering approach, the web interfaces you create with React are flexible, fast, and lightweight. Need another reason to choose React? It's also easy to learn, with these lessons from staff author Ray Villalobos. Join Ray as he reviews React's component architecture and covers key skills such as handling events, breaking code into custom subcomponents, managing form fields with references, and setting up sorting and search. Every lesson is focused on the specifics of creating web interfaces with React, so you'll be able to easily transition the techniques to your own projects.08/02/2016
Building a Website with Node.js and Express.jsIntermediateDeveloper, WebNode.js, Express.js(Length: 196 minutes) Interested in building JavaScript websites that do more? Node.js and Express.js are a perfect match. Express is a fast, minimalist framework that sits on top of Node.js and allows you to build powerful single- and multi-page web applications and websites.In this course, Ray Villalobos walks through the process of creating full-featured websites with these technologies. First, find out how to install each package and leverage Node.js features from within Express. Then learn how to build a basic application with templating engines like EJS; create more flexible, modular code with includes and conditional statements; build APIs to manage HTTP requests to add and delete content dynamically; and configure more complex routing. Along the way, Ray implements features like customer feedback forms and real-time live chat, so you can see exactly what Node.js and Express are capable of.08/23/2016
Building a Windows Store Game Using HTML and JavaScriptIntermediateDeveloper, WebWindows, Visual Studio Express(Length: 136 minutes) Write your first Windows Store app with HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS. In this course, author David Isbitski shows how to use these technologies to build a game engine that runs on Microsoft devices and desktops. First, learn about the Microsoft web stack and the capabilities offered in HTML5—the foundation of your app. The course then covers each step of the build in detail, from designing the game interface and setting up a game loop to adding support for multiple screen sizes and touch interaction, incorporating music and sound effects, and accessing data from the camera and accelerometer. Along the way, discover how to personalize the look of your game with CSS3.04/26/2016
Building Accountability Into Your CultureBeginnerBusiness(Length: 33 minutes) Leaders must model accountability to the rest of the organization to create trust and establish their own credibility. Employees must be held accountable for their work, both as individuals and within teams. When leaders and employees are accountable, this creates a culture of accountability, which becomes part of the organization's brand promise. In this course, leadership consultant and executive coach Mike Figliuolo reveals how to create a culture of accountability by developing accountability at the individual level, team level, and brand level. Along the way, he shows how to set employee expectations, create incentives, and align the practice of accountability with the values of your organization.04/26/2016
Building Adaptive Android Apps with FragmentsIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 128 minutes) One of the most common issues Android developers face is market fragmentation: the variations in screen size and pixel density among the thousands of phones, tablets, and even desktop computers that run Android. The Fragments API (introduced in Android 3.0) helps you deal with this issue. This course teaches Android developers how to program with the Fragments API, and build apps that work well on a wide variety of devices. David Gassner shows how to define different fragment layouts and add them to activities with XML or Java, create layouts for different screens and use a resource alias to select the right layout at runtime, and communicate between activities and fragments. He'll also show you how to make fragments work on older versions of Android, with the support library, and use fragments to display dialogs and preference screens.04/26/2016
Building an Advanced To-Do List with HTML5IntermediateDesign, WebHTML, JavaScript, CSS(Length: 45 minutes) The HTML5 Projects series combines HTML5, CSS3, and recent JavaScript API technologies to enhance your web projects with interactivity and multimedia. This installment shows how to create a basic to-do list widget with an editable field so users can enter their tasks and delete them as they are completed, and a more advanced version with all the bells and whistles, including a drag-and-drop interface that allows for quick and easy sorting. Author Joseph Lowery covers HTML5 technologies such as web databases, content editing in the browser, and CSS transitions and transforms.04/26/2016
Building an Android App with Architecture ComponentsBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 149 minutes) Google now offers a set of recommended components for architecting Android apps. Android developers can learn how to follow these recommendations to improve their initial development process and simplify long-term maintenance. In this course, learn best practices for building high-quality Android apps using the Android Architecture Components for data persistence and display. Instructor David Gassner teaches these concepts in a real-world context by using the Architecture Components to build a simple note-taking app from start to finish. He shows how to define an SQLite database with the Room library, display a list of data with the efficient RecyclerView component, and update the user interface with observable LiveData objects.07/06/2018
Building an App with React.js and MeteorJSIntermediateWebReact.js, Meteor, Redux(Length: 240 minutes) Meteor and React are a powerhouse combination. Meteor gives you a fast, easy-to-use solution for data management across clients and servers, and React gives you a way to structure your app's UI from reusable components. The combination allows you to create your dream apps: dynamic, data driven, and cross-platform. This project-based course walks you step-by-step through the development of a complete React/Meteor app for managing the players and performance of an international soccer team. Follow along with Emmanuel Henri as he shows how to set up your development environment for the first time, develop a player view in React, use Meteor's back-end capabilities to code player and team logic, build charts to track player stats, and add user registration. Plus, learn how to keep your code secure with server methods and use CSS to style the final application.12/27/2016
Building an In-House Photo StudioIntermediatePhotography(Length: 79 minutes) You can accomplish a lot of photographic goals without needing a photo studio. But for many types of shooting, a studio is essential. Fortunately, building one doesn't have to be expensive. In this course, photographer and educator Ben Long details two scenarios for building an in-house photo studio. In the first scenario, he explores a professional studio. Ben explains how the business of a photography studio works, what you'll need to consider when designing and outfitting a studio space, and what you can do to ease day-to-day use. In the second scenario, he shows how to turn a "found" space into a temporary studio. In this case, he takes over a conference room to shoot a collection of headshots and products. For each scenario, Ben details the gear you'll want—from lighting to backdrops—as well as all the other technical and practical concerns that go into creating a studio.08/30/2017
Building an Integrated Online Marketing PlanAdvancedMarketingFacebook, Twitter, Instagram(Length: 141 minutes) Successful marketing is holistic: it considers every channel, from email to search to social media. It is also focused: on the business's core values, customers, and goals. What keeps all these moving parts in check? An effective strategy. Learn how to build an integrated online marketing plan for your organization, in this course with marketing expert Matt Bailey. Discover why a successful business strategy starts with you, namely your narrative and your value. Learn how to define your target customers, and understand where their needs and your business goals align. Find out how to evaluate the best channel for your message, whether it's Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, LinkedIn, or Pinterest. See how to develop a calendar for putting the right content in front of the right people at the right time. Plan for success by researching SEO, trending topics, annual content, and seize-the-day opportunities. Plus, learn how to think like a publisher; integrate content marketing into lead generation; and measure, model, and review your success.07/06/2018
Building an iOS Address Book AppBeginnerDeveloperiOS(Length: 161 minutes) The best way to build your programming skills is to practice them. Get the hands-on experience you need to succeed as an iOS developer in this project-based course. Veteran programmer John Nastos shares step-by-step instructions for building a complete iOS address book app. Learn how to storyboard the app, store and display contact data, connect to other iOS apps such as Maps, and write tests to make sure the code and interface work as expected. In the final stage, you'll create icons and launch storyboard and gather the other assets you'll need to submit the app to the App Store with iTunes Connect.Build the project step-by-step and then use what you've learned to explore your own app ideas.08/09/2016
Building an iOS Messages ApplicationIntermediateDeveloperiOS, Swift(Length: 102 minutes) This hands-on course covers the building of an iOS application that allows two types of extensions: messages and stickers. For the Messages extension demonstration, a basic utility app and a game app are created. For the sticker demonstration, a sticker extension is created, a demo that includes creating artwork and adding it into a message. Join Todd Perkins as he shows you how to lay out your app UI, code the desired behavior into your app's objects, and connect your app to Messages by leveraging extension functionality.05/11/2017
Building an Online CommunityBeginnerMarketing(Length: 25 minutes) Create an engaged community around your business or product with this quick course from author Justin Seeley. Discover how to find and attract an audience; design a consistent brand and message across Facebook, Twitter, and other social networks; engage your followers in real conversations; craft content that will be popular with your followers; and ultimately cultivate a community of people who are passionate about the same thing.04/26/2016
Building an Online PortfolioBeginnerDesignBehance(Length: 52 minutes) Successful creative professionals know that great gigs start with a great portfolio. An online portfolio site can market your services to clients around the world. It helps explain your vision and your process, and showcase examples of your best work. In this course, SCAD professor Jason Fox shows how to build an expertly curated portfolio that reveals who you are as a designer and the value you can offer clients. He explains how to set your mission, establish your narrative, and tell your story. A strong emphasis is placed on selecting a diverse range of work. Jason also shows how to demonstrate your collaborative skills. By the end of the course, you will understand how to build out a portfolio that best represents your artistic brand.07/06/2018
Building an Ubuntu Home ServerBeginnerITLinux, Ubuntu(Length: 136 minutes) Whether you want to set up a media server, a file sharing server, remote access, or you just want to hone your Linux skills and create something useful along the way, this course has the steps you need to be able to set up and use Ubuntu Server as your solution. Ubuntu Server is a platform that can be leveraged for business or home use. This course covers hardware needs, installation steps, setting up local services, and accessing resources remotely.05/11/2017
Building and Deploying a Full-Stack React ApplicationIntermediateWebReact.js(Length: 257 minutes) React—a popular JavaScript framework—boasts a number of developer-friendly tools that can help you quickly and efficiently turn your ideas into fully-functioning applications. If you already have a solid grasp of the essentials of full-stack JavaScript web development, this practical, project-based course can help you get acquainted with React. Follow Carl Peaslee as he walks through how to plan, configure, create, and deploy a scalable, full-stack React and Relay application. As Carl explains how to lay out a UX roadmap, construct the foundation of an application, implement authentication, and connect your app to a remote database, you can practice what you learn by building a site where users can play simple games.04/13/2017
Building and Deploying Deep Learning Applications with TensorFlowIntermediateITGoogle TensorFlow(Length: 106 minutes) TensorFlow is one of the most popular deep learning frameworks available. It's used for everything from cutting-edge machine learning research to building new features for the hottest start-ups in Silicon Valley. In this course, learn how to install TensorFlow and use it to build a simple deep learning model. After he shows how to get TensorFlow up and running, instructor Adam Geitgey demonstrates how to create and train a machine learning model, as well as how to leverage visualization tools to analyze and improve your model. Finally, he explains how to deploy models locally or in the cloud. When you wrap up this course, you'll be ready to start building and deploying your own models with TensorFlow.08/12/2017
Building and Distributing a Simple App with Xcode and SwiftBeginnerDeveloperSwift(Length: 86 minutes) Swift's innovative syntax and Xcode's full-featured development environment allow you to build apps for desktop and mobile fast. These tools are necessary for any developer who wants to code OS X and iOS apps. Here Todd Perkins shows how to adopt them into your workflow, providing a quick start guide to setting up Xcode for development with Swift, creating and coding a simple app, and publishing it to the App Store.04/27/2016
Building and Maintaining Your UX Design PortfolioBeginnerWeb(Length: 15 minutes) Building and maintaining a compelling user experience design portfolio isn't easy. In this course, Diane Cronenwett offers real-world advice to make your portfolio stand out from the crowd. Learn how to create a portfolio ... even if you've never worked in a UX job before. Understand the elements of a strong UX portfolio. Find out what happens during a portfolio review—and get tips for incorporating storytelling into a presentation.This short course contains everything you need to kick-start a career in UX and find a UX job in any startup or established corporation.06/14/2016
Building and Securing RESTful APIs in ASP.NET CoreIntermediateWebASP.NET(Length: 233 minutes) Most people have heard of RESTful APIs, but the underlying concept—REST or representational state transfer—still causes confusion. REST is all about modeling resources and how those resources can change. RESTful APIs use this architecture along with HTTP requests to transfer data and changes in application state between clients and servers. This course will break down the principles of RESTful design and show how to build secure RESTful APIs on top of ASP.NET Core. Nate Barbettini answers questions such as: What is RESTful design? How do you perform RESTful routing? How can you build reusable classes to represent resources? What role does caching play? And how do you secure RESTful APIs? He also covers topics such as data modeling, hypermedia relationships, and authentication and authorization. By the end of the course, you should know not only the basics—how to properly use HTTP verbs and return JSON data from ASP.NET Core—but also the best practices for building secure and scalable APIs to serve web clients, mobile clients, and beyond.07/08/2017
Building Android Apps with Cloud ServicesIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 157 minutes) If you're an Android developer, you have access to an assortment of cloud-based services that can help you create and deliver a high-quality app. In this course, Albert Lo shines a spotlight on some of the most popular services and tools for Android developers, and demonstrates how they work by implementing them in a power failure monitoring application. He explores how to use Crashlytics to troubleshoot crashes, use Fabric.io to deploy an app for remote users so they can beta test it externally, structure the codebase to use any analytics provider, use Firebase remote configuration to configure parameters in runtime, and more.02/14/2017
Building Angular and ASP.NET Core Apps with AuthenticationIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, Angular, Balsamiq(Length: 231 minutes) Angular 2 and ASP.NET Core offer solid improvements over previous versions. In this course, discover how to work with these technologies to build a full-stack web application—which you can later use as a template for your own web app. Follow Alexander Zanfir as he explains how to create and configure your Angular 2 project, display data in Angular, and get data from ASP.NET Core. He also covers working with traditional template forms and reactive forms, creating different routes that you can navigate to, and using Entity Framework and token authentication for user registration, login, and simple authorization.05/11/2017
Building Angular and Node Apps with AuthenticationIntermediateWebNode.js, Angular(Length: 196 minutes) Are you already familiar with Angular 2 and Node.js? If so, this course can help you leverage these two popular frameworks to build a full-stack web application—which you can later use as a template for your own web app. Join Alexander Zanfir as he shows how to create and configure an Angular 2 project, display data in Angular 2, get your data from Node.js, and save your data to Node.js. He also covers how to create a form in Angular, set up routes, validate with reactive forms, register users, and more.05/20/2017
Building APIs in PHP Using the Silex Micro FrameworkBeginnerDeveloper, WebPHP, Slim(Length: 104 minutes) A well-designed API includes not just URLs and response codes but also authentication, consistent structures, and useful JSON payloads. Luckily, the Silex micro framework makes it easy to move an API from concept to implementation to production. What used to take weeks or even months can usually be done in hours or days with Silex.This course begins with a simple application specification and builds it one step at a time. Each chapter includes a key concept, with examples from other public APIs, and then shows how to build it yourself with Silex. Learn about URL routing, validating input, and generating response codes and hypermedia payloads. Like any project, the first implementation may be a little messy, but don't worry. The last chapter covers refactoring and what it takes to scale and support the API going forward.10/18/2016
Building APIs in PHP Using the Slim Micro FrameworkBeginnerDeveloper, WebPHP, Slim(Length: 112 minutes) A well-designed API includes not just URLs and response codes but also authentication, consistent structures, and useful JSON payloads. Luckily, the Slim micro framework makes it easy to move an API from concept to implementation to production. What used to take weeks or even months can usually be done in hours or days with Slim.This course begins with a simple application specification and builds it one step at a time. Each chapter includes a key concept, with examples from other public APIs, and then shows how to build it yourself with Slim. Learn about URL routing, validating input, and generating response codes and hypermedia payloads. Like any project, the first implementation may be a little messy but don't worry. The last chapter covers refactoring and what it takes to scale and support the API going forward.10/18/2016
Building APIs Using Hapi in Node.jsIntermediateWebNode.js, MongoDB, Hapi(Length: 143 minutes) With the current, mobile-first approach to development, it's crucial that you have a good API for your mobile and web projects. In this interactive, project-based course, learn how to create a RESTful API with Node.js and Hapi, a popular framework for building and consuming APIs, as well as how to interact with the MongoDB. Follow Kirsten Hunter as she covers the fundamentals of web API technologies, including the basics of HTTP transactions and how REST APIs work over HTTP connections. After this general review, she helps to bring the concepts home by guiding you, step-by-step, through building an application that integrates with the Fitbit system.04/06/2017
Building APIs with LoopBackIntermediateDeveloper, WebNode.js(Length: 106 minutes) LoopBack is a powerful, easy-to-use Node.js framework that can help make the process of creating REST-based APIs a bit less tedious. In this course, learn how to efficiently build APIs using LoopBack. Raymond Camden begins by providing a high-level overview of LoopBack, and showing how to install this framework. He then shares how to create APIs using the command-line interface (CLI), explaining how to work with data sources, and how to use and modify the framework's security features. Plus, he demonstrates how to customize LoopBack, filter data, and use validation rules. Raymond wraps up by walking through the code of a basic LoopBack front-end application.07/06/2018
Building Applications with Angular, ASP.NET Core, and Entity Framework CoreIntermediateWebAngular, Entity Framework, ASP.NET Core MVC(Length: 213 minutes) Creating a complete full-stack application requires integrating multiple components. The front-end piece must talk smoothly to the server, and within the server, you'll need multiple layers: one to talk with the client, and one to store information on the server. This course teaches integration through the perspective of a quiz project, with instructor Alexander Zanfir showing how to use Angular, ASP.NET Core, and Entity Framework Core to develop a full-stack application. Alexander explains how to display and edit data in Angular with ASP.NET Core, create forms, navigate to different views, and more.01/22/2018
Building Apps for Android Wear DevicesIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 150 minutes) Build apps for the Internet of Things with Android Wear! This popular mobile operating system powers a new generation of wearable devices, including smartwatches made by Samsung, Sony, Motorola, ASUS, and more. Get ahead of the curve by developing apps for this emerging market, with these tutorials from expert David Gassner. He'll show how to configure the Android SDK for Android Wear development, and connect to virtual and physical devices for testing. And because Android watches are always paired with a phone or tablet, he'll show you how to send notifications between paired devices, using display buttons and voice input to enhance the messages. Finally, David shows how to build standalone apps that run directly on watches and package them for distribution through the Google Play store.04/27/2016
Building Business RelationshipsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 83 minutes) Learn how to build four key types of business relationships in your career: with your manager, with your coworkers, with other departments, and with executives. Author and executive coach Simon T. Bailey guides you through building authentic connections with others and creating your own personal board of directors to help you succeed. Discover how you can build meaningful rapport, set yourself up for visibility and success, manage up when you don't click, develop executive presence, and cross-train within a team to better serve the organization.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Building Cloud Connected Universal Windows AppsIntermediateDeveloperWindows, Visual Studio(Length: 189 minutes) Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps work on any device that runs Windows 10. In this course, Daniel Jacobson shows you how to build a UWP app that leverages the power of the cloud. Daniel shows you how to set up and test backend services in the cloud, configure Azure services, work with essential APIs, and more. He also covers building an adaptive user interface, optimizing performance, submitting your app to the Windows Store, and publishing.03/09/2017
Building Complex Express Sites with Redis and Socket.IOIntermediateDeveloper, WebNode.js, Redis, Express.js, Socket IO(Length: 206 minutes) Learn how to use the Express framework in conjunction with Redis and Socket.IO to make robust and dynamic sites. This course explains the purpose and use of commands, data types, and the Redis storage structure. See how to add basic messaging and perform installation and integration steps. Find out how to use Node.js compatibly with Socket.IO and how to implement a multi-server setup. By the end of this course, you will have the knowledge needed to be able to build—in real time—a full-featured web application that supports two-way communication.Note: This course was created by Packt Publishing. We are pleased to host this training in our library.06/10/2017
Building Creative OrganizationsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 41 minutes) Have you wondered how you can be creative on short notice and sustain that spark throughout your organization? Creative principles like imagination, innovation, change, and play enhance a business's productivity, its marketability, and the bottom line. Organizational creativity expert and MBA faculty Dr. Nancy Napier teaches the six disciplines of creativity in high-performing organizations. Discover how your company meets creative challenges and then adopt strategies from the six disciplines to hire the best talent, get inspiration beyond your field, and set up creative spaces and appropriate leadership structures. This course also covers common obstacles leaders find in transitioning their organizations to more creative ways of thinking.04/26/2016
Building Curtain Walls with RevitIntermediateCADRevit(Length: 70 minutes) This course examines one of the best features Revit has to offer: curtain walls. Though they're not structurally significant, curtain walls are important to a building's design aesthetic and the comfort of its occupants. There are many different types of curtain walls out there; Revit offers just as many different ways to build them to fit your needs. Eric Wing starts this course with a look at Revit's simple, preconfigured walls, and then moves on to customizing blank curtain walls with different panel materials, mullions (load-bearing, structural supports), and nonlinear grid patterns. From there, you'll learn to create your own mullion family from scratch. Finally, graduate to massing free-form curtain walls with custom volumes, panels, and spider fittings. With Revit and these tutorials, you can create some really cool systems!04/26/2016
Building Custom HTML5 Video Playback with Angular 2IntermediateWebAngular(Length: 90 minutes) The HTML5 video element allows us to play back video files through native browser elements, but the default experience is lacking for most projects—and differs drastically in appearance across the various browsers. Using a combination of Bootstrap and Angular, we can develop a responsive app with our own set of customized playback controls that will perform well and appear the same across all platforms and devices. Join Joseph Labrecque as he sets up a custom video player with Angular 2, the next generation of this "superheroic" JavaScript framework, and Bootstrap 4.07/19/2016
Building Custom HTML5 Video Playback with AngularJS 1IntermediateWebBootstrap, Angular(Length: 82 minutes) HTML video doesn't require plugins for playback, but the default experience differs drastically across browsers. Using a combination of Bootstrap and AngularJS, you can develop a responsive video app that performs and appears great in all browsers—unifying the user experience and allowing custom functionality, such as playlists and full-screen playback. Join Joseph Labrecque for this start-to-finish course that guides you through every step in the process, from installing the software to employing a variety of foundational AngularJS directives. All you need to bring is the video and the time.04/27/2016
Building Custom Tools to Extend the Unity IDEIntermediateDeveloperUnity(Length: 131 minutes) Unity is a powerful IDE for 2D and 3D game development. But it's even better when you extend it by building your own custom tools. Join Jesse Freeman, as he explores extending the Unity IDE with custom inspectors, editor windows, and other tools for speeding up game development. Learn how to extend the existing inspector by exposing public fields, build custom editor windows, save and load files to the project folder, and more. Plus, learn how to style and skin your tools so they're easier to use. Want to share your customizations with others? When you're done, you can export the new tools to share with colleagues or sell in the Unity Asset Store.04/27/2016
Building Customer LoyaltyBeginnerBusiness(Length: 43 minutes) Do loyal customers still exist in our wired world? Yes, but you have to work to keep them. In this course, customer-loyalty expert and best-selling author Jill Griffin outlines a three-step process for understanding who your best customers are and how to keep them loyal. First Jill explains why not all customers are equal and why the first step in building customer loyalty is to know who your best customers are. She then shares proven customer-retention techniques, using examples from large, successful organizations, and shows how you can learn from your best customers' buying behavior. Last, Jill provides guidance on how to embed customer-loyalty practices into every level of your organization.04/26/2016
Building Deep Learning Applications with Keras 2.0IntermediateITPython, Keras, Google TensorFlow(Length: 84 minutes) Keras is a popular programming framework for deep learning that simplifies the process of building deep learning applications. Instead of providing all the functionality itself, it uses either TensorFlow or Theano behind the scenes and adds a standard, simplified programming interface on top. In this course, learn how to install Keras and use it to build a simple deep learning model. Explore the many powerful pre-trained deep learning models included in Keras and how to use them. Discover how to deploy Keras models, and how to transfer data between Keras and TensorFlow so that you can take advantage of all the TensorFlow tools while using Keras. When you wrap up this course, you'll be ready to start building and deploying your own models with Keras.07/18/2017
Building Elearning Games in CaptivateIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 170 minutes) The idea of "gamification" in elearning is exciting, but how do you implement gamification principles into actual courses? Adobe Captivate can help you implement game-like features that can make the learning experience feel like a real adventure.Here Anastasia introduces gamification principles such as escape, time limits, and the element of chance, and shows how to build activities using each principle in Adobe Captivate. She'll use features that come with Captivate straight out of the box, including variables, advanced actions, and JavaScript integration. The finished activities can be taken away and used individually, but as a whole create a larger comprehensive project. Either way, Captivate developers will end up with working examples they can use to make their projects more dynamic and engaging.04/27/2016
Building Flash Games with StarlingIntermediateDeveloper, WebActionScript, Flash Builder, Flash Player, Starling(Length: 177 minutes) Join Lee Brimelow in this project-style course that teaches how to build a Flash-based game with Flash Builder 4.6, Flash Player 11, and the Starling framework. Starling, a pure ActionScript 3.0 library for advanced graphics, extends Flash Player 11's support for the modern GPU (graphic processing unit) to enable visual presentations and games in the browser or as a mobile app.Starting with installation and configuration of Starling and creation of a Flash Builder project, the course shows how to prepare and import graphical assets, create MovieClip classes from sprite sheets, manage various gaming objects, detect collisions, and add both particle and sound effects. The finished game can be deployed to any browser or mobile device that integrates Flash Player 11, which was released in September 2011.04/28/2016
Building Flexible Android Apps with the Fragments APIIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 146 minutes) One of the most common challenges Android developers face is the variation in screen sizes among the thousands of phones, tablets, and other devices that run Android. The Fragments API (introduced in Android 3.0) provides an elegant solution. With fragments, you can build flexible layouts that adapt to any screen size—and do so dynamically, at runtime. In this course, David Gassner shows how to define a layout, add fragments to activities with Java or XML, create alternative layouts for different screen sizes, and use resource folder names to detect and select the right layout. He also shows you how to communicate between activities and fragments with arguments and callback methods, and use fragments to manage dialogs and shared preferences.09/06/2016
Building High-Performance TeamsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 143 minutes) High-performing teams are critical to maintaining an organization's competitive advantage. These teams consistently show high levels of collaboration and innovation, and outperform their peers. In this course, author and leadership-training expert Mike Figliuolo shows you how to create and lead the teams that get more done for their organizations. Learn about the seven elements of a high-performance team, and the techniques necessary to set direction, gather and deploy the right resources, prioritize work, motivate employees, and help team members develop their individual strengths.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Building HTML5 Forms with DreamweaverAdvancedWebDreamweaver(Length: 102 minutes) Learn how to use the built-in tools in Dreamweaver to create rich, accessible web forms. In this course, instructor David Karlins shows how to use HTML5, CSS3, and the form-creation tools and code assistance features in Dreamweaver to build modern-looking forms that are responsive and easy to use, whether displayed on a desktop or mobile device. He also shows how to validate the data you receive with HTML5 form input types. Plus, learn how to style the forms to match the look of your website. By the end of the course, you'll have the necessary skills to build forms to take orders, collect contact information, and solicit feedback from your users—making your websites more interactive and engaging.11/10/2017
Building JSF Web Applications with Java EE 7IntermediateDeveloper, WebJava(Length: 145 minutes) Learn how to build web apps using JavaServer Faces (JSF) with Java Enterprise Edition (EE). JSF is the standard for building server-side user interfaces. Follow along in this course to build a basic CRUD (create, read, update, delete) application, starting with creating classes, configuring front-end components, and performing CRUD operations. Messages, event handling, and form validation are also covered. The course concludes by going through session management and authentication.07/06/2018
Building Magento 2 ThemesIntermediateDeveloper, WebJavaScript, CSS, Magento(Length: 178 minutes) Note: This course was created by OSTraining. It was originally released on August 21, 2017. We are pleased to host this training in our library.Learn how to create and customize Magento 2 themes. Instructor Enno Stuurman begins the course by taking a look at the default Luma theme. After he goes over the structure of Luma, he helps you use that knowledge to build your own unique theme. Enno discusses page layouts in Magento themes, overriding and extending Magento theme CSS, deploying Magento 2 themes to production, and more. Throughout the course, he covers Knockout.js, Grunt, and other tools you need to master Magento theming.07/06/2018
Building Material Design Apps on Android with React NativeIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 178 minutes) Although the React Native framework is used specifically to build apps that will work cross platform, it usually takes a bit more effort to achieve a true native look and feel for Android apps than for iOS apps. Driven by examples, this course demonstrates how to build interfaces for Android following material design principles. Join Linton Ye as he reviews the important principles of material design, followed by how to develop apps that leverage these guidelines. Linton covers how to set up your environment, gather the necessary tools, build functional interfaces, add motion, leverage component libraries, and more.07/08/2017
Building Mobile Apps with Google Maps Android API v2IntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 230 minutes) Maps make mobile apps more useful; they can help users find businesses and areas of interest, get directions, or gain insights into new communities. In this course, learn to add interactive maps to your Android apps with Google Maps Android API v2. David Gassner first shows you how to set up the tools, get an API key, and import and link to Google Play services. After an introduction to presenting simple maps with the MapView and MapFragment classes, the course describes how to set a map's initial state, switch between different map types, work with map markers, draw shapes, and work with zoom controls, the My Location button, and various user gestures. Finally, learn to add a map to an existing app and prepare it for distribution.Note: An Android device with Android 3.0 (Honeycomb) or higher, and that has Google Play Store installed, is required to use the course exercises. (Kindle Fire and Nook devices do not qualify.) Finished mapping apps can be deployed on Android 2.2 (Froyo) or later.04/26/2016
Building Native Mobile Apps with NativeScript and Angular 2IntermediateWebJavaScript(Length: 314 minutes) NativeScript is an open-source framework for building native iOS and Android apps. Web developers who are familiar with Angular 2 can get introduced to NativeScript in this course and learn how to develop an application for iOS and Android by leveraging the NativeScript framework with Angular 2. Join Alex Ziskind as he guides you from the initial installation of NativeScript through architecting an application. He explains how to declare the most common user interface widgets while styling them with CSS. Plus, he demonstrates how to set up the Faker library, and how to programmatically tap into the native navigation engine for iOS and Android.06/10/2017
Building PDFs with Acrobat XIBeginnerBusiness, video2brainAcrobat(Length: 190 minutes) Adobe Acrobat XI, the latest version of Adobe's PDF editing application, includes powerful new features like enhanced text- and image-editing capabilities, support for web forms and electronic signatures, and improved compatibility with Word, Excel, and PowerPoint. In this workshop, Adobe Certified Instructor Chad Chelius shows you how to make the most of Acrobat XI. After walking you through the settings used to generate PDF files, Chad teaches you how to navigate a PDF, add key navigation features such as bookmarks and links, and create PDF files in a variety of ways. Plus, discover how to share your PDF files, create a PDF form using the new FormsCentral application, and collaborate with other users.04/26/2016
*Building ResilienceIntermediateBusiness(Length: 41 minutes) Have trouble getting by when the going gets tough? Everyone wants to perform well when the pressure's on, but a lot of us withdraw in times of stress or adversity. If you can build your resilience, you'll have an easier time facing new challenges and earn a valuable skill to offer employers. In this course, Kelley School of Business professor and professional communications coach Tatiana Kolovou explains how to bounce back from difficult situations, by building your "resiliency threshold." She outlines five training techniques to prepare for difficult situations, and five strategies for reflecting on them afterward. Find out where you are on the resilience scale, identify where you want to be, and learn strategies to close the gap.04/26/2016
Building Responsive Forms with FlexboxIntermediateWebCSS Flexbox(Length: 79 minutes) The CSS3 Flexible Box Model, or Flexbox, is a different way to design responsive websites and HTML forms. Flexbox doesn't rely on floats or collapsible margins. Instead, flex containers shrink and expand items to fit the available space. With flexbox, complex layouts can be achieved with cleaner, more semantic code.In this course, senior staff author James Williamson shows how to use flex containers, flex child items, and responsive design techniques to create responsive layouts for two forms: a short search form and a longer registration form with sections. He demonstrates how to style the form structures, fields, labels, and buttons; control the alignment of different elements; and enhance the responsiveness of both forms with media queries.04/27/2016
Building RESTful APIs in LaravelIntermediateDeveloper, WebPHP, Laravel(Length: 139 minutes) Laravel is one of the most popular PHP frameworks for building elegant applications. In this course, learn how to build a RESTful API using Laravel. Instructor Justin Yost goes over some of the basic pieces of the framework, and then covers how to build a browse, read, edit, add, and delete (BREAD) API in Laravel. He then shares how to customize your API, including how to load related data or subresources for a primary record, return nested data, and create a logging and rate limit middleware. He also explores how to use Behat to test your API and ensure that it works as expected.07/06/2018
Building RESTful Web APIs with Node.js and ExpressIntermediateDeveloper, WebNode.js, Express.js(Length: 100 minutes) Good news for JavaScript developers: Using Node.js and Express, you can build a web API to push and pull data from your applications via HTTP. You don't have to learn ASP.NET or Python. You don't even have to know that much about back-end programming. In this course, Emmanuel Henri shows how to create a simple, RESTful web API with these two popular JavaScript libraries. He shows how to set up the project, including the Express server and testing environment, and create the endpoints needed to add, update, and delete data from a MongoDB database. At the end of the course, he shows how to serve static files such as images with your new API, and explores additional libraries that can help streamline API development, such as Koa and LoopBack.01/22/2018
Building Roofs with RevitIntermediateCADRevit(Length: 191 minutes) What's a room without a roof? This course covers the topic of adding roofs, roof framing, and detailing with Revit: from flat roofs to fun, free-form roofs and everything in between (hip, gable, mansard, Dutch hip combination, and gambrel). Eric Wing dives into flat roofs first, showing how to pitch insulation to roof drains, add crickets, and warp roofs to fit sloped framing. From there, he shows how to create pitched roofs, add dormers, and punch holes for skylights. Of course no roof can exist without a structure, so he also focuses on adding framing and trusses to support any roof shape. Looking for something more ornate? The final chapter shows how to add truss, valley, and wall attachment details for colonial, oriental, and gothic roof styles.04/26/2016
Building Self-ConfidenceBeginnerBusiness(Length: 21 minutes) Confidence can help you accomplish your goals and build strong relationships. But the reverse is also true; a lack of confidence can hurt you personally and professionally. Luckily, there are steps you can take to build lasting self-confidence. In this course, author and educator Todd Dewett shows you 10 techniques for building confidence you can apply at work and in your personal life. Learn how to own where you are and where you want to be, remove negativity, and visualize success.04/26/2016
Building Single-Page Applications Using ASP.NET Core JavaScriptServicesIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, Vue, Angular, React.js(Length: 141 minutes) Explore how to leverage ASP.NET Core single-page project templates—including React.js, Angular.js, Vue.js, and Aurelia.js. This course covers how to work with templates and JavaScriptServices to accomplish front-end projects, from setup to app publication. Find out how to approach scaffolding a project, implement SPA (single-page application) services, execute JS in the server, use routing helpers, create database features, add React components, and more.07/06/2018
Building Solutions Using Excel 2013 and Access 2013 TogetherIntermediateITAccess, Excel(Length: 106 minutes) What happens when you combine Excel and Access? You get the best of both programs. Learn how to use Excel 2013 to get the most out of Access 2013 and save time building database solutions and running reports. Robin Hunt shows how to import and link to Excel data, run calculations in Excel and Access, build forms and reports in both programs, and automate tasks with macros, including the AutoExec startup macro in Access.These techniques are the key to better personal productivity data systems. Start watching now.04/27/2016
Building Solutions Using Excel and Access 2016 TogetherIntermediateBusinessAccess, Excel, Microsoft Office(Length: 139 minutes) By combining the power of Microsoft Excel and Access 2016, you can build better end-user solutions and greatly enhance your own personal productivity. In this course, learn how to leverage Excel and Access, and get the most out of both tools working together. Robin Hunt shares strategies and techniques that can help you work smarter with these two programs, and avoid needing to manually rebuild each time you run reports by building solutions. Robin kicks off the course by reviewing how Excel and Access can be used together, and explaining how to build tables and calculate data in these two programs. She also explains how to work with imports and exports, automate using macros and the AutoExec, build forms and reports, and more.01/22/2018
*Building Templates in WordIntermediateBusinessWord(Length: 97 minutes) In this course, author Mariann Siegert shares how to harness the power of templates in Microsoft Word and create efficient and repeatable workflows. The course focuses on the basics of using and applying templates but also shows how to create custom templates with document property fields, macros, content controls, building blocks, and styles. Also discover how to create style set templates to make documents more efficient and consistent; use organizers to copy styles, macros, and Autotext between templates; modify the default Normal template; and create workgroup, global, and add-in templates to share with colleagues.04/28/2016
Building the Product and Working with StakeholdersBeginnerBusiness(Length: 61 minutes) Get a crash course in product management, with product manager Cole Mercer. In these videos, he teaches the basics of scrum and the fine art of stakeholder communication. Learn about the concept of epics-larger stories in the backlog-and how they fit into your project. The discover how to estimate velocity, roadmap, and prioritize-key skills for any product or project manager. Cole also navigates you through relationships with engineers, designers, and executives, and provides the training to develop your communication skills with these key stakeholders.03/31/2018
Building Themes with Dreamweaver and WordPress (2012)IntermediateWebDreamweaver, WordPress(Length: 107 minutes) In this course, author Joseph Lowery builds a WordPress theme from the ground up using Dreamweaver. The course examines the core structure of a theme, demonstrates constructing and customizing a theme, and explains how to create the site's CSS. The course also covers setting up the single post page, handling search results, and customizing error pages. Exercise files are included with the course.04/28/2016
Building Transparency in PhotoshopIntermediateDesignPhotoshop(Length: 20 minutes) Learn a new trick to give designs and illustrations more depth and volume … transparency! Steve Caplin takes the image of a skull and creates a transparent duplicate, showing you how to replicate the effect in just a few steps. Using the Apply Median filter and the Image Warp and Smudge tools, he transforms the skull into a glass-like structure that reveals and refracts the environment around it. The entire technique takes just 20 minutes.04/27/2016
Building TrustIntermediateBusiness(Length: 60 minutes) The "circles of trust" model is a helpful tool for describing relationships. In the innermost circle, you work on your trustworthiness and ethical decision making. In the middle circle, you work on your everyday relationships with colleagues and peers. In the outer circle, you project credibility and trustworthiness beyond your usual circle, building relationships that are based on mutual benefit.In this course, author Brenda Bailey-Hughes shows how to strengthen relationships within the three circles of trust. Plus, learn how to build trust in remote teams, repair lost or broken trust, and deliver an apology to speed the rebuilding process.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Building Web APIs with ASP.NET CoreIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, Web API(Length: 132 minutes) Web APIs drive the most popular and powerful web and mobile apps—making the developer who can build a robust web API a developer that's in demand. Get started creating your own with ASP.NET Core, the open-source framework for Windows, macOS, and Linux.First, learn about attribute routing, the preferred method of handling HTTP requests in ASP.NET Core 2. Then learn how to set up controllers, connect them to the data model, set up validation for incoming requests, and configure HTTP responses. Instructor Chris Woodruff also shows how to implement CRUD operations on the cloud-based Azure SQL Server where the data is stored. An advanced development chapter provides insights on using a repository layer and dependency injection to make your API more abstract, and testing projects with tools such as MSTest and xUnit. Chapters on optimization and caching show how to improve the performance of your APIs. Follow along with Chris to learn all these concepts and more, and complete the web API shown in the course: an ecommerce engine for creating and viewing customer orders and assigning orders to sales reps.07/06/2018
Building Web APIs with ASP.NET Core (2016)IntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, Web API, ASP.NET Core MVC(Length: 67 minutes) Web APIs drive the most popular and powerful web and mobile apps—making the developer who can build a robust Web API a developer that's in demand. Get started creating your own Web APIs with ASP.NET Core in Visual Studio 2015. Learn how routing works to ensure Web APIs work as planned and are easily consumed by remote applications. Then find out how data is modeled and how to build business logic for a Web API. Instructor Chris Woodruff shows how to implement CRUD operations to connect to SQL Server, so you can see how the data models in your projects connect to underlying databases. Finally, the chapter on caching will show how to improve the performance of ASP.NET Core Web API projects. Follow along with Chris to learn all these concepts and more, and complete the Web API shown in the course: an ecommerce engine for creating and viewing customer orders and assigning orders to sales reps.12/13/2016
Building Web APIs with FlaskIntermediateWebPython, Flask(Length: 99 minutes) Note: Web API Development with Flask was created by Packt Publishing. It was originally released on 1/30/16. We are pleased to host this training in our library.Regardless of platform, you will need to build APIs to serve data between different client applications and endpoints. Good APIs are a necessity for web and mobile projects, especially with the modern, mobile-first approach to development. This course delivers the fundamental knowledge required to enable highly connected interactions between applications via RESTful web APIs. Follow along with Gergo Bogdan and learn how to build up and structure an effective web API that can be used by any client application accessing it over HTTP, using Flask, the Python microframework. Find out how to implement CRUD operations using SQLAlchemy and MySQL as the data store. Get an understanding of how REST works relative to APIs, and learn how to test APIs written in Python with the support of Flask. Explore token-based authentication and find out how to store passwords securely in your database. Along the way, Gergo introduces best practices and design guidelines when building large applications.10/11/2016
Building Web Applications with AjaxIntermediateWebAjax(Length: 91 minutes) Ajax revolutionized web development by allowing developers to create interactive client-side applications that communicated with servers only when necessary, skipping the constant refresh cycle of earlier models. While Ajax usually makes applications run smoother, it can also introduce strange performance and resilience issues. In this course, Sasha Vodnik provides you with the details you need to create fast and reliable web applications using Ajax in the background. Sasha dives into the basics of XHR—the fundamental building block of Ajax—as well as the newer Fetch API. Plus, he explains how to write Ajax whether you're using AngularJS, React, or jQuery. Throughout the course, he shares tips for making smart code design decisions.03/16/2017
Building Windows Phone 8 Apps with AzureIntermediateDeveloperWindows Phone, Azure(Length: 156 minutes) Windows Azure services can add a lot of functionality to your Windows Phone apps, with very little work. This course focuses on just four of its many features: tables, blobs, mobile services, and push notifications. Author Michael Lehman shows how to store data using the Azure Tables API and blobs—binary data containers that make it easy to save images and other information. He also shows how to implement mobile services storage with the Azure Mobile Services API. Last, he'll show you how to send push notifications, which allows you to very simply message millions of devices.04/26/2016
Building Windows Phone 8 Live TilesIntermediateDeveloperWindows Phone(Length: 45 minutes) A Windows Phone Live Tile represents your app on your phone's Start screen. It's important to build an engaging, clear representation of what your app is and does to your end users. This course helps you understand the three tile types (flip, iconic, and cycle), create the design assets for each one, and build the tiles themselves. Author Doug Winnie also shows you how to work with secondary tiles—which enable your users to launch within a specific part inside the app to pin to their Start screen.04/26/2016
Building Windows Store Apps Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloperWindows(Length: 490 minutes) Start creating apps to distribute to Microsoft Windows desktops, tablets, and phones. This course lays the groundwork for coding and distributing your very first app for Windows 8. First, explore the XAML and C# syntax and the tools for developing your code, including Visual Studio and Expression Blend. Then discover how to lay out your app's interface; add color, transforms, and page-to-page navigation; handle orientation changes for mobile devices; respond to events; and accept input via controls and touch gestures. Author and avid developer Walt Ritscher also shows how to configure Windows Tiles, which makes your app accessible, and charms, which allow you to search your app, change its settings, or share app data. Plus, learn advanced techniques for viewing, editing, and storing data and system files.04/26/2016
Building Windows Store Apps with AzureIntermediateDeveloperAzure, Store(Length: 174 minutes) Windows Azure services can add a lot of functionality to your Windows Store apps, with very little work. This course focuses on just four of its many features: tables, blobs, mobile services, and push notifications. Author Michael Lehman shows how to store data using the Azure Tables API and blobs—binary data containers that make it easy to save images and other information. He also shows how to send email with SendGrid and SMS messages with Twilio, services you can integrate with your app using the Azure Mobile Services API. Last, he'll show you how to send push notifications, which allows you to very simply message millions of devices—or at least however many are running your app.04/26/2016
Building Your Marketing Technology StackBeginnerMarketing(Length: 139 minutes) Digital marketing has been around for over 30 years, but marketers are only now starting to think of its components holistically. A marketing technology stack is the set of tools that your marketing team uses to plan, execute, and measure all aspects of your marketing objectives. With the explosion of new capabilities, vendors, and technologies in this space, it's more important than ever to carefully choose your components and build the stack that's right for your organization. In this course, Dave Booth walks you through a framework that examines the roles and benefits of each "layer" in the stack—acquisition through marketing and advertising, digital experiences and clickstream measurement, the back office functions, and analysis. Learn how these technologies can help you drive engagement, measure results, increase sales, and improve customer relationships. NOTE: While specific software and platforms aren't endorsed, you will see how tools like a customer relationship management system and web analytics work in a successful marketing mix.05/20/2016
Building Your Professional NetworkIntermediateBusiness(Length: 50 minutes) Join author and business coach Dave Crenshaw as he shows you how to build your professional connections by increasing your network and influence. This course reveals strategies to connect with people in person, build casual acquaintances into real connections, and leverage social media to increase your sphere of influence. Learn ways to build both communication channels and community as you serve your network and make yourself available for new introductions and opportunities.This course is one of a series of five Dave Crenshaw courses based on his Invaluable teaching methodology for professional development.04/28/2016
Building Your TeamBeginnerBusiness(Length: 56 minutes) At its essence, a team is a system of human relationships. In the process of building a team, any leader or manager needs to understand not only the needs of individual team members, but also how those individuals are affected when working in groups. Effective teams emerge from an understanding of these dynamics. In this course, organizational alchemist Izzy Gesell explains how to build an efficient, high-performing team from the ground up. Izzy helps you understand your leadership style, and walks through the different stages of team development. He goes into different types of teams—natural or self-directed, cross-functional, and virtual. He also shows how to establish a team mission and how to run successful meetings.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.03/23/2017
Building Your Technology SkillsBeginnerITWindows, PowerShell, Wireshark, Server(Length: 209 minutes) Build your technology skills, one tutorial at a time. Martin Guidry takes members on a journey of key IT topics and trends. He focuses on important skills, software releases, and other items of interest to the IT professional. Topics include hardware, networking, virtualization, and security. The videos are perfect bite-sized learning breaks for your busy day in IT.04/27/2016
Business Acumen for Project ManagersIntermediateBusiness(Length: 75 minutes) In today's competitive marketplace, it's not enough for a project manager to know how to implement the latest project management methodologies. To excel in the role, you must understand how business really works, and how to align your project with the larger purpose of your organization. In this course, learn core strategic and business management skills that can help to bolster your business acumen.Instructor Daniel Stanton begins the course by reviewing the key skills highlighted in the Project Management Institute (PMI) Talent Triangle, and explaining how strategy and business management fit into your professional development. Next, he explains how to align your project with the priorities of your organization, and effectively communicate the goals, benefits, and risks of your project to your stakeholders. Then, he walks through the different business functions in an organization, including marketing and sales, supply chain management, human resources, and information technology. To wrap up, Daniel explains how to leverage your business acumen to collaborate effectively with individuals throughout your organization.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/13/2017
Business Analysis FoundationsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 133 minutes) Every project needs someone that can help turn ideas into reality: a business analyst. Join author and certified business analyst Haydn Thomas as he walks you through the fundamentals of business analysis tools and techniques. Haydn will demonstrate how these skills are used to gather requirements and identify solutions to provide better business outcomes on your change initiatives.Discover where business analysis lives in the project life cycle, how to initiate a project, the best way to gather requirements, and smart strategies to monitor results and test outcomes.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Business Analysis Foundations: Business Process ModelingBeginnerBusiness(Length: 80 minutes) When you're trying to grapple with user demands and market changes, it can be difficult to mentally zoom out and assess your organization's operations. Business process modeling helps you see the big picture by allowing you to translate your business processes into easily understood pictures. In this course, instructor Haydn Thomas walks you through the most widely used business process modeling diagrams—context, functional flow, cross-functional flow, and flowchart—and explains the purpose of each one. As Haydn touches on each modeling technique, he shares its unique features, explains how to use that technique to create a diagram, and points out how to avoid common pitfalls. He pulls it all together by comparing process diagrams to help you determine which diagram you should use to document your organization's business process. Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.12/06/2016
Business Analysis Foundations: CompetenciesBeginnerBusiness(Length: 86 minutes) Excellence in business analysis requires the mastery of a diverse set of skills. In addition to possessing a variety of analysis skills, business analysts must be great creative thinkers, facilitators of decisions, conflict managers, relationship builders, communicators and facilitators, process and data analysts, and more. If you're currently a business analyst, interested in taking on a business analyst position—or just curious about what the job entails—this course can help you understand the competencies that modern business analysts need to be successful in their role. As instructor Angela Wick dives into each of these competencies, she offers practical examples that illustrate why the highlighted skills are so crucial.11/22/2017
Business Analysis: Business Benefits RealizationBeginnerBusiness(Length: 86 minutes) Organizations introduce changes to their products and services to stay relevant, but they also want those changes to deliver specific benefits. In this course, Haydn Thomas covers the fundamentals of business benefits realization. He demonstrates how to document your expected outcomes, and then shows you how to put together a roadmap that includes the sequence of the expected benefits. Haydn wraps up by showing you how to tie the process together and avoid pitfalls along the way.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.01/17/2017
Business Analyst and Project Manager CollaborationIntermediateBusiness(Length: 59 minutes) In a business environment where complexity and change are the norm, business analysts and project managers can collaborate together to get more successful results and better business outcomes. If you're a PM or BA, this course will help you understand what great collaboration looks like. Explore exactly what each role entails, and what the ideal partnership can achieve. Discover how BAs and PMs can collaborate at each stage of a project, from scope management and project planning to implementation. Then find out where the roles and responsibilities overlap, and learn how to coordinate on these tasks to enhance communication, reduce risk, engage stakeholders, and more effectively respond to change requests.01/22/2018
Business Analytics Foundations: Predictive, Prescriptive, and Experimental AnalyticsIntermediateIT(Length: 42 minutes) Business analytics encompasses a set of tools, technologies, processes, and best practices that are required to derive knowledge from data. It's an iterative and methodical exploration of data to derive insights from it—and, in turn, make smarter, more strategic decisions that are grounded in facts. In this course, learn about the stages in business analytics that are used to predict and build the future—predictive analytics, prescriptive analytics, and experimental analytics. This course dives into each stage, discussing the tools and techniques used for each, as well as best practices leveraged in the field. In addition, the course lends a real-world context to these concepts by using a use case to demonstrate how to execute analytics in each stage.07/06/2018
Business Analytics Foundations: Descriptive, Exploratory, and Explanatory AnalyticsIntermediateIT(Length: 42 minutes) Business analytics allows us to learn from the past and make better predictions for the future. There are three types of analytics used for learning from the past. Descriptive analytics summarizes historical data; exploratory analytics uncovers hidden patterns; and explanatory analytics reveals the reasons for business results. Each type encompasses a different set of tools, technologies, processes, and best practices to derive insights from data. This course by Kumaran Ponnambalam explains why they matter and how and when to use them.He starts by setting the context for business analytics and its various stages. You then explore the stages that focus on the past: descriptive, exploratory, and explanatory. With each stage, you learn about the processes, techniques, and best practices used in the field. Finally, you walk through a use case (the results of an email marketing campaign) that demonstrates how analysis is performed at each stage.03/31/2018
Business Analytics: Data Reduction Techniques Using Excel and RAdvancedBusiness, ITR(Length: 62 minutes) With businesses having to grapple with increasing amounts of data, the need for data reduction has intensified in recent years. To make sense of an overabundance of information, you can use cluster analysis—which allows you to develop inferences about a handful of groups instead of an entire population of individuals—as well as principal components analysis, which exposes latent variables. In this course, Conrad Carlberg explains how to carry out cluster analysis and principal components analysis using Microsoft Excel, which tends to show more clearly what's going on in the analysis. Then he explains how to carry out the same analysis using R, the open-source statistical computing software, which is faster and richer in analysis options than Excel. Plus, he walks through how to merge the results of cluster analysis and factor analysis to help you break down a few underlying factors according to individuals' membership in just a few clusters.04/20/2017
Business Analytics: Forecasting with Exponential SmoothingAdvancedIT(Length: 65 minutes) Exponential smoothing is a term for a set of straightforward forecasting procedures that apply self-correction. Each forecast comprises two components. It's a weighted average of the prior forecast, plus an adjustment that would have made the prior forecast more accurate. Smoothing—like most credible approaches to forecasting—requires a baseline of observations, in sequence, to work properly. Weekly revenues and daily hospital admissions are typical examples. Several versions of exponential smoothing exist, each corresponding to a type of baseline. In this course, Conrad Carlberg provides an introduction to simple exponential smoothing, diving into the basic idea behind it, and explaining how to assemble the forecast equation and optimize forecasts.02/08/2018
Business Analytics: Prescriptive AnalyticsIntermediateBusiness, IT(Length: 160 minutes) Everyone is talking about big data these days, but that's just the starting point for drawing high-value, actionable insights from your organization's data. This course takes viewers through the entire analytics lifecycle and workflow—beyond today's hype and buzzwords—and describes how any organization can turn their investments in big data into the actionable insights they really need. Author Alan Simon introduces today's relevant technologies and shows how best to apply them to specific business problems and opportunities within their organization. By the end of the course, viewers will understand how the different classes of analytics—descriptive, predictive, and discovery—can lead to prescriptive action.04/27/2016
Business Apps for SharePoint MonthlyIntermediateITSharePoint(Length: 149 minutes) In this series, Gini von Courter shows you how to build apps for SharePoint to solve common business needs. Each month, she introduces a new project, which you can customize to fit the unique requirements of your organization. The apps expand the functionality of SharePoint, making a more cloud-based work environment. All you need is the built-in tools in SharePoint and SharePoint Designer—no programming knowledge is required. The series kicks off in October 2016 with an issue tracking app, perfect for managing helpdesk tickets and customer service requests. Follow-up projects include a promoted links list, an asset library, a phone call tracking app, landing pages, and a discussion board.01/22/2018
Business Collaboration in the Modern WorkplaceIntermediateITOffice 365(Length: 93 minutes) The modern workplace is an exciting place. The digital revolution has provided new tools and ways of working that are spreading quickly throughout all industries. In this course, Phil Gold shows how technology and a proactive, collaborative culture can actually result in better business communication than ever before. Learn how to make the most of a suite of communication tools, from video conferencing to cloud productivity software; explore best practices to collaborate in the digital workplace; and get tips to incorporate new technology into your existing organization. Phil covers topics such as managing and securing digital files, choosing the right tools, maximizing efficiency, building a mobile workforce, and promoting continuous learning. Plus, learn how technology such as artificial intelligence, machine learning, and the Internet of Things will continue to push the boundaries of the modern workplace.07/06/2018
Business Development FoundationsIntermediateBusiness, Marketing(Length: 55 minutes) Business development can be the innovation hub of your organization, and an exciting career for visionary and strategic professionals. It can be a source of disruptive strategies and partnerships that help companies to leapfrog their competitors. And yet, the term "business development" is thrown around by many executives who don't fully understand its power to transform.Business development teams identify areas of opportunity: new products, new markets, new partnerships, and new distribution channels. It's critical to start with clear objectives. Are you using business development (BD) as a marketing tool, a sales channel, a source of innovation, or a corporate development hub? Management consultant Robbie Kellman Baxter shows you how the best BD professionals identify and build momentum for new initiatives. She also gives you the insight you need to launch a BD function in your organization, explains how to manage a BD team, and shares how to scale the BD function as your opportunities grow.11/10/2017
Business Development Foundations: Researching Market and Customer NeedsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 61 minutes) Business development is the foundation of economic growth and can jump-start lasting relationships. In this course, Lisa Earle McLeod and Elizabeth McLeod discuss fundamental business development concepts and techniques that can help you gain a better understanding of your market and potential clients. This, in turn, can prepare you to demonstrate a compelling value case that helps you connect with customers and close more deals.They begin by reviewing research fundamentals and key insights to consider before you get on the phone with a potential customer or schedule that first in-person meeting. They also discuss the landscape of business development and how to leverage internal systems for more successful conversations. Lisa and Elizabeth spell out how to speak like a leader, unpack and discuss your competitors' strengths and weaknesses, avoid common mistakes, and more.07/06/2018
Business EthicsAdvancedBusiness(Length: 88 minutes) Ethical behavior starts at the top. If leadership sets a good example, the rest of the organization will follow. Yet while most managers try to run ethical organizations, the headlines are rife with stories of corporate corruption. In this course, Bob McGannon helps you understand what business ethics is and why it is critical to the success of your business (especially in the era of social media). He also describes some of the behaviors and expectations you can put in place at your company today to promote ethical behavior from top to bottom.Bob also discusses ethics in relationship to specific business scenarios: working with suppliers and vendors, organizational decision making, and doing business internationally. He addresses how to handle business ethics violations and provides a checklist of items for staff to evaluate if something is ethical. Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
Business Ethics for Sales ProfessionalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 60 minutes) Regardless of your profession, the subject of ethics is an important one to review. That said, it's particularly critical for sales professionals, who are in contact with many different people and exposed to a variety of business settings. In this course, explore examples of tricky situations that salespeople often encounter, and learn how to behave ethically while dealing with the pressure to deliver results. Sales coach Dean Karrel explores ethical business practices for dealing with expense accounts, working offsite, giving and accepting gifts, hiring and firing, and more.07/08/2017
Business Etiquette: Meetings, Meals, and Networking EventsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 40 minutes) Setting the right tone in business communications is essential to success in every career. Knowing the proper etiquette for many types of professional interactions can help you avoid conflict and foster healthy relationships with colleagues. In this course, productivity and etiquette coach Suzanna Kaye shows how to navigate common business situations with professionalism. Suzanna illustrates how to identify and work with different personality types, and how to understand body language and vocal cues. She also covers proper etiquette for various business situations, including in-person meetings, video conferences, business meals, and networking events. Along the way, Suzanna reveals some of the most common errors in etiquette, and shows how to handle conflict and difficult situations gracefully.01/22/2018
Business Etiquette: Phone, Email, and TextBeginnerBusiness(Length: 58 minutes) Phone, email, or text? Learn what communication method to use when. Suzanna Kaye starts with email, explaining everything from setting up signatures to striking the right tone. She also explains how to best use autoresponders, acknowledge receipt of an email, and follow up on unanswered email. The lessons help viewers evaluate their own email communications, ensuring that the recipients won't misinterpret them in any way.Next up is text etiquette, including what and what not to say in a text message. Suzanna then looks at common business communications like letters, requests for payment, and thank-yous, and how to make action items communicate the right level of urgency.Finally, the course covers phone etiquette, including proper greetings, voicemails, out-of-office messages, and essential phone behavior.04/27/2016
Business FoundationsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 145 minutes) Learn the foundational concepts underlying all businesses, small to large. ASU professor Eddie Davila covers all the basics, explaining concepts such as business goals, stakeholders, profits, and various types of businesses. He then outlines what you need to think about if you were to start your own business, such as determining what your product or service will be, making and delivering your product or service, and funding your business.He also reviews the basics of the people side of business: managing employees and developing customer relationships. Last, he covers the financial and information management aspects of business and provides a basic explanation of economics, so that you can understand the relationship of your business to the bigger picture.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
Business Innovation FoundationsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 190 minutes) Innovation propels companies forward. It's an unlimited source of new growth and can give businesses a distinct competitive advantage. Learn how to innovate at your own business using Systematic Inventive Thinking, a method based on five techniques that allow you to innovate on demand. In this course, author and business school professor Drew Boyd shares the techniques he's taught Fortune 500 companies to innovate new services and products. Drew provides real-world examples of innovation in practice and suggests places to find your own opportunities to innovate.In the bonus chapter, Drew shares insights from his own career and answers tough questions on resistance to innovation, innovation and leadership, and the difference between generating vs. executing innovative ideas.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Business Law for ManagersBeginnerBusiness(Length: 56 minutes) Did you know that you have legal responsibilities as a manager? Even if you work with a corporation, you can still be held personally liable for certain legal violations. While you don't need to possess a deep understanding of the law to succeed as a manager, familiarizing yourself with current business laws can help you avoid sticky situations. In this course, learn what you need to know about US business and intellectual property law as a manager working within a business setting. Legal expert Jo-Ná Williams discusses how to protect yourself and your company—and know when to bring in the legal eagles. Learn the difference between copyright, trademark, and patent law; what constitutes wrongful discrimination and termination; the differences between business law and business ethics; and more.07/06/2018
Business MathBeginnerBusiness(Length: 134 minutes) If you lack a zest for numbers, you may have been tempted to disregard math after wrapping up your formal education. But while you may struggle to find practical applications for vector calculus, numbers are everywhere, and grasping certain fundamental mathematical concepts can help you better understand the world around you.In this course, join accounting professors Jim and Kay Stice as they help you discover how to leverage the power of numbers to approach businesses problems and make everyday decisions. They explore the power of ratios and percentages, how to monitor and evaluate your budget, how to forecast the timing and amount of a business loan, and much more.LinkedIn Learning (Lynda.com) is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.08/03/2017
Business Storytelling with C.C. ChapmanBeginnerBusiness, Marketing(Length: 16 minutes) Storytelling isn't just for fiction; it's vital to your business, too. Storytelling can help you communicate with customers and clients, market your ideas, and solve problems. It's also a great way to take projects from concept to launch. In this course, author and story consultant C.C. Chapman walks you through his storytelling strategies, including identifying your audience, brainstorming, nailing down details, and turning your story into a reality.04/26/2016
Business Writing PrinciplesBeginnerBusiness(Length: 92 minutes) Discover the secrets to effective business writing and crafting messages that others want to read and act on. Judy Steiner-Williams, senior lecturer at Kelley School of Business, introduces you to the 10 Cs of strong business communication and provides you with before-and-after writing samples that give you the opportunity to apply each principle and sharpen your communication skills. Judy also points out common grammar and writing mistakes and shares special considerations for formats like emails and reports.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
*Business Writing StrategiesBeginnerBusiness(Length: 119 minutes) In this course, Kelley School of Business instructor Judy Steiner-Williams helps you determine how to write for a specific business purpose. Are you presenting information? Are you delivering good news or bad news? Are you looking for support for an idea? Or are you trying to write for a combination of purposes? This course provides the tools, techniques, and templates you need to answer these questions and write for your specific business strategy.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Business-to-Business SalesIntermediateBusiness(Length: 65 minutes) Business to business (B2B) sales are often more complex than business to consumer (B2C) sales. There is more competition at the B2B level, and more stakeholders. Salespeople are trying to sell to experienced buyers, who want the best product at the best price. However, with the right techniques, B2B can be the place where salespeople shine. Learn exactly what it takes to be successful at business to business sales—whether you're moving from a B2C role or just starting your career in sales. Join Robbie Baxter, as she reviews over a typical day in B2B sales, from meeting with prospects to closing the deal. She provides insights into the skillset and personality of a successful salesperson, and tips for finding a B2B sales position. For sales managers and leaders, Robbie also provides some tips for building out B2B sales goals, structuring a sales team, and collaborating with the rest of the organization for ongoing success.12/07/2017
C Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperC(Length: 442 minutes) Widely used for both systems and application development, C is a powerful language at the heart of many more modern languages, like JavaScript and Objective-C. In this course, professor Isac Artzi dissects the anatomy of C, from data types, strings, and variables to simple functions. He'll show how these basic elements fit together in control structures like loops and if-else statements—where the real logic behind your code comes into play. Plus, learn how C organizes information into arrays and how you can manage memory resources with pointers.C is a great first step for new programmers, and a way to broaden and deepen your knowledge if you've already programmed for a while. Press Play to start learning.04/26/2016
C# & .NET: ProgrammingIntermediateDeveloperC#, .NET(Length: 74 minutes) If you've programmed in C#, you've already used part of .NET. Microsoft's object-oriented language is an integral part of the framework. But there are many other features of .NET that can make your development workflow more productive and efficient. This training course will help you learn the essentials of .NET programming with C#—techniques that use .NET features to write richer, cleaner code. Alexander Zanfir explains how to use collections, make your app more responsive with async programming, assign and change class properties, optimize performance with multithreading, and inject data into strings. Plus, learn how to handle errors and manage application resources more efficiently with the using statement.07/12/2016
C# 6.0 First LookBeginnerDeveloperC#(Length: 63 minutes) Get a first look at the new features in C# 6.0—the most simple and efficient version of this coding language ever. Reynald Adolphe takes us through new expression-level features such as nameof expressions, extension add methods, and null-conditional operators; statement-level features such as exception filters; new initializers and members; and the "using static" clause, which simplifies importing static classes. Along the way, he'll cover the enhanced IDE (with IntelliSense syntax) and improved debugging features in Visual Studio 2015.04/27/2016
C# 7 First LookBeginnerDeveloperC#(Length: 69 minutes) Explore the many new features in C# 7, the versatile object-oriented programming language designed by Microsoft. In this course, follow Reynald Adolphe as he shines a spotlight on binary literals, digit separators, and local functions. Reynald also covers tuples—which allow you to create unnamed types that contain multiple public fields—pattern matching, ref returns, and out variables, along with new expression bodied members, async statements, and much more.04/13/2017
C# Best Practices for DevelopersIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 104 minutes) Get into the habit of developing reliable, readable, and sustainable application code by following coding standards with C#. In this course, join instructor Reynald Adolphe as he shows how to go beyond the language syntax and master best practices that can help you produce high-quality C# code. Throughout the course, Reynald shares some of his favorite best practices, illustrating precisely when and where to use each one. Learn about right way to use constructors, manage objects, implement often ignored advantages of getters and setters. Plus, explore best practice resources, including those for essential design patterns.07/06/2018
C# Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 300 minutes) C# is an object-oriented language designed by Microsoft and used by systems engineers, desktop programmers, and mobile app developers the world over. In these tutorials, David Gassner takes you through C#'s history, its core syntax, and the fundamentals of writing strong C# code. After explaining C#'s relationship to .NET and Windows, David shows how to install Visual Studio, a great IDE for developing in C#, and then dives into the language itself. Along the way, he covers topics such as:Declaring and initializing variables with a variety of data typesExploring operators, expressions, constants, and enumerationsControlling flow with conditional code and loopsHandling exceptionsManaging data collectionsCreating custom classesOrganizing classes by namespaceUnderstanding inheritanceWhether you're choosing C# as your first step into programming or adding it your existing skillset, these training videos will help you understand the language and use it to build your own great software.04/27/2016
C# Essential Training: 1 Syntax and Object Oriented ProgrammingBeginnerDeveloperC#(Length: 194 minutes) Get started in Microsoft application development by learning C#. Fast, capable, and productive, C# combines the best features of C++ and Java—with none of the reference counting or performance concerns. We've broken our C# Essential Training course into two parts, so you can focus on the language features you need to learn most. This part teaches the essential components of the syntax, including variables, strings, operations, classes, and methods. Follow along with instructor Bruce Van Horn, and learn how to build a class inside a reusable library, which is then consumed by a simple user interface. Plus, learn about encapsulation, inheritance, and the extension methods that make C# a great object-oriented programming language. This course is your first and best resource for programming with C#—the simple, modern, and popular choice for Windows developers.01/22/2018
C# Essential Training: 2 Flow Control, Arrays, and Exception HandlingBeginnerDeveloperC#(Length: 139 minutes) Get started in Microsoft application development by learning C#. Fast, capable, and productive, C# combines the best features of C++ and Java—with none of the reference counting or performance concerns. This course is the second half of C# Essential Training, which covers slightly more advanced techniques such as testing code, storing data in arrays and collections, processing lists with LINQ, controlling program flow, and handling exceptions. Get an introduction to unit testing, as well as flow-control mechanisms such as if-else and switch statements, logical operators, and loops. Find out how to run your projects, debug exceptions to understand why code is interrupted at runtime, and handle those exceptions with catch statements. Plus, learn how to create and manage packages of compiled code with NuGet, manage application logs with NLog, and produce a final build.01/22/2018
C# File System Tips and TricksIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 76 minutes) You may often need to access the underlying file system within your C# application. In this course, discover how to work with .NET System.IO classes for accessing the file system. Instructor Jesse Freeman shows how to create, delete, and move folders using the Directory class, as well as how to create, read, copy, edit, and move config files. Plus, he explains how to protect your file system, and organize your file access logic by abstracting out your file system API calls into a single class.04/06/2017
C# for Unity Game DevelopmentBeginnerDeveloperUnity(Length: 97 minutes) Ready to start developing your first game, but need to get up to speed on C#? Learn the basics of programming in C# for Unity and find out how to script your first game development project. Jesse Freeman covers the structure, syntax, and language of C# as it works inside the Unity IDE. The lessons focus on the most important concepts for beginners to master, including variables, methods, data structures, flow control, classes, inheritance, interfaces, and composition. The goal of the course is to teach developers the basics of how to use C# in Unity as well as some higher-level scripting strategies.12/27/2016
C# Framework DesignIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 49 minutes) Discover how to design C# frameworks for personal, enterprise, and open-source projects. In this course, join instructor Jesse Freeman as he discusses key framework design concepts, how to organize your code, and how to document and share your frameworks online. Jesse covers code encapsulation and modular classes. He also explains how to extend a framework and enforce an architecture pattern.07/06/2018
C# Object-Oriented Programming Tips and TricksIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 58 minutes) Composition and code architecture are the cornerstones within all types of applications—from simple command line tools to large-scale enterprise applications. Understanding these concepts is useful when learning about the three pillars of object-oriented programming—encapsulation, inheritance, and polymorphism. This course demonstrates techniques you can apply when programming in C# to improve how you work with properties, classes, methods, modifiers, constructors, and more.04/13/2017
C# Refactoring Tips and TricksIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 43 minutes) Refactoring code makes it cleaner, more performant, and readable. It eliminates unused functionality, renames and reorganizes elements to make their purpose clearer, and allows for more abstraction. This course provides C# developers with tips and tricks for refactoring existing codebases. Learn how to create a baseline for your project to back up and track the results of your work, and start removing unused code. Discover how to refactor along branches and use popular refactoring techniques, including Rename Method, Extract Method, and Encapsulate Field. Learn how to optimize code by avoiding loops, simplifying math, and inlining code, and create cleaner code that emphasizes readability. Plus, get tips on packaging and distributing refactored libraries as APIs.07/06/2018
C# Test Driven DevelopmentIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 55 minutes) Test-driven development is a methodology for creating more robust code. Among other benefits, test-driven development (or TDD) allows you to catch bugs early and decouple code, making it more modular and scalable. Applying TDD principles to C# programming is a win-win for developers.In this course, Reynald Adolphe explains the principles of test-driven development and shows how to apply them to two different C# workflows. First, he creates a new test-driven project. He writes the test cases before the code to drive the design of the program. In the second scenario, he writes test cases for an existing C# project, to find bugs before it goes live. Along the way, Reynald uses Microsoft's MSTest, but he also introduces other testing tools (such as the unit testing framework xUnit and the mocking framework Moq) and theories (such as the red-green-refactor mantra and SOLID principles) that make test-driven development so efficient.04/27/2016
C#: Delegates, Events and LambdasIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 69 minutes) C# provides function types to fit a variety of scenarios, called delegates, events, and lambda functions. In this course, Joe Marini explores these key elements, starting with delegates, which allow developers to easily separate functional pieces of a program. Joe shows how to create both anonymous and composable delegates, using a shipping costs calculator as a practical example. Next, he covers using events to broadcast and listen to messages both inside and outside a program, switching functionality on and off on demand. Finally, the course explores lambda functions: concise ways to declare small and focused or one-off functions, which keep your program code tight and efficient.Start watching to learn how to adapt this flexible set of programming tools to your own C# programming needs.04/27/2016
C#: Design PatternsIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 82 minutes) Implementing design patterns in C# keeps code clean, concise, and easy to maintain.Using design patterns establishes consistency that helps developers build and modify code safely and avoid common architecting problems. Being able to recognize design patterns expedites the process of understanding an existing system. Using design patterns improves code readability and testability, while making it more extensible.In this course, developer and technologist Reynald Adolphe explains the purpose and effective use of eight design patterns, including six Gang of Four design patterns and two .NET patterns. Gang of Four patterns fall under three categories: structural, creational, and behavioral. Reynald helps you learn about select patterns from each category. He describes each pattern and demonstrates how programmers can leverage them in real-world applications.06/14/2016
C#: Interfaces and GenericsIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 56 minutes) Take your C# coding skills to the next level by learning to use interfaces and generics in this course with programming expert Joe Marini. Interfaces provide a way of implementing common types of behaviors that can be reused across multiple classes. Interfaces keep your code nimble, compact, and efficient. Generics, on the other hand, help you work with strongly typed data collections, without having to commit to a data type ahead of time. Used in combination, these features make your C# projects easier to build and scale, with fewer bugs and performance issues along the way. Start watching to learn how to integrate interfaces and generics into your projects today.04/27/2016
C.C. Chapman: Content Marketing and the Art of StorytellingBeginnerMarketing(Length: 11 minutes) Companies realized long ago that to sell products and create loyal customers, they needed to craft and communicate a great story around their product. Storytelling is now used to market almost any cause: commercial, creative, or charitable. Here C.C. Chapman, creator of groundbreaking marketing campaigns for shows like True Blood and the Discovery Channel's Shark Week, talks about how good, honest stories can elevate brands, businesses, and worthy causes. Learn how he turned his experience making and marketing independent films in a pre-YouTube era into an award-winning agency, The Advance Guard, and then refocused his skills to fight poverty in underprivileged nations like Ghana with the One Campaign.04/26/2016
C++ Design Patterns: CreationalBeginnerDeveloperVisual Studio Express(Length: 146 minutes) Design patterns solve the challenges software developers face over and over again. They are reusable, proven solutions that make your software more reliable and flexible to change. Creational design patterns move the creation of objects out of the main codebase and into separate classes-a best practice known as encapsulation. This course explores the five most popular creational design patterns for C++. To convince you of their merits, instructor Olivia Chiu first explains why we use design patterns in the first place, and what problems that creational patterns can help you solve. She then reviews the core concepts, implementation instructions, and examples for each pattern: Factory, Abstract Factory, Builder, Prototype, and Singleton. She also shows how to extend patterns and compare patterns to find the best fit for your applications.03/31/2018
C++ Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloperC++(Length: 468 minutes) C++ is a workhorse. Widely used for both systems and applications development, C++ is available for virtually every operating system and has influenced and informed many derivative languages, including C# and Java. In this course, Bill Weinman guides you through the nuts and bolts of this essential language. He starts with the basics—syntax, operators, loops, and functions—and moves on to data structures, objects, and templates. He explains inheritance and operator overloads, and dives into the powerful container classes in the Standard Template Library (STL). These exhaustive C++ tutorials will provide a solid reference for both experienced programmers and those who are brand-new to the language.04/26/2016
C++ Essential Training for Career ChangersBeginnerDeveloperC++(Length: 215 minutes) Are you interested in adding programming skills to your professional toolkit? If so, whether you're a student kicking off your career, a mid-level manager who's always wanted to learn programming, or even a seasoned developer interested in tackling a new language, then this course is for you. Follow Peggy Fisher as she explains how to get started with C++, a core programming language. Using C++ 11, Peggy covers the basics such as how to compile and run C++ programs, and how to create variables. She also dives into working with data, as well as decision statements, creating functions, and using arrays. To help you grasp the material, she challenges you to write programs that include the aforementioned features.04/27/2017
C++ Game Programming 1BeginnerDeveloperVisual Studio Express(Length: 365 minutes) Get a fun introduction to the world of game programming with C++. This course teaches the basics of game development with C++ and the OpenGL-powered Simple and Fast Multimedia Library (SFML), using three fully playable sample games: an addictive two-button tapper, a multilevel zombie survival shooter, and a split-screen multiplayer puzzle. Instructor John Horton starts with the very basics of programming, including variables, loops, and conditions. Become more skillful with each game as you move through the key C++ topics, such as object-oriented programming, C++ pointers, and the Standard Template Library. While building these games, you can also learn exciting game programming concepts like collision detection, sprite sheets, views, the HUD (heads-up display), and more.This course was created and produced by Packt Publishing. We are honored to host this training in our library.01/22/2018
C++ Game Programming 2IntermediateDeveloperVisual Studio Express(Length: 165 minutes) Get a fun introduction to the world of game programming with C++. This course, part two in a series, teaches the next-level basics of game development with C++ and the Simple and Fast Multimedia Library (SFML). Follow along and learn how to build a fully playable sample game: an addictive split-screen puzzle based on the hit indie game Thomas Was Alone. Instructor John Horton stretches your C++ knowledge with topics such as split-screen functionality, immersive directional sound (spatialization), custom levels, collision detection, particle-driven effects, and realistic texturing with OpenGL programmable shaders. Learn how to build abstract playable character classes, code polymorphic functions for collision detection, and create sound manager and HUD classes. While building the game, you also learn how to make better use of advanced object-oriented programming concepts such as inheritance and polymorphism. All the software used in the course, including Visual Studio, is free, but you can follow along with the development tools of your choice.This course was created and produced by Packt Publishing. We are honored to host this training in our library.07/06/2018
C++ IDE OverviewBeginnerDeveloperEclipse, C++, NetBeans(Length: 153 minutes) As a C++ developer, you spend 90% of your time in your IDE-the integrated development environment where you write, test, and debug code. Finding the right IDE is critical to being a productive programmer. This course helps you explore the options and find the right fit for your projects and coding style. Instructor Troy Miles reviews six popular choices: NetBeans, CodeLite, CLion, Eclipse, Xcode, and Visual Studio Community. Learn how to install each program, use the code editors, debug an app, and explore the project layout. Along the way, instructor Troy Miles explains each IDE's strengths and capabilities, including version control integration, GUI builders, syntax highlighting and code completion, refactoring, and more.07/06/2018
C++ Standard Template LibraryAdvancedDeveloperC++(Length: 143 minutes) The C++ Standard Template Library (STL) is a set of classes that implement many popular and commonly used algorithms and data structures. These features help you create more efficient, performant, and reusable code. Programmer Eduardo Corpeño reviews the most popular elements of the C++ STL, so you can use these tools in your projects as soon as you finish the training. Learn how to use sequence containers such as vectors, lists, stacks, and queues for data storage, and use associative containers like sets and maps to implement associative arrays. Eduardo explains which elements perform best in which scenarios, and shows how to program with STL for maximum efficiency. A series of challenges at the end of each chapter allow you to test your knowledge along the way.07/06/2018
C++: Building a String LibraryIntermediateDeveloperC++(Length: 40 minutes) Adapt your C++ projects to provide the best resource management with custom string libraries. In this short course, Bill Weinman provides an overview of an example string library, BWString, and its key components: constructors, operators, utility methods, and memory management features. He'll also show you how to build find and replace methods and implement split methods.04/27/2016
C++: Move SemanticsIntermediateDeveloperC++(Length: 32 minutes) Dive deeper into C++ with move semantics, a key component of C++ resource management. Move semantics allow you to optimize the transfer of data and reallocate memory without extra copy operations. In this course, Bill Weinman helps you understand rvalues (temporary values that are the key to move semantics); create move constructors and operations; and use the copy-and-swap idiom to "swap in" new data while destroying the old.04/27/2016
C++: Smart PointersIntermediateDeveloperC++(Length: 29 minutes) Dive deeper into C++ with smart pointers: intelligent objects that ensure memory and other resources are allocated appropriately and efficiently. Smart pointers are a key component of C++ resource management and a valuable skill for any developer. In this course, Bill Weinman shows how to create unique and shared pointers, use weak and custom pointers, and choose the right smart pointer for your programming objective.04/27/2016
CAD Presentation TechniquesBeginnerCAD3ds Max(Length: 84 minutes) CAD has revolutionized the design process, and computer graphics empower designers and artists to visualize their work in ways never before possible. Design visualization applies to many different fields, including architecture and interior design, manufacturing, engineering, science, media, and entertainment. In this course, learn the core concepts and methods for presenting computer-aided designs in their best light. Instructor Aaron F. Ross provides an overview of aesthetic and technical best practices for visualizing 3D designs in print, video, and the web. He covers general techniques of computer graphic imaging relevant to design visualization, including lighting, virtual photography, image manipulation, and animation. Discover how to present 3D models effectively and with aesthetic appeal, helping your designs stand out in presentations, reviews, and marketing or advertising materials.07/06/2018
Calculating Gross Profit with Google AnalyticsIntermediateWeb, MarketingGoogle Analytics(Length: 22 minutes) Tackle the complex task of calculating gross profit using Google Analytics. This focused, practical course is designed help store owners, marketers, and developers set up complex calculations and generate reports. Patrick Rauland explains the benefits that can be gained by discovering your cost of goods and gross profit. He then shows you how to calculate these financial values, add custom metrics, and generate reports.12/06/2016
Camera Movement for Video ProductionsBeginnerVideo(Length: 46 minutes) Filmmaking is a medium defined by motion: not only the action that occurs within a frame, but also movement of the camera itself. It's the ability to employ camera movement that separates new videographers from the pros. In this course, production veteran and instructor Eduardo Angel explains the importance of camera movement and the benefits of integrating it into your video productions. The lessons are explained through a series of examples that compare static shots to their dynamic counterparts, showing exactly how camera movement contributes to each scene, whether it's increasing drama, following action, directing viewers' attention, revealing key details, or simply transitioning between shots in a sequence.04/26/2016
Camtasia 2 for Mac Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 248 minutes) Camtasia is the industry-leading video capture and editing software. Learn how to get the best quality when capturing, editing, and exporting videos—including screen capture, webcam, and mobile video—with Camtasia for Mac 2. Author Chris Mattia shows how to set up a dedicated recording account, calibrate your microphone, record video, and use the features in the Camtasia Editor to trim and edit audio and video. He also looks at special editing functions such as annotations, closed captions, and effects. Plus, learn how to share your videos on sites such as Screencast.com, YouTube, and more.08/23/2016
Camtasia 2018 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideo, Education + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 232 minutes) Get started with Camtasia, a complete elearning and screencast creation suite that allows you to capture and edit video, create interactive learning experiences, and publish elearning assets that are SCORM compliant. In this course, Chris Mattia takes you through the essentials of creating compelling video content with this go-to tool. He steps through how to create software-based training and slides-based training, as well as edit video footage and audio. Learn how to record voice narration; stylize your content with animations, effects, and transitions; and add captions to make your content more accessible. Plus, Chris shows how to create interactive assessments, share your content with the world, and more—all in a single application interface.07/06/2018
Camtasia 3 for Mac Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 288 minutes) Camtasia is the industry-leading video capture and editing software. The most recent version combines Camtasia for Mac with features from Camtasia Studio for Windows, providing you with best-of-both-worlds tools for recording, editing, and sharing professional video. Join Chris Mattia as he shows how to create the best quality screen-capture, webcam, and mobile video with Camtasia 3 for Mac. Learn how to set up a dedicated recording account, calibrate your microphone, record video, and use the Camtasia Editor to trim and edit audio and video. Master Camtasia's special editing functions such as annotations, closed captions and subtitles, and effects. Then find out how to create reusable motion graphics with animations and behaviors, and share your Camtasia projects on Screencast.com, YouTube, and other sites.10/18/2016
Camtasia 8: Creating Instructional VideosIntermediateEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 72 minutes) Whether you're a first-grade teacher or college professor, video can open a whole new range of possibilities for your classroom. Camtasia is the go-to tool for educators, offering a wide range of features for recording, editing, and sharing video. And it's not just for screencapture; you can create webcam and mobile videos, too. Ready to get started? In this course, Corbin Anderson helps you use Camtasia 8 to create engaging, high-quality instructional videos for a flipped classroom, online instruction, or blended learning. Learn how to set up Camtasia, record a simple video, and go mobile with the companion app Fuse. Once you've mastered the basics, you can add learning supports such as multimedia, notes, embedded quizzes, and announcements. Along the way, Corbin discusses teacher best practices and tips for flipping your classroom.08/09/2016
Camtasia 9 for Windows Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 150 minutes) Camtasia is a go-to tool for elearning authors and content creators, offering screen capture, video editing, and sharing tools all within a single application. Camtasia 9 takes things to a whole new level. In this course, educator and digital storyteller Corbin Anderson walks through capturing video from your screen, importing video, editing content, adding captions, and even stylizing playback with effects, animations, and transitions with Camtasia 9. Learn how to record voiceover, polish your presentation, and explore Camtasia's sharing options for getting your story out into the world. If you're new to screen capture or simply need a refresher on the latest version of Camtasia, this course will give you everything you need to create high-quality and engaging video presentations.10/18/2016
Camtasia 9 for Windows: Advanced TechniquesAdvancedEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 176 minutes) In this course, Corbin Anderson helps you pick up some sophisticated techniques for capturing and editing movies with Camtasia. As he deconstructs a Camtasia project, Corbin helps familiarize you with the features available in Camtasia 9. View advanced options for capturing your story, including using your smartphone to create media on the go, and optimizing Camtasia settings for your workflow. Organize your project with the media bin and library, polish your movie with audio enhancements, animations, icons, and callouts, and make use of advanced options for producing and sharing your story.01/17/2017
Camtasia 9: Creating Instructional VideosIntermediateBusiness, Education + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 70 minutes) While it can be beneficial to explain certain concepts in person, you can save yourself time—and reach a more diverse set of learners—by encapsulating a lesson in an instructional video. Camtasia 9—the popular video-editing software—boasts an easy-to-use interface and an array of tools that can help you create high-quality video-based trainings. In this course, Kat Anderson shows how to capture, produce, and share instructional videos using the tools and features offered in Camtasia 9. She covers working with the Camtasia 9 interface, creating interactive videos, adding learning supports, creating accessible trainings, and publishing videos from Camtasia.07/08/2017
Camtasia Advanced Techniques: Video-Based TrainingAdvancedBusiness, Education + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 78 minutes) Learn how to do more with less by using your smartphone to create instructional videos in Camtasia. In this course, join Corbin Anderson as he shows how to use your smartphone, Camtasia, and a few simple accessories to create a high-quality video-based training. Throughout the course, Corbin explores the best practices for creating a video-based training that's engaging, well-produced, and effective. As he deconstructs a short, live-action instructional video, he explains how to shoot video with your phone, record audio using a wired lavalier, sync multiple media sources, make detailed audio adjustments, and more.06/10/2017
Camtasia for Video-Based Business CommunicationIntermediateEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 111 minutes) Whether you're a business person unfamiliar with making video-based content, or a rehearsed communications professional, you can quickly learn and use Camtasia to capture, polish, and share a message via engaging video that people will actually watch. This course takes you through the process of creating a professional-looking video of a business communication. First, discover the relatively few additional items you'll need to get started—a microphone and, optionally, a script. Next, see how to capture video using your phone, and how to import the media into Camtasia. Then, find out how to edit the video, edit the audio, publish the final video, and share the video with your audience. By the end of this course, you'll be equipped with the steps needed to be able create a video-based message, steps you can use to create business communications, training tutorials, videos showcasing new features, and more.07/06/2018
Camtasia Studio 8 Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 379 minutes) Join author Chris Mattia as he demonstrates how to set up, record, edit, and share a professional looking screencast that you can use for software demonstrations, interactive elearning projects, and more with Camtasia Studio.Follow along as Chris creates an elearning project from start to finish with Camtasia Studio's tools. Discover how to add animation, PowerPoint slideshows, quizzes, and other effects that boost the interactivity and visual interest of your screencasts. The final chapter shows how to incorporate your Camtasia projects into an overall teaching strategy.04/28/2016
Camtasia: Advanced Elearning EditingAdvancedEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 161 minutes) Camtasia offers specific editing tools for educators, trainers, and any elearning creator, allowing you to make and edit professional quality videos. In this course, take your editing skills to the next level by learning advanced techniques, including how to apply transitions, work with green screen footage, and create advanced animation. Editing audio is also covered, including how to fix background noise and make the volume level. Additionally, find out how to polish the color of the video, add closed captioning, and publish your final project.07/06/2018
Camtasia: Advanced TechniquesAdvancedEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 191 minutes) Learn the advanced features of Camtasia, the powerful screen capture software, while discovering the best practices for creating professional quality instructional videos. This course covers the newest features of Camtasia 8 and advanced techniques for each stage of the digital storytelling process: capturing, editing, and sharing video. Learn how to fix audio issues, add visual effects, key green-screen footage, add closed captioning, and export video for a variety of screen sizes. Plus, find out how to use the new Camtasia-compatible mobile app, Fuse, to capture video on your smartphone. Throughout the course, author Corbin Anderson contextualizes the features to show common industry uses as well as new ways to use screen capture for creating accessible elearning.06/14/2016
Camtasia: Interactive LearningIntermediateEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 67 minutes) Engaged learners are active learners, who acquire and retain more knowledge. To create more engaging video training, interactivity is key. Luckily, Camtasia offers a suite of tools for adding interactive elements to video-based elearning. In this course, Oliver Schinkten shows you how to create step-by-step videos that require learners to follow along with the instructor and perform certain actions to advance the presentation. He also covers adding interactive quizzes, navigation, and links to external resources, and shows how to properly export videos to retain their interactive properties. By the end of the course, you'll have the skills to take your instructional design to the next level.07/06/2018
Canon 5D Mark III Essential TrainingBeginnerPhotography5D(Length: 330 minutes) In this course, photographer and author Ben Long details the features, controls, and options in the Canon 5D Mark III digital SLR. The course begins with an overview of what a digital SLR is and takes a tour of the basic camera components. Ben then discusses the basic camera operation: changing lenses, navigating the menus, shooting in automatic mode, reviewing and managing photos on the LCD screen, and transferring photos to a computer.Next, the course introduces more advanced exposure options: program mode, exposure compensation, ISO adjustments, and more. After Ben briefly defines each option, he shows how to adjust it using the camera controls.Ben also discusses white balance options, advanced metering and autofocus controls, flash, live view, and video shooting. The course ends with a chapter on maintenance, including sensor- and camera-cleaning and care tips.04/26/2016
Canon 5D Mark IV: Tips, Tricks, and TechniquesIntermediatePhotography5D(Length: 51 minutes) The Canon 5D Mark IV is the latest version of the classic, full-frame digital SLR camera. Sporting a 30-megapixel sensor, enhanced autofocus, touch-screen display, built-in Wi-Fi, and much more, the Mark IV is a powerhouse DSLR for professional photographers and advanced enthusiasts. In this course, photographer and educator Tim Grey explores some of the advanced features of the Mark IV and shows how to get the most out of this camera. Learn how to leverage new features like 4K video support, expanded ISO range options, a Wi-Fi receiver that allows you to remotely control the camera and share photos, and more.02/14/2017
Canon 60D Essential TrainingBeginnerPhotography60D(Length: 209 minutes) This course details the features, controls, and options in the Canon EOS 60D camera. Author Ben Long provides an overview of a digital single lens reflex (SLR) camera and reviews the components and operation of the Canon 60D camera, including changing lenses, navigating the menus, shooting in Auto mode, and reviewing and managing photos on the camera's LCD screen. The course also covers white balance options, advanced metering and autofocus controls, flash, and shooting HD video, and includes a chapter on sensor and camera maintenance.04/28/2016
Canon 7D Mark II: Tips, Tricks, & TechniquesIntermediatePhotography7D Mark II(Length: 51 minutes) You've been using your Canon 7D Mark II for a while—but are you using it efficiently? These cameras are packed with customization features that enable you to fine-tune the way they handle everything from focusing to exposure.The Canon 7D Mark II is photographer Tim Grey's favorite camera for his own work. In this course, he demonstrates a set of customization strategies aimed at making your camera far more responsive. Learn how to adjust the size and quality of RAW and JPEG capture, add metadata such as copyright and geolocation data in-camera, set up custom exposure modes, and create time lapses by using the built-in intervalometer.04/27/2016
Canon Digital SLR: Tips, Tricks, & TechniquesAdvancedPhotographyDigital SLR(Length: 67 minutes) You've been using your Canon digital SLR for a while—but are you using it efficiently? These cameras are packed with customization features that enable you to fine-tune the way they handle everything from focusing to exposure.In this course, photographer and educator Justin Reznick demonstrates a set of customizing strategies aimed at making a Canon DSLR far more responsive and effective. That way, you can focus on composition and artistic expression, and let your Canon handle the rest.04/27/2016
Canon Rebel T3i (600D and Kiss X5) Essential TrainingBeginnerPhotography(Length: 196 minutes) Shooting with the Canon Rebel T3i (600D and Kiss X5) details the features, controls, and options in the Canon Rebel T3i camera. Author Ben Long provides an overview of a digital single lens reflex (SLR) camera and reviews the Canon Rebel T3i camera's components and basics of operation, including changing lenses, navigating the menus, shooting in Auto mode, and reviewing and managing photos on the camera’s LCD screen. The course also covers white balance options, advanced metering and autofocus controls, flash, and shooting HD video, and includes a chapter on sensor and camera maintenance.04/28/2016
Canvas: Tips, Tricks, & TechniquesIntermediateEducation + ElearningCanvas(Length: 104 minutes) Canvas provides a variety of ways for instructors to engage with their students in an online or blended learning class. This course shows how to customize Canvas to create a more collaborative classroom. Learn how to communicate by posting video announcements and holding video conferences. Discover how to assess and grade students using rubrics and the SpeedGrader feature. Explore strategies for keeping files organized, including how to embed multimedia and use ePortfolios. Find out how to check if your content is meeting accessibility guidelines, and then how to make essential adjustments. Additionally, this course covers how to optimize content, integrate with other applications, and more.07/06/2018